Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat
Symbol of the Government of Canada

ARCHIVED - 2009-2010 DPRs - Horizontal Initiatives

Warning This page has been archived.

Archived Content

Information identified as archived on the Web is for reference, research or recordkeeping purposes. It has not been altered or updated after the date of archiving. Web pages that are archived on the Web are not subject to the Government of Canada Web Standards. As per the Communications Policy of the Government of Canada, you can request alternate formats on the "Contact Us" page.




Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

AgriInsurance
AgriInvest
AgriRecovery - Agricultural Disaster Relief Program (ADRP)
AgriStability
AgriFlexibility
Agricultural Regulatory Action Plan element of Growing Forward
Growing Forward Program Initiatives Development
Co-operative Development Initiative
The Canadian Rural Partnership


1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriInsurance (Statutory)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2008

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

AgriInsurance is statutory and ongoing; however, the current policy and program authorities expire March 31, 2012.

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, it is only possible to provide an estimate of the total cost of the program. The initial estimate is that it will cost $1,629.4 million over four years (2008-09 to 2011-12).

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriInsurance (formerly known as Production and Crop Insurance) aims to reduce the financial impact on producers of production losses caused by uncontrollable natural perils including drought, flood, wind, frost, excessive rain, heat, snow, uncontrollable disease, insect infestations, and wildlife.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and Federal/Provincial AgriInsurance Agreement.

The program links to the departmental Strategic Outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's Outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

8. Shared Outcome:
To mitigate the financial impacts of production losses by providing effective insurance protection.

9. Governance Structures:

AgriInsurance is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by federal, provincial and territorial Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM Program Activity.

AgriInsurance is a provincial-territorial program to which the federal government contributes financially under the Federal/Provincial AgriInsurance Agreement. The program is administered provincially in all provinces. The federal and provincial governments cost-share a portion of the premium costs together with program participants. Governments also fully share the administrative costs of the program (60:40 federal-provincial).

Governance structure includes various national standards outlined in Canada Production Insurance Regulations. Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), Deputy Ministers and Ministers. NPAC provides advice through FPT ADMs.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total
Allocation
(from Start
to End Date)
14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriInsurance 1,629.4
over four years (2008-09 to
2011-12)
410.8 505.1 Minimize production and asset losses caused by several uncontrollable natural hazards like drought, flood, wind, frost, excessive rain, heat, snow, disease, insect infestations and wildlife Production losses were mitigated with indemnity payments of $930 as 64.5 million acres are covered for a value of $11,900.9
Total 1,629.4 410.8 505.1    

Note: Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

18. Comments on Variances:

The increase in grant and contribution payments is a result of the substantial increase in premiums caused by higher grain prices which are reflected in the insurable values.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

Planning and development activities are done jointly with the provinces. Therefore, the expected results are the same, but the achieved results will vary by province.

20. Contact information:

Danny Foster
Director General
BRM Program Development
Floor 3, Room 241
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 7
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. This program is statutory and demand-driven, therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriStability, AgriInvest and AgriRecovery. Total allocation and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriInvest (Statutory)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Agreements were signed with the provinces December 19, 2007, to implement the program for the 2007 program year.

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

AgriInvest is statutory and ongoing; however, the current policy and program authorities expire March 31, 2012.

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, it is only possible to provide an estimate of the total cost of the program. The current estimate is that it will cost $851.4 million over five years (2007-08 to 2011-12).

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriInvest allows producers to self-manage, through producer-government savings accounts, the first 15% of their margin losses for a program year and/or make investments to reduce on-farm risks or increase farm revenues. Under the program, annual producer deposits of up to 1.5% of their allowable net sales are matched by government deposits. Government deposits are cost-shared 60:40 by federal and provincial/territorial governments. In combination with the AgriStability program, AgriInvest is the successor to the Canadian Agricultural Income Stabilization program. AgriInvest replaces coverage for smaller income declines while AgriStability assists producers in managing larger losses.

AgriInvest provides producers with a secure, accessible, predictable, and bankable source of income assistance to address small drops in farm income and manage on-farm risks.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and Federal/Provincial/Territorial Agreement with Respect to AgriStability and AgriInvest.

The program links to the departmental Strategic Outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's Outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

8. Shared Outcome:

To provide producers with flexibility in how they choose to manage and/or mitigate small income losses through the availability of timely and predictable funds

9. Governance Structures:

The AgriInvest program is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by federal, provincial and territorial Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM Program Activity. Program costs, including program payments and administrative costs, are shared by the federal government and the provinces and the Yukon Territory on a 60:40 basis, respectively.

For the 2008 program year, the AgriInvest program was delivered by the federal government in all provinces except Quebec. The Federal Government has worked with financial institutions to set up the infrastructure necessary to establish and hold AgriInvest accounts in summer 2010 for the 2009 program year. In Quebec, the AgriInvest program is, and will continue to be, delivered provincially by La Financière agricole du Québec.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), Deputy Ministers and Ministers. NPAC provides advice through FPT ADMs.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriInvest 851.4 168.9 147.0 Help producers to reduce/mitigate small income losses (losses of up to 15% of their margins relative to their historical margins) Participation in AgriInvest reached 73% of all Canadian producers in its first year 2007-08 (Target: 65%). Reached agreement with financial institutions to take on producer accounts for the 2009 program year.
Total 851.4 168.9 147.0    

Note: Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

18. Comments on Variances:

AgriInvest is demand-driven, rather than being funded from a set allocation for each fiscal year. The variance of the year-to-year grant and contribution payments is directly related to both participation and commodity prices, as producer deposits and government contributions are based on a percentage of their income generated from the sale of commodities for a production year.

Participation in the AgriInvest program exceeded its target by 8% in the first year of delivery of the program.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

Coordination of program oversight and delivery with the federal government will ensure that the program is delivered consistently and that program objectives and reporting requirements are met.

20. Contact information:

Danny Foster
Director General
BRM Program Development
Floor 3, Room 241
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 7
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. This program is statutory and demand-driven, therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriInsurance, AgriStability and AgriRecovery. Total allocation and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs. Total allocation does not include funding for the one-time federal-only AgriInvest Kickstart program.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriRecovery - Agricultural Disaster Relief Program (ADRP) (Statutory)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: December 6, 2007

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2011

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $437.2 million over four years

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The AgriRecovery Disaster Relief Framework is one of four core pillars of the BRM suite available to producers under Growing Forward. AgriRecovery provides timely assistance not otherwise provided by other programs to help producers re-establish their income streams and contain the impacts after a natural disaster.

Under AgriRecovery, the ADRP helps focus the coordination effort, providing a process to fast-track authorities for programs. This program is cost-shared on a 60:40 basis between the Government of Canada and the participating provincial and territorial governments. Separate authorities are required for AgriRecovery programming outside the ADRP.

This program links to the departmental Strategic Outcome a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's Outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

8. Shared Outcomes:

The shared outcomes for the ADRP under AgriRecovery include:

  • providing a rapid financial response to assist with the immediate recovery from a disaster situation;
  • helping producers quickly resume business operations after a disaster; and
  • enabling short-term actions to minimize/contain the impacts of the disaster on producers.

9. Governance Structures:

The AgriRecovery Framework, including the ADRP, is a part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agriculture and agri-food policy framework developed by federal, provincial and territorial Ministers of Agriculture. The program falls under the Business Risk Management Program Activity.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structure for AgriRecovery and the ADRP consists of several working groups and committees, including the Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) BRM Working Group and the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC). These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers, Deputy Ministers and Ministers. Specific to AgriRecovery and the ADRP are FPT Task Teams, which are initiated on a case-by-case basis when an assessment of a disaster is requested to analyse the impacts and, if needed, develop options for an individual disaster assistance program to be brought forward to participating FTP Ministers.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs
for Federal Partners
13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending
for 2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Business Risk Management Agriculture Disaster
Relief Program (AgriRecovery)
437.2 122.6

(5.2)

(Current year expenditures: 5.6 less Payable-at-Year-End
reversal:
10.8)
Help producers affected by natural disasters with timely assistance for extraordinary costs to help them quickly resume their business operations or take actions to mitigate the impacts of the disaster Six initiatives were put in place under the ADRP to help producers deal with disaster events.
Total 437.2 122.6 (5.2)    

Note: Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

18. Comments on Variances:

The actual expenditures in 2009-10 are negative as a result of an accounting adjustment whereby part of a Payable-at-Year-End was reversed which resulted in a credit against the current year expenditures. This corrects the multi-year accounting of expenditures for the program which is in accordance with accepted accounting policies. Notwithstanding the above funding variance, six initiatives were put in place under the ADRP to help producers deal with disaster events. As AgriRecovery is statutory and a demand-driven program, the variance between planned and actual will vary with the occurrence of natural disasters and the number of producers who participate in the program in a given year.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

Joint planning and execution (federally and provincially) of the programs that are developed under the AgriRecovery Framework ensure that federal and provincial targets and results are consistently met and reported.

20. Contact information:

Danny Foster
Director General
Business Risk Management Program Development
Farm Financial Programs Branch
Floor 3, Room 241
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 7
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. This program is statutory and demand-driven, therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriInsurance, AgriInvest and AgriStability. Total allocation and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriStability (Statutory)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Business Risk Management (BRM)

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Agreements were signed with the provinces December 19, 2007, to implement the program for the 2007 program year.

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

AgriStability is statutory and ongoing; however, the current policy and program authorities expire March 31, 2012.

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

As the program is statutory and demand-driven, it is only possible to provide an estimate of the total cost of the program. The current estimate is that it will cost $3,224 million over five fiscal years (2007-08 to 2011-12).

Included in this total allocation is $12.9 million ($2.5 million for 2009-10 and $10.4 million for 2010-11) for the transfer of delivery from the federal administration of the program to British Columbia and Saskatchewan.

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

AgriStability is a margin-based program that provides support when producers experience large farm income losses, which result in drops in their margins (eligible farm income, less eligible farm expenses) for a program year of more than 15% relative to their average margins from previous years (i.e., their reference margins). Thus a payment is triggered under the program when producers' program year margins drop below 85% of their reference margins. AgriStability also includes coverage for negative margins, as well as mechanisms to advance to participants a portion of their expected payments during the year when significant declines in incomes are expected (interim payments and Targeted Advance Payments). In combination with the AgriInvest program, it is the successor to the Canadian Agricultural Income Stabilization program. AgriInvest replaces coverage for smaller income declines while AgriStability assists producers in managing larger losses.

Authorities for the program include Section 4 of the Farm Income Protection Act, as well as Growing Forward: A Federal-Provincial-Territorial Framework Agreement on Agriculture, Agri-Food and Agri-Based Products Policy and Federal/Provincial/ Territorial Agreement with Respect to AgriStability and AgriInvest.

The program links to the Strategic Outcome of a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk and the Government of Canada's Outcome of Strong Economic Growth.

8. Shared Outcome:

To mitigate the short-term impacts of large income losses

9. Governance Structures:

The AgriStability program is part of the comprehensive Growing Forward agricultural policy framework developed by Federal, Provincial and Territorial (FPT) Ministers of Agriculture, and falls under the BRM Program Activity. Program costs, including program payments and administrative costs, are shared by the federal government and the provinces/territory on a 60:40 basis, respectively.

In Alberta, Ontario, Quebec, and Prince Edward Island, the AgriStability program is delivered provincially. The transfer of delivery of the AgriStability program from the federal administration to British Columbia and Saskatchewan began in January 2010. The Department continues to work closely with these two provinces to facilitate the transition. The AgriStability program continues to be administered by the federal government for Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland and Labrador, and the Yukon Territory.

Like the other BRM programs, the governance structures for the program consists of working groups and committees, including the FPT BRM Policy Working Group and FPT Administrators Working Group, as well as the National Program Advisory Committee (NPAC) which includes FPT and industry representatives. These groups examine BRM policy and program issues and, as requested, develop options to be brought forward to senior management, including FPT Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs), Deputy Ministers and Ministers. NPAC provides advice through FPT ADMs.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Business Risk Management AgriStability 3,224.0
for the fiscal years 2007-08 to
2011-12
644.1 555.5 Help producers protect their farming operations from large income losses (losses of over 15% of their margins relative to their historical margins) due to circumstances beyond their control In 2007-08, AgriStability payments contributed to the improvement of producers’ current year margins from about 39% of the reference margin to about 72% (Target; 65%). This performance data was collected in 2009-10.
Total 3,224.0 644.1 555.5    

Note: Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

18. Comments on Variances:

AgriStability is a demand-driven program rather than being funded from a set allocation for each fiscal year. The variance of the year-to-year grant and contribution payments is directly related to participation and the needs of the agricultural industry. Actual spending is less than planned due to higher revenues earned by producers.

The results for the key AgriStability performance indicator show that the AgriStability payments helped producers protect their margins relative to their historical margins to a level that exceeded the 65% target.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

Coordination of program oversight and delivery with the federal government will ensure that the program is delivered consistently and that program objectives and reporting requirements are met.

20. Contact information:

Danny Foster
Director General
BRM Program Development
Floor 3, Room 241
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 7
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-2100
danny.foster@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. This program is statutory and demand-driven, therefore, actual spending could vary. See also the related horizontal initiatives on AgriInsurance, AgriInvest and AgriRecovery. Total allocation and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: AgriFlexibility (Voted)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity:

There are five sub-activities for AgriFlexibility within which partners can participate. All are linked to different Program Activities: Environmental Knowledge, Technology, Information and Measurement; On-Farm Action; Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems; Trade and Market Development; and Science, Innovation and Adoption, and Agri-Business Development.

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: July 21, 2009

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2014

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $485.5 million

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Agricultural Flexibility Fund (AgriFlexibility) is a five-year (2009-14) fund with the objective of helping implement new initiatives, both federally and in partnership with provinces, territories and industry. The purpose is to improve the sector's competitiveness and help the sector adapt to pressures through non-business risk-management measures that will reduce costs of production, improve environmental sustainability, promote innovation and respond to market challenges. The AgriFlexibility Fund is being implemented through federal, industry and cost-shared initiatives with provinces and territories. Funding is provided through contribution agreements and bilateral agreements. This Horizontal Initiative is part of Canada’s Economic Action Plan.

The following initiatives under AgriFlexibility are at various stages of design and implementation: AgriProcessing Initiative (API) and Canada Brand Advocacy Initiative (CBAI).

8. Shared Outcomes:

Producers/partners/industry implement actions to improve their environmental practices

Producers/partners/industry implement actions to reduce their costs of production

Investments to address emerging opportunities and challenges – maintain and improve market access for Canadian food and agricultural products

9. Governance Structure:

Federal-Provincial-Territorial (FPT) questions related to AgriFlexibility are discussed at the FPT Policy ADM Committee. The following is a description of the internal governance.

The Director General AgriFlexibility (DGAF) Committee comprises Directors General from across the Department and is chaired by the Director General of Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate, Farm Financial Programs Branch (FFPB). This Committee reviews proposals and makes a recommendation to one of the Corporate Management Boards: the Policy, Programs and Results Board (PPRB) or Horizontal Management Board (HMB).

PPRB, whose mandate is to guide the development and implementation of cohesive and comprehensive policies, programs and results, is comprised of Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADMs) from across the Department, chaired by the ADM of Strategic Policy Branch (SPB). HMB, whose mandate is to guide the horizontal management of people, systems and finance, is a board comprised of ADMs from across the Department, chaired by the ADM of Farm Financial Programs Branch. Since these two boards have very similar membership and meet on alternate weeks, either one or the other is used to review AgriFlexibility proposals and make funding recommendations in order to make decisions on proposals in a timely manner.

PPRB/HMB review all proposals, prioritize funding and ensure a consistent policy approach. Agreed-upon proposals are recommended, including funding, to the Deputy Minister. The Committees also review the financial status of the fund and status reports.

Final approval of proposals is granted by the Minister, with a recommendation from the Deputy Minister. Proposals rejected by PPRB/HMB are submitted to the Minister for information.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC

Trade and Market Development

Science, Innovation and Adoption

Agri-Business Development

AgriFlexibility 485.5 N/A 6.3 Please see table below. Please see table below.
Total 485.5 N/A 6.3    

Notes:

Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

Planned spending is reflected as Not Applicable (N/A) as this program had not yet been approved at the time of the 2009-10 RPP. Authorized funding for AgriFlexibility for the 2009-10 year is $63.2 million.

Expected Results and Performance Status of Projects or Initiatives Under Way

Project/Initiative
Under Way
Expected Results Performance
Indicator
Target Performance
Status
API Agri-processors upgrade capacity through modernization of facilities Number of agri-processors that upgrade capacity 3 Two facilities with modernised capacity
CBAI Maintained exports of Canadian products in priority markets through implementation of marketing plans Percentage $ export value of selected products (as measured immediately prior to the threat's impact on exports) that is maintained 75% by March 31, 2011 Too early to report on achievement of target
Pulse Canada project AF0003 Increased consumer demand for pulse based products Increase in pulse retail sales in Canada No target established Project will end in March 2013.  Performance will be assessed at that point. Baseline is available.
Pulse Canada project AF0001 Reduction of cost of transportation Change in costs for shippers of pulses No target established Project will end in March 2013.  Performance will be assessed at that point. Baseline is available.
Canola Council of Canada project AF0009 Cost of production reduced Change in regional yield and acres based on uptake of technology No target established Project will end in March 2013.  Performance will be assessed at that point. Baseline is available.
Pulse Canada project AF0008 Value-chain enhanced Scope of green marketing adoption by the sector No target established Project will end in March 2013.  Performance will be assessed through two surveys that will be conducted at the beginning and the end of the project.  
Saskatchewan Research Council Maintain and improve market access Improve wheat variety identification Market access maintained for existing international wheat markets Project will end in March 2013.  Performance will be assessed at that point. Baseline is available.

18. Comments on Variances:

During this first year, there was a relatively low level of spending. This is due to many factors:

  • Although the program was launched in July 2009, proponents had to consult with their industry, obtain funding and develop good proposals.
  • The Department assessed a wide range of projects. This included several steps:
    • thoroughly assessing proposals that were often complex in nature requiring consultation with experts across the Department and discussions with the proponent;
    • ensuring that not only the basic eligibility criteria of the Fund were met but that the benefit to the overall sector was clearly demonstrated. This resulted in 26% of industry-led proposals being rejected;
    • ensuring that the project did not overlap, duplicate, displace other programs took time and required consultation across the Department and with regions; and
    • drafting a contribution or bilateral agreement for approved proposals involves discussions and agreement on work plans and deliverables that need a further degree of precision by fiscal year given that funds cannot be reprofiled.
  • After the contribution agreement is signed, the proponent needs time to incur expenses that would be reported in 2009-10.
  • Some provinces and territories did not have access to funding to allow them to participate.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

Overall the same results are to be achieved by provincial/territorial and industry partners.

20. Contact information:

Linda Parsons
Director General
Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
Farm Financial Programs Branch
Floor 8, Room 220
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 7
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-1900
linda.parsons@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. Total allocation, planned and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Agricultural Regulatory Action Plan Element of Growing Forward

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Regulatory Efficiency Facilitation

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2008

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $94.9 million over five years

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Regulatory Efficiency Facilitation Program Activity targets four specific regulatory issues that were identified by stakeholders, namely: 1) health claims, novel foods and ingredients; 2) the enforcement of food fortification regulations; 3) the continuation of the Minor Use Pesticides program; and 4) veterinary drugs. Initiatives under the Program Activity support the general principles of the Government of Canada's Cabinet Directive on Streamlining Regulation, as they specifically address the development of regulatory frameworks based on the accumulation of sound science, as well as advancing the transparency, timeliness, responsiveness, efficiency, public interest, and government collaboration to minimize regulatory burden for stakeholders.

8. Shared Outcome:

Addressing key regulatory obstacles promotes a competitive and innovative sector, while it protects and advances the public interest

9. Governance Structure:

AAFC and Health Canada (HC) have worked to develop a comprehensive governance structure. HC and AAFC Deputy Ministers (DM) will oversee the governance process. Three levels of governance have been established by way of the Memoranda of Understanding (MOU):

  • An Assistant Deputy Ministers' (ADM) Committee, will oversee the management of the MOUs and will report back to the DMs.
  • Joint Management Committees (JMC), composed of Directors General or equivalent level representatives, will be established to manage the implementation of the MOUs and report semi-annually to the ADM Committee.
  • AAFC and HC will establish working groups for the initiatives in which they are partnering. These working groups will develop business cases, costed work plans, performance objectives and targets, budget and expenditure reports, etc. The working groups will report to their respective JMCs on a regular basis.
($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Regulatory Efficiency Facilitation Health claims, novel foods, and ingredients; minor use pesticides; and veterinary drugs 52.4 N/A 10.8 An enhanced regulatory environment which promotes sector innovation, investment and competitive-ness

Sector-impact analysis and input improved four food regulatory policies.

Guidance to the sector helped with priority setting and improved understanding of regulatory processes and requirements.

Data and information were generated for four food regulatory submissions and 65 pesticide minor use regulatory submissions.

Data and information were generated for development of four pesticide risk-reduction tools.

Health Canada

For health claims, novel foods and ingredients, HC's PA is Food and Nutrition

For Minor Use Pesticides, HC's PA is Pesticide Regulation

For veterinary drugs, HC's PA is Health Products

For Food Fortification, HC’s PA is Food and Nutrition

Health claims, novel foods, and ingredients; food fortification; minor use pesticides; and veterinary drugs 42.6 N/A 9.3 M An enhanced regulatory environment which promotes sector innovation, investment and competitive-ness

Evaluated five new health claims, and reviewed three novel-food and 12 food-additive submissions. Published stakeholder guidance documents. Drafted amendments to modernize the Food and Drugs Act.

Registered 170 new pesticide minor uses and 114 new bio-pesticide uses.

Completed prioritized lists of approved veterinary drugs with U.S. Maximum Residue Limits (MRLs) requiring Canadian MRLs. Began streamlining generic drug approvals and increasing submission review capacity.

Obtained stakeholder input and established a data-gathering plan towards a regulatory framework for expanded fortification. Examined legal risks / compliance challenges of transitioning fortified foods from the natural health product framework to food.

See also Section 18 – Comments on Variances.

Total 94.9 N/A 20.1    

Notes:

Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

Planned spending is reflected as Not Applicable (N/A) as this program had not yet been approved at the time of the 2009-10 RPP. Authorized funding amounts for each section of the program for the 2009-10 year are as follows:

AAFC - Health claims, novel foods and ingredients; minor use pesticides;
and veterinary drugs:
$12.7M
HC - Health claims, novel foods and ingredients; minor use pesticides;
veterinary drugs and food fortification:
$10.6M
2009-10 Authorities Total: $23.3M

18. Comments on Variances:

Resources were earmarked for CFIA to enforce new HC regulations that would permit extended fortification of foods at the discretion of the manufacturer. However, as a result of comments from health and consumer stakeholders, HC subsequently decided not to proceed with the new regulations in the short term. CFIA therefore received no resources. Instead, HC received $0.9 M (under a memorandum of understanding with AAFC) to begin undertaking further consultation and analysis, and to offer industry the opportunity to obtain Temporary Marketing Authorization Letters for foods fortified on a discretionary basis with vitamin and mineral nutrients not currently permitted. This will assist HC in determining the policy and eventual new regulations or permanent authorizations for managing voluntarily fortified foods. HC is also putting in place a system for better monitoring the presence and health impact of voluntarily fortified foods on the Canadian market.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners: Not Applicable

20. Contact information:

Lynn Stewart
Director, Food Regulatory Issues Division
1341 Baseline Road, Tower 5, 2nd Floor, Room 242
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-773-0153
lynn.stewart@agr.gc.ca

Note:

AAFC’s Growing Forward is the new five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of the 2008-09 fiscal year. Total allocation, planned and actual spending amounts are net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Growing Forward Program Initiatives Development (Voted)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2009

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $20.8 million over four years

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

A Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between AAFC and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) sets out the general terms, roles and responsibilities for the management and funding of the various components of the Canadian Integrated Food Safety Initiative (CIFSI), funded under AAFC's Growing Forward Framework Agreement. The following initiatives are delivered by CFIA, in collaboration with AAFC:

a) The CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support element under the National Food Safety Systems component of the Canadian Integrated Food Safety Initiative (CIFSI): The CFIA-led System Recognition will provide government recognition of on-farm and post-farm food safety systems developed by national (or equivalent) industry organizations. CFIA is continuing to develop and deliver food safety system recognition programs. Under the Scientific and Technical Support element, CFIA is continuing to provide scientific and technical advice to support food safety system development based on Hazard Analysis Critical Control Points (HACCP).

b) National Biosecurity Standards Development: The National Biosecurity Standards Development is allowing CFIA to focus on developing nationally consistent plant and animal biosecurity standards. These standards are being developed with industry, commodity organizations and provinces. Once the biosecurity standards are approved by CFIA, they will become the national biosecurity standard for that particular commodity.

c) Traceability Information Sharing Solution element under the Developing National Traceability Systems component of the CIFSI: The Traceability Information Sharing Solution is exploring potential solutions for accessing and querying traceability information between industry and government partners in a planned, measured and constructive way. The allocation of funding is being used to develop materials necessary to define and document the high level requirements and initial project planning for the national Traceability Information Sharing Solution, which may lead to preliminary project approval. This initiative is being managed through joint leadership between CFIA and AAFC and coordinated through the Traceability Management Office.

d) Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure element under the Developing National Traceability Systems component of the CIFSI: The Traceability Management Office is being established to collaboratively undertake the work relating to the overall government legislative and regulatory infrastructure necessary to put traceability authorities, agreements and protocols in place. The allocation of funding to CFIA is being used to develop the legislative and regulatory infrastructure for the initiative.

8. Shared Outcomes:

This initiative contributes to the following Strategic Outcome of AAFC:

  • a competitive agriculture, agri-food and agri-based products sector that proactively manages risk.

This initiative contributes to the following Strategic Outcomes of CFIA:

  • public health risks associated with the food supply and transmission of animal diseases to humans are minimized and managed; and
  • a safe and sustainable plant and animal resource base.

9. Governance Structures:

The overall administration of the Memorandum of Understanding for:

  1. AAFC is delegated to:
    Director General - Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
    Director General - Sector Policy Directorate
    Director General - Food Value Chain Bureau

  2. CFIA is delegated to:
    Executive Director - Food Safety and Consumer Protection Directorate
    Executive Director - Animal Health Directorate, Programs
    Executive Director - Plant Health and Biosecurity
    Chief Information Officer - CFIA
    Executive Director - Domestic Policy Directorate

The table below reflects that funding for 2009-10 was allocated to AAFC and then transferred to CFIA.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
AAFC Food Safety and Biosecurity Risk Management Systems CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA Work performed by CFIA Results reported by CFIA
National Biosecurity Standards Development N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA Work performed by CFIA Results reported by CFIA
Traceability Information Sharing Solution N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA Work performed by CFIA Results reported by CFIA
Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA Work performed by CFIA Results reported by CFIA
Total N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA N/A – funds transferred to CFIA    

Note: Since CFIA is delivering these programs with funds transferred from AAFC, total allocations, planned spending, actual spending and expected results are reflected in the CFIA table and note below.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
CFIA Food Safety and Nutrition Risks CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support 7.3 N/A 1.7 1) Development and acceptance of the On-Farm Food Safety Recognition Program by FPT Food Safety Committee (FSC) and Regulatory ADMs

1a) Completed revisions to the on-farm recognition procedures manual for Phase I- Technical Review

1b) On-farm recognition procedures manual for Phases II and III implementation and assessment to be completed by March 31, 2011

2) Development and acceptance of the Post-Farm Food Safety Recognition Program by FPT FSC and Regulatory ADMs 2) Development of the first draft of the Technical Review Phase 1 completed for post-farm recognition process
3) On-going technical review and assessment of on-farm and post-farm food safety programs for recognition

3) Technical reviews of two national producer organizations (NPOs)completed

Three-18 month reviews conducted and five ongoing

4) Scientific and technical support provided as needed to AAFC and AAFC stakeholders 4) 15 application reviews conducted as submitted by NPOs under the Growing Forward food safety development component of AAFC
CFIA

Animal Health Risks and Production Systems

Plant Health Risks and Production Systems

National Biosecurity Standards Development 9.5 N/A 0.9 1) Review and approval process adopted

1a) Evaluation process of Third Party Submission of National Agri-Commodity Farm Level Biosecurity Standards reviewed and approval process adopted

1b) The guideline has been drafted and completed.

2) Current state of biosecurity within a commodity sector

2a) Five expert groups established for beef, bees, dairy, potato and fur bearing animals

2b) Benchmark tool and national sampling plan developed for beef

3) Biosecurity benchmark report of commodity sector 3) Provincial engagement and contracts secured to deliver questionnaire
4) Production and dissemination of educational and training material 4) Communication products (calendars, posters and handbooks), and planning tools have been developed and disseminated
CFIA Animal Health Risk and Production Systems Traceability Information Sharing Solution 1.1 N/A 1.1 1) Completion
of the Project Charter, Business Case, Business Requirements, Project Plan, and presentation of Treasury Board Submission
1) The initial Project Charter, Business Case, Business Requirements and Project Plan documents completed
2) Completion
of the data dictionary
2) Draft completed
3) Information/Data Architecture developed 3) High-level architecture for a pilot data sharing project to prove data dictionary and data exchange methodologies completed
4) Data and technical standards for information sharing 4) Standards defined
5) Engagement
of industry and government partners
5) Key documents identifying risks and mitigation plans developed and followed.
Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure 3.0 N/A 0.7 1) Establish a National Legislative Framework for Traceability

1a) Completed constitutional analysis of federal authorities for implementing all elements of traceability

1b) The Concept and Consultation Paper for new traceability legislation developed and is under review by senior management and FPT regulatory officials

2) Ongoing amendment and continuous improvement for a regulatory framework for traceability 2) Draft amendments to Health of Animal Regulations establishing a pig identification and movement reporting system completed
3) Develop information sharing agreements with provinces 3) Traceability information sharing agreement was signed with Alberta and negotiations ongoing with Quebec, Manitoba and Ontario
4) Develop a policy framework for traceability 4) Analysis of policy development for key aspects of the new framework such as: information sharing, intended uses of information, and federal authority to regulate the three pillars of traceability (animal ID, premises ID and movement reporting)
5) Initiate Privacy Impact Assessments 5) Privacy Impact Assessment for the data collected by Canadian Cattle Identification Agency under Part XV of Health of Animals Regulations has been completed
Total 20.8 N/A 4.3    

Note: Planned spending is reflected as N/A as this program had not yet been approved at the time of the 2009-10 RPP. Authorized funding amounts for CFIA for each section of the program for the 2009-10 year are as follows:

CFIA System Recognition and Scientific and Technical Support $2.1 million
National Biosecurity Standards Development $2.2 million
Traceability Information Sharing Solution $1.1 million
Traceability Management Office Legislative and Regulatory Infrastructure $0.4 million
2009-10 Authorities Total: $5.8 million

18. Comments on Variances:

Funding transferred to CFIA in November 2009 resulted in 1) contracts being awarded that span fiscal years, 2) delays in projected staffing and 3) work plan delays, all which impacted the Biosecurity and the System Recognition initiatives. Also, the Federal/Provincial /Territorial Food Safety Committee had to re-establish the Food Safety Recognition Working Group. Traceability Management Office initiative expenditure higher than planned because work progressed faster then expected.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners: Not Applicable

20. Contact information:

Linda Parsons
Director General
Agriculture Transformation Programs Directorate
Farm Financial Programs Branch
1341 Baseline Road - Tower 7, Floor 8, Room 220
Ottawa, Ontario, K1A 0C5
613-773-1900
linda.parsons@agr.gc.ca

Note:

AAFC’s Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaced the Agricultural Policy Framework as of the 2008-09 fiscal year. Total allocation and actual spending amounts are net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Co-operative Development Initiative (Voted)

2. Name of Lead Departments: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Rural and Co-operative Development

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Original start date under Agricultural Policy Framework (APF): April 1, 2003
Start date under the Growing Forward Framework: April 1, 2008

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$23.2 million over five years (including in-year transfers)

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

Through the Co-operative Development Initiative, the Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat provides advice within government on policies and programs affecting co-operatives and builds partnerships within the federal government and with industry, provinces and other key stakeholders in implementing initiatives to support the development of co-operatives. The Secretariat manages a grants and contribution program which includes:

  • providing advisory services and funding innovative co-op projects, delivered by the co-operative sector; and
  • funding research to build knowledge contributing to co-op development.

8. Shared Outcomes:

Access to services across the country creates an enabling environment for co-operative development and growth

More and stronger co-operatives respond to public policy challenges

Canadians are better able to utilize the co-operative model to meet their economic and social needs

9. Governance Structures:

The Co-operatives Secretariat (now integrated in a single Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat) was created as a focal point between Canadian co-operatives and federal departments and agencies. It has instituted mechanisms to raise awareness and inclusion of co-operatives in federal policies and programs. These include dialogue and collaboration with key federal departments, as well as with provincial counterparts and the sector.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat (AAFC) Rural and Co-operatives Development Co-operatives development 23.2 N/A 5.4

Innovative co-operative projects are implemented

 

Access to services across the country creates an enabling environment for co operative development and growth

53 co-operative innovative projects implemented


Service access in every part of the country – at varying degrees.

Total 23.2 N/A 5.4    

Notes:

Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

Total allocation represents amounts included in approved Treasury Board Submissions and in-year transfers, net of indirect costs. Planned spending is reflected as Not Applicable (N/A) as this program had not yet been approved at the time of the 2009-10 RPP. Authorized funding amounts for each section of the program for the 2009-10 year are as follows:

AAFC – Co-operatives Development $5.4M
2009-10 Authorities Total: $5.4M

18. Comments on Variances: Not Applicable

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners:

The Co-operative Development Initiative is delivered through third-party organizations i.e., the co-operative sector. In addition to results highlighted above, the use of third-party program delivery has contributed to strengthen the co-op sector’s own national and regional networks’ capacity to support the development of co operatives.

20. Contact information:

Donna Mitchell
Executive Director
Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat
5th Floor, 560 Rochester Street, Tower 1
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-759-7113
donna.mitchell@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaces APF programming as of 2008-09 through a transitional continuity framework until the new policy and programs are in place in 2009-10. Between the two Frameworks, programming may have been modified to reflect a new strategic direction. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. Total allocation, planned and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Return to Top of Page
Top of Page

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada’s Rural Partnership (Voted)

2. Name of Lead Department: Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC)

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Rural and Co-operative Development

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Start date under the Growing Forward Framework: April 1, 2008
(Original start date under Agricultural Policy Framework (APF): April 1, 2003)

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $52.1 million over five years (including in-year transfers)

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

Canada’s Rural Partnership (CRP) leads an integrated, government-wide approach through which the government aims to co-ordinate its economic, social, environmental, and cultural policies towards the goal of economic and social development and renewal of rural Canada.

8. Shared Outcomes:

Collaboration among rural communities and stakeholders to address barriers and challenges to local development

Information and tools available to rural communities and regions to develop local amenities and other assets

New economic activities implemented in rural Canada

9. Governance Structures:

The CRP is managed by the Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat. It has instituted mechanisms that contribute to raising awareness and inclusion of rural Canada in federal policies and programs. This includes:

  • the Rural Development Network which is a policy-maker forum involving 26 federal departments and agencies;
  • the National Rural Research Network which brings research partners from both academia and government to focus on enhancing knowledge about rural issues to better inform policy making;
  • the Community Information Database, a free web-based resource that provides comprehensive and reliable information on economic, social and demographic factors at the community level to support decision making and action; and
  • the Rural Partnership Development Program which funds activities that encourage collaborative economic activities at the community level.

These efforts are reinforced by Rural Teams in each province and territory comprised of federal representatives and sectoral stakeholders.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity
(PA)
12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10

Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat

26 departments and agencies in the Rural Development Network

Rural and Co-operatives Development Rural Development 52.1 N/A 9.7

Regional and national partnering initiatives are in place to respond to barriers to rural development

Rural stakeholders have access to new and updated/adapted rural development information, expertise and tools that help respond to barriers to innovative development

19 rural community initiatives undertaken to engage community partners in identifying issues and/or opportunities for development

Improved Community Information Database (CID) - 18 presentations and training sessions - increase of 15% in visits

10 learning initiatives led by Rural Teams to improve information available for rural communities

Total 52.1 N/A 9.7    

Notes:

Numbers may not add exactly due to rounding.

Total allocation represents amounts included in approved Treasury Board Submissions and in-year transfers, net of indirect costs. Planned spending is reflected as Not Applicable (N/A) as this program had not yet been approved at the time of the 2009-10 RPP. Authorized funding amounts for each section of the program for the 2009-10 year are as follows:

AAFC - Rural Development $10.3M
2009-10 Authorities Total: $10.3M

18. Comments on Variances:

Project funding provided on a cost-shared basis in the first year was lower than expected. The reason was due, in large part, to the economic slow down. Many potential program applicants, generally small organizations with limited resources, faced challenges regarding their matching obligations for program funding.

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners: Not Applicable

20. Contact information:

Donna Mitchell
Executive Director
Rural and Co-operatives Secretariat
5th Floor, 560 Rochester Street, Tower 1
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0C5
613-759-7113
donna.mitchell@agr.gc.ca

Note:

Growing Forward is the five-year policy framework that replaces APF programming as of 2008-09 through a transitional continuity framework until the new policy and programs are in place in 2009-10. Between the two frameworks, programming may have been modified to reflect a new strategic direction. Planned spending figures are consistent with the 2009-10 RPP. They represent amounts included in Main Estimates and approved TB Submissions. However, they do not include any additional amounts that may have been brought into the Department’s reference levels during 2009-10 through the Supplementary Estimates process, due to the timing of the 2009-10 RPP. Total allocation, planned and actual spending are reflected net of indirect costs.


Top of Page

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative

Atlantic Canada Tourism Partnership (ACTP)

Name of Lead Department

ACOA

Lead Department Program Activity

Community Development

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative

April 1, 2009

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative

March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date)

$9,975,000

Description of the Horizontal Initiative

The ACTP is a nine-member, pan-Atlantic marketing consortium comprising ACOA, the four provincial tourism industry associations, and the provincial departments responsible for tourism in Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. ACTP is dedicated to promoting Atlantic Canada as a leading vacation destination in key American, European and Pacific markets. The 2009-2012 ACTP is a $19.95-million agreement that supports:

  • fully-integrated consumer, trade and media relations marketing strategies based on sound market research, economies of scale, and commonality;
  • funding that is incremental to provincial marketing budgets;
  • the preservation of provincial brand equity;
  • marketing activities being dictated by the marketplace;
  • clear and responsive measurement systems of benefit to all four Atlantic provinces; and
  • end-of-agreement project evaluations.

Additional information on ACTP can be found at: http://www.actp-ptca.ca/index.html.
A memorandum of understanding for the renewal of ACTP was signed on April 1, 2009. This initiative directly supports the Agency’s long-term strategic outcome.

Shared Outcome

The goal of the ACTP exemplifies the strategic outcomes for ACOA's priority of increasing revenues, profits, investment and wages. The ACTP’s outcomes aim to:

  • increase Atlantic Canada’s competitiveness in targeted markets;
  • promote regional co-operation (federal/provincial/industry);
  • promote incremental marketing activities;
  • achieve economies of scale in marketing;
  • raise awareness of Atlantic Canada as a “top-of-mind” destination; and
  • increase tourism arrivals and tourism revenues for the four Atlantic provinces.

The 2009-2012 ACTP is expected to generate $10 in incremental economic activity for every $1 invested in marketing. The three-year revenue target is $190 million in incremental revenues for tourism small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) in Atlantic Canada.

Governance Structure

The activities of the ACTP are managed by a ten-person management committee, consisting of:

  • the ACOA vice-president responsible for tourism
  • the ACOA director general of Tourism Atlantic
  • the four provincial deputy ministers responsible for tourism
  • the four tourism industry association presidents (or their permanent designates).

Decisions of this management committee are by consensus. Six members constitute a quorum, provided all four provinces are represented with government and industry both present, as well as ACOA. A representative of the Canadian Tourism Commission sits as an ex-officio member of the management committee.
The management committee is responsible for the administration and management of the agreement, allocation of annual budgets on a per market basis, approval of annual program work plans and budgets, and evaluations of program activities. It oversees the work of a marketing committee, develops and oversees a communications policy, and provides program interpretation and dispute resolution.

Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from start to end date) 2009-2010
Planned Spending Actual Spending Results Expected Results Achieved
ACOA Community Development Atlantic Canada Tourism Partnership $9.975 million $3.325 million $2.12 million $55.2 million in export revenues $38.6 million in export revenues*

* Source: Evaluation of the 2009-2012 Atlantic Canada Tourism Partnership, 2009-2010 Annual Report.

Comments on Variances

In 2009, ACTP implemented a change in policy direction that redirected marketing resources away from mature markets in the New England region of the United States to potentially higher-yield, but developmental, markets in the mid-Atlantic and Pacific U.S. states. During this transitional year, ACTP’s direct-to-consumer advertising investment was less than anticipated, as ACTP completed several key pieces of consumer, travel and media relations research to guide future media buys. Unspent resources will be invested in years two and three.

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners

$10 in tourism revenues for every $1 invested in marketing.

Contact information

Rob McCloskey
Director General, Tourism Atlantic
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
P.O. Box 40
Charlottetown, Prince Edward Island
C1A 7K2
Telephone: 902-626-2479
E-mail: Rob.McCloskey@acoa-apeca.gc.ca


Name of Horizontal Initiative

International Business Development Agreement (IBDA)

Name of Lead Department

ACOA

Lead Department Program Activity

Enterprise Development

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative

April 11, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative

March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date)

$8.4 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement)

In May 1994, ACOA entered into an agreement (Canada/Atlantic Provinces Agreement on International Business Development, also known as IBDA) with the four Atlantic provinces, Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada, and Industry Canada to “undertake specific measures to optimize regional coordination on a pan-Atlantic scale and combine limited resources to coordinate trade-related activities”. With an initial investment in 1994 of $3 million for three years, the agreement was extended in 1997 for an additional three years and $2 million, and in 2000 for $8 million and an additional four years. Funding was cost-shared 70/30 by the federal (through ACOA) and the provincial governments.

In 2005 with $7 million from its International Business Development Program, ACOA entered into a new IBDA with its federal and provincial partners to continue the work done in previous years. The commitment to this IBDA, with the increased funding allocation, attests to both the IBDA’s positive results and its significance for the future of the region’s international business development.
More information can be found on the IBDA home page.

Shared Outcomes

The shared outcomes for the IBDA partners support ACOA’s trade sub-activity, and are

  1. increased number of new exporters;
  2. existing exporters reporting sales to new markets; and
  3. existing exporters reporting increased sales to existing markets.

Since the original IBDA commenced in 1994, the Agency and its partners have administered over 240 projects involving some 4,500 Atlantic Canadian companies. The IBDA assisted 196 companies to begin exporting, 455 exporters to increase their export sales, and 315 exporters to expand into new markets.

Governance Structure

ACOA is the lead organization for this initiative and houses the secretariat responsible for administering the agreement. A management committee, comprising a representative from each of the partners, is responsible for the planning and management of the agreement’s programs and the evaluation of projects.

Partners

Federal departments and agencies (70% funding):

  • ACOA (lead department)
  • Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada (non-funding partner)
  • Industry Canada (non-funding partner)

Provincial governments (30% funding):

  • Business New Brunswick
  • Nova Scotia Business Inc.
  • Newfoundland and Labrador Department of Innovation, Trade and Rural Development
  • Prince Edward Island Department of Innovation and Advanced Learning
Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from start to end date)
($ millions)
Planned Spending
2009-10
($ millions)
Actual Spending
2009-10
($ millions)
Results Expected Results Achieved
2009-10
5-year agreement (2005-06 through 2009-10) 2009-10
ACOA Enterprise Development International Business Development Program 8.4 1.1 0.9 Increased number of new exporters: 40 8 4
Existing exporters reporting sales to new markets: 75 15 34
Existing exporters reporting increased sales to existing markets: 150 30 41

Comments on Variances

The IBDP did not receive the expected number of projects aimed at introducing potential exporters to international markets. The program supported more projects that targeted seasoned exporters in increasing their sales in existing markets or entering new markets.

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners (if applicable)

Not applicable

Contact information

Michel Têtu
Director General, Trade and Investment
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
P.O. Box 6051
Moncton, New Brunswick
E1C 9J8
Telephone: 506-851-6496


Name of Horizontal Initiative

Team Canada Atlantic (TCA)

Name of Lead Department

ACOA

Lead Department Program Activity

Enterprise Development (program sub-activity: Trade)

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative

April 1999

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative

March 31, 2010 (Will not be renewed under the current format)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date)

$11.14 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement)

TCA is a partnership of ACOA and the four Atlantic provinces, with support from Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Industry Canada, the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada (DFAIT), and Enterprise Cape Breton Corporation.
At the core of the TCA approach is the trade mission, which enables small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs) from across Atlantic Canada to meet with potential buyers, agents, distributors and strategic partners in the United States. The mission format features a comprehensive program that equips private sector participants with the knowledge, contacts and advice they require to make the best of their international opportunities before, during and after their ventures abroad. Missions also provide the Government of Canada and the Atlantic provincial governments with crucial opportunities to promote the region as a tremendous location for foreign investment. For further information, see the TCA website at www.teamcanadaatlantic.com.

Shared Outcomes

The objectives of the TCA trade missions are:

  • to increase export-readiness for Atlantic Canadian SMEs;
  • to develop new partnerships/alliances between Atlantic Canadian SMEs and companies in target markets;
  • to increase export sales of Atlantic Canadian SMEs to new and established markets; and
  • to raise awareness in these markets of Atlantic Canada as a profitable business location.

Since its inception, Team Canada Atlantic had completed 15 missions to United States markets, involving 590 companies and more than 3,906 business meetings, and resulting in more than $51 million in actual sales.

Governance Structure

  • The management committee, comprising senior officials of ACOA, DFAIT, and provincial governments, is the decision-making body that directs and oversees the coordination and implementation of the TCA missions.
  • The organizing committee is responsible for organizing the missions, and includes representation from the four provincial trade departments in Atlantic Canada, DFAIT, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC), and the TCA Secretariat.
  • The secretariat, housed at ACOA, is responsible for the overall coordination and implementation of the TCA missions.

Partners

  • ACOA
  • DFAIT – non-funding partner
  • AAFC – $7,000/mission
Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Program for Federal Partner Total Allocation (from start to end date)
($ millions)
Planned Spending
2009-10
($ millions)
Actual Spending
2009-10
($ millions)
Results Expected 
2009-10
Results Achieved
2009-10
ACOA Enterprise Development Team Canada Atlantic 11.14 0.0 (G&C)
.01 (O&M)
  No expected results. There was a moratorium on TCA trade missions in 2009-2010. No results were achieved as there was a moratorium on TCA trade missions in 2009-2010.
AAFC Markets and International Team Canada Atlantic .132 0.0  

Comments on Variances (planned spending vs. actual)

After 15 TCA missions to the United States, ACOA is working with federal and provincial partners in the development of a new format that will be streamlined and cost effective, in consideration of current economic conditions. The new concept will be geared toward an “integrated trade” and “global value chains” approach and will offer new tools and approaches that meet the needs of the Atlantic business community, while decreasing government resource commitments (financial and human) and generating results similar to or better than those of past missions.

Results to be Achieved by Non-federal Partners (if applicable)

Not applicable

Contact information

Michel Têtu
Director General, Trade and Investment
Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency
P.O. Box 6051
Moncton, New Brunswick
E1C 9J8
Telephone: 506-851-6496


Top of Page

Canada Border Services Agency

Horizontal Initiatives

Supplementary information on the CBSA's participation in horizontal initiatives can be found on the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat's Web site at http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/hidb-bdih/home-accueil-eng.aspx.

Top of Page

Canadian Food Inspection Agency

3.2.6 Horizontal Initiatives

3.2.6.1: CFIA-led initiative

Table A: Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA); Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC) (2003-04 to 2007-08)

Lead Departments Program Activity: Zoonotic Risks (CFIA only)

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2003-04 (enhanced programming)

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $3,601.1M (2003-04 to 2013-14) plus $26.6M ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The BSE program protects human and animal health by conducting research and risk assessments regarding BSE and other transmissible spongiform encephalopathies (TSEs) and minimizing the risk of exposure to infected materials; maintains consumer confidence through assessing the effectiveness of the risk mitigation measures and having measures in place to control any potential outbreaks; and supports market access for cattle, beef and related products through promoting and explaining Canada's BSE program to domestic and international stakeholders.
Health Canada conducts research and risk assessments regarding human exposure to BSE and other TSEs, and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) carries out surveillance and research in this area as well. PHAC is specifically responsible for national laboratory-based surveillance and characterization of all human prion diseases, including those attributable to both infectious and non-infectious causes, and mitigation of their public health impacts wherever possible. In addition, PHAC conducts targeted research to improve the speed, accuracy and scope of application of laboratory tests used in diagnosis of human prion diseases; and to better understand their biological basis and range of variation. The CFIA verifies that potentially infected materials (e.g. specified risk materials, or SRM) are being removed from the animal feed chain and the human food chain, monitors products entering and leaving Canada for adherence to Canadian standards or the standards of the importing country, monitors for the prevalence of BSE in the cattle population (through surveillance), verifies that measures to control potential outbreaks are in place, and explains Canada's BSE control measures to domestic and international stakeholders (e.g. through the veterinarians abroad program) in order to maintain confidence in Canada's BSE program. AAFC has been involved in supporting, stabilizing and repositioning Canada's beef and cattle industry, including through the provision of compensation payments to stakeholders impacted by the BSE crisis which started in 2003. In 2003-04, funding was received over five years for measures to secure the future of the Canadian beef industry and additional funding was received in 2004-05 over five years to reposition the Canadian beef and cattle industry to operate on a profitable and sustainable basis. In 2005-06, funding was received over four years for additional measures to address critical pressures facing the ruminant industry. In 2007-08, funding was received on an ongoing basis for the enhanced animal feed ban. In 2008-09, funding was received to extend sunsetting funding while a review of the complete BSE program could be conducted and a comprehensive BSE risk management strategy developed. In 2009-10, funding was received over five years to continue to the core BSE activities other than the feed ban (e.g. SRM removal from the human food chain, BSE surveillance and cattle identification).

Shared Outcome(s):
Contributing to the protection of human and animal health, which supports domestic and international market access for Canadian cattle, beef and beef products.

Governance Structure(s): The CFIA is the federal lead for the delivery of the BSE Program. In 2008, a summative evaluation of the CFIA's BSE program was conducted, which noted that the governance of the program should be strengthened to enhance coordination and communication regarding BSE-related activities, both internally and with other partner organizations. The CFIA accepted this recommendation and agreed to develop options for an improved governance model to facilitate horizontal dialogue that is consistent with governance models for related horizontal initiatives.

A) CFIA
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks SRM Removal from the Human Food Chain $91.5M (2003-04 to 2013-14) $9.5M $8.4M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10) Safe food. Continue the enforcement and verification of SRM removal by CFIA inspection staff
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Federally inspected boning establishments and slaughter establishments continue to be verified on-site and record reviews are performed by CFIA inspection staff to ensure that:

  • Operators are following their written HACCP System related to the removal and control of Specified Risk Material (SRM)
  • Effectiveness of Operator's written HACCP system to meet regulatory requirements related to the removal and control of SRM in boning establishments.

In the 2009-10 fiscal year, a compliance rate of over 99% has been achieved in over 5538 tasks delivered on the enforcement and verification of SRM removal.

Provincially inspected slaughter establishments continue to be verified on-site and record reviews are performed by CFIA inspection staff to ensure that the removal, segregation and disposal of SRM, are carried out to determine the adequacy of Provincial oversight regarding plant controls.

These reviews have been and will continue to be a crucial part in our ongoing efforts to strive for continuous improvements to the consistency and overall quality of our inspection verifications and related activities in non-registered provincial establishments.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Import Controls $2.8M (2004-05 to 2013-14) $0.3M $0.6M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Safe animal

  1. Monitoring prevalence of BSE in Canada and assessing the effectiveness of the BSE control measures including the Feed Ban and imports controls
  2. Analyzing options to redesign the BSE surveillance program and consulting with stakeholders to explore further targeting of surveillance.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The Canadian BSE surveillance program continues to be delivered in accordance with national and international / OIE guidelines.

  • CFIA collected 34618 samples during the 2009-10 and triggered, in compliance with the national reimbursement program eligibility criteria, an approximately equivalent number of payments to eligible partners of the program including cattle producers, private veterinarians and dead stock collection operators.
  • TSE Laboratories network completed the testing of 34618 received samples with a detection of one BSE case

The CFIA explored in a joint working group with Alberta government avenues to refine the program by having a more targeted surveillance focussed on sampling high risk category of animals

  • Results of the Alberta BSE surveillance pilot continue to be periodically reviewed.
  • Further analysis to be undertaken regarding the integration of certain factors into the remaining national program.

The CFIA conducted national training for clarification of sampling technique and maintenance of chain of evidence for samples.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks BSE Surveillance $159.9M (2003-04 to 2013-14) $15.4M $18.2M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Products imported into Canada meet Canadian standards. The CFIA reviews and updates current import policies and conditions for BSE as required in order to reflect changes to international standards and evolving science.

  1. Update relevant import policies and procedural directives (by priority, minimum 25% per year) to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements and CFIA domestic disease control; support market access by maintaining and improving Canada's animal health status and production of safe food, feed, fertilizer from imported animal origin ingredients
  2. CFIA acceptance of OIE BSE disease categorization for trading countries: negligible risk, controlled risk or undetermined risk
  3. Co-partnered risk evaluation on the manufacture process of gelatine from cattle hides sourced from controlled and undetermined risk for BSE countries
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)
  1. Revised BSE import policy (umbrella import policy) officially signed off by Health Canada partners, and Chief Veterinary Officer of CFIA. Submitted this to WTO for comments (2009) and implementation (2010)
  2. Highly processed products directive revised and submitted to WTO. Implemented October 2009
  3. Updated 25 percent of the procedural imports directives for precision and clarity; further updates continuing this year (2010-2011) more specifically combined the 5 different rendered and inedible products directives into one document by commodity type.
  4. All of Terrestrial Animal Health Division, import section activities go towards supporting domestic disease control (EFB, 1997 FB) programs, aligning with international obligations, and advancing scientific knowledge, as well as supporting market access by maintaining Canada's domestic reputation for animal health.

 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Cattle Identification $29.2M (2003-04 to 2013-14) $2.8M $2.1M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Safe animals. Continue work on cattle identification enforcement activities, including verification at auctions and federally and provincially inspected abattoirs that cattle are identified with an official ear tag.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Federal abattoirs operators are routinely verified in order to meet the regulatory requirements for animal identification for cattle are received bearing an approved tag.

In the 2009-10 fiscal year, a compliance rate of over 99% has been achieved in over 1265 tasks delivered at federally inspected abattoirs on cattle identification enforcement activities.

The CFIA inspection staff continues to monitor and enforce the Canadian Livestock Identification program at auctions, dead stock collectors, farms and livestock operations, feedlots, provincial abattoirs, renderers and tag distributors, where:

9758 visits were performed and 1% of visits were reported as in violation (97% of cattle tagged)

The CFIA's animal identification program has performed extensive work on:

  • training material developed for the implementation of compliance verification system (CVS) in the animal identification program;
  • livestock traceability data sharing agreement has been signed between CFIA and Alberta Agriculture and Rural Development
  • enhanced cattle traceability system implementation plan developed

 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Export Certification $53.2M (2003-04 to 2013-14) $5.7M $3.7M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Products exported from Canada meet requirements imposed by foreign countries. Continue the provision of export-related certification services to a wide range of affected industries.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The CFIA remains committed to promote an international regulatory framework to protect Canadian exporters from discriminatory and unnecessary barriers. The CFIA also leads or participates in a number of international and bilateral agreements. Consistent with its international regulatory cooperation framework, the CFIA maintains close relations with key foreign regulatory counterparts.

The CFIA, through on-going discussions with Singapore, has negotiated a partial lift of the ban on importation of Canadian beef and now Canadian boneless beef derived from animals aged less than thirty month can be exported to Singapore. Significant progress has been achieved with Hong Kong with regards to Canadian beef trade and most of restrictions have now been lifted. On-going communication and negotiation of export conditions allows for on-going trade and the potential of new markets for Canadian exporters.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Enhanced Feed Ban $241M (2004-05 to 2013-14) plus $26.6M ongoing $26.6M $16.1M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Safe feed, fertilizer, animals and food. Continue the enforcement of enhanced feed ban restrictions.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The CFIA began enforcing an initial set of feed ban regulations in 1997. At that time, these new regulatory requirements were integrated into existing inspection programs for feed and feed ingredient manufactured, distributed and used by inedible rendering plants, commercial feed mills and on farms.

In response to the detection of a native-born case of BSE in Canada in 2003, the CFIA received additional funding in 2005-06 and subsequent fiscal years to support implementation and enforcement of an enhanced feed ban regulatory framework that took effect in 2007. The impact of implementing the enhancements principally involved:

  1. Increasing inspection capacity and frequency throughout the feed supply and use chain i.e. at inedible rendering plants, commercial feed mills, feed retail outlets, and farms; and
  2. Implementing and administering a system of control permits and compliance inspection activities at abattoirs, dead stock collectors, landfills and other processing and disposal sites regarding the collection, transport, treatment and disposition of cattle Specified Risk Material (SRM) tissues. As part of the enhanced regulations, SRM must be segregated, identified and appropriately managed until final disposal. CFIA workload increased to include inspection oversight of SRM equipment and facilities, tracking movement at several points in the chain to final disposal or alternative use not historically subject to CFIA inspection.
  3. Removing the fertilizer and supplement chains as possible SRM outlets unless specifically authorized by a permit issued under the Health of Animals Regulations. The permits are issued on a case-by-case basis and include requirements for processing the material (e.g. composting) as well as conditions for its final disposal to mitigate against any potential risks to human, animal health and the environment.

During 2009-10, the CFIA continued to verify compliance with the 2007 regulatory enhancements at rendering plants, commercial feed manufacturers, feed retail outlets, on-farm feed manufacturers and ruminant feeders as well as at meat slaughter and processing establishments, cattle dead stock collectors, transporters and receivers of SRM downers and dead stock and commercial composting and fertilizer manufacturing facilities.

Some of the major achievements are: (Feed inspection - stats to be provided at later date)

  • # of facilities inspected (total and by sector)
  • # of inspections (total and by facility type)
  • # of compliance verification tasks assessed (total and by sector)

(SRM control)

  • Renewed and issued a total of 1804 permits for the control of SRM in Canada
  • Contracted services with engineers and worked with them to evaluate 4 new sites for disposal of SRM in Canada.
  • Developed an ash testing protocol for incinerators permitted to receive and destroy SRM.

 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Technical Market Access Support $44.1M (2004-05 to 2013-14) $5.0M $1.2M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Confidence in Canada's animal production and food system, facilitating access to domestic and international markets. Continue the establishment and maintenance of strong relationships with trading partners, and the provision of global leadership and influence regarding international policies and standards development.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The CFIA continues to play an active and participatory role at the international level. In addition, the CFIA is contributing and influencing international science based disease control standards for BSE, which are critical components of the foundation for safe trade and the maintenance of international market confidence. On a bilateral basis this involves the invitation to trading partners for incoming technical missions to confirm first hand the integrity and implementation of Canada's inspection controls. At the multilateral level, the CFIA is maintaining the official designation as a BSE Controlled Risk country through the evaluation process of the 167 member country World Organization for Animal Health (OIE). The CFIA continues to contribute to the discussions at OIE, not only with respect to at the General Session and in revisions to the various Codes, but also with respect to having an OIE BSE reference laboratory as well as CFIA employees on a number of the OIE commissions.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for CFIA for 2009-10
CFIA Zoonotic Risks Establishment Review $2.3M (2004-05 to 2006-07) - -
Oversupply of Aged Cattle - - -
$2.3M (2004-05 to 2006-07) - - -
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Not Applicable

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Not Applicable

 
Total Allocation for CFIA (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for CFIA for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for CFIA for 2009-10
$633.5M (2003-04 to 2013-14) plus $26.6M ongoing $65.3M $50.3M

AAFC
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
AAFC Food Safety and Biosecurity Systems (FSBRMS) Facilitating the Disposal of Specified Risk Material (SRM) Initiative $79.9M (2006-07 to 2009-10) $17.5M $13.9M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Mitigate impact of full Specified Risk Materials removal on industry competitiveness; Enhance infrastructure in place for feed ban regulations.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Federal Spending under SRM Federal-Provincial Contribution Agreements terminated March 31, 2010. Provincial spending has been extended for 5 provinces past March 31, 2010 to ensure completion of eligible SRM projects is achieved. Over 300 SRM related projects have been undertaken across Canada with funding to support industry competitiveness and enhance infrastructure (such as composting sites and incinerators) to comply with feed ban regulations. Investments have been made in research to seek long-term value-added uses for SRM.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for CFIA for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for CFIA for 2009-10
AAFC Food Safety and Biosecurity Systems (FSBRMS) Establishment $276.0M (2003-04) - -
Implementation $36.0M (2003-04) - -
Tracking and Tracing Systems $7.8M (2003-04 to 2004-05) - -
Transitional Industry Support Program $934.6M (2003-04) - -
Accelerating implementation of traceability in livestock and meat sources $16.1M (2004-05 to 2006-07) - -
Farm Income Payment Program $999.9M (2004-05 to 2005-06) - -
Cull Animal Program $202.4M (2003-04 to 2005-06) - -
Loan Loss $38.4M (2004-05 to 2008-09) - -
Feeder/Fed Cattle Set-Aside Program $296.3M (2004-05 to 2005-06) - -
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Not Applicable

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Not Applicable

 
Total Allocation for AAFC (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for AAFC for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for AAFC for 2009-10
$2,887.3M (2003-04 to 2009-10)3 $17.5M $13.9M

3Due to rounding figures may not add to the totals shown.

c) PHAC
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Internal Services

Surveillance and Research for Human TSEs $7.9M (2004-05 to 2013-14) $0.8M $0.8M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Risks of human TSEs in Canada remain clearly defined and well controlled

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)
  • Continued comprehensive national laboratory-based surveillance for all human prion diseases in Canada.
  • Resolved various potential public health issues related to individual cases of human prion disease, including suspected domestic case of variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.
  • Renewed mandate and support for external neuropathology reference laboratory.
  • Completed internal validation study on accuracy of cerebrospinal fluid protein markers for diagnosis of sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease.
  • Completed external validation study on use of Western immunoblot for detection and typing of pathological human prion proteins in brain tissue.
  • Co-authored publication (led by CFIA) on molecular, biochemical and genetic characteristics of BSE in Canada.
  • Continued work on development of diagnostic markers for BSE in bovine urine.
  • Established linkages with national forum on Chronic Wasting Disease.

 
Total Allocation for PHAC (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for PHAC for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for PHAC for 2009-10
$7.9M (2004-05 to 2013-14) $0.8M $0.8M

c) Health Canada
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
Health Canada

Food and Nutrition

Health Products

Risk Assessment and Targeted Research $62.1M (2004-05 to 2013-14) $6.2M $5.9M
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Health Canada program objectives for BSE and other TSEs are to:

  • i) Protect consumers from exposure to BSE and TSEs;
  • ii) Maintain and improve the safety, quality and availability of safe food and health products by minimizing the risks posed by BSE and TSEs;
  • iii) Continue to reduce the risk of BSE and TSEs to consumers by maintaining and improving scientific capacity, and by diverting tissues of high potential infectivity away from use in food and health products;
  • iv) Partnerships - Engage with the United States and the international community to encourage and facilitate the adoption of equivalent public health protection measures; and
  • v) Review of master files and product licence applications which contain ingredients where the ingredients are sourced from animals and which may be susceptible to TSE.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)
  • i) Protect consumers
    • Development of SOPs for review of medicinal ingredients and non medicinal ingredients which are at risk of containing prions;
    • Ongoing summative evaluations of BSE1 and 11.
  • ii) Maintain and improve safety
    • Working group developing guidelines and policies for minimizing the risk of TSE in health products.
    • Development of internal guidance to minimize the risk of TSE in NHPs.
  • iii) Maintaining and improving scientific capacity
    • Review of master files and product licence applications which contain ingredients where the ingredients are sourced from animals which are susceptible to TSE.
  • iv) Partnerships / Networking
    • Ongoing work through MOA (Memorandum of Agreement) / LOU (Letter Of Understanding) / Contract : TSE Secretariat and USDA (United States Department of Agriculture);
    • Completed research project "Transmissible spongiform encephalopathy (TSE) studies in non-human primates and the implications for human health", under signed MOA between the TSE Secretariat, Food Directorate and CEA (Commissariat à l'Energie Atomique) France.
    • Completed research project "Detailed analysis of abnormal prion protein (PrPRes ) and infectivity detection in materials from cattle incubating classical or atypical bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE) in order to achieve a more substantiated specified risk material (SRM) definition.", under signed MOA between the Food Directorate, TSE Secretariat and Friedrich-Loeffler-Institute, Germany.
    • Completed three research projects under LOU between TSE Secretariat and Canadian Food Inspection Agency: "Infectivity studies of blood from elk and deer with clinical CWD"; "Experimental CWD and BSE in domestic cats: comparative oral transmission studies"; and "Data collection to populate the Canadian Animal Surveillance Network (CAHSN) data system with Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) surveillance information".
    • Completed research project "Oral Transmission and Tissue Infectivity Study for All Types of Bovine Spongiform Encephalopathy (BSE) Diagnosed in Canadian Cattle", under LOU between the Food Directorate, TSE Secretariat, and Canadian Food Inspection Agency; and
    • Research project; Assays for infectious prions and PrP-Sc in the milk of scrapie-infected goats.
  • v) Review
    • Continued to review master files and product licence applications which contain ingredients where the ingredients are sourced from animals and which may be susceptible to TSE. As part of the risk assessment, every review requires an assessment for animal sourced ingredients. During this time period, approximately 99 new and generic drug submissions were reviewed along with 531 Notifiable Change Applications. A percentage of these reviews were contracted out for review
  • Other (accountability):
    • Completed development of a joint CFIA-HC-PHAC logic model for BSE III, lead by the Branch and Department to meet the BSE III Treasury Board submission requirements.
    • Ongoing performance evaluation and logic model updating of BSE III started and lead at the Branch and Department level.
    • The BSE evaluation was originally planned to be conducted in 2009-10, but was delayed until 2010-2011 because of the one-year extension of funding. No money was spent.

Health Canada
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
Health Canada   Compliance and Enforcement $1.0M (2003-04 to 2007-08) - -
Health Canada   Product Assessment $6.2M (2003-04 to 2007-08) - -
Health Canada   Tracking and Tracing $3.1M (2003-04 to 2007-08) - -
16. Expected Result (2009-10)

Not Applicable

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Not Applicable


 
Total Allocation for Health Canada (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for Health Canada for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for Health Canada for 2009-10
$72.4M (2003-04 to 2013-14) $6.2M $5.9M

 
Total Allocation for all Federal Partners Total Planned Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10
$3,601.1M (2003-04 to 2013-14) plus $26.6M ongoing $89.8M $70.9M

18. Comments on Variances:

CFIA: Although funding is approved for specific programs, the Agency has authority to reallocate resources throughout the year. In some program areas, such reallocation will result in a variance between planned and actual spending. While efforts are made to meet the intended program objectives, reallocation occurs to deal with higher priorities. Note that in 2010-11, the Agency will also be seeking approval of a revised Program Activity Architecture which is expected to result in a clearer alignment in 2011-12.

AAFC: Actual spending data denoted above for the Facilitating the Disposal of SRM Initiative includes payments for 2009/10 expenditures made to date and expected payments for 2009/10 expenditures that have not yet been made. This is a demand driven program; administrative costs are relatively constant. The variance between planned and actual spending is attributed to projects that were not completed prior to program expiry.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

20. Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Colleen Barnes
Executive Director
Domestic Policy Directorate
(613) 773-5901

Agriculture and Agri-food Canada
John Ross
Director
Animal Industry Division
(613) 773-0220

Public Health Agency of Canada
Dr. Michael B. Coulthart
Director
Prion Diseases Program
(204) 789-6026

Health Canada
Geoff Middleton
Manager Accountability
Policy, Planning, International Affairs Directorate (PPIAD)
(613) 954-2039

Table B: National Aquatic Animal Health Program


Name of Horizontal Initiative: National Aquatic Animal Health Program (NAAHP)

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) and Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO)

Lead Departments Program Activity: CFIA: Animal Health Risk and Production Systems DFO: Science for Sustainable Fisheries and Aquaculture

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $59.05M (2005-06 to 2009-10) plus $10.33M ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The NAAHP will protect Canada's aquatic resource productivity by minimizing the risk of introducing infectious diseases of concern to Canada; by removing non-tariff trade barriers imposed by trade partners because Canada does not meet international trade standards for regulatory disease control measures; and by allowing Canada to apply control measures on imports that pose a risk of disease introduction into Canada. The NAAHP is built on the CFIA's animal health management and legislative framework and on DFO's laboratory infrastructure and aquatic animal health research expertise. The CFIA provides overall program direction under the authority of the Health of Animals Act and the field operations capability for aquaculture surveillance, emergency response measures, export certification and import controls. DFO performs the surveillance and monitoring activities for wild resources, and delivers and oversees the diagnostic and research support responsibilities. Ongoing funding was obtained through an approved Treasury Board submission.

Shared Outcome(s): Sustainable Aquatic Resource Productivity and Internationally Competitive Aquatic Animal Resource Based Industries.

Governance Structure(s): The CFIA is the federal lead for delivery of the NAAHP. Respective federal roles and responsibilities are outlined in a Memorandum of Understanding co-signed with Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO). A steering committee was established, consisting of Director General-level officials from both organizations, who are responsible for strategic direction, monitoring and analysis of the program implementation of the NAAHP. The CFIA Director of the Aquatic Animal Health Division and the DFO Director of Aquatic Animal Health Science Branch are also members of the steering committee. Stakeholder input on development of the NAAHP is managed through an Aquatic Animal Health Committee (AAHC), which includes provincial and territorial authorities for aquaculture and wild fisheries resource management, veterinary association representatives, Aboriginal groups and wild and farmed industry stakeholders. Progress with program development and implementation of the NAAHP is reported to the Canadian Council of Fisheries and Aquaculture Ministers CFIA Committee (CFIA-CCFAM), and to the Agriculture Federal/Provincial/Territorial Regulatory ADM committees.

A) CFIA
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA Animal Health Risks and Production Systems National Aquatic Animal Health Program $32.13M (2005-06 to 2009-10) plus $6.35M ongoing $6.35M $4.35M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Regulatory amendments based on full consultation (FPT, Aboriginal Groups, & WTO); Initiation of discussion on FPT MOUs on Emergency Response & delineation of Domestic Disease Control zones;

Priority policies and procedures required to enforce revised regulations; NAAHP integration into priority IMIT systems (SIMS, AIRS, ICTS, IPS, CEMRS) & linkage to DFO LIMS; and

Training modules for key NAAHP implementation activities.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

In December 2009, changes were proposed in Canada Gazette, Part 1 to the Health of Animals Regulations to require import permitting for aquatic animals and their products that represent a disease risk. The 75-day comment period closed March 7, 2010. Reportable Disease Regulations are expected to coincide with Health of Animals regulatory amendments;

Commenced discussions with FPT on Emergency Response and completed the planning of a Simulation Exercise to be delivered in 2010/2011;

Completed priority policies and procedures required to enforce revised regulations. They include Hazard specific plans and Functional plans, Initial Site Inspection Standard Operating Procedures, Import permit policy framework, Export policy framework and Surveillance framework;

Initiated project and planning requirements for NAAHP integration into IMIT systems and linkage to DFO LIMS for implementation by the end of next fiscal year; and

Completed Five (5) National Training Initiatives Submissions pertaining to overview of the NAAHP, Disease Control and Contingency Planning, Import/Export and Surveillance activities for implementation in 2010/2011.


b) DFO
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
Department of Fisheries and Oceans (DFO) Science for Sustainable Fisheries and Aquaculture National Aquatic Animal Health Laboratory System (NAAHLS) $26.92M plus $3.98M ongoing $3.98M $4.59M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)
  1. Diagnostic tests validated to OIE requirements
  2. Operational Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS)
  3. Amendment of the Fish Health Protection Regulations (FHPR)
  4. Capacity for diagnostic testing
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Name of Program: National Aquatic Animal Health Laboratory System (NAAHLS)

  1. Continued to develop and validate diagnostic tests required to support NAAHP program activities. Laboratory standards and tracking systems meet international requirements for audit/challenge of export certificates and/or import controls – International Standards. Priority disease list established collaboratively with CFIA. DFO will complete the validation of all 35 priority diseases by 2013-2014.
  2. Continued development of the LIMS in accordance with the International Standards Organization (ISO) 17025 (17025 is the main standard used by testing and calibration laboratories).
  3. Worked collaboratively with CFIA on a transition framework moving regulatory authority from the FHPR to the amended HAR. This will be a two phase process. Phase One: remove from the authorities for FHPR, International Import /Export to avoid regulatory duplication and overlap with the authorities under amended Health of Animals Regulations (HAR).Phase two: The CFIA led Facility Recognition Program will replace the FHPR. When Phase two is complete the FHPR will be rescinded.
  4. In collaboration with CFIA, continued to establish a network of third party testing laboratories in support of NAAHP program activities.

 
Total Allocation for all Federal Partners Total Planned Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10
$59.05M (2005-06 to 2009-10) plus $10.33M ongoing $10.33M $8.94M

18. Comments on Variances:

CFIA: $1.2M was reallocated to other priorities without affecting NAAHP deliverables for 2009-10, and $0.8M lapsed due to project deliverables that were delayed to 2010-11.

DFO: In 2009-10, DFO internally reallocated additional funding to this initiative in order to deliver on priorities identified in this submission.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

20. Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Annie R. Champagne
Director
Aquatic Animal Health Division
(613) 221-3779

Department of Fisheries and Oceans
Stephen Stephen
NAAHP Science
(613) 990-0292

Table C: Listeria


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Government Response and Action Plan to the 2008 Listeriosis Outbreak.

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA); Health Canada (HC) and Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Departments Program Activity: CFIA: Food Safety and Nutrition Risks; HC: Food and Nutrition and PHAC: Surveillance and Population Health Assessment

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2009-10

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2011-12

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $75.0M (2009-10 to 2011-12)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The objective of this horizontal initiative is to respond to each of the 57 recommendations made in the report by the government appointed Independent Investigator, Sheila Weatherill, who reviewed the circumstances leading to the 2008 Listeriosis outbreak in Canada. To respond to each recommendation, the Government focussed on an action plan based on three thematic areas: address immediate food safety risks, enhance surveillance and early detection, and improve Government response to food-borne illness outbreaks in Canada.

To implement the action plan, the three federal organizations – CFIA, HC, PHAC – received a total spending authority of $75 million over three years (CFIA: $46.8 million, PHAC: $17.7 million, and HC: $10.5 million). Each federal organization has identified the resource requirements, strategic outcomes, objectives and implementation plan for each thematic area. Implementation of this horizontal initiative will further enhance Canada's food safety system.

Shared Outcome(s): Address Immediate Food Safety Risks by updating food safety programs and directions to industry, building 24/7 capacity for health risk assessments, increasing the number of Ready to Eat (RTE) meat inspection staff, and improving electronic access for inspection staff.

Enhance Surveillance and Early Detection by upgrading (web-based) national public heath surveillance system, improving detection methods for Listeria and other foodborne hazards, enhancing laboratory testing capacity, and improving laboratory diagnostic tools.

Improve Government Response to Foodborne Illness Outbreaks in Canada by strengthening federal leadership capacity for outbreak response, revising the national Foodborne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP), improving risk communication during foodborne emergencies, targeting communications to vulnerable populations, and improving public access to integrated Government of Canada food safety information.

Governance Structure(s): The responsibilities for the implementation of each of the 57 recommendations made by the Independent Investigator are based on the mandates of the CFIA, HC, PHAC. In addition, the Deputy Minister of AAFC chairs a special committee of deputy heads from CFIA, Health Canada and PHAC which provides recommendations to improve the ways the organizations work together to deliver their food safety mandates The CFIA, PHAC, HC, and AAFC work horizontally through a governance structure to implement and to monitor the implementation of all the recommendations.

The governance framework includes an ADM level Committee on Food Safety (ADM-CFS) that is supported by a DG level committee. The ADM-CFS receives support and direction from the AAFC, CFIA, PHAC, and HC deputy heads. Furthermore, each department monitors the implementation of the recommendations through a department specific governance structure that includes inter-branch director level, executive director level, vice-president level, and senior management committees.

A) CFIA
Address Immediate Food Safety Risks
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Hiring of Inspection staff in Ready to Eat Meat Facilities $21.3M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $1.9M $1.2M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Hire additional inspection staff in ready to eat (RTE) meat facilities to deliver new inspection activities.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The Government has made funds available to hire 170 new full-time inspectors, over three years, dedicated to food safety. Budget 2010 committed an additional $13 million to CFIA to increase inspection capacity for meat and poultry processing facilities. As of June 15, 2010, the CFIA has hired 59 inspectors. The hiring of inspectors will continue on a priority basis.



10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Scientific and technical training programs $11.6M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $3.0M $0.9M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10) Enhance scientific and technical knowledge among RTE meat inspection staff in all federally registered meat establishments.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

CFIA has developed and approved a new National Training Plan for meat processing inspectors. The Plan specifies 29 weeks of blended training (self-study, e-learning, coaching, instructor-led) for meat processing inspectors, and focuses on developing a new course curriculum and the continuous training of new and existing inspectors. The first round of inspector training using the new curriculum began in April 2010, and will be completed in the fall. Training plans for meat processing inspectors will continue to be reviewed and evaluated on an annual basis, in keeping with available resources. Moreover, a national assessment of training needs related to the delivery of the CVS has been completed.



10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Enhanced connectivity of Inspectors $3.0M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $1.0M $0.6M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10) Enhance connectivity (e.g. high speed access, cell phones) for CFIA inspectors.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Where possible, the CFIA has increased the use of existing technologies such as laptops, cell phones and faster network connectivity. To make it easier for inspectors, particularly those in remote locations, to access the information they require to do their jobs, new wireless technologies have been evaluated. A pilot project was completed on April 1, 2010 to assess whether this wireless technology could enable inspectors to securely access the CFIA computer network and applications. The CFIA is reviewing the results of the pilot project to determine the impact of proceeding with this new technology and the associated costs.



10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Enhanced Food Safety Program Risk Management $4.6M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $1.0M $0.8M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10) Enhance food safety program risk management through modernization of food safety standards, programs, policies and operational procedures.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

The CFIA works to review and update its programs, regulations and directives on an on-going basis. Work is also being conducted in relation to the CFIA's food safety programs delivered in the non-federally registered food sector, under the Government's Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan. Business processes are being streamlined so that manuals, including directives, are updated regularly and changes are implemented efficiently. These business processes are expected to start being phased in by March 2011.



Enhance Surveillance and Early Detection
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other food-borne hazards $1.2M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.2M $0.7M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other food-borne hazards to provide greater availability and choice of testing methods for the detection of Listeria, and faster turn around time for reporting results.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

CFIA has developed the capacity, through its Pulse-Field Gel Electrophoresis Center, to routinely test and then report virtually immediately to the provincial and federal PulseNet Canada members when its laboratories isolate foodborne bacterial pathogens. In addition, Health Canada is working in collaboration with CFIA to improve and validate detection methods for Listeria and other hazards in food to reduce testing time and enable more rapid response during food safety investigations.



Enhance Surveillance and Early Detection
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Additional Listeria testing $4.1M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $1.3M $0.9M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Conduct additional Listeria testing to contribute to improved decision making.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Due to the increased volume of samples tested through CFIA's Listeria monitoring program, the Agency now provides food microbiology laboratory services seven days per week. In the past year, CFIA has increased the number of Listeria samples analyzed by its laboratories by approximately sixty percent.



Improve Government Response To Foodborne Illness Outbreaks
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
CFIA

Food Safety and Nutrition Risks

Internal Services

Government of Canada food safety portal $1.0M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.2M $0.3M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Develop and maintain a Government of Canada food safety portal to improve public access to integrated Government of Canada food safety information.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

On February 25, 2010, the CFIA launched a Government of Canada online food safety portal website that offers a one-stop approach to food safety and foodborne illness information (www.foodsafety.gc.ca) and has links to HC, PHAC and CFIA websites. To raise awareness of the food safety portal, CFIA sent out a social media news release which enables a wide range of social media book marking and tagging options to be applied to the conventional news release. To promote the food safety portal, and to raise awareness of safe food handling practices and recall procedures, CFIA has prepared an exhibits strategy which will see the Agency participate in six food-related events between May 2010 and March 2011.


 
Total Allocation for CFIA (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for CFIA for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for CFIA for 2009-10
$46.8M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $8.6M $5.4M

b) PHAC
Enhance Surveillance and Early Detection
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Strengthen Public Health Capacity

Knowledge-based information systems $4.5M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $1.5M $0.3M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

National public health tools and platforms.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

PHAC is working on a pan-Canadian surveillance system. It is initiating plans for a pilot implementation of the Panorama system, funded by Canada Health Infoway, in order to test the feasibility of using the system for managing multi-jurisdictional outbreaks of foodborne illnesses. Pilot testing will include an investigation of the feasibility of integration with existing alerting systems such as the Canadian Integrated Outbreak Surveillance Centre (CIOSC).


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Science and Innovation $2.9M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.3M $0.2M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Strengthened laboratory diagnostic tools and networking tools.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

Next-generation laboratory methods are being implemented within PulseNet Canada, which is coordinated by PHAC and represents a network between provincial public health laboratories and federal laboratories (including those of PHAC, CFIA and HC). The goal of the network is to share the information relating to genetic fingerprinting tests to allow for real-time identification, communication and response to clusters of foodborne illness. New experimental approaches to characterize bacterial pathogens have been developed within Canada and the PulseNet International member laboratories. These approaches have been evaluated and are now implemented for selected pathogens. In particular, responses to outbreaks related to pathogens E. coli, Salmonella and Listeria have benefited by utilizing these new technologies.


Improve Government Response To Foodborne Illness Outbreaks
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Foodborne, Waterborne and Zoonotic Diseases $2.8M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.3M $0.5M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Modernize and exercise the FIORP.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

A revised draft of the Foodborne Illness Outbreak Response Protocol (FIORP) was developed by HC, CFIA and PHAC and was shared with the provinces and territories (P/Ts) in February 2010. The revised protocol includes clarified roles and responsibilities of food safety partners, as well as guidelines for information sharing during foodborne illness investigations. P/T health and agriculture ADMs are finalizing their input on the revised FIORP, with a view to endorsing the document in the spring of 2010.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Emergency Preparedness and Response

Foodborne, Waterborne and Zoonotic Diseases

Emergency Response

$2.7M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.2M $0.1M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Develop an operational framework that provides procedures and guidance to the Health Portfolio for the coordination and management of foodborne illness emergencies.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

PHAC, in consultation with HC and CFIA, is developing an Incident Command Structure (ICS) to improve coordination and capacity among food safety partners during foodborne illness outbreaks, and is refining and implementing this emergency response mechanism to better prepare and respond to potential foodborne illness outbreaks. Integration with CFIA's Emergency Management System is underway and will be assessed in 2010.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Strengthen Public Health Capacity

Building Public Health Human Resource Capacity

$3.3M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.3M $0.3M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Pilot test a surge capacity model of qualified public health experts.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

PHAC has established a secretariat office to coordinate its surge capacity under the FIORP. The purpose of this office is to ensure that PHAC is positioned to assign qualified individuals needed to effectively manage and respond to multi-jurisdictional outbreaks. The Agency has completed a skills survey of its staff that identifies qualified individuals who could be assigned in these circumstances.


 
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
PHAC

Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Foodborne, Waterborne and Zoonotic Diseases

$1.5M $0.2M $0.1M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)

Develop and implement a multi-faceted risk communications plan.

17. Results Achieved (2009-10)

PHAC is developing a comprehensive risk communications strategy that will guide how the Agency communicates to Canadians during a national foodborne illness outbreak. The strategy includes plans for communicating with the public and at-risk populations using a variety of traditional and innovative formats, including social media networks, the newly launched food safety portal, and audio-video webcasts by the Chief Public Health Officer of Canada. PHAC also collaborates with Health Canada to ensure that the Agency's information for Canadians during a national outbreak flows consistently from Health Canada's pre-outbreak food safety advice.


 
Total Allocation for PHAC (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for CFIA for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for CFIA for 2009-10
$17.7M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $2.8M $1.5M

c) Health Canada
Address Immediate Food Safety Risks
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
HC

Food and Nutrition

Build Health Risk Assessment Capacity

$4.9M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.6M $0.6M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)
  • Improved detection method for Listeria developed and validated to decrease the time required for the isolation of L. monocytogenes.
  • Proof of Concept for the lab-on-a-chip platform for the detection of foodborne pathogens, targeting Listeria monocytogenes (results in 48hr instead of current 10 days) for the first application.
  • Establishment of criteria and processes to identify priority microbial methods for validation, by Health Canada and the CFIA.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)
  • Method developed for detection of L. monocytogenes in 3-5 days instead of 10 days. Method Validation Initiated.
  • Collaboration initiated with the National Research Council of Canada to demonstrate the proof of concept (POC) for the lab-on-a-chip platform.

Enhance Surveillance and Early Detection
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
HC

Food and Nutrition

Improve test detection methods for Listeria and other foodborne hazards

$3.6M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.6M $0.4M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10)
  • Begin to set criteria to prioritize and fast track approvals of food safety interventions with proven health benefits.
  • Strengthen health risk assessment capacity to provide 24/7 coverage and enhance surge capacity preparedness.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10)
  • Drafting of guidelines initiated to set criteria to prioritize and fast track approvals of food safety interventions with proven health benefits.
  • Additional FTE's hired to conduct Health Risk Assessments (HRAs) for responding to CFIA.
  • Established 24/7 emergency contact for CFIA to conduct after hours HRAs and enhanced response capacity to address CFIA requests.
  • All HRAs on Food chemical and microbiological safety incidents, conducted at the request of the CFIA were delivered within service standards or shorter.

Improve Government Response To Foodborne Illness Outbreaks
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-10 15. Actual Spending for 2009-10
HC

Internal Services

Social Marketing Strategy

$2.0M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $0.9M $0.8M
16. Expected Result for (2009-10) Launch targeted food safety risk communications products to begin raising awareness among vulnerable populations.
17. Results Achieved (2009-10) Launched first stage of a marketing campaign targeting those populations that are at greater risk of complications from foodborne illness (older adults, pregnant women and those with weakened immune systems), which included production of web and radio ads, media planning and trafficking, production of booklets, posters, videos, and Web development.

 
Total Allocation for HC (From Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for HC for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for HC for 2009-10
$10.5M (2009-10 to 2011-12) $2.1M $1.8M

Initiative Total:
Total Allocation for all Federal Partners Total Planned Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for all Federal Partners for 2009-10
$75.0M $13.5M $8.7M

18. Comments on Variances:

CFIA: Although significant progress was made during the first year on staffing, the CFIA encountered some delays. In addition, there were also delays in the development and delivery of the training. Some of the unspent funds were redistributed to other Agency priorities.

PHAC: The variance between planned spending and actual expenditures is due to delays in securing a service provider for the surveillance system in addition to delays in staffing activities.

Health Canada: Listeriosis funding was received very late in the fiscal year. A new staffing protocol at Health Products and Food Branch of Health Canada (HPFB) made it difficult to hire FTEs to increase both HRA capacity and to further develop Methods.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

20. Contact information:

Canadian Food Inspection Agency
Theresa Iuliano
Senior Director
Policy and Strategies Directorate
Policy and Programs Branch
(613) 773-5867

Public Health Agency of Canada
Mark Raizenne
Director General
Centre for Food-Borne, Environmental and Zoonotic Infectious Diseases
(613) 948-6883
Mark.Raizenne@phac-aspc.gc.ca

Health Canada
Samuel Godefroy
Director General
Food Directorate
Health Products and Food Branch
(613) 957-1821

Top of Page

Canadian Heritage

Erratum

Please be advised that a change was made to the French version of this document. A missing program for the Immediate Outcome 1.3 was added to the table: Support to francophone immigration in New Brunswick by the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency.

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games – Delivering on our Commitments

Name of Lead Department(s): Department of Canadian Heritage

Lead Department Program Activity: Sport

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2003-2004

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $580.24M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

To monitor and report on the Government of Canada’s contribution to the 2010 Winter Games, which engage Canadians from across the country; reflect Canadian values and priorities in their planning, delivery, and international profile, and promote opportunities to advance public policy goals and to make strategic investments that support long-term tangible economic benefits, and sport, social, cultural and environmental legacies for all Canadians (www.pch.gc.ca).

The Government of Canada is a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games. The 2010 Federal Secretariat (2010 FS) within the Department of Canadian Heritage works horizontally to support and promote federal engagement in the planning and delivery of the Games, which includes providing high quality essential federal services, as well as capital and legacy funding. Fifteen federal departments are providing services deemed essential for conducting successful Games. These departments, whether receiving incremental funding for this purpose or supporting the services from their A-base, are accountable for delivering essential federal services under the Multiparty Agreement, signed in 2002. The 2010 FS works with its partners and stakeholders to leverage the Games as an opportunity to advance public policy objectives, establish lasting legacies, and derive maximum benefit for all Canadians (www.canada2010.gc.ca).

Canadian Heritage is the lead department for federal participation in support of the 2010 Winter Games with the exception of Games Security and Public Safety. In October 2007, the Prime Minister appointed Ward Elcock as the Coordinator for the 2010 Olympic and G8 Security and established an office within the Privy Council Office (PCO).  As a result of this appointment, the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) became the lead coordinating department to develop a Horizontal Results-Based Management and Accountability Framework (RMAF) for Games Security and Public Safety collectively with Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA); Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC); Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS); Department of National Defence (DND); Industry Canada (IC); Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC); Public Safety Canada (PS); Transport Canada (TC); Health Canada (HC); Canadian Coast Guard (CCG); Canada Post; and PCO. As the lead agency responsible for the development and delivery of the 2010 Winter Games security, the RCMP leads a multi-organisational, Integrated Security Group known as the Vancouver 2010 Integrated Security Unit (V2010 ISU) which has the overall responsibility for coordinating and providing security for the 2010 Winter Games. Departments and agencies responsible to provide security for the 2010 Winter Games report on their achievements under commitments established in the security RMAF through RCMP (reference and link to RCMP Department Performance Report (DPR) on Security) and are not included in this report.

Please note that the $108.3 million originally reported in this DPR is now included in the RCMP DPR. Also on September 17, 2009, $35.54 million in new funding was approved for the 2010 Winter Games and there was a reduction of the First Nations grant from $34.55M to $34M. This grant was fully disbursed in 2008-2009.

Shared Outcome(s) 1:

There are three levels of shared outcomes as identified below:

  • Final Outcomes
    • Sport, economic, social and cultural legacies are established for the benefit of all Canadians;
    • Canadian excellence and values are promoted domestically and internationally; and
    • Canada is recognized as a capable and inclusive host.
  • Intermediate Outcomes
    • Pan-Canadian engagement in sport, economic, social and cultural activities related to the 2010 Winter Games;
    • Enhance Canada’s domestic and international profile; and
    • Canadians and international participants experience safe and high quality games.
  • Immediate Outcomes
    • Leverage 2010 Winter Games to advance existing federal priorities;
    • Positive exposure and heightened recognition of Government of Canada as a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games; and
    • Successful delivery of mandated essential federal services.
Governance Structure(s):

2010 FS

Representative Working Group (RWG)

The 2010 FS, under the leadership of the Deputy Minister of Canadian Heritage, supports the Framework for Federal Coordination (FFC)—the primary mechanism for promoting horizontal management of the Winter Games. This governance structure consists of:

  • A Deputy Ministers and Heads of Agency Coordination Committee facilitating interdepartmental and intergovernmental consultation and coordination of Games-related issues and commitments.
  • An Assistant Deputy Minister-level RWG reporting on the progress of essential federal service delivery.
  • An Essential Federal Services Committee (EFS Committee) was established in 2007 under the authority of the RWG to support, promote, coordinate and monitor seamless planning of essential federal services.  

Working-level Issue Clusters support intergovernmental coordination and information sharing.

 
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-102
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Final outcomes: Sport, economic, social and cultural legacies are established for the benefit of all Canadians; Canada is recognized as a capable and inclusive host
Intermediate outcomes: Pan-Canadian engagement in sport, economic, social and cultural activities related to the 2010 Winter Games; Canadians and international participants experience safe and high quality games
Immediate outcomes: Leverage 2010 Winter Games to advance existing federal priorities; Successful delivery of mandated essential federal services
Service Area: Federal Coordination
A. Canadian Heritage Canadians participate and excel in sport

Sport Hosting Program

2010 FS

$412M

$47.062M

$9.8M Salary and Operations

$10.792M Venue Construction

$26.47M Paralympic Operations

$0M
Operating Trust Legacy Grant

Positive domestic and international exposure.

Canada has established sport, social and cultural legacies.

The 2010 FS provided support to federal government departments, partners and stakeholders to leverage the 2010 Winter Games to advance federal priorities through 35 coordinated initiatives. The 2010 FS provided coordination and regular support to the governance committees part of the FFC in order to support the whole of government approach to the Games. Forty-six federal departments, agencies and Crown corporations (including  departments delivering essential services) were represented at those committees and worked together seamlessly and horizontally on the 2010 Winter Games; a number of enormously complex tasks, touching a vast array of different fields of interest were well-managed over this period; all existing and emerging opportunities available as the Host Country were identified and capitalized upon for the benefit of Canadians; and a legacy of strong partnerships and corporate knowledge was created in order to strengthen future federal investments and activities. The Government of Canada was recognized as a key partner of the 2010 Winter Games as shown by the results of a public opinion research survey conducted prior to the Games in February 2010. In January 2010, the 2010 FS contracted Decima Research to conduct a national omnibus survey of over 2,000 Canadians aimed at gauging Canadians’ overall awareness of the 2010 Winter Games and exploring their perceptions of the economic, social, and cultural benefits associated with Canada’s hosting of these Games.  Previously, two rounds of public opinion research had been conducted on the same topic: in June 2007 and in January 2009. As the results of the pre-Games research demonstrate, for the most part, Canadians believed that the 2010 Winter Games would have positive impacts on the country. 


According to the survey,  the most positive impact would be seen on tourism (92%), on national pride (88%) and on Canada’s image abroad (85%).  The survey results related to pride demonstrate that hosting the Games has a meaningful impact on how Canadians feel about the connection they have to their country.  The majority of the respondents (73%) were able to correctly identify the Government of Canada’s role in hosting the 2010 Winter Games (i.e., as a key financial contributor and the provider of services such as security and customs). The complete results of this study were available to the public in August 2010. A post-Games survey of the awareness and overall perception of the impact of the Games was conducted in May 2010 and the results will be available to the public during the fall of 2010.  

Canadians had opportunities to be engaged in outreach events and activities related to the 2010 Winter Games and organized by the 2010 FS.  More than half-a-million people—40% of them from other countries—visited the Canada 2010 website developed by the 2010 FS. The website helped increase awareness and understanding of Canada's 2010 priorities. The website will be archived by Library and Archives of Canada to ensure it remains part of our national memory of the Games.

Through the summer and fall of 2009, the 2010 FS joined a travelling Pavilion for a nine-city tour to talk to Canadians about the 2010 Winter Games. Altogether, approximately 80,000 Canadians were

provided with information related to the Games, the role of the Government of Canada, and the benefits and opportunities of being the Host Country.

All contribution agreements managed by the 2010 FS enabling various organizations to deliver benefits were in place in a timely manner.
 
Sport legacy: In all, five new, state-of-the-art competition venues were built: the Richmond Olympic Oval; Whistler Olympic Park/Whistler Paralympic Park; the Whistler Sliding Centre; Vancouver Olympic Centre/Vancouver Paralympic Centre; and UBC Thunderbird Arena. Four existing facilities were given major upgrades: Cypress Mountain; the Pacific Coliseum; Whistler Creekside; and BC Place. In addition, five new, non-competition venues were constructed, including the Olympic and Paralympic Villages in Vancouver and Whistler; the Whistler Athlete Centre; and two new community centres that served as training facilities during the Games.

The Government of Canada and the Province of British Columbia were equal contributors to the Vancouver Organizing Committee for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games (VANOC)’s capital plan to construct or renovate the key 2010 Winter Games venues. 
B. PWGSC   Translation Bureau (new funding) $5.3M $5.3M $3.3M Translation and interpretation services are provided to VANOC in a timely manner

The Translation Bureau provided translation services to help VANOC offer quality communications in both of Canada's official languages.

To provide efficient translation services, the Bureau set up three separate translation centres with their own mandate across the country to work in partnership with VANOC:

  1. The Gatineau Translation Centre was specialized in translating and daily updating some 4500 biographies of athletes and trainers, as well as texts describing the achievements of the Olympic and Paralympic Games teams, all of which were intended for the international press and for publication on the Web.
  2. The Vancouver Translation Centre, located in downtown Vancouver and in VANOC's headquarters, set up two separate teams. The first team was asked to translate documents for internal and external audiences and the second team was dedicated to the media centre.
  3. The Quebec Translation Centre translated a variety of texts for the Games. The Quebec Centre took care of everything falling outside the other centres' range of tasks.

In addition to meeting the professional standards of the Translation Bureau and the language industry, all mutually agreed deadlines were met and 100% of biographies were translated and updated within the agreed-upon timeline.

The Translation Bureau also provided interpretation services for the Paralympic Games and had six on-site official languages interpreters. It was the first time in the history of the Games that official interpretation services were provided at the Paralympic Games. In addition, the Translation Bureau assessed and validated the interpretation infrastructure put in place by VANOC for the duration of the Olympic Games.
Final outcomes: Sport, economic, social and cultural legacies are established for the benefit of all Canadians; Canadian excellence and values are promoted domestically and internationally
Intermediate outcomes: Pan-Canadian engagement in sport, economic, social and cultural activities related to the 2010 Winter Games; Enhance Canada's domestic and international profile
Immediate outcomes: Leverage 2010 Winter Games to advance existing federal priorities; Positive exposure and heightened recognition of Government of Canada as a key partner in the 2010 Winter Games
Service area: Promotion and Participation
C. Canadian Heritage  

1) Celebration and Commemoration Program (CCP)
and  Cultural Spaces Canada (CSC)

 

 

$80.23M

1) $17.05M (celebration sites)

 

1) $9.3M (CCP)

$9.0M
(CSC)

 

1) Canadians have access to information related to 2010 Winter Games related activities;
Canadians have opportunities to participate in 2010 Winter Games related activities

 

 

 

1) Whistler and Vancouver Live Sites: Canadians and all visitors had free access to physical infrastructure at the Whistler and Vancouver Live Sites to share the Winter Olympic and Paralympic Games and artistic experiences. Construction of Live Sites was completed and sites were functional for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Games in accordance with the respective contribution agreements. The public had the opportunity to meet athletes, enjoy shows from local, Canadian and international performers, follow media coverage of the competitions and watch the Opening Ceremony on a large screen.  During the Olympic Games, the attendance at the celebration sites in Vancouver was estimated at 550,000 and the attendance at the Whistler celebration site was estimated at 680,000 people.

 

$24.5M (Torch Relays)

 

 

 

$23.3M

 

 

Olympic and Paralympic Torch Relays: The Department of Canadian Heritage, through the CCP, provided grants to 189 celebration communities to support local community celebrations. In addition, the Department also supported 96 youth-oriented projects with an Olympic theme that gave young Canadians an opportunity to express their creativity and energy.
 
The participation in the Olympic and Paralympic Relay celebrations was estimated at approximately 1.5 million people. 1,036 communities were visited (of which 119 were Aboriginal) and played host to the relays. 189 commemorative plaques were presented to the host city mayors as a legacy piece commemorating the official community celebration of the Olympic Torch Relay.

  $0.4M (Cultural Olympiad Digital Edition [CODE])

$0.4M

 

 

 

Canada CODE: CODE was the on-line home of distinctive and engaging digital programming including digital art exhibitions, digital shorts by Canadian filmmakers, as well as a portal through which users could experience live interactive art and cutting-edge music taking place during the Cultural Olympiad. Another initiative of CODE— called “Canada CODE” and a first for Canada and the Olympics—let Canadians take part on-line in a joint creative project by uploading their own photos and stories of their daily lives. The Canada CODE project, supported by the Department of Canadian Heritage, also connected Canadians from coast-to-coast-to coast during the relays. Communities had the opportunity to share their experience and excitement. Approximately 1 million people viewed the Canada CODE content on public screens. Every part of the country participated in the creation of Canada CODE with more than 10,000 contributions from people ages 7 to 78.

  $17.4M (Opening Ceremonies)

$17.4M

 

 

 

Supporting the Opening Ceremonies: The Department of Canadian Heritage supported the Vancouver 2010 Olympic Opening Ceremony which showcased Canadian talent and Canada’s culture and history. The Opening Ceremony was the most-watched television event in Canadian history to date, and drew 13.3 million Canadian viewers.

 

$0.9M
(Victory Medal Ceremonies)
(new funding)

 

$0.2M

 

 

 

Victory Medal Ceremonies: Seven provinces/territories received financial support to ensure French programming and performances at the pre-event of the Victory Medal Ceremonies.  Media coverage and reports received indicate a very high level of enthusiasm, participation and satisfaction from Canadians.

2) Aboriginal Peoples Program

 

2) $0.4M
(Four Host First Nations Coordination)

 

2) $0.4M

 

 

 

2) Aboriginal languages and cultures are shared with the world

Aboriginal people received broadcast of the 2010 Winter Olympics Games in Aboriginal languages

2) 317 Aboriginal youth (24 Inuit, 24 Métis and 269 First Nations) from across Canada participated in cultural and language elements. Number of participants was lower than anticipated due to availability of youth.

The sport events were broadcast in 8 different Aboriginal languages. APTN broadcasted more than 200 hours of the 2010 Winter Games.

3) Canada Pavilion (new funding)

 

3) $10.4M
(new funding)

 

 

3) $9.9M

 

 

3) Canadian and international visitors have access to information on Canadian sport excellence and innovation, and the Government of Canada’s contribution to the Games.  Content and programming will highlight Canada’s tourism opportunities to visitors from all over the world, and reflect Canada’s cultural richness, our country’s two official languages, and our regional diversity.

3) In September 2009, the Minister of State (Sport), announced $10 million for a Canada Pavilion at the 2010 Winter Games.
The Canada Pavilion was open to the public during the Games, starting on February 13 and ending on March 21, 2010. Located in Vancouver’s LiveCity Downtown celebration site, the Pavilion also served as a venue for Government of Canada departments/agencies’ events and activities. Over the course of the Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games, the Canada Pavilion received a total of 137,163 visitors. Multiple videos, games, exhibits and events supported the Pavilion’s theme of “Excellence in Canadian Sport” in a focused and consistent fashion and portrayed Canada’s regional, cultural and linguistic diversity.

4) Sport Canada
(new funding)

4) $1.75M
(new funding)

 

4) $0.4M

 

4) Athletes' successes are celebrated

 

4) The athlete tribute was held on April 22, 2010 in the House of Commons. Participation:
Olympic athletes: 94
Olympic coaches: 24
Paralympic athletes: 29
Paralympic coaches:13
Sport leaders: 15

 

5) $0.28M Governor General Protocol 5) $0.224M

5) Contribution to a lasting  positive impression of  Canada as a capable host

5) The Governor General, with the Prime Minister, hosted receptions for both domestic and international high level dignitaries attending the Olympic and Paralympic Games Opening Ceremonies.
D. Canadian Tourism Commission (CTC)     $26.0M $7.7M

$9.9M (Includes 2009 + January-March 2010). Note: this total includes additional partnership funding.

Relationships built with key 2010 media partners

 

 

 

 

Continued growth of tourism export revenues for Canada

The advertisement equivalency value from January to June 2009 was $9M.

 $83.3M (print only) for 2009.
 
The advertisement equivalency value for January-March 2010 was $784,262,912. 

Tourism export revenues are provided on an annual basis by Statistics Canada.  The preliminary result from January to December 2009 was $14.2 billion.

E. DFAIT  

Total

Invest in Canada Bureau: Global Business Leaders Initiative

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office of Protocol

$3.41M $1.53M
(new funding)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.88M (new funding)

$1.53M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.567M

Increased global awareness of Canada’s brand profile and investment advantages

 

Investment stakeholders in Canada benefit from face-to-face networking and relationship-building opportunities with new and existing investment prospects

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Essential protocol services are provided to Heads of State/Government in a timely manner during the Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games so that Canada fulfills its international obligations

Contribution to a lasting  positive impression of  Canada as a capable host

Over 100 foreign companies/officials heard testimonials and received marketing material on Canada.  33 top international business executives took part in the program.

The Global Business Leaders’ Day successfully engaged 115 foreign investor prospects, senior executives from multinational companies currently invested in Canada, Canadian business leaders as well as key government leaders. The event which was held in association with the Financial Times (FT) also reached global business executives through seven event notifications placed in the North American edition of the FT newspaper reaching 462,000 influential, elite readers in the US and banner ads on FT.com which generated over 2.5 million impressions. The Global Business Leaders Day was the only investment outreach event that engaged all provincial and territorial investment promotion partners to present a coherent and cohesive Canada Brand to business audiences during the Games. Overall, 47 government dignitaries and officials attended including: three Canadian federal ministers; the Premier of British Columbia; the US Ambassador to Canada; eight provincial ministers responsible for trade, investment, industry, finance, and/or intergovernmental relations; and several deputy ministers from the provinces and territories, C-level executives from regional economic development agencies, and other senior officials.

The Office of the Minister for International Trade held 18 one-on-one meetings with potential investors; created networking opportunities in suites; and reached out to international companies through site visits.

Provinces were engaged through co-operative sharing of contacts engagement at events and cross development of leads/contacts.

Global business leaders were successfully reached through visibility initiatives including:
(a) A high-impact, 8 week campaign targeting business travelers at 12 major international airports in key financial/business capitals around the world.(b) A Banner Program for federal properties in three prominent business locations in Vancouver and five posts abroad. (c) Branding videos (Canada - We Take Care of Business) were screened at Olympic Winter Games venues and at all Invest in Canada business outreach events during Games-time.(d) 25 investment-focused Olympic countdown events were held in 15 priority investor markets engaging over 1,700 business guests, dignitaries and media. 

The National Courtesy Clearance Program processed over 160 clearances, and met all deadlines in a timely manner. A total of 1,579 people were processed during the Olympic and Paralympic Games (39 Heads of State/Government, 2 Vice-Presidents, 1 Premier, 55 Ministers, 4 Deputy Prime Ministers, 1 head of an international organization, 24 other dignitaries during Olympic Games and accompanying delegation members).

DFAIT Protocol fulfilled its international obligations which met the expectations of high level visitors as well as those of VANOC and the International Olympic Committee (IOC) as set out in the “Host City Contract.”

39 Heads of State/Government received courtesy clearances.
13 Heads of State/Government received protocol services under the Protocol mandate.

Two companies were hired through a bidding process (RFP) to provide local transportation and support those needs not offered by either RCMP or VANOC.

The Prime Minister met the United States Vice President, the Netherlands Prime Minister and the Secretary General of the Francophonie. The Minister of National Defence met the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Finland.

The Office of the Minister of International Trade met the President of Estonia, the Prime Minister of Latvia, the Deputy Prime Minister of Russia and the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Slovakia. All of those mentioned above were offered modest hospitality.

The Chief of Protocol received positive feedback from the diplomatic community on the services that were rendered during the Olympic and Paralympic Games. Both obligations were met and fulfilled in a timely manner. The Prime Minister and the Governor General jointly hosted receptions for both the domestic and international high level dignitaries attending the Olympic and Paralympic Games Opening Ceremonies. There was excellent collaboration with both British Columbia and Manitoba Protocol, VANOC, the Cities of Vancouver, Whistler and Richmond, the 2010 FS, RCMP, HC and the first ever collaboration with the Four Host First Nations (FHFN) as a full partner.

DFAIT established a strong partnership to deliver seamless coordination of protocol services delivery.

DFAIT eliminated the duplication of duties, maximized resources and established an Operation Centre under one roof.
Final outcomes: Canada is recognized as a capable and inclusive host
Intermediate outcomes: Canadians and international participants experience safe and high quality games

Immediate outcomes: Successful delivery of mandated essential federal services

Service area: Essential Federal Services  
F. Human Resources and Social Development Canada (HRSDC)

Enhanced Canadian productivity and participation through efficient and inclusive labour markets, competitive workplaces and access to learning

Foreign workers and immigrants

N/A
The Temporary Foreign Workers Program (TFWP) has not received funding through this mechanism to support its Olympic Process

N/A
The TFWP has not received funding through this mechanism to support its Olympic Process

  HRSDC/Service Canada, in collaboration with CIC/CBSA, will develop an end-to-end process to facilitate the entrance of temporary foreign workers, when warranted, for employers to support the 2010 Games.

An end-to-end process to facilitate the entrance of temporary foreign workers, when warranted, for employers to support the 2010 Games was developed and implemented.

Updates to HRSDC and CIC websites were made in 2009 to reflect policy changes related to the entry of foreign nationals to work in Canada during the 2010 Winter Games.

Service standards:

  • 98.4 % of Primary Workforce Opinion (PWO) applications were approved within 10 business days and 100% of PWO letters were issued within 2 business days.
  • Secondary Workforce Opinion (SWO) applications were processed in a timely manner.

Processing and outreach results as of April 1, 2010:

  • 116 outreach sessions held for 1,672 employers and sponsors;
  • 1,263 PWO applications confirmed for 2,965 positions; and
  • 51 SWO applications confirmed for 241 positions.
G. HC

Reduced health and environmental risks from products and substances, and safer living and working environments

Regions and Programs Branch:

  • Health protection of foreign dignitaries
TB support: $2.6M

TB support:
$1.275M

 

$1.757M

 

 

Response capability and access to health services are of a high standard

 

HC developed a protocol for carrying out an Operational Readiness Assessment for the Physical Emergency Preparedness and Response (PEPR) Vancouver Operation in preparation for the Games. Teams were equipped, completed joint operational exercises were completed (TPOF and GOLD) and training of officers began in the third quarter of   2009-2010. Employee Assistance Services (EAS) had employees and mental health professional on site ready to respond when required/requested. There was no request for EAS’ assistance in BC. EAS successfully delivered support as requested in the National Capital Region (NCR).

Two teams were deployed as per the Concept of Operations.  The teams were deployed with the Vancouver Fire and Rescue Service Hazmat team. PEPR was available to provide input 24/7 to requests. There were no incidents to respond to.

  • Health protection of public servants

 

 

$0.200M

 

 

 

 

$0.304M

 

 

 

 

Internationally Protected Persons (IPPs) health contingency needs are met

 

 

 

The medical and health needs of IPPs and their family members were met at 100%. Enough professionals, equipment, supplies and ambulances were available to meet needs.

 

Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch:

  • Health protection of travelling public

 

$0.200M

 

 

 

 

 

$0.180M

 

 

 

 

 

Ensure that all conveyances are meeting recommended public health standards or guidelines

 

Two Environmental Health Officers (EHOs) worked full time in Vancouver Airport to provide assistance to the local team when needed.  The local Environmental Health Manager (EHM) was on-call 24/7. Cleaning and Disinfection Guidance documents were sent to the conveyance operators in November 2009. Conveyance operators were notified individually to contact the EHM directly to report any unusual public health activities. Daily reports were received from the Province through the Provincial Surveillance System. The systems did not pick up any increase of communicable disease (including H1N1) in Canada during the Olympic period.

Health Products and Food Branch:

Import of drugs
$0.325M $0.325M Ensure that all points of entry are meeting recommended public health standards or guidelines HC received 21 applications from 17 different countries for review during the period; 75 applications were reviewed and approved (including applications received in the previous quarter). 10 export applications were received after the Olympics.
H. PHAC     $2.7M $1.5M $1.5M

Ensured standard operating procedures (SOPs), infrastructure and operational capacity for 24/7 activation of the Health Portfolio Emergency Operations Centre (EOC) and Health Portfolio Regional Operation and Coordination Centre (ROCC) in BC

 

 

 

 

 

 

Augmented capacity to respond to the increase in passenger load at ports of entry in Canada.

Federal public health communications strategy during the 2010 Games

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Health Mass Gathering Plan and 2010 Annex

 

Forward Assessment Team on site during the 2010 Games and Health Emergency Response Teams (HERT) ready to be deployed during the 2010 Games

BC/Yukon Regional Office will engage in and monitor activities at numerous levels in the region  to inform all of the Agency's 2010 activities and ensure collaboration of service delivery at the local level

Following the H1N1 response, a series of lessons learned and after action reviews were conducted to identify required changes and augmentations to SOPs and EOC-related documents.  

Based on lessons learned, an Information Management Policy was developed, staff were trained on its use and it was implemented.  Information related to the 2010 Games was stored on TeamWorks and archived following the Games.

Emergency Preparedness and Response (EPR) training was delivered to BC and Winnipeg regional staff as well as NCR staff.

The BC ROCC was activated 24/7 to Level 2 from February 3, 2010 to March 21, 2010 and the Health Portfolio EOC was activated at a Level 2 from February 3, 2010 to March 21, 2010.  The National Microbiological Laboratory Operations Centre (NML OC) was activated 24/7 from January 4, 2010 to March 29, 2010. These activations were preceded by extensive planning, training, collaboration with regional stakeholders and participation in Exercises Bronze, Silver and Gold.

Additional quarantine staff from other Quarantine Stations enabled the program to respond to the additional need of support from stakeholders and the increase in passenger load at ports of entry in BC.

The 2010 Winter Games Communication Framework was developed, as well as detailed media relations, e-communications, health promotion and internal communications plans. Some of the activities in these plans, such as the launch of a portfolio 2010 Winter Games website, development of a speech module/key messages/good news story regarding healthy living, the identification of potential Ministerial opportunities around the Torch Relay, development of messages for staff promoting healthy living, and  provincial partnerships were completed. An evergreen media lines package was developed. PHAC communications support requirements for the Health Portfolio EOC and ROCC were identified and filled.

The Health Portfolio Mass Gathering Public Health Plan for 2010 Vancouver Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games was successfully approved and implemented during this event.

A $1M PHAC grant to VANOC supported staffing, training and operation of a Mobile Medical Unit which served as an Emergency Room and critical care unit.  Twenty-one physicians, nurses and respiratory therapists from the Agency’s HERT were part of the medical team that staffed the unit for 60 days.

The ROCC served as the hub of the portfolio’s emergency response activities, and acted as an information conduit; monitored portfolio-related events; provided situational awareness to the other operations centres; liaised with key regional contacts such as the BC Centre of Disease Control, Public Safety Canada, Vancouver Coastal Health, and VANOC; and coordinated routine activities.

I. Environment Canada (EC) Weather and environmental predictions and services reduce risks and contribute to the well-being of Canadians Improved knowledge and information on weather and environmental conditions influence decision-making. $9.3M $2.3M $2.56M Delivery of weather services in support of federal partners, Games operations and for the benefit of the public and visitors to Canada.

All necessary infrastructure and supporting technologies were developed and implemented well before the Opening Ceremonies. Completion of the monitoring network occurred in the third quarter of 2009-2010 and was fully operational including Whistler radar and Squamish Wind Profiler. A secondary network of more scientific, research-oriented instruments operated in tandem with the basic network before and during the Games.

New 2010 public weather services were prototyped using EC’s popular web site http://www.weatheroffice.
ec.gc.ca
including venue forecasts, street level forecasts and weather vignettes for media. Many of the vignettes were made available on YouTube, as were daily weather briefings in both official languages.  Weather support was provided for the cross-Canada Olympic Torch Relay.

More than 99% of weather observations were delivered on time, as the monitoring system in place demonstrated. All forecasts were delivered on time during the 2010 Games. Forecasts were used proactively to alter the Games competition schedule, sometimes days in advance of originally planned events. This is by far the most extensive use of weather forecasts by any Olympic Games.

Routine and specialized weather services were made available to Federal Essential Services agencies both prior to and at Games time including easy access to sophisticated weather modeling and forecasts for security and environmental emergency response.

The futures of most observing systems were ascertained. Most sites will be decommissioned in fiscal year 2010-2011. Negotiations for several legacy agreements for ongoing operations of some of the Olympic weather observing network are underway and will be completed in 2010-2011. Other legacy projects include a Mountain Weather Course, forecast tools, scientific knowledge and data, as well as knowledge sharing with the weather service providers for London 2012 and Sochi 2014, and for EC’s support for the 2015 Pan-American Games. 

Canada's natural capital is restored, conserved and enhanced

Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes.

$2.6M $0.5M $0.49M Promotion of environmental sustainability for the 2010 Winter Games and the establishment of sustainable legacies for Canadians

EC engaged in several events during the fiscal year of 2009-2010 designed to promote overall environmental sustainability and showcase Canadian innovation, technologies and best practices as well as a greater awareness of environmental sustainability initiatives associated with the 2010 Winter Games.
EC also participated in several other interdepartmental committees throughout the year related to environmental footprint reduction.

EC participated in many showcasing/public awareness events (such as EPIC 2009, National Public Service Week (NPSW) Tradeshow, Commuter Challenge, VANOC Sustainability Fair, Governexx, Transportation Fair, Sustainability Challenge, and others).  These events enabled EC to reach a wide audience within the public service as well as the general public.

Several promotional materials and informational products designed to communicate sustainability messaging were created for use at the events – fact sheets, sustainability video supplemental materials, showcasing presentation slides, biodiversity informational products, etc.

Advice was provided through various committees and meetings.

EC’s coordination role expanded from sustainability to assist in the Department’s operational planning during Games time.  This included coordinating and disseminating informational resources, liaising among the various units responsible for EC’s daily operations, and preparing and coordinating briefing materials for senior management.

EC tracked and recorded efforts undertaken by Essential Federal Services departments to reduce their Games-related environmental footprint in support of the Government of Canada’s commitments to the sustainability of the Games.

EC participated as a member of the Technical Committee on Sustainable Events to develop a draft Canadian Standards Association standard for public review.

The 2010 Greening Government Toolkit was launched.  A regional pilot project was designed to assist employees in greening government operations.

An event was hosted for approximately 35 public service employees, representing over 20 departments.
Presentations on the 2010 Greening Government Toolkit were done for the national PWGSC Sustainable Development Strategy committee, 60 employees at INAC’s Dispute Resolution Sector during Environment Week, the FS Open House during NPSW, the Governexx conference as well as departmental lunch and learn events.  EC also worked with a regional interdepartmental group to produce and disseminate a newsletter to approximately 30 departments and agencies in the region promoting the toolkit and resulting success stories. 

EC financially supported and contributed to the creation of the Vancouver 2010 Sustainability Journey.  The VANOC-led initiative developed an animated video to help tell the sustainability story of the Games.  Promotional materials were also created to supplement the Vancouver 2010 Sustainability Journey.  EC produced specially adapted versions (voice-over and text overlay on two separate themes) of the animated “Vancouver 2010 Sustainability Journey” video. Videos were made available to the public via YouTube (www.YouTube.com/Environmentcan).  Specially adapted “Vancouver 2010 Sustainability Journey” videos were featured within the Canada Pavilion during the Games, and were also widely disseminated through federal government channels, shown at Service Canada and others. 

EC partnered with VANOC, the United Nation Environment Programme and other Games partners on a “Do Your Part” video contest aimed towards youth.  The Minister of the Environment also attended and delivered a short speech at the recognition event. 

Public education and outreach materials were developed in an attempt to link the environmental protection efforts made during the 2010 Winter Games venue development to promote 2010, the International Year of Biodiversity.  Six Biodiversity Profiles were created as annexes to the interactive Urban and Nature BioKits developed by EC's Biosphere to highlight the biodiversity found near several of the major 2010 Winter Games venues.  These profiles were created for the Richmond Skating Oval, UBC Thunderbird Arena, Vancouver Olympic and Paralympic Village, Cypress Mountain, Whistler Olympic Park, and Whistler Creekside and Sliding Centre.  The Biodiversity Profiles were distributed through Natural Resources Canada's (NRCan) Geological Survey of Canada storefront on Robson Street, and are now posted on the EC BioKit webpage.  The profiles are a precursor to the development of a Vancouver BioKit, to be done during 2010-2011 in conjunction with Canadian Wildlife Service and several potential partners including Metro Vancouver, the Stanley Park Ecological Society, Bird Studies Canada, the Nature Conservancy of Canada, and TransCanada Trail.

Green Guide project development:
The 2010 Green Guide included projects situated in the Metro Vancouver region and the Sea-to-Sky corridor and will showcase leadership in sustainability on Canada's west coast, and specifically in the Metro Vancouver/Sea-to-Sky area. The 2010 Green Guide will provide visitors and residents with an updated, interactive compendium of "best practice" case studies of green buildings and related developments and technology that are both educational and inspirational. The accompanying website was launched: www.seatoskygreenguide.ca.
The bilingual Sea-to-Sky Green Guide map and website were showcased as part of the Sustainable Legacies booth at GLOBE 2010, Canada’s largest international conference and trade show dedicated to the business of the environment.

In the final quarter of fiscal 2009-2010, environmental sustainability of the 2010 Games was promoted through 6 high profile events and activities during and after the Games. There were two IOC Observer Program presentations, two Ministerial announcements (carbon offsetting, youth video contest), the Sustainability Video at the Canada Pavilion, and a booth at GLOBE 2010. The Games resulted in expanded reach and scope due to increases in website traffic and public awareness from these events.

EC partnered with DFAIT, NRCan and TC on a 2010 Sustainability exhibit at GLOBE 2010.  The booth highlighted the Government of Canada’s contributions to the 2010 Winter Games legacies in sustainable building, sustainable transportation, environmental footprint reduction, and environmental awareness and engagement.  Approximately 350 visitors directly engaged with booth staff (they either picked up some of the handout material or spoke with the booth staff).  The booth showcased all the previously developed sustainability products as well as new products developed for the event.

Environmental assessment is integral part of program and policy decision-making.

Efficient and effective environmental assessments

$1.5M $0.1M $0.1M Completion of environmental assessment follow-up activities.

All environmental assessments previously were completed as required.
No follow-up activities were requested during 2009-2010.

J. Fisheries and Oceans Canada  Healthy and productive aquatic eco-systems. Habitat management

$0.6M

$0.1M $0

Environmental assessment work conducted as required.

All environmental assessments were completed as required.
Total $546.24M $143.052M $140.099M    

Comments on Variances: INAC disbursed a $34M First Nations Grant in 2008-2009. This amount is included in the “Total Non-Security Federal Funding Allocation” of $580.24M but it is not included in the totals in column 13 of the body of the report.

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A.

Contact information: Charles-Antoine Drouin, 819-956-9792


1 The statement of the shared outcomes is further detailed from those announced in the 2009-2010 RPP in order to strengthen the accountability. Since the Horizontal RMAF for Games Security and Public Safety was released in March 2009, the 2010 FS updated the Horizontal Integrated RMAF/RBAF, logic model and performance measurement strategy to reflect the evolving nature of the horizontal initiative; subsequently, the shared outcomes were further clarified.

2 Additional funding was obtained in September 2009, which is not included in the 2009-2010 RPP. Subsequently, two departments which are recipients of incremental funding were included in the horizontal initiative, namely the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) and the Department of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC).


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Roadmap for Canada's Linguistic Duality 2008-2013: Acting for the Future

Name of Lead Department(s): Canadian Heritage

Lead Department Program Activity: Promotion of inter-cultural understanding

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $1,110.10 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Roadmap for Canada’s Linguistic Duality 2008–2013: Acting for the Future (Roadmap) is a Government of Canada policy statement that includes a number of initiatives to strengthen and promote linguistic duality. Fourteen federal institutions have received funds for sectoral programs and activities related to official languages. The Roadmap contributes to the attainment of a strategic outcome for Canadian Heritage (Canadians have a sense of their Canadian identity) and to the Government of Canada’s outcome (A diverse society that promotes linguistic duality and social inclusion).

Another key component of the Roadmap is the implementation of an accountability framework and a coordinated government-wide approach to official languages. The implementation of the Roadmap is a component of the broader Official Languages Program (OLP), as defined and approved by the Committee of Deputy Ministers on Official Languages in December 2004.

Web site: http://www.pch.gc.ca/slo-ols/

Shared Outcome(s):

Three levels of outcomes have been established.

Ultimate outcome: Canadians enjoy the benefits of linguistic duality; live and work in communities that reflect Canadian values with respect to the use of English and French; and have access to government services in the language of choice.

Three intermediate outcomes:

  • Enhanced capacity of Canadians (English‑speaking in Quebec and French-speaking across Canada) to live and work in vibrant communities in the language of choice.
  • Increased proportion of Canadians who are aware of the benefits and have the necessary tools to appreciate linguistic duality.
  • Strengthening capacity of the Government of Canada relating to official languages.

Eight immediate outcomes:

  • Continued and improved access to justice services in both official languages.
  • Continued and improved access to health services in both official languages.
  • Improved social and economic development of official language minority communities (OLMC).
  • Strengthened capacity of language industries.
  • Improved knowledge and use of both official languages.
  • Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
  • Reinforced coordination for the Official Languages Program (OLP).
  • Reinforced linguistic duality in federal public service.

Governance Structure(s):

The Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages is responsible for the implementation of the Roadmap. The Official Languages Secretariat (OLS) (Canadian Heritage) supports the Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages. With respect to roles and responsibilities, the OLS is responsible for developing and coordinating the results of the Roadmap. The OLS ensures that all information (financial and non-financial) needed is gathered and that the content of all logic models of the Roadmap’s structure is taken into consideration. The OLS is also responsible for the complete implementation and the accountability framework for the Roadmap. This role was given to the OLS by the partners through the development of a Management Framework for the Roadmap, which outlines the activities and results structure, the governance structure, as well as the roles and responsibilities of departments and different interdepartmental committees, while also identifying the relevant operational issues concerning its horizontal implementation. The OLS will also support the governance of the Official Languages Program through various mechanisms and committees.

A governance structure has been established; the highest level is the Committee of Assistant Deputy Ministers on Official Languages (CADMOL). It acts on behalf of all federal departments, agencies and organizations that are partners in the Roadmap in a variety of ways: it supports the Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages and all ministers who have responsibilities under the Official Languages Act (OLA); it ensures leadership for managing the OLP, and particularly the Roadmap, by making decisions and overseeing the coordination of partners’ actions; it guides the implementation of the Horizontal Results-based Management and Accountability Framework (HRMAF) and oversees the evaluation of the government strategy regarding official languages (the Roadmap). During CADMOL meetings, departments having specific responsibilities under the OLA (for instance, Canadian Heritage, Justice Canada, and the Canada Public Service Agency) report on achievements that are specific to their mandate and describe the challenges and issues related to these responsibilities.

Three interdepartmental committees support CADMOL’s work by providing recommendations. Firstly, the Interdepartmental Policy Committee (IPC) provides an information-sharing forum between partners in order to present a joint approach to strategic issues regarding the OLP. The Interdepartmental Management Committee for the Official Languages Program (IMCOLP) seeks to ensure that interdepartmental coordination of the OLP is formalized and structured, most notably by assessing the implementation of the OLP and strengthening the accountability process. The Coordinating Committee on Official Languages Research (CCOLR) ensures that official languages research is coordinated. The committees may create working groups as needed to complete specific projects. For example, the Working Group on the HRMAF Revision (Working Group) was created in the summer of 2008.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Ultimate outcome: Canadians enjoy the benefits of linguistic duality; live and work in communities that reflect Canadian values with respect to the use of English and French; and have access to government services in the language of choice.
Intermediate outcome 1: Enhanced capacity of Canadians (English speaking in Quebec and French-speaking across Canada) to live and work in vibrant communities in the language of choice.
Immediate outcome 1.1: Continued and improved access to justice services in both official languages.
Justice Canada Justice, Policy, Legislation and Programs

Contraventions Act Fund


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved capacity to carry on judicial activities and to deliver extrajudicial services related to federal contraventions in both official languages.
$47.46 M $9.49 M $5.13 M Continued and increased access to justice in both official languages by the implementation of the Contraventions regime in one province.

The negotiation of agreements is very detailed and requires strong collaboration with provincial and territorial governments.
Negotiations with the Government of Newfoundland and Labrador advanced in 2009-2010. However, given a change of staff in NFL, an agreement was not signed in 2009-2010, but should be in place in fiscal year 2010-2011. 
Negotiations have been ongoing with the Government of Prince Edward Island to amend the current agreement to include new provisions that will increase the PEI’s capacity to offer judicial and extrajudicial services in both official languages.

Of the four provinces that currently receive funding to offer judicial and extrajudicial services (British Columbia, Manitoba, Ontario, Nova Scotia), Nova Scotia increased its scope of activities to include more signage and bilingual personnel.
Justice Canada Internal Services Contraventions Act Fund $1.92 M $0.38 M $0.26 M N/A N/A
Justice Canada Justice, Policy, Legislation and Programs

Initiative of support to access to justice in both languages (new component: justice training)


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased capacity of partners and the Department to implement solutions relating to access to justice in both official languages.
$38.02 M $6.97 M $4.46 M

Training priorities established following results of the nationwide needs analysis on training needs in both official languages in the area of justice.

Coordination mechanism related to training is created and functional.

Eight financial agreements concluded in terms of core funding from the Support Fund.

30% of financed projects will focus on awareness or knowledge.

35% of projects will have other sources of funding (other than from the Department).

Five projects will fall under the training component.

The Department held an Access to Justice in Both Official Languages Sub-Committee meeting in November 2009. The objective of the meeting was to enable participants to generate ideas for potential partnerships to develop projects in line with the findings of the Canada- wide Analysis of Official Language Training Needs in the area of Justice.


The coordination mechanism related to training is in place and operational (Comité des sages).


The Department continued to provide financial support to the Fédération des associations de juristes d’expression française de common law and its seven member associations.


50% of the projects funded under the Support Fund dealt with issues related to legal information.


75% of the projects funded under the Support Fund were based on partnerships.


The Department funded 33 projects that responded to the needs of official language minority communities of which 14 were related to the new Justice training component under the Access to Justice in Both Official Languages Support Fund.

Justice Canada Internal Services Initiative of support to access to justice in both languages (new component: justice training) $1.89 M $0.44 M $0.21 M N/A N/A
Immediate Outcome 1.2: Continued and improved access to health services in both official languages.
3. Health Canada

Canadian Health System

Training, Networks and Access to Health Services

Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Increased number of health professionals to meet health service needs of OLMCs in both official languages.


2) Increased coordination and integration of health services for OLMCs within institutions and communities.


3) Increased partnerships, interaction of networks in provincial, territorial health systems.


4) Increased awareness among stakeholders that networks are a focal point for addressing health concerns of OLMCs.

5) Increased dissemination and uptake of knowledge best practices to address health concerns of OLMCs.
$174.3 M $34.8 M $36.3 M

Elaborate a baseline study to identify gaps in information, to strengthen the database, to systematically collect baseline information on performance indicators, to serve as a reference point, and to measure change over time.

Elaborate a Program Recipient Guide to provide guidance to program applicants on the nature of program requirements.

Sign new funding agreements with all primary funding recipients.

Performance reporting templates were developed in 2009-2010 in collaboration with recipients of the Official Languages Health Contribution Program. The first draft of the baseline study was completed in June 2010 and will be further revised in 2010-2011 following receipt of reporting template data provided by program recipients for fiscal 2009-2010.


Program Recipient Guides were completed for each of the five program activity areas under the Official Languages Health Contribution Program and provided to program recipients in March 2009. The five program activity areas are :

  1. Health Networking;
  2. Training and Retention of Health Professionals in French-Speaking Communities;
  3. Training and Retention of Health Professionals in English-Speaking Communities;
  4. Cultural and French-Language Training in Francophone Minority Communities; and
  5. Official Languages Health Projects.

23 contribution agreements were launched with educational institutions and community-based organizations for the engagement of new program activities to address program objectives.


965 student registrations in training programs at 11 Francophone colleges and universities outside Québec, sponsored by Consortium national de formation en santé 2009-2010.


Coordination by McGill university in Quebec, of language for training of about 1000 health professionals to effectively serve Anglophone minority communities.


New projects aimed at improving the health and health access of official language minority communities were implemented in 2009-2010. For example, a new French language telehealth site was launched in Manitoba under the sponsorship of the Société Santé en français and an initiative to improve access to health and social services in English in the Estrie region of Quebec was launched through the Community Health and Social Services Network.


Further information regarding these projects is available from the websites of Program recipients:


- Société Santé en français [http://santefrancais.ca/]


- Community Health and Social Services Network [http://www.chssn.org/]


- Consortium national de formation en santé [http://www.cnfs.net/]


McGill University [http://www.mcgill.ca/hssaccess/]

Immediate Outcome 1.3: Improved social and economic development of official language minority communities (OLMC).
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development

Strengthening NGOs’ means for Early Childhood Development


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) The capacity of NGOs in early childhood in minority environment will be increased.
$4.0 M $0.8 M $0.8 M

Develop tools for the implementation of the National Framework for Collaboration on Early Childhood Development to enhance the language and culture of minority Francophone communities in Canada:


- Create a directory of existing training resources for Early Childhood Development in French.


- Take an inventory of existing research in Early Childhood Development in French.


- Develop a mechanism to share information for members of the Table nationale en développement de la petite enfance francophone and their affiliate organizations in communities across Canada.

The following educational tools and products have been developed:
- an analysis of available training programs on early childhood development (EDC)
- a directory of existing ECD research in French
- 2 video clips demonstrating various concepts of early childhood and family centres
- a directory of best networking practices for professionals
- a directory of best practices to promote cultural vitality and identity construction in official language minority communities

The Commission nationale des parents francophones, the recipient of grant funding,developed a framework for data collection and a guide to help its members to elaborate a strategic plan for ECD in their respective regions.    Strategic plans have been completed in each region and plans monitoring progress made in ECD in every province.

Two forums were organized to allow parents and ECD professionals to share information.

  Skills and Employment

Family Literacyi


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Community stakeholders can act in the area of family literacy, and tools and support are available and used by those members of OLMCs that need them.
$7.5 M $1.8 M $1.2 M

Initiate four research projects on the specific literacy needs of new groups such as immigrants, fathers, grand-parents, exogamous families, eligible clients, and on ways of integrating family literacy in other areas such as the workplace, sport, and theatre.

Initiate the development, testing and adaptation of six new family literacy models responding to the needs of new groups.

Initiate the development of four new promotion and awareness models for partner literacy organizations targeting new groups.

Implement a performance and results-based measurement framework.

Five research projects were launched to identify 1) family literacy needs of the specific groups: new parents, grandparents, seasonal workers, exogame family and rights-holder to French education, and 2) ways to integrate family literacy in other areas such as the workplace.

The development, testing and adaptation of three new family literacy models designed to address the needs of new groups have begun.


The development of three promotional strategies to increase the awareness of literacy partner organizations about new family literacy models for specific groups has begun.

A results-based performance measurement framework was developed.
  Internal Services

Child Care Pilot Projectii


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) New knowledge on child care services for minority Francophone communities.
$13.5 M $2.7 M $1.7 M Conduct child assessments and parent and community surveys in order to add to the collective knowledge of what works to help ensure Francophone minority children have the abilities to succeed when they start school.

The second of two years of preschool program delivery and research activities was completed in the six participating minority Francophone communities.

The impacts of the preschool program on the children’s readiness for schooling in French were analyzed.

Research activities to measure the children’s future achievement in school, 12 and 24 months after the end of the preschool program, have started.

  Skills and Employment

Enabling Fund for Official Language Minority Communities


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Contribute to synergies among Government of Canada programming relevant to OLMCs; Contribution recipients are informed and contribute to knowledge building and program/policy issues; Knowledge shared among federal partners, contribution recipients and OLMCs.


2) Program results are available to inform management and program policy issues.


3) OLMCs’ access to Government of Canada programs and services.

4) Collaborative arrangements.
$69.0 M $13.8 M $13.8 M

Sign contribution agreements with 14 organizations responsible for enhancing community economic development and human resources development within official language minority communities.

Sign new memoranda of understanding between Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, other federal departments and community partners involved in activities of both national committees in order to clarify the activities of these two committees.

Produce annual reports that describe activities and results for each of the two national committees.

Fourteen agreements were signed with the delegated organizations in the official languages minority communities, including one for each province and territory and one for the francophone network at the national level (the Réseau de développement économique et d’employabilité RDÉE Canada).


Numerous projects have been developed supporting a range of activities such as planning and partnership development in support of community economic and human resource development.  For instance, RDÉE New Brunswick has begun implementing the provincial-wide knowledge economy strategy for Acadian and Francophone communities through $13M in provincial funding.


The Enabling Fund has enabled communities to leverage resources from other levels of government and from the private and non-profit sectors. Data available from 11 of 14 agreements show that for each dollar invested by the Enabling Fund, five dollars is invested by other partners (85% in funding and 15% in-kind) for a total of more than $46 M in 2009-2010.

There have been three National Committee meetings (two with Québec’s English-speaking minority and one with the Francophone minority communities of Canada) allowing exchanges between community and federal institution representatives on economic and human resources development issues.
Citizenship and Immigration Canada Integration of French-speaking immigrants

Recruitment and integration of immigrants

Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:
1) French-speaking immigrants obtain reinforced services of establishment in OLMCs.
$20.0 M $4.5 M

$6.77 M

For 2009–2010, CIC will continue existing activities to foster immigration to Francophone minority communities (FMCs). This period will be used to strengthen implementation of the Strategic plan to Foster Immigration to Francophone Minority Communities.

More specifically, CIC is expecting to:


- Intensify coordination and research activities among key partners (Integration).


- Inform more prospective French-speaking immigrants of immigration opportunities in Francophone Minority communities. (Recruitment and Promotion).


- Strengthen French-speaking immigrant settlement services in FMCs (Integration).

Two committees, which are co‑chaired by Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC) and the community, bring together our federal, provincial and territorial government partners, as well as community representatives.

1) The CIC-Francophone Minority Communities Steering Committee held a meeting on June 1, 2009. The vast majority of participants said that they were satisfied or very satisfied with the subjects covered at the meeting (over 90% were satisfied with most of the criteria). Four annual priorities were confirmed.

2) The Strategic Plan Implementation Committee also held three meetings in 2009‑2010. The three related working groups (international, social, economic) also held a total of three meetings.

One of the major results of this cooperative effort was the adoption of a common definition for community networks.

CIC is in the process of compiling information about programs offered by its partners that support the implementation of the Strategic Plan. This information will be distributed as part of our communication efforts and exchange of best practices (distribution scheduled for 2010‑2011).

As part of the March 2010 National Metropolis Conference, CIC co‑organized a working session on the role of governments, networks and community partners. This session brought together representatives from across the country and provided an opportunity for very productive discussions on best practices and partnership opportunities. The Best Practices Manual on Francophone Immigration in Canada and the Current Research Compendium on Francophone Immigration in Canada were also released at this conference.

Finally, with the help of funding from CIC, Statistics Canada published the Statistical Portrait of the French‑Speaking Immigrant Population Outside Quebec, which describes recent trends in the characteristics of French-speaking immigrants.

With regard to recruitment and promotion, Destination Canada 2009 made it possible for 79 representatives from 10 provinces and two territories and from Francophone organizations, regions and municipalities to meet over 2,200 prospective immigrants. For the first time, officers from visa offices in Abidjan, Bucharest, Damascus, Cairo, Rabat and Tunis attended the preparatory session in order to gather information on the potential for the recruitment of French-speaking immigrants in their respective regions.


CIC also provided funding for 46 information sessions in France and Belgium, four education fairs, and one media tour by six journalists from Europe and one journalist from Africa.


CIC continues to encourage the provinces and territories to designate more French‑speaking nominees under the Provincial Nominee Program (PNP).


CIC’s Francophone immigration website was updated to make information on programs for French-speaking clients more visible and easier to access.


A pilot project with the Réseau de développement économique et d’employabilité (RDÉE Canada) made it possible to develop a database of prospective French-speaking immigrants who could be matched with employers in Francophone minority communities (FMCs). Another initiative with RDÉE Canada involves the study of the needs and capacities of businesses in hiring French-speaking immigrants.


Settlement and integration services in FMCs were strengthened in 2009‑2010, and funding was granted in the form of over one hundred contribution agreements. A total of 121 direct points of service are now available across the country and are offered by Francophone organizations in 24 cities.


CIC began or consolidated the implementation of ten full‑time community networks and two part‑time networks in FMCs across the country in order to solidify and intensify efforts to integrate French-speaking immigrants economically, socially and culturally.


A pilot project in Manitoba made it possible to offer support and integration services for 50 French-speaking refugees during their first four to six weeks in the country. This project will be renewed in 2010‑2011.


With regard to language training, French Language Instruction for Newcomers to Canada (LINC) guidelines for grades 1 to 7 were released in May 2009. The new placement tests are now available to service providers in the regions. The online language training program is currently being developed and will be offered as a pilot project in the fall of 2010.

Finally, projects were also put in place to facilitate the social integration of French-speaking newcomers. Local immigration partnerships, library settlement partnerships and settlement workers in schools ensure the distribution of information and the provision of referral services adapted to the needs of clients.

Industry Canada—FedNor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Community, Economic and Regional Development

 

Northern Economy

Economic Development  Initiative


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

2) Greater understanding of the economic issues of OLMCs.

$10.5 M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$2.60 M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$0.89 M

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Industry Canada will hold community consultations at the national level with partners.

FedNor: Expected results for 2009-2010 are to develop 30 projects with the planned funding for the same year. The emphasis will be put on community strategic planning and economic and enterprise development initiatives to foster economic development of OLMCs.

 

Industry Canada held two consultations meetings with Anglophone SMEs in Quebec and OLMCs SMEs through CEDEC and RDEE to gather information on issues pertaining to SMEs in OLMCs and Anglophone minority communities. National consultations will be held in September and October 2010. Socio-economic analysis based on 2006 census as well as 3 studies with partners were undertaken to collect data on OLMCs, to better understand their needs. $245,032.15 has been invested while $104,967.85 has lapsed.


Funding has been split between FedNor and FedDev, the newly created regional development agency for Southern Ontario.


FedNor: 39 projects were developed with multi-year funding totaling $1.9M. Of these, 13 projects had cash flows in 2009-2010 for a total of $345,950. Other EDI investment totaled $81,500.


FedDev: 10 projects were funded for a total of $1M on a multi-year basis. A total of $214,467 has been allocated in 2009-2010.

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC)

Note: Roadmap programming was transferred to CanNor in August 2009

  $0.4 M $0.1M $0.1M

INAC:  Encourage the economic development of OLMCs across the territories and will complement current economic development efforts in these communities.


 

CanNor:  Encourage the economic development of OLMCs across the territories and will complement current economic development efforts in these communities.

CanNor supported the social and economic development of OLMCs via funding for a project led by the Association des Francophones du Nunavut that also included participation of Francophone partners from across the North. This project accounted for the entirety of CanNor’s EDI budget and leveraged an additional $73,000 from other CanNor programs.
     
Canada Economic Development (CED) for Quebec regions Community Development

Economic Development  Initiative


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

2) Greater understanding of the economic issues of OLMCs.
$10.2 M $2.0 M

$1.02 M

CED will put in place the Economic Development Initiative for English communities of Quebec. The priority will be put on projects, such as local planning, entrepreneurship, creation and development of SME, tourism, integration of targeted groups and attractive funding in order to create an economic environment which helps and attracts the development of enterprises in OLMCs, especially for young people

10 EDI projects underway in 2009-2010

Result 1 - Increased capacities of SMEs and communities: 5 projects: 3 projects which support capacity development and economic diversification and 2 projects which support partnership activities to promote integration of OLMCs and participation in local development.

Result 2 - Develop OLMC SMEs: 5 projects which support the development / maintenance of OLMC SMEs or capacity development


Result 3 - OLMC Community Development: there are currently no projects underway supporting OLMC development

Western Economic Diversification Canada

Research and Analysis; Community Economic Planning, Development and Adjustment; Business Development and Entrepreneur-ship;        Innovation

Economic Development  Initiative


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

2) Greater understanding of the economic issues of OLMCs.
$3.2 M $0.8 M $0.68 M

Improved understanding of Western Canadian economic issues, challenges, opportunities and priorities.

Communities have increased economic opportunities and capacity to respond to challenges.

Strong SMEs in Western Canada with improved capacity to remain competitive in the global marketplace.

A stronger knowledge-based economy.

Manitoba (CEDEM) initiative to support youth, rural diversification, and business development:
-Youth: 31 youth related businesses created/ maintained/expanded.
- Planning: 2 CED planning project completed.
- New-immigrant: 19 businesses created/ maintained/expanded with 52 jobs created.
- $8.5 M business investment in rural economy and $9.6 M in urban economy.

Place de la Francophonie 2010: 24 SMEs and NPOs participation in international event for the promotion of francophone tourism and agri-food industries, encouraged cultural tourism, and strengthened OLMC economic development.

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency Community Development

Economic Development  Initiative


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Development of new expertise through innovation, diversification of activities as well as partnerships and increased support of small businesses.

2) Greater understanding of the economic issues of OLMCs.
$6.2 M $1.8 M $0.35 M

Number of partnerships in Atlantic Canada with groups representing OLMCs (10).

Number of projects approved (10).

Twenty partnerships were created with groups representing OLMCs in Atlantic Canada

Six projects were approved.

Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency Community Development

Support to francophone immigration in New-Brunswick


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Enhanced capacity to support francophone immigration in New Brunswick.
$10.0 M $2.7 M $0.66 M

Number of immigration centres opened in OLMCs (2).

Number of immigration awareness sessions to business owners (4).

One center was opened in the Acadian Peninsula.

Twenty-eight awareness sessions were offered to business owners.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Minority Language Education –  
Component: Support to Minority Language Education.


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased access of OLMCs to quality education in their language in their milieu.
$280.0 M $56.0 M $56.0 M

Renew the Multilateral Protocol with the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (CMEC) and various agreements containing action plans with the provinces and territories concerning minority  language education

Renewal of 13 various agreements on minority language education with provinces and territories and multilateral Protocol with the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (CMEC).


All agreements were signed and effective by March 31, 2009.

These agreements have allowed provinces and territories to offer educational programs and activities that promote access to a minority language education to 215 000 students.
  Official Languages

Minority Language Education –
Component: Official-language Monitors


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Improved access of OLMCs to a quality education in their language and milieu.

$5.2 M $1.04 M $1.04 M

Implementation of an agreement with the CMEC for the delivery of the Odyssee (Monitors) program to support learning in minority area classrooms.

The amount of participants in the Odyssee program was maintained with 108 participants.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Minority Language Education –
Component: Summer Language Bursaries

Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Improved access of OLMCs to a first-rate education in their language in their milieu.

$1.72 M $0.34 M $0.34 M

Implementation of an agreement with the CMEC for the delivery of Destination Clic (Bursary) program for young francophone’s of OLMC’s.

This program helps almost 185 young francophone’s outside Quebec to enrich their first language while discovering new communities in Canada.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality –
Component: Youth Initiatives.


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language in their milieu and increased access to a range of programs and services delivered in their language (especially for youth).
$10.5 M $10.5 M $10.5 M

Grants and contributions for the implementation of youth projects and activities in different areas, which allows the use of the language of the minority.

Implementation of youth projects and activities that allow and promote the use of the language of the minority.

Note: The Official Languages Support Programs Branch was unable to conduct the survey planned for 2009 that would allow to measure the capacity for OLMC’s to live in their own language in their milieu. The OLSP is currently reviewing its performance measurement strategy.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality –
Component:  Support to Official-language Minority Communities


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) proved capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language in their milieu and improved access to a range of programs and services offered in their language.
$22.5 M (including admin. cost) $4.5 M $4.5 M Grants and contributions for the creation, improvement and delivery of activities and services to support life environments fostering the use of the language in minority area.

Investment indicated in the Road Map has permitted the improvement of programs to create, improve and deliver activities and services intended for OLMC that promote a sense of belonging, such as investments in organizations that support French language culture and minority community medias. 

Note: The Official Languages Support Programs Branch was unable to conduct the survey planned for 2009 that would allow to measure the capacity for OLMC’s to live in their own language in their milieu. The OLSP is currently reviewing its performance measurement strategy.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality –Component: Intergovernmental Cooperation.


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Inreased access of OLMCs to provincial, territorial and municipal services in the minority language.
$22.5 M $4.5 M $4.5 M Implementation of agreements with provincial and territorial governments for the delivery of provincial and territorial services in the language of the minority.

Renewal of 8 various agreements on minority-language education with provinces and territories.


The renewals of all agreements were signed and effective by March 31, 2009.


Note: The Official Languages Support Programs Branch was unable to conduct the survey planned for 2009 that would allow to measure the capacity for OLMC’s to live in their own language in their milieu. The OLSP is currently reviewing its performance measurement strategy.

Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Community vitality –Component: Cultural Development Funds


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Increased access to provincial, territorial and municipal services in the minority language.

2) Increased capacity of OLMCs to live in their own language in their milieu and increased access to a range of programs and services delivered in their language (especially in culture).
$14.0 M $3.5 M $3.5 M Grants and contributions for the implementation of services, activities and cultural products fostering the development of cultural vitality in OLMCs.

Investment indicated in the Road Map has permitted the implementation of 79 projects (services, activities and cultural products) fostering the development of cultural vitality in OLMC’s.

Note: The Official Languages Support Programs Branch was unable to conduct the survey planned for 2009 that would allow to measure the capacity for OLMC’s to live in their own language in their milieu. The OLSP is currently reviewing its performance measurement strategy.

Intermediate Result 2: Increased proportion of Canadians who are aware of the benefits and have the necessary tools to appreciate linguistic duality.
Immediate Result 2.1: Strengthened capacity of language industries.
Public Works and Government Services Canada

Linguistic Management & Services

Language Industry Initiative


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Funded projects help enhance the capacity, diversity and effectiveness of the language sector.
$10.0 M $1.68 M $0.44 M

Launch of the Language Industry Initiative in Spring 2009.

In July 2009, the Canadian Language Sector Enhancement Program of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) proceeded with a call for proposals of projects that aim to provide support for the development of a skilled labour force and to strengthen the capacity of the Canadian language sector.

Following the call for proposals, PWGSC signed in 2009-2010 eight contribution agreements for a three-year period to support the promotion of the language industry, the integration of language technologies and innovative projects which will aim to strengthen the capacity of the Canadian language sector.
Public Works and Government Services Canada Linguistic Management & Services

University Scholarships Program in Translation


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Scholarships help encourage students to pursue post-secondary studies in translation, interpretation and terminology.
$8.0 M $1.45 M $0.67 M Launch of the University Scholarships Program in Translation in Fall 2009.

In July 2009, the Canadian Language Sector Enhancement Program of Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) proceeded with a call for proposals of projects that aim to provide support for the development of a skilled labour force and to strengthen the capacity of the Canadian language sector.

Following the call for proposals, PWGSC signed in 2009-2010 five contribution agreements for a three-year period to allocate university scholarships and student internships in translation to support the development of a skilled labour force.
National Research Council of Canada Information Technologies

Languages Technologies Research Centre


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) Collaboration with key partners in the implementation of an R&D strategy responsive to industry needs.


2) Innovative tool prototypes for the support of translation, and the creation and management of multilingual and multicultural content.

2) Transfer of knowledge and technology.
$10.0 M $2.0 M $2.07 M

Immediate result: Transfer of knowledge and technology. Implementation of a machine translation system PORTAGE in the Translation Bureau (Public Works and Government Services Canada) and, at least, in a translation firm of the private sector. Negotiation of a commercial license for machine translation technology, PORTAGE.

Immediate result: Innovative tool prototypes for the support of translation, and the creation and management of multilingual and multicultural content; running-in of the machine translation system PORTAGE.

Immediate result: Collaboration with key partners in elaborating an R&D strategy responsive to industry needs; signature of at least two agreements of cooperation with Canadian translation firms, a governmental firm and a firm of the private sector.

Negotiations continued with the Translation Bureau (BtB) concerning the use of the PORTAGE statistical machine translation system at the BtB. A large Canadian private sector translation bureau conducted trials of PORTAGE; the positive results of the trials led this translation bureau to acquire a commercial licence for PORTAGE at the beginning of 2010-2011. A prototype of the Terminoweb terminology research tool was deployed at the School of Translation and Interpretation of the University of Ottawa.

Tuning of PORTAGE: improvements in the quality of the machine translations were demonstrated by the excellent results obtained in the NIST 2009 international competition. A process to estimate the confidence in the quality of a translation was developed to better integrate PORTAGE in operational environments. Terminoweb 2.0 was developed and made available on the Web. BICAT, a categorizer that can take advantage of the existence of a document in multiple languages was developed.

Five collaborations with Canadian firms were signed (total value of $443K): three concerning PORTAGE (one with a translation bureau and two with language technology companies), one concerning Terminoweb, and one concerning automatic categorization. A Memorandum of Understanding was signed with the BtB.
Immediate Result 2.2: Improved knowledge and use of both official languages.
Public Works and Government Services Canada Linguistic Management & Services

Language Portal of Canada

Result for 2008–2013 Roadmap: 1) Canadians have better access to quality language resources in both official languages.
$16.0 M $4.48 M $4.48 M

Launch of the Language Portal of Canada in Fall 2009.

Public Works and Government Services Canada developed the Language Portal of Canada, which provides all Canadians with free access to a wide range of writing resources and tools, including TERMIUM, the terminology and linguistic databank of the Government of Canada. The Portal was officially launched on October 8th, 2009 and is now accessible by all Internet users.

The Translation Bureau professionals add new content and update daily the Portal by creating new additions and revising existing content. In 2009-2010, 392 articles and headlines, 358 flash quizzes and 8 articles from contributors have been published on the Portal. Three partnership agreements with external partners have also been signed for the development of linguistic resources to add new content to the Portal.

Moreover, the Discover section of the Portal contains over 1000 hyperlinks that refer to Anglophone and Francophone minority communities, the Canadian language training, Canadian tools and language-related works, and resources and articles from the provinces and dealing with the situation of languages in Canada.
Canada School of Public Service

Foundational learning

Official Languages Learning


Language retention services


Development of new technologies, methodologies and products

Expanding Universities’  Access to Language Learning


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Increased access to language training products to Canadians through new partnerships with Canadian universities.
$2.5 M $0.9 M $0.68 M New partnerships with Canadian universities. 10 new partnerships have been established with Canadian universities
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Second Language Education –
Component: Support to Second Language


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.

$190.0 M $38.0 M $38.0 M

Renew the Multilateral Protocol with the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (CMEC) and various agreements containing action plans with the provinces and territories concerning second language learning

Renewal of 13 various agreements concerning second language education with provinces and territories and multilateral Protocol with the Council of Ministers of Education, Canada (CMEC).


The renewal of all agreements were signed and effective  by March 31, 2009

These investments and agreements have allowed the provinces and territories to improve their programs and activities that promote the learning of French and English as a second official language for 2.5 million students.
Canadian Heritage

Official Languages

Second Language Education – 
Component:
Official Language Monitors


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.
$14.8 M $2.96 M $2.96 M Implementation of an agreement with the CMEC for Odyssee (Monitor) program delivery to support learning in second-language classrooms. The Odyssee program is maintained. This program allowed for 240 students to participate.
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Second Language Education –
Component: Summer Language Bursaries


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) More Canadians have a practical knowledge of both official languages.
$38.3 M $7.66 M $7.66 M Implementation of an agreement with the CMEC for the delivery of the Explore program delivery for second-language bursaries. 7,767 scholarship holders took advantage of the Explore program. This program offers a cultural exchange that help learners perfect their comprehension of their second official language.
Canadian Heritage

Official Languages

Promotion of Linguistic Duality – Component: Youth Initiatives


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap

1) More young Canadians have a practical knowledge of their second language.
$2.0 M $2.0 M $2.0 M Grants and contributions for the implementation of youth projects and activities in different areas, which allows the use of the second language and the exposure to second language.

Implementation of youth projects and activities that promote the use of the second-language and exposure to it.

Immediate Result 2.3: Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
Canadian Heritage

Official Languages

Broadcasting Policy and Programs

CTRC Study


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) CRTC report is issued on the availability and quality of broadcasting services to English and French linguistic minority communities in Canada.

2) The findings of the report will inform policy and decision-making on the availability and quality of broadcasting services in English and French linguistic communities in Canada.
Non- monetary N/A N/A CRTC report on availability and quality of English- and French-language services in the linguistic minority communities in Canada completed by March 31, 2009.

1) As part of the Roadmap for Canada’s Linguistic Duality, the government issued an order in council under section 15 of the Broadcasting Act requesting that the CRTC examine the availability and quality of English- and French‑language broadcasting services in Anglophone and Francophone minority communities in Canada, and that it propose measures to encourage and facilitate access to the widest range of these services.

On March 30, 2009, following a public process, the CRTC published the Report to the Governor in Council on English‑ and French‑Language Broadcasting Services in English and French Linguistic Minority Communities in Canada.


2) In its report, the CRTC concluded that official‑language minority communities have appropriate access to television services, that the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and community radio stations play a most important role in official-language minority communities, that community reflection in the programming of the services available in the Canadian broadcasting system can be improved, and that in the medium and long term, new media represent the best solution for ensuring access to a maximum number of services and for allowing a better reflection of official‑language minority communities within the Canadian broadcasting system.

The government took note of the conclusions and recommendations in the CRTC’s report and will consider them in its commitment to promote both of Canada’s official languages and access to high‑quality broadcasting services in English and in French for all Canadians
Canadian Heritage Cultural Industries

Musical Showcase Program for Artists from Official-language Communities

Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
$4.5 M $1.0 M $1.0 M

Funding agreements are in place with partners who organize showcases and finance the artists.

 

Music showcases are organized and presented.


Artists from OLMCs perform at these showcases.

Funding agreements signed with FACTOR and Musicaction, the third-party administrators responsible for delivering the funds to organize music showcases for artists coming from OLMC.


More than 500 music showcases were organized during regional, national and international events.

233 artists of OLMC performed at these showcases.
Canadian Heritage Cultural Industries

National Translation Program for Book Publishing

Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Improved access to cultural expressions of both linguistic groups.
$5.0 M $0.75 M $0.75 M

Funding is allocated to book publishers for eligible translations.
Canadian publishers produce translations of Canadian-authored books in both official languages.

Funding was allocated to book publishers for eligible translations.

 

61 translations of Canadian-authored books in both official languages by Canadian publishers were funded.

Intermediate Result 3: Strengthening capacity of the Government of Canada relating to official languages.
Immediate Result 3.1: Reinforced coordination for the Official Languages Program (OLP).
Justice Canada Legal Services to Government

Accountability and Coordination Framework


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

1) Support to ministers with statutory or sectoral responsibilities for official languages and to work with them.
$2.18 M $0.44 M $0.46 M

Client-focused service delivery. 
Effective management of legal risks.

Legal opinion and advice services for federal institutions:
-42 formal opinions;
-80 email and oral opinions;
-3 framework opinions on horizontal issues.

Monitoring of media, court decisions and parliamentary activities.
Conferences and training sessions:
-1 major conference organized (on the 40th anniversary of the OLA);
-23 presentations on specific issues;
- 2 courses offered.

Tools distributed: Annotated Federal Laws, 8 Charter Checklists (sections 16 to 23), Legal Awareness Program – Official Languages Act, 4 summary reports on language rights cases, 1 memo on Picard decision to Official Language Network, 5 articles on Nguyen, Via Rail and Picard decisions in Justice publications.


Analysis of the Caldech decision and active member of the working group established to develop a legal risk strategy to implement the decision.

  Internal Services Accountability and Coordination Framework $0.15 M $0.03 M $0.03 M N/A N/A
Canadian Heritage Official Languages

Accountability and Coordination Framework


Results for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:


1) The Government of Canada has official languages strategies.


2) The partners are supported in the implementation of their official languages initiatives.


3) The results of the research on official languages are communicated to the partners.


4) The Minister of Official Languages is advised on official languages files.

5) The quality of information on results (financial and non-financial) provided by the partners is improved.
$13.5 M $2.8 M $2.12 M

Support to Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages and senior officials in elaborating timely documentation and in insisting on quality assurance of given information and strategic advice.

Update of the Accountability and Coordination Framework on Official Languages in collaboration with partners (synthesis of the documentation, quality of information, utility of the documentation for partners).

To facilitate the implementation of the Roadmap by organizing regular meetings of interdepartmental committees of various levels, by consulting with the partners, by coordinating the collection of information for ministerial reports, by sharing timely financial and non-financial information and by preparing the organization of a symposium on research on official languages.


Implementation of the Horizontal Results-based Management Accountability Framework (HRMAF).

Support for the Minister of Official Languages and the senior managers
The Official Languages Secretariat (OLS) coordinated the Ministerial Conference on the Canadian Francophonie (MCCF) held in September 2009. For the MCCF, the OLS developed the documentation directing strategic discussions between the Minister of Official Languages and the provincial and territorial ministers at the MCCF.

Update of the Accountability and Coordination Framework
In collaboration with the other Roadmap partners, the OLS updated the Accountability and Coordination Framework. The Framework was approved on January 28, 2010 by the Committee of Assistant Deputy Ministers on Official Languages. The document as well as a communication strategy are currently in the approval process.

 

 

Coordination of the committees
As part of the Roadmap’s implementation of the Horizontal Results-based Management and Accountability Framework (HRMAF), the OLS continued to coordinate meetings for the CADMOL and its support committees (IPC, IMCOLP and CCOLR).
In order to focus on more strategic discussions and act more like a steering committee, the CADMOL entrusted its support committees (IPC, CCOLR, IMCOLP) with the role of achieving some of its priorities, such as developing the HRMAF public document, reviewing the Accountability and Coordination Framework and language clauses, following up on language litigation such as CALDECH, Via Rail, the Caron case, etc.

Coordination of the interdepartmental committees ensures that the Roadmap is implemented effectively.

The significance of the Roadmap’s implementation and the Government of Canada’s commitment to the official languages were key themes of the 40th anniversary celebration of the Official Languages Act in 2009.

Development of the HRMAF public document
In collaboration with the Roadmap’s partners, the OLS developed the HRMAF public document, which presents the structure of the Roadmap’s activities, results and governance, as well as the strategies established to measure, assess and account for results throughout the horizontal initiative’s life cycle.

Following the publication of the Roadmap’s HRMAF by the Minister of Canadian Heritage and Official Languages, a communication strategy was established to ensure better dissemination that, more specifically, targeted the leading representatives of official-language minority communities (OLMCs), the Office of the Commissioner of Official Languages, the official language parliamentary committees, and all Canadians.
Immediate Result 3.2: Reinforced linguistic duality in federal public service.
Office of the Chief Human Resources Officer 3

Policy Direction. Partnerships and Integration Program


Integrity and Sustainability Program

Centre of excellence


Result for the 2008–2013 Roadmap:

Linguistic duality is reinforced in the federal public service.
$17.0 M $3.4 M $2.76 M

Simplified, updated and restructured official languages policy instruments to allow deputy heads to better discharge their responsibilities regarding the implementation of the Official Languages Act.

An interpretation service for policy instruments made available to institutions subject to the Official Languages Act.

Support reviewing the policy instruments of other policy centres for everything regarding official languages.

Support, opinion and advice provided to institutions subject to the Official Languages Act to better assist them in applying the provisions of the relevant policy instruments.

Information sessions and workshops offered to federal institutions to help them to better understand the requirements of the Act and of the policy instruments.

Awareness-raising activities with institutions’ senior management in need of additional support.

The 130 or so requirements contained in official languages policy instruments have been reviewed in depth and undergone a risk analysis using the Treasury Board Secretariat’s Smart Rules Charter.

8 policy instruments from other policy centres were commented on. Moreover, guidelines on social media were drafted and should be disseminated soon.

38 requests for individualized interpretation were handled.

3 horizontal interpretations were carried out. They included an interpretation for the application of the Supreme Court’s CALDECH decision.

This function was combined with the function for providing simplified policy instruments.

This function was not renewed under the reorganization that took place in 2009.

11 information sessions and workshops were offered to federal institutions. A forum on good practices was also organized.

This function is not part of the renewed functions in 2009.

  Strategic Services Program        

Renewed method of cooperation with champions to encourage stronger leadership on official languages.

Renewed method of cooperation with advisory committees to suggest ideas and encourage them to take shared initiatives to improve the overall official languages performance of institutions.

The method of co-operation was renewed. A conference of the network of champions was organized.

The method of co-operation was renewed. Advisory committees are more independent and institutions are playing a more active role in the committees’ work. 2 meetings of the DACOL and 2 meeting of the CCACOL were held.

  Integrity and Sustainability Program        

Monitoring of official languages management practices and controls in the context of conducting risk-based official languages annual reports.

An assessment of the state of official languages in the institutions that make up the core public administration in the context of the Management Accountability Framework (MAF).

An Annual Report on Official Languages presented to Parliament that gives a strategic picture of the Program in the institutions subject to the Official Languages Act while focusing on a specific theme for the year.

The method used for the annual reports on official languages exercise was completely rethought in order to base it on better risk management. Official languages management practices and control in institutions were reviewed in 2009–2010 using this new method. 77 annual reports were requested from institutions and 72 were received.

Official languages were evaluated in the context of the MAF.

The structure and content of the Annual Report were completely rethought to provide a strategic picture of the Program in institutions. The 2007–2008 report was the first to be written according to this new methodology. The 2007–2008 annual report was tabled in October 2009.

Total $1,108.4 M $235.61 M $220.79 M    

Comments on Variances:

ACOA:
EDI: Project approvals amount to $2,110,725.  However, delays in implementing projects have resulted in $348,639.00 being claimed in 2009-2010.
FRANCOPHONE IMMIGRATION: The proponent placed emphasis on holding awareness sessions directed at the communities where welcoming centers are to be opened.  Thus only one center was opened in 2009-2010 and claims for funding were therefore fewer than expected.
CED: TBS and Finance have agreed to transfer in 2010-2011 the amount of $ 1 100 000 in grants and contributions.
CIC:   Please take note that CIC’s actual spending for 2009-2010 is higher than the planned spending for the same period. In fact, an additional 2.5 million dollars (10 million dollars for four years) was taken from the department’s settlement funds for the implementation of official languages initiatives, as specified in CIC’s submission to the Treasury Board in relation to the Roadmap.
CSPS: • The Roadmap TB submission was approved at Treasure Board in December 2008 under condition (see attached). For this reason, as long as the conditions stated in the letter of decision were not fulfilled, the funds to implement the Roadmap initiatives could not be released. 
• Heritage Canada and its partners have worked to develop a more detailed management framework fulfilling the Minister's requirements.  A new presentation to Treasury Board was made in April 2009.  This time, the submission was approved and the funds were released.
• Once the funds were received for the pilot project with universities (and the other projects of the Roadmap), the staffing process started and employees joined the project in June 2009.
• A request for proposal was posted for universities to apply and a selection was made in August 2009.
 The Official announcement and launch of the pilot project was made by the Parliamentary secretary, Andrew Saxton, on October 14, 2009 at Simon Fraser University.  Up till that date, the information about the selected universities was under embargo.  This is only once the official announcement was made the School could start discussions with the universities.
• Some universities faced some difficulties to recruit students due to short deadline to proceed to the selection of the students, to familiarize them with the project and also due to administrative challenges in their organization.  Therefore, some universities became active in the initiative not in January, but in February or March 2010; one will even begin in September 2010.  The students gradually joined the pilot-project (the majority between, end of January and end of March). Due to this situation and a matter of volume the Public Service Commission and the Learning plan service of the School could not administer all the tests before the end of the fiscal year 2009-2010.  A part of the money allocated to these tasks was not spent. The tests will continue in 2010-2011. 
• For the reasons stated above, the School spent $681,401 on a budget of $ 900, 000 for the 2009-2010 fiscal year, a difference of $ 218, 599.
• However, the Canada School of Public Service expect to spend the funds that were not spent in 2009-2010 during the 2010-2011 and 2011-2012 fiscal years.
Health Canada: In 2009-2010, $2,000,000 in additional funding was provided to the 11 member institutions making up the Consortium national de formation en santé to promote its activities/programs and recruit students, to expand the scope of distance learning, to strengthen clinical training through the purchase of medical equipment and to strengthen continuous learning by recruiting teaching personnel.  In addition, some program recipients did not spend the entire contribution to which they were entitled in 2009-2010, which brought the actual spending to $36,300,000.
Industry Canada: Discrepancy is due to the creation of the Agency in August 2009. The new agency was not able to make decisions as quickly as needed. The Agency needed more time to ensure a proper implementation’s process of the programme. Thus, 1 million has been postponed to 2010-2011.
Concerning FedNor, many projects are funded on a multi-annual basis. The funds have also been postponed to 2010-2011.
Justice Canada:
CONTRAVENTIONS: The province of Newfoundland and Labrador did not sign an agreement in 2009-2010 as anticipated.
The province of Prince Edward Island did not sign an agreement in 2009-2010.
The Department has been approached by Alberta and Saskatchewan to begin discussions on the manner in which to implement a Contraventions agreement. No agreement has yet been signed.
OFFICIAL LANGUAGES: There were fewer projects than anticipated related to the training component that were received and approved in fiscal year 2009-2010.
Office of the Chief Human Resources Officer:
Centre of Excellence: In 2009-2010, the operations of the Official Languages Centre of Excellence have been aligned with the new regime for human resources management, established in response to the findings of the horizontal review of human resources management functions and to the recommendations of the Advisory Committee on the Public Service.
PWGSC:
Language Industry Initiative: Of the total authorized expenditure for 2009-2010, $800,000 was deferred to 2010-2011.
University Scholarships Program in Translation: Of the total authorized expenditure for 2009-2010, $700,000 was deferred to 2010-2011 and 2011-2012.
Western Economic Diversification Canada: Grant and Contribution (Gs&Cs) discrepancy relates to unspent amount, based on the disbursement information originating from processed claims, as opposed to EDI allocated amount for this period.
PCH (OLS):The days of dialogue and the development phase of the Official Languages Performance and Information Management System (OLPIMS) will be postponed to 2010-2011, which explain the difference between planned spending and actual spending for 2009-2010.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Kirk Giroux (819-997-0622)

 

1 Family Literacy Initiative: As of April 19th, 2010, 11 projects have been approved totalling $2.61M since 2008.  In fact, many of the projects approved were to be realized in multiple phases: research phases undertaken to identify the needs of the francophone minority communities and develop models or programs pertinent to the different target groups.  It will be followed by pilot testing of literacy models or programs adapted to this clientele.  The Office of Literacy and Essential Skills expects that all available funding will be engaged in the near future and that the total funding will be spent before March 31st, 2013.

2 Child Care Pilot Project: All funds allocated for the ongoing Child Care Pilot Project were spent.  A process to identify additional research projects for future years was begun during 2009-2010, but did not identify any projects that could have started during 2009-2010.

3 In February 2009, the Office of the Chief Human Resources Officer has been created. It aggregates the Canada Public Service Agency and some parts of Treasury Board Secretariat related to compensation and human resources.


Top of Page

Department of Finance

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of horizontal initiative: Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime—formerly the National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering (NICML)

Name of lead department: Department of Finance Canada

Lead department program activity: Economic and Fiscal Policy Framework

Start date of the horizontal initiative: June 2000

End date of the horizontal initiative: 2009–10

Total federal funding allocation (start to end date): $455,408 (thousands)

Description of the horizontal initiative (including funding agreement): The National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering (NICML) was formally established in 2000 as part of the government’s ongoing effort to combat money laundering in Canada. Legislation adopted that year, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) Act (PCMLA), created a mandatory reporting system for suspicious financial transactions, large cross-border currency transfers, and certain prescribed transactions. The legislation also established the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) to collect and analyze these financial transaction reports and to disclose pertinent information to law enforcement and intelligence agencies. In December 2001, the PCMLA was amended to include measures to fight terrorist financing activities and renamed the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act (PCMLTFA).

The NICML was expanded and is now known as Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime. In December 2006, Bill C-25 amended the PCMLTFA to ensure Canada’s legislation remains consistent with international anti–money laundering and anti–terrorist financing standards as set out by the Financial Action Task Force (FATF) and is responsive to areas of domestic risk. Amendments included enhanced client identification requirements, the creation of a registration regime for money services businesses, and the establishment of an administrative and monetary penalties regime to deal with lesser infractions of the Act.

Shared outcomes: To detect and deter money laundering and the financing of terrorist activities and to facilitate the investigation and prosecution of money laundering and terrorist financing offences.

Governance structure: Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime is a horizontal initiative comprised of both funded and non-funded partners. The funded partners include the Department of Finance Canada, the Department of Justice Canada, the Public Prosecution Service of Canada (PPSC), FINTRAC, the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA), the Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP); non-funded partners include Public Safety Canada (PS), the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (OSFI), and Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada. An interdepartmental ADM-level group and working group, consisting of all partners and led by the Department of Finance Canada, has been established to direct and coordinate the government’s efforts to combat money laundering and terrorist financing activities. In addition, the Department of Finance Canada also chairs a Public/Private Sector Advisory Committee. This is a broad-based advisory committee that includes both public and private sector representatives to provide general guidance for Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing policy.

($ thousands)
Federal Partner Federal Partner Program Activity Name of Federal Partner's Program Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009–10
Actual Spending for
2009–10
Expected Results for
2009–10
Results Achieved in
2009–10
Department of Finance Canada Financial Sector Policy Canada’s
Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime
2,700 300 295 Effective oversight of Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime (the Regime). The Department of Finance Canada continued to address policy and operational issues to ensure Canada has an effective Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime. The Department also hosted a spring and fall meeting of the Public/Private Sector Advisory Committee and one ADM-level meeting.
Undertake a 10-year Treasury Board–mandated evaluation of the Regime to assess effectiveness and access to continued funding. Initiated the 10-Year Evaluation of the Regime and led the interdepartmental working group for the evaluation. The evaluation will be completed in 2010–11.
Monitor the financial sector for money laundering and terrorist financing risks and other emerging illicit financing risks. Developed and tabled amendments to the PCMLTFA related to counter-measures to tackle illicit financing and making tax evasion a predicate offence for money laundering. Final publication of new regulations on Credit Union Centrals was also completed.
Participate in international forums related to combating money laundering and terrorist financing, in particular the G7 Financial Experts meetings, the Financial Action Task Force (FATF), the Caribbean Financial Action Task Force (CFATF), and the Asia Pacific Group (APG) on Money Laundering. The Department actively participated and undertook a leadership role at the FATF, CFATF, and APG plenary and intercessional meetings and the G7 Financial Experts meetings.

As the head of Canada’s delegation at international anti–money laundering and combating the financing of terrorism (AML/CFT) forums, the Department:
– coordinated federal partners’ contributions;
– played a challenge function in the FATF, APG, and CFATF mutual evaluation processes, a comprehensive peer review process that is the cornerstone of the global implementation of FATF Standards
(the 40 + 9 Recommendations);
– contributed to the development of FATF policy and standards and the analysis of new AML/CFT trends and typologies;
– engaged in the FATF International Co-operation Review Group (ICRG) to identify and monitor high-risk jurisdictions, including chairing the Americas Regional Review group;
– identified and leveraged funds to support capacity building and technical assistance for the APG and CFATF as well as training for their individual members; and
– provided advice and guidance to CFATF member countries on the implementation of the FATF 40 + 9 Recommendations and on governance and capacity issues.
Department of Justice Canada The National Initiative to Combat Money Laundering Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 7,000 100 100 The Criminal Division of the Department of Justice Canada plays a significant role in the Regime. For 2009–10, it is anticipated that the Criminal Division will use the resources it receives to carry out work related to the FATF, including attending FATF-related international meetings. Resources will also be allocated to ensure the Criminal Division’s continued involvement in policy development relating to money laundering and terrorist financing. Finally, the Human Rights Law Section will receive money to deal with any ancillary constitutional issue raised during the prosecutions. In 2009–10, the Department of Justice Canada contributed to domestic policy development related to money laundering by regularly providing legal advice in this area and through its participation on departmental committees addressing terrorist financing. Justice Canada also contributed to FATF-related policy issues through extensive input on FATF evaluations and reports as well as its attendance and active participation at FATF plenary meetings and participation in the FATF project on confiscation.
Public Prosecution Service of Canada (PPSC) Addressing criminal issues to contribute to a safer world for Canada Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 9,200 2,300 3,028 PPSC plays a significant role in the Regime. For 2009–10, it is anticipated that information provided to law enforcement by FINTRAC will result in more prosecutorial legal advice being provided to law enforcement. It will also result in additional charges being laid for money laundering and terrorist financing offences and, consequently, an increased workload for prosecutors. PPSC also has responsibilities related to the PCMLTFA. The planned work includes applications for Production Orders, increases in border seizure and forfeiture work associated with suspected proceeds of crime, and prosecutions related to infractions of the Act. In addition, resources will be used to provide training to law enforcement personnel and prosecutors and for the development and coordination of policy as it relates to money laundering and terrorist financing. Finally, PPSC resources will be used to carry out work related to the FATF, including attending the FATF international meeting. New Regime-related charges laid over the course of 2009–10 included 5,910 charges for the possession of proceeds of crime, 40 money laundering charges under the provisions of the Criminal Code, and 47 charges under the PCMLTFA. (There were no charges laid related to the terrorist financing provisions of the Criminal Code during this period.)

For these new Regime-related charges, provision of legal advice was recorded by in-house counsel against 54% of the possession of proceeds of crime files, 47% of the money laundering files, and 28% of the PCMLTFA files. Contrary to previous years, PPSC did not obtain any production orders under section 60 of the PCMLTFA.

Finally, over the course of 2009–10, PPSC counsel provided both formal and ad hoc training to law enforcement personnel over the course of investigations. Resources were also dedicated to policy development and coordination to ensure consistency across all regions.
Financial Transactions Reports Analysis Centre of Canada (FINTRAC) Collection, analysis, and dissemination of financial information Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 269,085 37,500 40,315 FINTRAC produces technology-driven financial intelligence analysis and case disclosures, which are widely used by law enforcement and intelligence agencies, with a program that fosters compliance by the reporting entities. In 2009–10, FINTRAC disclosed 579 cases of suspected money laundering, terrorist financing, and threats to the security of Canada to law enforcement and security partners. This represents a continued increase in the number of cases—a slight increase compared to the 556 cases disclosed in 2008–09 and a significant increase over the 210 cases disclosed in 2007–08. In 2009–10, the average timeliness of case analysis improved by 17%, going from 82 days to 68 days. This was achieved with increasingly positive feedback from law enforcement and security partners on the usefulness, relevance, and timeliness of case disclosures.

FINTRAC also continued to fulfill the needs of various partners and stakeholders in producing and disseminating a wide range of strategic financial intelligence assessments, briefs, and reports. These products served to inform government policy and decision makers as well as reporting entities about money laundering and terrorist financing issues, methods, indicators, and case studies, which enabled them to better combat money laundering and terrorist financing.

In order to increase the coverage rate of compliance assessments, FINTRAC began conducting desk examinations in tandem with onsite examinations of reporting entities’ level of compliance with their obligations under the PCMLTFA. As a result, FINTRAC completed 691 examinations by fiscal year end, an increase of 52% over the previous year, of which 327 (47%) were onsite examinations and 364 (53%) were desk examinations.

In 2009–10, FINTRAC completed the successful implementation of the administrative monetary penalties (AMP) regime. In its first year, 14 AMPs have been issued, and of these, 7 were publicly named on the FINTRAC website. The 2009–10 fiscal year was also the first full year of operation for the money services businesses (MSB) registry. During the fiscal year, an additional 223 MSBs registered with FINTRAC, bringing the total entities registered to 954.
Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA)   Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 57,008 7,727 7,745 CBSA Border Services Officers are responsible for the enforcement of the cross-border currency reporting program, which includes conducting searches, questioning individuals, and seizing non-reported or falsely reported currency and suspected proceeds of crime. In addition, FINTRAC discloses information to CBSA Immigration, which plays a key role in denying the use of Canadian territory to criminals and persons who pose security threats to Canada.

CBSA is responsible for administering Part 2 of the PCMLTFA, “Reporting of Currency and Monetary Instruments.” The Cross-Border Currency Reporting (CBCR) Program requires that travellers report the importation and exportation of currency and monetary instruments equal to or greater than CAD$10,000. Part 2 also provides for the enforcement element of the CBCR Program, which includes conducting searches, questioning individuals, and seizing non-reported or falsely reported currency and suspected proceeds of crime.
During 2009–10, CBSA performed more than 2,480 seizures under the PCMLTFA, totalling over $40 million. Approximately $8 million of this total was forfeited to the Crown and penalties have been assessed in excess of $1 million. Over 200 seizures have resulted in forfeiture as suspected proceeds of crime or funds for the use of terrorist activities.
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) Charities Directorate Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 7,429 4,976 3,631 CRA has responsibility for administering the registration system for charities under the Income Tax Act. This recognizes that the existence of a strong regulatory deterrence against terrorist abuse of charities contributes to suppressing the financing of terrorism in Canada and to protecting and preserving the social cohesion and well-being of Canadians.

CRA’s regulatory oversight of charities has been strengthened by the enactment of complementary measures under the Charities Registration (Security Information) Act and the PCMLTFA and by changes to the Income Tax Act authorizing broader information sharing between Regime agencies. Under these authorities, intelligence provided to CRA assists in its mandate to protect the integrity of the registration system for charities, and information disclosed by the CRA can be used for investigative purposes.

For 2009–10, it is anticipated that CRA will use the resources it receives to strengthen capacity to identify and respond to cases involving possible links to terrorism through investments in facilities, IT development, and an increase in ongoing, direct program full-time equivalents (FTEs).
Results delivered in 2009–10 focused on the following:
– facilities development (projects delivered on time and on budget);
– procuring and implementing technological tools and systems to enhance analytical and enforcement capabilities;
– redesigning our organizational structure;
– staffing for skill sets needed to respond to current and future operational needs and to attract seasoned, job-ready intelligence officers and newly graduated professionals in intelligence; and
– staff training.

The normal business of reviewing applications for charitable registration, monitoring of registered charities, and exchanging information under legal authorities with Regime partners, in relation to risks of support for terrorist activities, continued throughout. The Charities Directorate also continued to develop and enhance relationships and training with Regime partners, improve access to intelligence information, and provide a strong CRA presence in interdepartmental committees addressing cross-cutting policy and review activities relevant to Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime.
Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) Special Enforcement Program Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 21,568 2,200 2,413 CRA is focusing on the following four pillars:
– participating in committees and initiatives to manage and enhance the Regime;
– enhancing our operational relationship with FINTRAC and other partners in the Regime;
– conducting research and analysis; and
– contributing to the work of international organizations to enhance cooperation between tax administrations and anti–money laundering and anti–terrorist financing authorities by participating in the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Sub-Group on Tax Crime and Money Laundering.

All disclosures received from FINTRAC are thoroughly reviewed and those with potential are selected for audit by the Special Enforcement Program. The projected number of audits is 90, with a projected federal tax recovery of $7,000,000.
Total number of audits completed: 108

Total earned by tax audits: $16,812,471

Cases referred for investigation: 8

Cases accepted by investigation: 3
Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP), Money Laundering Units Money Laundering Units Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 55,898 6,872 3,657 Enhanced national and international opportunities for the detection and investigation of money laundering activities. Project Mercury was a joint anti–cash smuggling operation that took place from April 19 to 22, 2010. Participants in the operation included CBSA, members of the RCMP Integrated Proceeds of Crime (IPOC) Units, RCMP Integrated National Security Enforcement Teams (INSET), and FINTRAC. Both inbound and outbound flights were targeted at five international airports: Ottawa, Montréal, Toronto, Vancouver, and Calgary.
Development of FINTRAC disclosures, as well as other intelligence, to a point where resources from Integrated Proceeds of Crime Units or elsewhere in the RCMP could then be directed toward investigations in an effort to increase seizures. There have been 25 seizures linked to FINTRAC disclosures in 2009, with a value of $4,997,754.
The resource level in Canada’s three major urban centres (Vancouver, Toronto, and Montréal) was increased in 2007 and continues to positively impact the investigative capacity in those centres to conduct investigations on leads related to Canada’s anti–money laundering regime. The “Big Three” (Vancouver, Toronto, and Montréal) currently have six major money laundering investigations open in 2009.
RCMP, Anti–Terrorist Financing Team) Special Initiatives Canada’s Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime 22,937 5,158 5,579 Through the gathering and analysis of financial intelligence, the Anti–Terrorist Financing Team (ATFT) will focus on converting that intelligence into proactive investigations, thus enhancing its ability to detect and deter terrorist financing activities. ATFT continues to provide support to six project status investigations of terrorist financing across Canada, has initiated two new investigations, and continues to assist in a number of requests for information received from domestic and international agencies.

ATFT, in conjunction with CBSA, CSIS, FINTRAC, and RCMP Proceeds of Crime took part in two proactive law enforcement efforts code-named Atlas and Mercury. Proceeds of crime, money laundering, and terrorist financing enforcement agencies from the RCMP and CBSA took part in these three-day cash courier interdiction actions held concurrently at selected international airports.

An investigation in British Columbia by the National Security Financial Investigation Unit led to the conviction of a subject for terrorist financing. Project Needle nears completion with the disruption of a Liberation Tigers of Tamil Eelam (LTTE) terrorist financing and procurement cell. The US has convicted and sentenced three of the six Canadians for terrorist financing and procurement charges. Two other Canadians have been ordered extradited and one other subject awaits extradition to the US to face the same charges.

In November 2009, a major project investigation concluded with the arrest of 30 individuals in Montréal for credit card fraud, counterfeiting government identification such as passports and visas, and facilitating illegal immigration. ATFT members formed part of the investigation team because of national security concerns and links to terrorism, movement of terrorists across international borders, and terrorist financing. No charges were laid pursuant to section 83 of the Criminal Code.

Forfeiture hearings are ongoing regarding money and property seized pursuant to two investigations of the World Tamil Movement.

ATFT continues to provide training to the RCMP and partner agencies. Financial investigative members from the various INSETs and selected partner agency representatives from CSIS, CRA, FINTRAC, and the UK attended and presented at the fall 2009 course and the February 2010 course. The next course is slated for the fall of 2010 in Vancouver.

ATFT continues to support FATF, the APG, and the Middle East and North Africa Financial Action Task Force (MENAFATF). ATFT members joined the Canadian delegation to MENAFATF for the first time this past year. ATFT members assisted in training provided to the Royal Malaysian Police and to the African Union. ATFT continues its membership in the Bi-Lateral Working Group on Terrorist Financing with the FBI and CSIS, meeting each quarter. ATFT is also a founding member of the International Working Group on Terrorist Financing, which meets yearly. Two members of ATFT attended the annual conference in Australia in May 2010.

ATFT is now tasked with providing due diligence checks for prospective foreign investors under the revised Investment Canada Act, which now includes national security provisions.
Totals 453,1251 67,133 66,763    
1. Certain partners in the Anti–Money Laundering and Anti–Terrorist Financing Regime are exempt from reporting; therefore, the figures presented in the table may not sum to the total amount allocated.

Comments on variance:

PPSC: Actual spending exceeds planned spending by approximately $0.7 million. Variance is due to the significant increase in the number of charges related to proceeds of crime.

FINTRAC: The planned spending amount did not include the additional Treasury Board–approved funding that was received over the 2009–10 fiscal year. Among the additional resources received are the Strategic Review Reinvestments, NICML re-profiled funds from 2008–09, Treasury Board adjustments for Paylist Requirements (Vote 30), and Employee Benefits Plan year-end adjustments.

CRA, Charities Directorate: Variance is due to classification and staffing processes that have taken longer than anticipated and are continuing in 2010–11.

RCMP, Money Laundering Units: Variance is due to reduced budget allocation and vacancy rates across the program. Similar constraints are expected for 2010–11.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners: Not applicable

Contact information:

Rachel Grasham
Chief, Financial Crimes Section
Phone: 613-943-2883


Top of Page

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade

Horizontal Initiative: Global Peace and Security Fund (GPSF)

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Global Peace and Security Fund (GPSF)

Name of Lead Department(s): Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Diplomacy and Advocacy

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: October 2, 2005; operationalized September 18, 2006

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $1,134.9 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Funded from the Peace and Security Pool of the International Assistance Envelope, the GPSF fills a funding gap by providing dedicated resources for activities that are necessary for a timely response with respect to countries in or at risk of crisis, but that are not properly the responsibility of the Department of National Defence (DND) and are outside Canada's traditional official development assistance program. Examples of these activities are supporting peace operations and peace processes, supporting justice and security system reform, enhancing transitional justice and reconciliation, and improving the peace enforcement and peace operations capacities of military and police forces in Africa and the Americas. Major recipients of funding are Afghanistan, Sudan and Haiti.

The GPSF is both a responsive and a directive program, established to provide timely, focused, effective and accountable international assistance in response to critical peace and security challenges. DFAIT works closely with a range of other government departments including the Canadian International Development Agency, Public Safety Canada, the RCMP, DND, the Correctional Service of Canada, the Canada Border Services Agency and Justice Canada. Along with other assistance, these partnerships provide critical expertise in the area of justice and security system reform to the civilian components of UN peace operations.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Safer and more secure environments conducive to stabilization, recovery and long-term reconstruction.

  • Greater protection of rights and safety of individuals and populations.

  • Improved global and regional response to crisis situations.

Governance Structure(s):

The GPSF is managed by the Stabilization and Reconstruction Task Force (START) in the context of a whole-of-government approach coordinated through the START Advisory Board. Led by the Director General of START and comprising senior officials from across government, the START Advisory Board is responsible for establishing, within the framework of individual departmental authorities, whole-of-government strategic policy as well as priority setting and direction with respect to fragile states and complex emergencies. It is also responsible for providing a platform for information exchange to ensure that program-related activities are complementary and avoid duplication. The START Secretariat is located in the Programs and Departmental Security Branch of DFAIT and is accountable to DFAIT, which is responsible for the financial, human and physical resource services for START.


($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation
(from start to end date)
Planned Spending
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada (DFAIT) PA 2: Diplomacy and Advocacy Global Peace and Security Program; Global Peace Operations Program; Glyn Berry Program for Peace and Security   91.8 86.4 Improved Canadian contribution to peace and security and the safety and well-being of beneficiaries living in targeted areas Strengthened contribution to peace and security through the development of a strategic policy framework for dealing with conflict and fragility, new and dedicated mechanisms for deploying Canadian civilian experts and international justice officials and demonstrated international leadership responding to the Haiti earthquake crisis.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) PA 1: Federal and International Operations Canadian Police Arrangement and International Police Peacekeeping (IPP) 63.7 11.4 12.5 Implementation of RCMP international police peacekeeping projects Deployed an average of 182 police officers to 8 international missions to provide mentoring, training and advice, mainly in Afghanistan, Haiti and Sudan.
Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA) PA 1: Geographic Programs n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Canadian Commercial Corporation (CCC) n/a Delivery of international assistance under the CCC/DFAIT MOU See note 6.5 13.4 Logistical support to Sudan peace operations (UNAMID) n/a
Canadian Border Services Agency (CBSA) PA 1: Security Afghanistan border; Canada's support to the Middle East Peace Process; and Stabilization and Reconstruction in Haiti See note n/a 0.2 Strengthened customs capacity along the Afghan border Provided training and mentoring to Afghan border officials.
Department of Justice PA 1: Justice policies, laws and programs n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
Department of National Defence (DND) PA 1: Contribute to Canada and the international community Operations in Afghanistan See note 10.4 8.5 Support to implementation of projects in Kandahar Provided operational support on project implementation, monitoring and financial management.
Correctional Service of Canada (CSC) PA 1: Correctional Interventions Operations in Afghanistan and Stabilization and Reconstruction in Haiti See note 2.0 2.9 Supported the deployment of correction advisers to the provincial reconstruction team in Afghanistan Deployed an average of 14 correctional officers to Afghanistan and Haiti to provide mentoring, training and advice.
Total       111.7 123.9    

Note: Allocations from the GPSF are determined on an annual basis; therefore, there is no planned amount from the start to the end of the program.


Comment on Variance: Canadian Commercial Corporation: At the outset of fiscal year 2009-2010, the GPSF allocated $6.5 million of its programming fund to projects implemented through CCC. Actual GPSF expenditures via CCC for fiscal year 2009-2010 were $13.43 million. Since the GPSF responds to crises, it is difficult to predict the choice of implementing partners at the beginning of the fiscal year. For example, the earthquake in Haiti shifted programming priorities to supplying equipment to assist with the relief effort. As CCC has established expertise in supply arrangements, the GPSF worked with the Corporation as an implementing partner for these activities.

Results to Be Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a

Contact information:
Elissa Golberg
Director General, START Secretariat
Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada
Tel.: 613-665-6689
Fax: 613-944-5911
Email: elissa.golberg@international.gc.ca

Top of Page

Department of Justice Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: National Anti-Drug Strategy

2. Name of lead department: Department of Justice

3. Lead department program activity: Justice policies, laws and programs

4. Start date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2007-08

5. End date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2011-12 and ongoing

6. Total federal funding allocation (start to end date): $579.8 millions

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The National Anti-Drug Strategy was launched by the Government of Canada in 2007, with a clear focus on illicit drugs and a particular emphasis on youth. Its goal is to contribute to safer and healthier communities through coordinated efforts to prevent use, treat dependency and reduce production and distribution of illicit drugs. It encompasses three action plans: prevention, treatment and enforcement.

The prevention action plan supports efforts to prevent youth from using illicit drugs by enhancing their awareness and understanding of the harmful social and health effects of illicit drug use, and supports efforts to develop and implement community-based interventions & initiatives to prevent illicit drug use. The treatment action plan supports effective treatment and rehabilitation systems and services by developing and implementing innovative and collaborative approaches. The enforcement action plan aims to contribute to the disruption of illicit drug operations in a safe manner, particularly targeting criminal organizations.

8. Shared outcomes:

  • Reduced demand for illicit drugs in targeted populations and areas;
  • Reduced impacts of illicit drug use through prevention and treatment efforts; and
  • Reduced supply of illicit drugs.

9. Governance structure:

The governance structure of the Strategy consists of an Assistant Deputy Minister Steering Committee and working groups on policy and performance, prevention and treatment, enforcement, and communications. The governance structure is supported by the Youth Justice, and Strategic Initiatives and Law Reform Section of the Department of Justice Canada.

The Assistant Deputy Minister Steering Committee (ADMSC), which is chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees the implementation of the Strategy, making decisions necessary to advance the initiative, where required, and ensuring appropriate and timely outcomes for the initiative and accountability in the expenditure of initiative resources.  The ADMSC prepares questions for the consideration of Deputy Ministers, where appropriate.

The Prevention and Treatment Working Group, chaired by Health Canada, oversees the implementation of the Prevention and Treatment Action Plans. The Enforcement Working Group, chaired by the Department of Public Safety Canada, oversees the implementation of the Enforcement Action Plan. The Policy and Performance Working Group, chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees policy directions and outcomes for the Strategy and the work of the Sub-Committee on Evaluation and Reporting. The Communications Working Group, chaired by the Department of Justice Canada, oversees communication of the Strategy including, making decisions necessary to advance communication of the initiative and ensuring coordination of communication activities.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partner: Department of Justice
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
> 15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
A1 - Justice policies, laws and programs a. Drug Treatment Courts $16.2 $3.6 $3.6 Link 1 Link 1
b. Youth Justice Fund

(Treatment Action Plan)
$6.8 $1.6 $1.4 Link 2 Link 2
c. Justice Canada Lead Role for the National Anti-Drug Strategy $1.4 $0.3 $0.2 Link 3 Link 3
C1 - Internal Services d. Justice Canada Lead Role for the National Anti-Drug Strategy $1.5 $0.3 $0.4 Link 4 Link 4
e. National Anti-Drug Strategy $0.3 $0.1 $0.1    
Total: $26.2 $5.9 $5.7    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1: Reduced drug substances relapse among drug treatment court clients.

Link 2:
Overall results:

  • To work collaboratively with interested provinces and territories as well as other stakeholders in order to identify gaps in drug treatment programs for youth in the justice system.
  • To introduce, pilot and evaluate a number of drug treatment options for youth involved in the youth justice system in communities.
  • To share knowledge of the piloted drug treatment programs and promising practices with provinces and territories as well as other interested stakeholders.

Immediate Outcomes:

  • Projects on Treatment Services & Program Enhancements.
  • Enhanced capacity to plan/ deliver a range of treatment services & programs to targeted populations.

Link 3:
Effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through:

  • Exercising overarching responsibility for policy and coordination.
  • Maintaining the NADS Governance Structure.

Link 4:
Effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through:

  • Leading and coordinating all NADS communications activities.
  • Taking lead responsibility for accountability - evaluation and performance reporting.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • 6 funding agreements signed for 2010-2012 under the Drug Treatment Court Funding Program (DTCFP).
  • DTCFP Terms and Conditions renewed.
  • Drug Treatment Court Information System implemented and preliminary results analyzed.
  • Given the current lack of consistent data collection, it is difficult to determine, at this stage, if the DTC FP has had an influence on reduced drug substances relapse among drug treatment court clients.

Link 2:
In In 2009-2010, a total of 39 projects were funded-22 through contributions and 17 through grants. Of these, 4 were on-going contribution agreements from previous years. The total value of these projects was $1,099,896 in contributions and $181,222 in grants. Of the 39 projects:

  • 9 were with a provincial government or their designate;
  • 9 were with municipal or provincial police forces; and
  • 21 were with front-line community organizations.

Funded projects covered the following areas: Public Legal Education/Information, Training/Education, Information Sharing, Evaluation, and Program pilot projects.

Link 3:

The Department of Justice provided effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through its work in the following four areas: policy and coordination, the NADS Governance Structure, communications activities, and evaluation and performance reporting.

Policy and Coordination:

  • Supported the process for Parliamentary consideration of a Government Bill to address serious drug crimes;
  • Collaborated with partner departments to conduct the Implementation Evaluation and to develop an agreed-upon management response, including action plans for follow-up on the three recommendations flowing out of the evaluation.
  • Initiated a Strategy renewal process;
  • Organized and hosted the NADS Speaker Series;
  • Oversaw NADS involvement in the development of new Hemispheric Drug Strategy at the Organization of American States; and
  • Participated in meetings and workshops of the United Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs.

Governance:

  • Chaired and provided the secretariat function for the NADS, ADM Steering Committee;
  • Chaired and provided the secretariat function for the NADS Policy and Performance Working Group;
  • Participated in meetings of the Prevention and Treatment, and Enforcement Working Groups; and
  • Participated in the revision of the Terms of Reference for the Prevention and Treatment Working Group.

Link 4:

The Department of Justice provided effective leadership of the federal response to concerns around illicit drug prevention, treatment and enforcement through its work in the following four areas: policy and coordination, the NADS Governance Structure, communications activities, and evaluation and performance reporting.

Communication:

  • Organized the NADS Communications Working Group meetings and numerous horizontal meetings between NADS communications advisors;
  • Produced and coordinated media lines for the release of various drug related reports;
  • Oversaw 12 NADS announcements, one tri-ministerial message and one message from the Minister of Health; and
  • Maintained the NADS website.

Evaluation and Reporting:

  • Completed the NADS implementation evaluation;
  • Completed a cost-effectiveness feasibility study;
  • Produced the NADS Annual Report;
  • Signed bi-lateral Memoranda of understanding with NADS partners to formalize each partner's commitment to NADS performance measurement and evaluation activities;
  • Coordinated the DPR and RPP processes; and
  • Chaired the Policy and Performance Working Group's Sub-Committee on Evaluation and Reporting.
10. Federal Partner: Health Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
3.4.3 Controlled Substances a. Mass Media Campaign
(Prevention Action Plan)
$29.8 $6.0 $5.6 Link 1 Link 1
3.4.3 Controlled Substances b. Drug Strategy Community Initiatives Fund (DSCIF)
(Prevention Action Plan)
$59.0 $11.3 $10.5 Link 2 Link 2
3.4 Substance Use and Abuse c. Drug Treatment Funding Program (DTFP)

(Treatment Action Plan)
$124.7 $30.8 $10.7 Link 3 Link 3
4.1.1.2 First Nations and Inuit Mental Health and Addictions d. National Native Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program (NNADAP)

(Treatment Action Plan)
$35.5 $7.9 $6.6 Link 4 Link 4
3.4.3 Controlled Substances e. Office of Controlled Substances

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$14.4 $3.0 $2.1 Link 5 Link 5
f. Drug Analysis Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$49.2 $9.4 $9.2 Link 6 Link 6
$3.4 [1] [1] [1]
Total: $316 $68.4 $44.7    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Increased awareness & understanding of illicit drugs & their negative consequences

Link 2:

  • Increased awareness & understanding of illicit drugs & their negative consequences
  • Enhanced uptake of knowledge in communities to address illicit drug use & its negative consequences

Link 3:

  • Improved collaboration on responses & knowledge of treatment issues
  • Enhanced capacity to plan/ deliver a range of treatment services & programs to targeted populations
  • Enhanced F/PT commitments to improve treatment systems in targeted areas of need

Link 4:

  • Enhanced capacity to plan/ deliver a range of treatment services & programs to targeted populations

Link 5:

  • Increased capacity to control & monitor controlled substances & precursor chemicals

Link 6:

  • Increased capacity to gather, analyze/share intelligence & analyse evidence
  • Increased awareness of illicit drug & precursor chemical issues for enforcement officials

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:

Public Opinion Research (POR-08-07) NADS Youth On-line Baseline survey was conducted prior to the December 2009 launch of the youth mass media campaign targeting youth ages 13-15. Youth drug awareness, knowledge and perception levels were measured and will be compared to Public Opinion Research (POR-09-23) NADS Return to Sample Survey when results are available in FY 2010-11.

Link 2:

To date, Drug Strategy Community Initiatives Fund (DSCIF) is funding 25 projects that target increased awareness/understanding of healthy lifestyle choices and of illicit drugs and their negative consequences and 30 projects focused on acquiring/improving capacity (knowledge and skills) to avoid illicit drug use.

The majority of DSCIF funded projects have started dissemination planning and sharing of information in order to ensure findings and lessons learned from their projects are made available to appropriate audiences. Projects have also taken steps to produce information tools or resources for the public and developed knowledge exchange mechanisms.

Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse (CCSA) - "A Drug Prevention Strategy for Canada's Youth" focused on developing Canadian standards for the design and delivery of prevention programs, sustainable partnerships, and a media/youth consortium.

Link 3:

The Drug Treatment Funding Program (DTFP) launched 13 drug treatment systems-enhancement projects and eight treatment services projects by March 31, 2010, under NADS. While treatment projects are in the early stages of implementation, evidence to date indicates significant progress in establishing community partnerships and linkages in support of new and enhanced treatment services, and enhanced collaboration amongst P/Ts on national level activities such as the development, collection and reporting of national treatment indicators.

In 2009-10, 8 projects invested in new staff hires, orientation and training activities in order to deliver new treatment services. Funded projects have already helped to produce a wider range of services by developing partnerships within the community, expanding hours of service, offering different locations when working with clients and offering a range of activities to help attract youth to their services.

Link 4:

During 2009/10, First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB) NADS-related investments continued to enhance capacity to plan/ deliver a range of treatment services and programs for targets populations by improving the quality, effectiveness and accessibility of on-reserve addiction services. In particular, NADS dollars continued to be invested in:

  • Treatment centre re-profiling/modernization efforts aimed at strengthening and expanding the National Native Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program (NNADAP) services vis-à-vis community needs and recognized service gaps (e.g., women, youth, and families) in First Nations communities.
  • Enhanced funding to treatment centres to become accredited with a recognized accreditation body. 40 of 57 (or 68%) treatment centres had completed or were engaged in the accreditation process by the end of 2009/10.
  • Workforce development initiatives aimed at strengthening the quality and effectiveness of addiction services through increasing the number of qualified addictions workers on-reserve by supporting certified educationalopportunities (e.g., training on treating illicit drug use) and providing financial incentives to workers to obtain and retain certification with a recognized national body.
  • Developed and implemented eight Mental Wellness Teams (MWT) pilots across Canada in First Nations and Inuit communities. MWTs are community driven, multidisciplinary teams which combine community, clinical and cultural approaches to wellness.
  • Continued work on the NNADAP Renewal Process (evidence-based review), particularly the development of a renewed framework for on-reserve addiction services, will provide valuable guidance, based on research data and significant engagement with First Nations, with respect to improving service delivery quality, effectiveness and accessibility.

Link 5:

Increased capacity to control & monitor controlled substances & precursor chemicals by hiring 2 staff. Tools continue to be developed to facilitate training of inspectors (e-learning). In 2009-2010 completed 171 inspections under Precursor Regulations and 1170 Loss and Theft Reports received.A total of 129,806 authorizations for disposal of seized controlled substances were processed. This is an increase from 2008-09, when 110 inspections under PCR and 1419 Loss and Theft Reports were received. In the previous FY, a total of 126,812 authorizations for disposal of seized controlled substances were processed.

Link 6:

Health Canada's Drug Analysis Service (DAS) has contributed to increased capacity to gather, analyze/share intelligence and analyze evidence by analysing 95,924 suspected illicit drug exhibits and by providing personnel to assist enforcement officials in the shutdown and dismantling of 34 clandestine drug laboratories (583 DAS person days were spent on clandestine laboratory investigations in 2009-2010). The average time to respond to analysis requests was 56 days in 2009-2010, which surpassed the performance target of 60 days. This is an improvement from 90 days in 2007-2008 and 59 days in 2008-2009.

DAS contributed to increased awareness of illicit drug and precursor chemical issues by providing 37 training sessions to 1,027 participants, predominantly police officers. 73% of training survey respondents reported an increase in the awareness of hazards and dangers related to chemicals encountered at clandestine drug laboratories, 64% reported an increase in awareness of safe procedures to dismantle a clandestine laboratory, and 82% reported an increase in awareness of drug trends in Canada.

10. Federal Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
1.2 Strategic Priority Research Research on Drug Treatment Model

(Treatment Action Plan)
$4.0 $1.0 $0.3 Link 1 Link 1
Total: $4.0 $1.0 $0.3    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:
Improved collaboration on responses & knowledge of treatment issues

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:
CIHR has contributed to improving collaboration on responses to and knowledge of treatment issues by funding two ongoing grants launched in 2008. These grants are focusing on conducting collaborative research on how to strengthen state-of-the-science prevention and treatment of illicit drugs, and are focusing on developing long-term therapies aimed at reversing neuronal modifications of methamphetamine (Crystal meth) in the brain. Upon completion of these collaborative researchers between the applicants, CIHR and its Institutes involved in the program (Institute of Neurosciences, Mental Health and Addiction in partnership with the Institute of Human Development, Child and Youth Health and the Institute of Gender and Healt), will share their knowledge with the Strategy. This knowledge will consist of the final reports provided by the grantees.

CIHR also launched two Requests for Application in 2009 on treatment of illicit drugs.

10. Federal Partner: Department of Public Safety Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
3. Law Enforcement a. National Coordination of Efforts to Improve Intelligence, Knowledge, Management, Research, Evaluation

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$4.0 $0.8 $0.8 Link 1 Link 1
5. Crime Prevention b. Crime Prevention Funding and Programming: (Crime Prevention Action Fund)

(Prevention Action Plan)
$20.0 $5.0 $8.5 Link 2 Link 2
Total: $24.0 $5.8 $9.3    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Safer communities and more effective policing through strategic national law enforcement policies.

Link 2:

  • Enhanced support for targeted at-risk populations.
  • Enhanced knowledge in communities to address illicit drug use and its negative consequences.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • National Coordination of Enforcement Action Plan, specifically, led the Enforcement Action Plan Working Group (June 2009, March 2010). Participated and shared knowledge and information with stakeholders through domestic and international forum to further the Enforcement Action Plan (e.g., FPT Coordinating Committee of Senior Officials, Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police Drug Abuse Committee, Steering Committee and Working Group on Drug Impaired Driving, United National Commission on Narcotic Drugs (March 2010), Inter-American Drug Abuse Commission (November 2009 and February 2010), which included active participation in the development of a hemispheric strategy and action plan in the Americas, as well as other security consultations (e.g., Canada-Columbia), Organization of American States Gang Strategy, and the North American Leaders Summit). Funded seven (7) research and other initiatives in support of the Enforcement Action Plan. Supported the Minister of Public Safety, through briefings to respond to emerging issues related to the Enforcement Action Plan.

Link 2:

  • Surpassed expected number of funded projects to support the NADS objectives, hence enhanced support for targeted at-risk populations anticipated.
  • Completed small pilot study to ascertain scope and quality of NADS outcomes as per NADS RMAF (a mining exercise of project final activity/evaluation reports). This pilot alerts us to some gaps and challenges we will face in collecting NADS outcome data. A strategy to address this will be devised in fiscal 10-11
10. Federal Partner: Royal Canadian Mounted Police
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
1.1.2.7 a. Drug and Organized Crime Awareness Services

(Prevention Action Plan)
$15.1 $3.0 $1.9 Link 1 Link 1
3.5.2 Community and Youth Programs b. National Youth Intervention and Diversion Program

(Treatment Action Plan)
$3.4 $0.7 $0.5 Link 2 Link 2
1.1.2.9 c. Marijuana and Clandestine Lab Teams/Proceeds of Crime

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$91.4 $17.3 $11.2 Link 3 Link 3
Total: $109.9 $21.0 $13.6    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Increased awareness & understanding of illicit drugs & their negative consequences by youth targeted through DOCAS programming.

Link 2:

  • Implementation sites underway in participating RCMP Divisions.
  • RCMP Divisional representatives selected to assist in local program delivery and data collection.

Link 3:

  • Increased capacity for the enforcement of illicit drug producers & distributors, in particular, through the dismantling of marihuana and synthetic drug operations.
  • Increased capacity to gather, analyze and/or share intelligence& analyse evidence, through additional resources in Criminal Intelligence.
  • Change in the level of MGO or Clan Labs investigated and/or disrupted.
  • Continue to maintain the integration, collaboration and capacity between sectors, law enforcement agencies, governments, communities and international partners to address the illicit importation and/or exportation, production and distribution related to MGOs or SDOs.
  • Increase awareness of illicit drug & precursor chemical issues among enforcement officials and first responders.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:
Due to the deployment of most of DOCAS members to the Olympics and funding cutbacks, a decrease in the amount of presentations, training and publications distributed can be observed. A total of 3068 awareness presentations were given targeting 124,981 people which includes youth, parents, aboriginal youth, aboriginal parents and professionals.

A total of 117 DOCAS training sessions were provided to professionals, parents and students during this fiscal year.

A total of 6391 partnerships were established and maintained with other provincial, territorial, municipal, aboriginal, and non government partners as well as with other enforcement agencies/ detachments.

DOCAS coordinators distributed 212,016 publications within communities across Canada.

  • Kids & Drugs program:
    There were 246 new facilitators trained from communities throughout Canada that can deliver the Kids and Drugs Program to parents. Internationally, the Canadian embassy from Caracas Venezuela requested a DOCAS expert to travel to Venezuela to participate in a week long prevention initiative which included presentations, discussions, panels, and a facilitated workshop on our Kids & Drugs program. The Canadian Embassy in Venezuela has translated our K & D parent's guide to prevention booklet in Spanish to share with their experts in prevention in Venezuela.
  • D.A.R.E.:
    A total of 3069 D.A.R.E. classes were conducted (each D.A.R.E. class consists of 10 lessons), as well as 10 presentations to 208 parents. The program reached 68,882 students in 1386 schools and of those, 6503 of the students were Aboriginal.
  • Drug Endangered Children (DEC):
    DEC is an early intervention initiative that seeks to stop the cycle of child abuse caused by the exposure to drug activity. It involves a resource guide which has been translated in French and training programs for service delivery personnel, supervisors/ managers, protocol partners and the general public. The resource manual has been completely revised with Canadian content. A facilitator guide is being created with pilot sites to be delivered in the fall of 2010
  • The Aboriginal Shield Program (ASP):
    The ASP is progressing very well, twenty five (25) representatives representing ten Aboriginal communities across Canada were trained back in November 2009 and taught the program upon their arrival to their respective communities. Even though the program is still at the pilot stage, DOCAS randomly selected a sample of pre and post test for the purpose of this report and results showed an increased of knowledge of subject at hand of 39%. The ASP reflects the main three Aboriginal cultures in Canada: Inuit, First Nations and Métis. The parent newsletter has also been translated in Inuit to provide them with information about the program.
  • Drugs and Sport:
    The prevention concept was delivered to 2569 amateur and professional athletes. A total of 2424 Drugs and Sport publications were disseminated.
  • Drugs in the Workplace:
    A total of 113 prevention presentations were delivered to industries and business across Canada.
  • Drug Awareness Officer Training (DAOT):
    One five day Drug Awareness Officer Training (DAOT) course was scheduled to be held in the fall of 2009 however due to budget cuts, it has been rescheduled for June 2010.

Synthetic Drug Initiative (SDI):

  • In August 2009, in order to further address the synthetic drug situation in Canada, the RCMP launched the national SDI based on three pillars: (1) prevention, (2) deterrence, and (3) enforcement. Synthetic drugs have been identified as a National Tactical Priority.
  • E-Aware Project: E-Aware is a project based on a true story of a young woman who died after consuming MDMA (Ecstasy). A poster and a web site outlining her story and information about chemical drugs have been developed. This project was rolled out in the fall of 2009, 20,000 posters entitled “The agony of Ecstasy” have been distributed nationally. These posters are designed to direct people to a newly created website containing information and resources for parents and youth. The promotion of this initiative linked many partners such as Health Canada, CASH, Canadian Association of Chiefs of Police (CACP) and Canadian Centre on Substance Abuse (CCSA). During the first month of the promotional campaign, the E-Aware website was visited 2,444 times and 12,572 pages were viewed.
  • Clandestine laboratories video: An educational video was designed to create awareness regarding the presence of clandestine drug laboratories in every day neighborhoods, and the dangers resulting from these labs. Clandestine Drug Labs DVD presentation contains a 14 minute (English) and a 22 minute (French) video intended for a high school or an adult audience. DOCAS developed a presentation guide to be used when presenting the DVD in order to maximize the learning and retention of information from audiences.

Link 2:

  • Three pilot sites implemented, including community consultation, development of referral protocols, and RCMP workshop on YCJA, risk/protective factors and risk screening
  • 75 youth formally screened for risk using risk screening tool
  • Community partnerships enhanced at pilot sites
  • Preliminary data collection protocols developed for recording attributes of screened youth
  • Post-implementation assessment initiated

Link 3:

  • As a result of having dedicated analysts, a Synthetic Drug Baseline report has been developed and disseminated. In consultation with Criminal Intelligence Services Canada (CISC), processes (including a template) were developed to gather more information on synthetic drug lab seizures across Canada.
  • The number of investigations continues to rise and grow in complexity; therefore highly coordinated responses are essential. Resources have been strategically allocated based on intelligence to priority areas where they are needed.
  • To enhance capacity, a working group was formed with government partners including Health Canada (regulatory matters), the Canada Border Services Agency (border security), Environment Canada (drug lab waste issues), the Department of Justice and the Public Prosecution Service of Canada (legislative matters), Public Safety, and the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade.
  • Several external working group meetings have been held to address critical issues, including: (1) regulatory issues within the Precursor Control Regulations, (2) diversion of precursor chemicals, and (3) relationships with foreign countries, which have been a source for the precursors. As a result of these workings groups, the RCMP's partnerships with government agencies have been enhanced and strengthened.
10. Federal Partner: Correctional Service Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
3.0 Community Supervision Case Preparation and Supervision of provincial Offenders

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$23.3 [2] [2] [2] Link 1 Link 1
Total: $23.3 [2] [2] [2]    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Timely case preparation; rate of offenders successfully reintegrated into the community (if legislation regarding mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug offences is passed)

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1: N/A [2]

10. Federal Partner: National Parole Board of Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability Conditional Release Decisions

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$4.4 [3] [3] Link 1 N/A
Conditional Release Decisions Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$1.8 [3] [3] Link 2 N/A
Internal Services Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$1.3 [3] [3]    
Total: $7.5 [3] [3] [3]    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:
Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent identified funding will provide the NPB the capacity for effective management of its legislated responsibilities for parole decision-making for offenders in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. NPB will collect information and report on workloads and outcomes of parole for provincial offenders incarcerated as a result of new legislative provisions (e.g., the number and proportion of offenders who successfully complete their parole).

Link 2:

  • Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent identified funding will provide the NPB the capacity for provision of information and assistance to victims of crimes, observers at hearing and individuals who seek access to decision registry in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. In a similar manner, NPB will report on the extent of involvement of victims, and observers in conditional release processes and the level of satisfaction of these individuals with the information and assistance provided by NPB.

Effective management of both these responsibilities will contribute to public safety and reinforce public confidence in the justice system.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1: N/A [3]

Link 2: N/A [3]

10. Federal Partner: Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
1.1 Prosecution of drug, organized crime and Criminal Code offences a. Prosecution and prosecution-related services

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$8.6 $1.6 $1.5 Link 1 Link 1
b. Prosecution of serious drug offences under the CDSA

(Minimum Mandatory Penalties)
$33.5 [4] [4] [4] Link 2 Link 2
2.1. Internal Services Enforcement Action Plan $1.3 $0.2 $0.2    
Total: $43.4 $1.8 $1.7    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Provision of pre-charge legal advice and litigation support, as well as prosecution of drug offences under the Controlled Drugs and Substances Act (CDSA) in response to the workload generated by the enhanced RCMP dedicated anti-drug teams and criminal intelligence and technical operations support staff.

Link 2:

  • Provision of prosecution-related advice and litigation support during police investigations, and prosecution of drug charges under the CDSA resulting from the Minimum Mandatory Penalties, subject to the proposed legislation receiving Royal Assent.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1: In 2009-10, the ODPP handled 20,520 prosecution files dealing with drug production and distribution offences (pursuant to CDSA 5(1), 5(2), 6(1), 6(2), 7(1) and 7(2)). Of these, 18,287 included distribution offences, whereas 2,233 included production offences. Approximately 13.6% of the total number of files included both production and distribution offences.

Link 2: N/A [4]

10. Federal Partner: Canada Border Services Agency
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
Risk Assessment Intelligence Development & Field Support Division, Organized Crime & Contraband Section, Precursor Chemical Diversion, Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$4.7 $2.0 >$1.6 Link 1 Link 1
Enforcement Border Intelligence, Precursor Chemical Diversion, Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$7.0 $0.1 $0.3 Link 2 Link 2
Internal Services Intelligence Development & Field Support Division, Organized Crime & Contraband Section, Precursor Chemical Diversion, Analysis and Scientific Services

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$1.0 $0.2 $0.2>    
Total: $12.7 $2.3 $2.1    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • The resources will be focused on intelligence gathering, information sharing, enforcement activities, assessment capabilities and laboratory support and services.

Link 2:

  • The resources will be focused on intelligence gathering, information sharing, enforcement activities, assessment capabilities and laboratory support and services.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1: CBSA designed and developed first mobile laboratory to be used in operations related to chemicals and potential precursor chemicals. The mobile laboratory was also used at the 2010 Olympics for the determination of suspect goods where it assisted in the seizure/identification of cocaine, heroin, methamphetamine, gamma-butyrolactone (GBL - precursor to the date rape drug GHB), and anabolic steroids.

CBSA continues to see significant amounts of GBL (notable seizure using the mobile lab at Tellier - 69 barrels) and has seen increased samples of uncontrolled drug “pre-precursors”, including NPP the most common material used in the illicit manufacture of fentanyl and 2-chlorophenyl cyclopentylketone (three steps from ketamine). There were also interceptions of 2C-H, a substance used to manufacture 2C-B (or other phenethylamines).

Link 2:Criminal Investigations Division (CID) continues to work with internal and external partners on this initiative to support and complement enforcement efforts. CID continues to investigate referrals for offences against the Customs Act in relation to the illegal import and export of precursor chemicals.

10. Federal Partner: Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
1.2 Diplomacy and Advocacy - International Operations and Programs Annual Contributions to UNODC and CICAD

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$4.5 $0.9 $0.9 Link 1 Link 1
Total: $4.5 $0.9 $0.9    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Improved capacity of UNODC to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs and international crime at the global level.
  • Improved capacity of CICAD to fulfill its mandate in the fight against drugs in the Americas.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • DFAIT successfully managed the projects involving the provision of training, equipment, technical and legal expertise resulting in increased capacity of beneficiary states and governments to prevent and combat international crime and drugs.
  • Capacity building activities addressed both the supply of and demand for illicit drugs and also responded to Canadian policy priorities.
10. Federal Partner: Canada Revenue Agency
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
4 Reporting Compliance Special Enforcement Program

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$4.2 $0.8 $0.8 Link 1 Link 1
Total: $4.2 $0.8 $0.8    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • 15 audits of targets involved in marijuana grow operations or illicit drugs generating approximately $750,000 in federal tax

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • 15 audits of targets involved in marijuana grow operations or illicit drugs generating approximately $1,170,000 in federal tax
10. Federal Partner: Public Works and Government Services Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
1.7 Specialized Programs and Services Forensic Accounting Management Group

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$1.6 $0.2 $0.2 Link 1 Link 1
Total: $1.6 $0.2 $0.2    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:
To remove financial incentive for engaging in criminal activity

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:
The Forensic Accounting Management Group provides specialized forensic accounting analysis on RCMP-led NADS investigations. The analysis is critical in determining whether the assets of the suspects were derived from criminal activities, thus allowing the Government of Canada to seize these assets and thereby remove the financial incentive for engaging in criminal activities

10. Federal Partner: Financial Transactions and Analysis Centre of Canada
11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-10
15. Actual Spending for
2009-10
16. Expected Results for
2009-10
17. Results Achieved in
2009-10
2004113 Detection and deterrence of money laundering and terrorist financing Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

(Enforcement Action Plan)
$2.5 $0.5 $0.5 Link 1 Link 1
Total: $2.5 $0.5 $0.5    

16. Expected Results for 2009-10:

Link 1:

  • Enhanced support to Law enforcement.
  • Development of financial intelligence.
  • Ensuring compliance in high-risk reporting sectors.

17. Results Achieved in 2009-10:

Link 1:
FINTRAC continues to increase its capacity to analyze information it receives to create financial intelligence that is relevant to drug-related cases and strengthen the communication with law enforcement and intelligence partners. In 2009-2010, FINTRAC disclosed a total of 579 cases to law enforcement, including 190 unique cases that related to at least one drug-related offence; a modest increase from the 174[1] unique drug-related disclosures made in 2008-09. A breakdown between distribution and production of various types of drugs is provided in the following table (please note that the total does not equal 190 as one case can be related to multiple drug offenses):

Drug-Related Disclosures Number of Cases
Distribution - Cocaine 57
Distribution - Hashish (Cannabis Resin) 3
Distribution - Heroin 12
Distribution - Marihuana 49
Distribution - MDMA (Ecstasy) 8
Distribution - Methamphetamine 5
Distribution - Synthetic Drugs 2
Distribution - Opium 5
Distribution - Unspecified 70
Production - Marihuana 44
Production - MDMA (Ecstasy) 3
Production - Methamphetamine 4

It is important to note that the predicate offences (drug-related) were determined through a manual review of FINTRAC disclosures and that some cases were not identified as drug-related where there was insufficient context provided by investigators or reports to enable the determination of the predicate offence. Some cases may relate to more than one predicate offence.

Ensuring compliance enhances the data quality of incoming financial transaction reports, and limits opportunities for money laundering by identifying reporting entities that are non-compliant. FINTRAC's risk based approach to ensuring compliance makes certain that it focuses on high-risk reporting entities as well as high-risk reporting sectors. In 2009-10 FINTRAC made a fundamental change in the way it manages its compliance operations; mainly moving away from an outreach and awareness focus to a focus based on compliance enforcement. Therefore, in 2009-10 the number of compliance examinations conducted increased to 691, an increase of over 50% from 2008-09.

Total Allocation For All Federal Partners (from Start to End Date) Total Planned Spending for All Federal Partners for 2009-10 Total Actual Spending for All Federal Partners for 2009-10
$579.8 $108.6 $79.8

18. Comments on variances:

Health Canada:

  • Mass Media Campaign - Actual Spending is an estimated since all invoices for FY 2009-10 have not yet been received.
  • Drug Strategy Community Initiatives Fund (DSCIF) - Due to process delays and project lapses, $800K of the allocated G&Cs were not spent in 2009-10.
  • Drug Treatment Funding Program (DTFP) - In response to the slow rate of implementation, a request to re-profile $15.4M from 2009-10 to subsequent years was approved by Treasury Board. The re-profiling of these funds has enabled the program to maintain a sufficient resource base to meet its objectives. Additionally $2.5M was converted from the DTFP G's & C's buget to other Health Canada O&M dollars. This was done and approved in the Supplementary Estimates B in FY 09/10 and detailed as a internal reallocation of resources. The remaining variance was a result of internal adjustments.
    A financial review demonstrated that spending in 2009-2010 was significantly lower than anticipated as many P/Ts experienced delays in completing their planning and development phases, and ministerial funding recommendations and/or negotiations of contribution agreements. A one year extension of the treatment services component enabled the Program to subsequently request Treasury Board approval to re-profile a portion of DTFP contributions funds into 2012-2013 (approval received). The one-year extension and subsequent funding re-profile will maximize the outcomes of the DTFP as well as honour the federal government's commitment to provide P/Ts with $55 million over a five year time frame (includes $10M over five years for the Vancouver Downtown Eastside project).
  • Drug Analysis Services (DAS) - Original allocation as per RMAF is $62.4M. Variance is a result of internal reallocation to support DAS activities (research, policy, regulatory development).
  • National Native Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program (NNADAP) - Operational lapses are attributable to the need to provide more time to support consultative processes at the regional and community level as well as lower rates of addictions worker certification than initially planned. Planning has taken place at national and regional levels that will mitigate future lapses and ensure that targets for certification are achieved.
  • Office of Controlled Substances (OCS) - The NADS funds has allowed OCS to increase their capacity for existing and continued daily operational requirements which continues to increase. Therefore, the impact of NADS is anticipated to be hard to assess independent of the other programs in the Enforcement Action Plan, and independent of the remainder of OCS' activities. The variance is due to FTE`s not fully staffed and Disposal fund not entirely spent due to lack of consistent awareness across law enforcement which makes disposal commitments hard to predict.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research:

  • The $0.7M surplus in 2009-10 is due to difficulties in recruiting peer reviewers for the second competition. Therefore, the peer review committee was delayed to 2010-11, therefore also delaying the grant start date.

Public Safety Canada:

  • There were many more projects identified as meeting the NADS objective compared to what was originally estimated. Most of our projects funded by the NCPC are targeting Youth at Risk population which by their nature involve the consumption of illicit drugs.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police:

  • In fiscal year 2009-10, the RCMP, like many other departments, contributed a portion of its funding to help support the Government's Economic Action Plan to stimulate the economy. Depending on the resource flexibility available within each program, these restraints measures may have delayed the ability of specific initiatives to fully ramp up this year. Further, due to other pressures and priorities such as the Olympics, there was a decrease in the number of presentations, training and publications that were able to be distributed. There were also difficulties and delays in staffing vacant positions.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

20. Contact information:

Catherine Latimer
General Counsel and Director General
Youth Justice, and Strategic Initiatives and Law Reform Section
(613) 957-9623
clatimer@justice.gc.ca

[1] This funding to implement Mandatory Minimum Penalties (MMPs) for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.

[2] This funding to implement MMPs for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.

[3] This funding to implement MMPs for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.

[4] This funding to implement MMPs for serious drug offences is held in a frozen allotment, to be released subject to the proposed legislation being passed by Parliament and receiving Royal Assent.

1FINTRAC's 2008-09 NADS Enforcement Action Plan reported that there were 232 drug-related case disclosures made to law enforcement in 2008-09. Unfortunately, the figure of 232 did not represent “unique” case disclosures but rather instances of suspected drug production or distribution within FINTRAC case disclosures. The correct number of “unique drug-related case disclosures” for 2008-09 was 174.

Top of Page

Environment Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

  1. Canadian Group on Earth Observations
  2. Implementation of the Species at Risk Act
  3. Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative
  4. The Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan
  5. Clean Air Agenda

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canadian Group on Earth Observations (CGEO)

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Weather and environmental predictions and services reduce risks and contribute to the well being of Canadians.

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: July 2003

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): No new funds—annual multi-departmental contributions

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Interdepartmental coordination of Canada's participation in the international Group on Earth Observations (GEO) to advance coordinated, comprehensive and sustained Earth observations in Canada. The initiative is funded through annual interdepartmental transfers and in-kind contributions.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

  • Enhancing access to global Earth observation data and science to meet Canadian environmental and socio-economic monitoring requirements
  • Maximizing the effectiveness of Canadian investments in Earth observation networks, both domestic and international
  • Improving evidence-based decision making in operational and policy domains based on coordinated, comprehensive and sustainable Earth observations

9. Governance Structure(s):

  • Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADM) Steering Committee (Chair: Assistant Deputy Minister for the Meteorological Service of Canada)
  • Directors General (DG) Interdepartmental Coordination Committee
($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-2010
15. Actual Spending for
2009-2010
16. Expected Results for
2009-2010
17. Results Achieved in
2009-2010
Environment Canada Canadians are informed of, and respond appropriately to, current and predicted environmental conditions.

Canadian Group on Earth Observations (CGEO) established to: a) coordinate Canada’s participation in the intergovernmental Group on Earth Observations (GEO); b) advance coordinated, comprehensive and sustained Earth observations in Canada. Transfers and in-kind contributions. A small interdepartmental secretariat is funded through annual inter-departmental transfers and in-kind contributions.
Weather and Environmental Monitoring Not available $145K salary

$75K O&M

$88K G&C
$180K salary

$46K O&M

$88K G&C
The Global Earth Observation System of Systems (GEOSS) leverages interdepartmental and global partnerships and efforts in science, monitoring, prediction and service to improve access to Earth observations for better-informed decisions leading to societal benefits for all Canadians. - Active interdepartmental engagement in participation in GEO Plenary in Washington.

- Hosted Coastal Zones Forum and Community of Practice day at Canadian Embassy following GEO Plenary in Washington.

- Hosted International GEO Workshop on Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) in Kananaskis, Alberta, including training of representatives from developing countries.

- Interdepartmental team engaged to continue the development of the Federal Earth Observation Strategy.

- Progress made with CGEO working committees (Soil Moisture Way Forward proposal prepared, Communities of Practice active).

- CGEO actively engaged in GEOSS in the Americas.

- Bilateral activities with the US.

- Active participation of Canadian experts in GEO tasks and activities, committees, working groups and task forces.
Natural Resources Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Earth Sciences Sector Not available   0.2 FTE in-kind

$50K O&M in-kind
  As above
Canadian Group on Earth Observations Canadian Forest Service Not available   0.3 FTE in-kind

$10K O&M in-kind
   
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Science and Technology Not available 35K O&M $15K O&M

.75 FTE in kind

$75K O&M in-kind
  As above
Canadian Group on Earth Observations Agri-Environment Services Branch Not available   $20K O&M

.75 FTE

$75K O&M in-kind
   
Canadian Space Agency Canadian Group on Earth Observations Earth Observations Not available 40K O&M $40K O&M

.5 FTE in kind

$50K O&M in-kind
  As above
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Science and Technology Not available   .3 FTE in kind

$30K O&M in-kind
  As above
Health Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Radiation Not available 5K O&M $5K O&M

.3 FTE in kind

$30K O&M in-kind
  As above
Statistics Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Agriculture Not available   .5 FTE in kind

$50K O&M in-kind
  As above
Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada Canadian Group on Earth Observations Environment Not available   .1 FTE in kind

$10K O&M in-kind
  As above
Canadian International Development Agency Canadian Group on Earth Observations   Not available 100K O&M $98K O&M   As above
Total     $180K Salary

$224K O&M

$88K G&C

3.7 FTE in kind

$380K O&M in-kind
   

18. Comments on Variances:

19. Results to be achieved by non-federal partners: Not applicable

20. Contact information:
Michael Crowe,
Director
Strategic Integration, Meteorological Service of Canada
Environment Canada
141 Laurier Ave W.
Ottawa, ON
K1A 0H3
613-943-5580

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Implementation of the Species at Risk Act

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Biodiversity is conserved and protected

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2000

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing (some sunsetting resources ending in 2011–2012)

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Ongoing resources plus a total of $125 million (from 2007–2008 to 2011–2012) in sunsetting resources across departments

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): This horizontal initiative supports the development and implementation of the National Strategy for the Protection of Species at Risk and the Species at Risk Act (SARA) that came fully into force in June 2004. Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Parks Canada are the departments/agency responsible for the protection of species at risk under federal jurisdiction. They all received funds from Treasury Board in 2000 for the "Implementation of the National Strategy for the Protection of Species at Risk and their Critical Habitat", in 2003 for the "Implementation of the Act respecting the protection of wildlife species at risk in Canada" and in 2007 for "Delivering results under the Species at Risk Act ".

8. Shared Outcome(s):

  • Implementation of SARA
  • Protection of species at risk
  • Protection of biodiversity

9. Governance Structure(s):

  • Formal Governance Structure:
    • Canadian Endangered Species Conservation Council (CESCC) - federal, provincial and territorial ministers responsible for wildlife
  • Federal officials committees:
    • Deputy Ministers (DM) Committee - DMs from Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Parks Canada responsible for species at risk
    • Assistant Deputy Ministers (ADM) Committee – ADMs from Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Parks Canada responsible for species at risk
    • Director General (DG) Operations Committee – DGs from Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Parks Canada Agency responsible for species at risk
  • Supporting and Advisory Structures:
    • Species at Risk Advisory Council (SARAC) – Committee established to facilitate consultation with industry and environmental groups
    • Canadian Wildlife Directors Committee (CWDC) – federal, provincial and territorial directors responsible for wildlife
    • National Aboriginal Council on Species at Risk (NACOSAR) – NACOSAR is comprised of 6 representatives of the Aboriginal peoples of Canada, whose role is to provide advice to the minister on the administration of the act and provide advice and recommendations to CESCC.
($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-2010
15. Actual Spending for
2009-2010
16. Expected Results for
2009-2010
17. Results Achieved in
2009-2010
1. Environment Canada PA1 – Biodiversity and Wildlife Program Lead PA a – Environment Canada Species at Risk Program Ongoing (Some sunsetting resources ending in 2011–2012 $59,900,000 $47,763,000 General administration of SARA, including production of the Annual Report to Parliament. Preparation for and participation in Parliamentary five-year review of SARA and as required, Minister's Roundtable Administration of SARA, including production of the Annual Report to Parliament. Prepared for and participated in Parliamentary five-year review of SARA
2. Fisheries and Oceans Canada PA1 – Healthy and Productive Aquatic Ecosystems Lead PA a – Fisheries and Oceans Canada Species at Risk Program   $26,000,000 $21,829,940 Respond to recommendations from the SARA Minister's Round Table (SARA s.127) A report from the Round Table, outlining the Minister’s response to the recommendations received, was posted on the Species at Risk Public Registry on July 7, 2009
3. Parks Canada PA2 – Heritage Resources Conservation Lead PA a – Parks Canada Species at Risk Program   $14,100,000 $18,370,800 Finalization and implementation of policies Completed first draft of the Federal Policy Suite and conducted public consultations

Analytical work to support departmental operational guidance on the identification of critical habitat and the issuance of permits under SARA

Progress made on the development of guidance documents
Continued implementation of the SARA evaluation action plan Near completion of the SARA evaluation action plan
Ongoing administration of contribution funding programs, including: Habitat Stewardship Program (HSP), Aboriginal Funds for Species at Risk (AFSAR), Interdepartmental Recovery Fund (IRF) HSP, AFSAR, and IRF programs administered and funding provided
Preparation of COSEWIC Assessments Ministerial response statements to COSEWIC Assessments prepared
Continued work to finalize bilateral agreements with provinces and territories Continued work to finalize bilateral agreements with provinces and territories and administrative agreements with other federal departments, including interdepartmental Memorandum of Understanding with National Defence
Consultations on listing and recovery strategies Consultations were undertaken on proposed additions to Schedule 1, listing and recovery strategies including critical habitat

Consultations also took place on management plans and actions plans
Regulatory initiatives, as required, including addition of species to the List of Wildlife Species at Risk Regulatory initiatives completed with Governor in Council Orders to add species to the List of Wildlife Species at Risk
Preparation of recovery strategies Recovery strategies, management plans, and actions plans were posted on the SAR public registry

Revised guidance material was developed on the preparation of recovery strategies to better reflect SARA requirements
Development of outreach material, including SARA enforcement and compliance promotion Material for Outreach developed and used for SARA enforcement and compliance promotion

Production and implementation of the Parks Canada -Prevention Guidelines promoting compliance through awareness and understanding of SAR and their habitat

Trained law enforcement officers
Responding to legal challenges Responded to legal challenges
Also responded to court’s decision on Sage Grouse (identifying critical habitat) and collaborated in developing materials and submissions for Killer Whale and Nooksack Dace court cases.
Other results Evaluation and analysis of DFO data to support the preparation of species status reports by the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC)

Development of a preliminary model for risk based approach to formulating departmental recommendations on the listing of species under SARA

Implemented recovery actions and restoration initiatives to help recover species at risk
Total Ongoing $100,000,000 $87,963,740    

18. Comments on Variances:

  • From EC: The amount lapsed is due to a lag in staffing vacant positions and a shift of SARA funds to support complementary wildlife program activities. Progress has been made in staffing new positions but more work is required to complete staffing appointments. The shift of A-based SARA funds to support complementary activities in other wildlife programs, including protected areas and migratory bird programs, was also necessary this fiscal year.

    From DFO: Variance is primarily due to temporary re-allocation of resources to other departmental priorities.

    From PC : Funds carried forward from 2008–2009 have been allocated to appropriate national parks and national historic sites with significant species at risk for action on the ground initiatives (recovery activities and restoration) and for completion of legal requirements in the delivery of recovery strategies.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners:

  • Assessment and reassessment of species, sub-species and populations by the Committee on the Status of Endangered Wildlife in Canada (COSEWIC)
  • In addition to the federal government’s achievements, there was development of recovery strategies by provinces and territories, and with involvement of experts from academia and non-governmental organizations
  • Protection of important or critical habitat through the Aboriginal Funds for Species at Risk, which supports the participation of Aboriginal peoples in the protection and recovery of species at risk , including efforts to protect critical habitat
  • Stewardship activities for the protection of species at risk habitat were carried out by public and private sector partners, and by other government departments and agencies, with funding from the Habitat Stewardship Program and the Interdepartmental Recovery Fund

20. Contact information:

Mary Taylor
Director
Conservation Service Delivery and Permitting Division
Canadian Wildlife Service
Environment Canada
819-953-9097
Mary.Taylor@ec.gc.ca

Susan Humphrey
Regional Director
Ontario Region
Canadian Wildlife Service
Environment Canada
416-739-5882
Susan.Humphrey@ec.gc.ca

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Ecosystems Initiatives Program

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2005 (Great Lakes Action Plan [GLAP] IV resources)

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2010 (expiry of GLAP IV resources)

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $40 million over five years (GLAP IV resources, plus departmental A-base)

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative (GLBEI) is Environment Canada’s mechanism for coordinating efforts to restore and maintain the chemical, physical and biological integrity of the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem, and ensure delivery of federal commitments as expressed in the Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement. Environment Canada uses the Canada-Ontario Agreement Respecting the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem (COA) to engage other federal departments and Ontario in delivering Canada’s Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement commitments.

The GLBEI reflects Budget 2005 investments targeted at continuing the work under the Great Lakes Action Plan to improve the ecological integrity of the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem. A total of $40 million over five years was allocated in GLAP IV to continue the environmental restoration of key aquatic Great Lakes Areas of Concern. Federal departments also use A-base resources to support their efforts towards achieving COA results.

8. Shared Outcome(s): The Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement establishes broad, long-term objectives for Canada and the United States in restoring and protecting the Great Lakes. COA provides a short-term plan for achieving Canada’s Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement commitments. Through the COA, federal and provincial agencies are guided by a shared vision of a healthy, prosperous and sustainable Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem for present and future generations. The COA also establishes a common purpose and shared goals, results and commitment in four priority areas: restoration of Areas of Concern; reduction of harmful pollutants; achievement of lake and basin sustainability; and coordination of monitoring, research and information.

9. Governance Structure(s): Eight federal departments are engaged in delivering GLBEI results under the COA: Environment Canada, Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada, Natural Resources Canada, Parks Canada, Transport Canada, Infrastructure Canada and Health Canada.

The COA Management Committee is the senior federal-provincial management body responsible for setting priorities, establishing strategies to ensure delivery of the COA, and developing common positions and joint action plans for representing Canadian interests and engaging in cooperative initiatives with the United States agencies and the International Joint Commission.

Planning, prioritization and allocation of GLAP IV monies is managed through the federal Great Lakes Executive Committee, which involves the eight federal signatories to COA. The role of the Committee is to approve strategic directions and priorities for GLAP IV work activities, and to coordinate federal positions, strategies and initiatives in support of binational activities and discussions.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-2010
15. Actual Spending for
2009-2010
16. Expected Results for
2009-2010

(See Appendix at end of document for COA Results Statements)
17. Results Achieved in
2009-2010
Environment Canada Ecosystems Initiatives Program COA $37.5 million GLAPIV, plus departmental A-base $2.4 million GLAPIV, plus $2.1 million departmental A-base $4.9 million GLAPIV, plus $3.3 million departmental A-base All COA Results, except Ann. 2–3.2  See below.
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Healthy and productive aquatic ecosystems COA $2.5 million GLAPIV, plus departmental A-base $445,000 GLAPIV, plus $5.164 million departmental A-base $437,100  GLAPIV, plus $5.45 million departmental A-base Ann. 1-2.4; Ann. 1-2.6; Ann. 3-1.2; Ann. 3-1.3; Ann. 3-1.4; Ann. 3-3.1; Ann. 3-3.2; Ann. 3-4.1; Ann. 3-4.2; Ann. 3-5.1; Ann. 4-1.1; Ann. 4-2.2. See below.
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Health of the environment Growing Forward $57 million for environment and climate change from April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2013 $8–10 million $11 million Ann. 1-1.2; Ann.1-2.2; Ann. 2-2.3; Ann. 3-1.2; Ann. 3-1.4; Ann. 3-2.2; Ann. 4-1.1; Ann. 4-2.2 See below.
Natural Resources Canada Canada is a world leader on environmental responsibility in the development and use of natural resources Port Hope Long term Low-level Radioactive Waste Mgmt. Project Departmental A-base and C-base $675,000 $545,000 Ann. 1-2.3; Ann. 3-1.4; Ann. 3-2.4 See below.
CFS Forest Harvesting in Riparian Zones
Ecosystem risk management: Canada understands and mitigates risks to natural resource ecosystems and human health CFS Pesticides Program
Parks Canada Conserve heritage resources COA Departmental A-base $0 $0 Ann. 3-1.1; Ann. 3-1.2; Ann. 3-1.3; Ann. 3-2.2; Ann. 3-3.2; Ann. 3-3.3; Ann. 4-1.1; Ann. 4-2.2. See below.
Transport Canada Environmental Protection and Remediation; the Canadian Ballast Water Program COA Departmental A-base $507,000 $507,000 Ann. 3-1.3; Ann. 3-2.1; Ann. 3-4.1; Ann. 3-4.2 See below.
Infrastructure Canada Infrastructure funding programs The building Canada plan (Building Canada Fund, Provincial-Territorial Base Fund, and Gas Tax Fund), the Green Infrastructure Fund, as well as sunsetting programs (Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund, Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund). No COA allocation No COA allocation No COA allocation INFC supports the objectives of the COA with particular emphasis on Annex items Ann. 1-1.1; Ann. 1-2.1. See below.
Health Canada Healthy environments and consumer safety COA Departmental A-base No A-base funding.  COA commitment incorporated in CMP initiatives. $*** Ann. 2-3.2 See below.
TOTAL GLAPIV

(plus departmental funding)
$19.291-21.291 million $26.1391 million      

*For Infrastructure Canada, exact figures are not available.  Projects that are to be funded may be determined through a competitive, merit-based process, through joint federal-provincial discussions, or the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities may accept an Annual Capital Plan describing these.

**Infrastructure Canada is committed to attaining the objectives of the COA with particular emphasis on Annex items Ann. 1.2-1; Ann. 3-6.1; however, INFC employs its own project selection process to ensure that projects selected for funding meet specific eligibility criteria.

***Great Lakes Public Health Network (GLPHN) activities such as webinars and workshops are supported with funds from Canada’s Chemicals Management Plan (CMP)

17. Results Achieved in 2009–2010:
Specific Results by Department:

Environment Canada

Work continued to achieve progress in restoration of Great Lakes Areas of Concern (AOCs), including the following:

  • Environmental restoration is now complete in the Wheatley Harbour AOC—a major achievement. The originally impaired beneficial uses, related to fish and wildlife populations, water quality, sediment impacts and habitat, have been restored. The Stage 3 Report documenting these achievements was reviewed and accepted by the International Joint Commission, and then finalized and released. A formal event to announce Canada’s decision to delist the AOC and celebrate this achievement took place in Wheatley Harbour in April 2010.
  • All priority actions have been implemented in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC. A draft Stage 3 Report is being prepared and will describe the results of monitoring to confirm the restoration of beneficial uses. Community consultations are ongoing and a decision is expected in 2010–2011 on whether to delist the Area of Concern or recognize it as an Area in Recovery.
  • The Great Lakes Sustainability Fund supported studies leading to improved water quality through improved management of municipal wastewater. These projects focused on the reduction of solids, nutrients and bacteria from wet weather flows (combined sewer overflows and stormwater) in the St. Mary’s River, Bay of Quinte, Niagara River and Toronto Region AOCs.

Work continued to achieve a better understanding of the state and trends in the Great Lakes Ecosystem. Environment Canada worked with universities and other government agencies on many water and wildlife research projects, including:

  • Finalized and distributed: The State of the Great Lakes 2009 Highlights and Technical reports, and the Nearshore Areas of the Great Lakes report.
  • Consistent with the National Action Plan, the Lake Superior Lakewide Management Plan partners drafted a binational Aquatic Invasive Species Complete Prevention Plan.
  • Supported community projects in the eastern Georgian Bay Littoral Biosphere Reserve, Nottawasaga Valley and the Bayfield North Gullies through the Lake Huron-Georgian Bay Watershed – A Canadian Framework for Community Action, part of the Lake Huron Binational Partnership.
  • Collaborated with partner agencies in fieldwork and data collection on Lake Erie under the binational Cooperative Science and Monitoring Initiative. The Lake Erie Lakewide Management Plan (LaMP) State of Nutrient Science Report was completed, as were draft phosphorus targets. These will facilitate development of the Lake Erie Binational Nutrient Management Strategy.
  • Completed the Lake Ontario Biodiversity Conservation Strategy to protect 24 significant coastal shorelines and watersheds across Lake Ontario.

Work continued to reduce the release of harmful substances (Annex 2). Environment Canada worked on a variety of activities and projects, including:

  • Achieved progress towards development of a Canadian framework to identify and prioritize substances of emerging concern in the Great Lakes.
  • Outreach activities to citizens in Thunder Bay were continued and offered to other Lake Superior north shore communities on the safe disposal of unused and expired pharmaceutical products.
  • A national wastewater monitoring program was initiated in support of Canada’s Chemicals Management Plan to improve understanding of the occurrence and fate of emerging contaminants in municipal wastewater treatment processes and to determine if control measures are needed to prevent these substances from entering the municipal wastewater system. This program included five wastewater treatment plants discharging directly into the Great Lakes or a Great Lakes tributary.
  • Achieved progress towards reaching the Great Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy’s PCB challenge goals, primarily through implementation of the new Canadian PCB Regulations (SOR/2008-273, September 5, 2008).
  • Continued to monitor levels of dioxins in the environment, maintained its release inventory, collaborated with the U.S. to reduce uncontrolled combustion sources such as burn barrels, and launched a modeling study to better understand the transboundary impacts associated with releases of dioxins/furans from North American and global sources.
  • Made available its report on the testing of newer U.S. EPA certified woodstoves, which confirmed that these have lower benzo(a)pyrene (BaP) emission factors than predicted.
  • Released, with the U.S. EPA, the Great Lakes Binational Toxics Strategy December 2008 Status Report, summarizing binational efforts to address Level 1 substances and progress made to broaden the Strategy’s scope to encompass substances of emerging concern.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Work continued to conduct science, enhance fish habitats and control the negative impacts of established invasive species. Projects included:

  • Conducted field trials of sea lamprey pheromones and trapping to control the spawning of sea lamprey populations.
  • Constructed and maintained barriers to block the migration of sea lampreys
  • Developed indices of Biotic Integrity and Habitat Productivity to evaluate the diversity and biomass components of productive capacity of nearshore fish populations in Hamilton Harbour and the Bay of Quinte.
  • Developed fish habitat classification and supply models to measure the success of habitat restorations in Hamilton Harbour, Toronto Harbour and the Bay of Quinte.
  • Continued long-term assessment of food web status in the Bay of Quinte and Hamilton Harbour.
  • Supported restoration of fish habitat by working with other agencies on integrated initiatives.

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada

Work continued to improve beneficial agriculture management practices with involvement of the Great Lakes farming community in numerous projects, including:

  • Under agreement with Ontario, delivered the Canada-Ontario Environmental Farm Plan and Canada-Ontario Farm Stewardship Programs to farmers, which resulted in province-wide implementation of 1200 Environmental Farm Plans and 1800 on-farm Beneficial Management Practice projects in 2009–2010.

Natural Resources Canada

Work continued towards the achievement of sustainable development of Canada’s energy, forestry and mineral metals resources within the Great Lakes Basin, including:

  • Enhanced policies and practices to mitigate forestry impacts on creeks and rivers.
  • Enhanced accuracy of pesticide applications to forests to reduce impacts on aquatic organisms.
  • Led the design of the waste management facilities to manage Port Hope area historic low-level radioactive wastes, following anticipated licensing decisions by the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission in 2009 and 2011.

Parks Canada

Delivers the National Parks and National Marine Conservation Areas Programs and works to develop and maintain a viable protected areas network in the Great Lakes Basin that is relevant to Canadians. Projects included:

  • Worked with the Canadian Wildlife Service and others to plan and implement actions to protect and rehabilitate Great Lakes waterfowl, shore and marsh birds, wetlands and associated habitats.
  • Worked with the Fisheries and Oceans Canada to support the rehabilitation of Lake Superior native species.

Transport Canada

Work continued to ensure compliance with Canada Shipping Act, 2001 regulations related to the ecosystem health of the Great Lakes. Transport Canada undertook a wide variety of inspection, monitoring and training programs, including such projects as:

  • Boarded vessels entering the Great Lakes to ensure compliance with ballast water regulations.
  • Carried out biological analysis and evaluation of vessels targeted in the Joint Boarding Program.
  • Supported Canadian firms interested in the development of ballast water technology programs compliant with the International Maritime Organization’s Ballast Water Discharge Standards.

Infrastructure Canada

Work continued towards providing funding to eligible infrastructure projects in support of a cleaner environment, including improved wastewater treatment, among other objectives. Under the Communities Component of the Building Canada Fund, as well as through the Infrastructure Stimulus Fund, federal funding has been announced for numerous wastewater infrastructure projects located in communities near the Great Lakes.

In 2009–2010, under the Major Infrastructure Component of the Building Canada Fund, as well as the Green Infrastructure Fund, a total of $264.6 million in federal funding was announced in support of nine projects located in communities near the Great Lakes.

Health Canada

Work continued to enhance environmental health knowledge within the Great Lakes Basin that can be integrated into policies to address risks to human health by all levels of government. Projects included:

  • Supported and facilitated the development of environmental public health networks in the Great Lakes Basin.
  • The Great Lakes Public Health Network (GLPHN) organized an environmental health surveillance workshop for staff from federal, provincial, and municipal governments in February 2010 in Toronto, Ontario.
  • Implemented activities to address substances identified under Canada’s Chemicals Management Plan that are of concern within the Great Lakes Basin.
  • Developed a Health Science Framework to guide and facilitate health science research activities specifically for Great Lakes Basin populations.

18. Comments on Variances:

ENVIRONMENT CANADA: Dedicated Great Lakes funding (GLAPIV) is received only by Environment Canada and Fisheries and Oceans Canada, who also each contribute departmental A-base resources towards achieving results under COA. All other partners to COA (federal and provincial) achieve COA results via departmental funding.

NATURAL RESOURCES CANADA: Actual spending is less than planned for 2009–2010 as result of delays in approval of contracting authority for the Port Hope Long-Term Low-Level Radioactive Waste Management Project.

PARKS CANADA: Figures for planned and actual spending are not available as Parks Canada financial coding systems are not designed to separate out Great Lakes-specific activities.

HEALTH CANADA: Health Canada supports work for the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem Initiative through the joint Environment Canada/Health Canada Chemicals Management Plan. Specific resource figures are not available as this spending is not tracked separately in Health Canada's financial system.

INFRASTRUCTURE CANADA: Federal infrastructure funding programs do not include an allocation specific to COA.

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

20. Contact information:
Jennifer McKay
Manager, Great Lakes Environment Office
Environment Canada
416-739-5712

Appendix – COA Results Statements

PRIORITY 1 – AREAS OF CONCERN

Result 1.1 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from industrial or municipal wastewater to achieve delisting targets in Nipigon Bay and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.2 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural non-point sources to meet delisting criteria in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC.

Result 1.3 – Contaminated sediment management strategies developed for the Wheatley Harbour AOC and implemented in the St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOC.

Result 1.4 – Plans in place and being implemented to rehabilitate fish and wildlife habitats and populations to meet delisting targets in the Wheatley Harbour and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.5 – Informed, effective collaboration among government, communities and individuals to prioritize and complete actions required for delisting and confirming environmental recovery in Nipigon Bay, Jackfish Bay, Wheatley Harbour and St. Lawrence River (Cornwall) AOCs.

Result 1.6 – Environmental monitoring and reporting to document improvements and track environmental recovery.

Result 2.1 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from municipal sewage treatment plants, combined sewer overflows, urban stormwater and industrial wastewater towards delisting targets in St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Toronto and Region, and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.2 – Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural non-point sources towards achieving Remedial Action Plan (RAP) delisting criteria in St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, and Toronto and Region AOCs.

Result 2.3 – Progress made in developing sediment management strategies to reduce ecological and human health risk from contaminated sediments in Thunder Bay, Peninsula Harbour, St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Port Hope and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.4 – Long-term management plans being developed and priority actions for delisting being implemented for rehabilitation and protection of fish and wildlife habitats and populations in St. Marys River, St. Clair River, Detroit River, Niagara River, Hamilton Harbour, Toronto and Region, and Bay of Quinte AOCs.

Result 2.5 – Informed, effective collaboration amongst government, communities and individuals to prioritize and complete actions required for delisting and confirming environmental recovery in AOCs.

Result 2.6 – Identify monitoring needs, undertake required studies and evaluate results to assess environmental recovery and support remediation strategies in AOCs.

PRIORITY 2 - HARMFUL POLLUTANTS

Result 1.1 - Reduction in releases of Tier 1 substances beyond the 2005 achievements towards the goal of virtual elimination.

Result 2.1 - Reduction in releases of Criteria Air Pollutants.

Result 2.2 - Coordinated activities to reduce releases from municipal wastewater.

Result 2.3 - Develop and initiate a program for the Sound Management of Chemical Substances in the Great Lakes Basin.

Result 3.1 - Improved understanding of the sources, fate and impacts of harmful pollutants in the Great Lakes Basin.

Result 3.2 - Human Health risks from harmful pollutants are understood and addressed in the Great Lakes Basin

PRIORITY 3 - LAKE AND BASIN SUSTAINABILITY

Result 1.1 - Increased awareness and appreciation of the Great Lakes and their contributions to social, economic and environmental well-being.

Result 1.2 - Increased stewardship actions that work towards a balance between human well-being and prosperity, and healthy aquatic ecosystems.

Result 1.3 - Sustainable use of land, water and other natural resources to provide benefits from the Great Lakes now and in the future.

Result 1.4 - Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems and resources

Result 2.1 - Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from industrial and municipal wastewater, combined sewer overflows and urban stormwater sources consistent with actions specified in binational Lakewide Management Plans (LaMPs) and binational lake action plans.

Result 2.2 - Reduce microbial and other contaminants and excessive nutrients from rural sources by undertaking actions specified in the binational Lakewide Management Plans and binational lake action plans.

Result 2.3 - Identification of contaminated sediment and development of sediment management plans to reduce the release and impact of sediment-bound contaminants on the Great Lakes Basin Ecosystem.

Result 2.4 - Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes water quality.

Result 3.1 - Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems and habitats are protected, restored and sustained consistent with binational Great Lakes planning.

Result 3.2 - Progress on rehabilitation of Great Lakes native species to restore the health of aquatic ecosystems, consistent with binational Great Lakes planning.

Result 3.3 - Enhanced knowledge about beneficial and harmful impacts of human activities on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems, habitats and species.

Result 4.1 - Implementation of the National Action Plan to Address the Threat of Aquatic Invasive Species in the Great Lakes.

Result 4.2: Enhanced knowledge about the harmful impacts of aquatic invasive species on Great Lakes aquatic ecosystems, food webs and species.

Result 5.1 - The impacts of climate change on the Great Lakes ecosystem composition, structure, and function, including biodiversity (organisms and their habitat), water quality and quantity, human health and safety (including access to clean drinking water), social well-being and economic prosperity, are understood by governments and the Great Lakes community.

Result 6.1 - The potential risks to Great Lakes drinking water intakes are identified and assessed, and early actions to address risks are undertaken

Result 6.2 - Develop knowledge and understanding of water quality and quantity issues of concern to the Great Lakes as drinking water sources.

PRIORITY 4 - COORDINATION OF MONITORING, RESEARCH AND INFORMATION

Result 1.1 – Responsive and comprehensive monitoring and research programs.

Result 2.1 – Improved reporting on environmental conditions, changes and progress

Result 2.2 – Increased sharing of data and information among governments, organizations and Basin residents.

 

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: The Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP), approved March 2005 (which succeeded the two-year Federal Contaminated Sites Accelerated Action Plan [FCSAAP]).

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Environment Canada and Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Canadians and their environment are protected from the effects of pollution and waste (Environment Canada); Management Policy Development and Oversight (Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat)

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: FCSAP has been in effect since April 2005. Former two-year FCSAAP commenced April 2003.

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: FCSAP is expected to continue until 2020. However, the current policy approval ends March 31, 2011.

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $1,775.5 million (including Public Works and Government Services Canada accommodations charges) to March 31, 2011

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP) provides a long-term mechanism to address federal contaminated sites having the highest human health and ecological risks. At the end of March 2004, federal contaminated sites represented a financial liability of approximately $3.5 billion. Although responsibility for the actual management and remediation of federal contaminated sites rests with responsible custodial departments, the overall program is administered jointly by Environment Canada and the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat.

8. Shared Outcome(s): Reduce federal financial liability and risks to human health and the environment, including fish habitat. Increase public confidence in the overall management of federal real property through the effective risk management or remediation of individual federal contaminated sites.

9. Governance Structure(s): Federal Contaminated Sites Assistant Deputy Ministers Steering Committee is supported by a Director Generals’ Committee, the Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG) and the FCSAP Secretariat (at Environment Canada), which provides overall program coordination.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for
2009-2010
15. Actual Spending for
2009-2010
16. Expected Results for
2009-2010
17. Results Achieved in
2009-2010
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada Enterprise Activities Asset Management $5,465,649 $877,000 $810,595 See below. See below.
Canada Border Services Agency Corporate Management and Direction Infrastructure and Environment $1,620,212 $264,507 $247,879 See below. See below.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency NA NA $183,783 $0 $0 NA NA
Correctional Service Canada Internal Services Facilities/Asset Management Services $10,368,090 $2,817,669 $895,361 See below. See below.
Environment Canada Chemical Management Program Risks to Canadians, their health and their environment posed by toxic and other harmful substances are assessed $49,161,086 $6,506,004 $5,269,327 See below. See below.
Risks to Canadians and impacts on the environment posed by toxic and other harmful substances are managed $44,900,126 $6,640,375 $5,463,939 See below. See below.
Subtotal     $94,061,213 $13,146,379 $10,733,266    
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Internal Services Asset Management Services $78,437,194 $22,277,365 $21,858,939 See below. See below.
Healthy and Productive Aquatic Ecosystems Habitat Management $21,665,285 $3,335,637 $3,163,138 See below. See below.
Subtotal     $100,102,479 $25,613,002 $25,022,077    
Health Canada First Nations and Inuit Health First Nations and Inuit Health Protection $7,445,162* $719,429 $323,829 See below. See below.
Contaminated Sites Healthy Environments, Consumer Safety Branch $43,721,890 $4,182,151 $4,276,806 See below. See below.
Subtotal     $51,167,052 $4,901,580 $4,600,635    
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada Responsible Federal Stewardship Contaminated Sites Remediation $148,254,393 $48,873,812 $36,810,343 See below. See below.
Northern Land and Resources Contaminated Sites $685,536,311 $132,343,029 $112,120,853 See below. See below.
Subtotal     $833,790,704 $181,216,841 $148,931,196    
Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated Management of federal bridge, highway and tunnel infrastructure, and properties in the Montréal area NA $955,672 $358,938 $94,552 See below. See below.
Marine Atlantic Inc. Corporate Management FCSAP (projects) $120,000 $50,000 $29,148 See below. See below.
National Capital Commission Real Asset Management Land and real asset management $8,600,052 $2,295,000 $2,295,000 See below. See below.
National Defence Contribute to Canada and the international community Contribute to the international community in accordance with Canadian Interests and Values $380,070,345 $57,133,697 $62,030,559 See below. See below.
National Research Council Canada Internal Services Environmental Operations $4,835,000 $2,380,000 $2,564,082 See below. See below.
Natural Resources Canada Corporate Management The provision of relevant and timely policy analysis and advice for decision making on government priorities and departmental responsibilities $27,915,807 $17,650,000 $6,871,047 See below. See below.
Parks Canada Conserve Heritage Resources Active Management and Restoration $38,814,369 $11,653,802 $10,577,140 See below. See below.
Public Works and Government Services Canada Federal Accommodation & Holdings FCSAP (projects) $26,360,173 $8,535,964 $8,414,143 See below. See below.
FCSAP (expert services) $5,450,000 $900,000 $816,334 See below. See below.
Subtotal     $31,810,173 $9,435,964 $9,230,477    
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Corporate Infrastructure   $23,100,214 $5,797,330 $4,974,127 See below. See below.
Transport Canada Policies, Programs and Infrastructure in Support of Sustainable Development Environmental Programs $150,768,925 $30,628,840 $21,200,981 See below. See below.
Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat Management Policy Development and Oversight Assets and Acquired Services $2,747,200 $480,229 $479,039 See below. See below.
All Federal Partners
(excluding PWGSC accommodations)
$1,766,496,939 $366,700,778 $311,587,161    

16. Expected Results for 2009–2010:

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada: Remediation / risk management for 1 project (1 site)

Canada Border Services Agency: Remediation / risk management for 1 project (1 site)

Correctional Service Canada: Remediation / risk management for 2 projects (2 sites)

Environment Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 4 projects (154 sites); assessment of approximately 445 sites

Environment Canada (Secretariat and Expert Support):

  • Secretariat: Supports the Assistant Deputy Ministers Steering committee and Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG), administers non-financial aspects of the program, including management of project selection process, and development and maintenance of secure website and reporting
  • Expert Support: Provision of scientific and technical advice to custodial departments and the FCSAP Secretariat with respect to the ecological risk evaluation of federal contaminated sites; provision of ecological risk assessment training and guidance

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 74 projects (108 sites); assessment of approximately 1014 sites

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Expert Support): Provision of scientific and technical advice to custodial departments with respect to the risk management of federal contaminated sites; participation in the project submission process, including review of information provided by custodians; and technical tool development.

Health Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 7 projects (7 sites)

Health Canada (Expert Support): Provision of scientific and technical advice to custodial departments with respect to the human health risk management of federal contaminated sites; provision of human health risk assessment training and guidance; participation in the project submission process, including review of human health related information provided by custodians

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Indian and Inuit Affairs): Remediation / risk management for 37 projects (83 sites); assessment of approximately 2,797 sites

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Northern Affairs): Remediation / risk management for 27 projects (30 sites); assessment of approximately 55 sites

Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated: Remediation / risk management for 1 project (1 site)

Marine Atlantic Inc.: Assessment of 1 site

National Capital Commission: Remediation / risk management for 3 projects (3 sites)

National Defence: Remediation / risk management for 42 projects (95 sites); assessment of approximately 44 sites

National Research Council of Canada: Remediation / risk management for 2 projects (2 sites); assessment of approximately 3 sites

Natural Resources Canada: Remediation / risk management for 1 project (6 sites); assessment of approximately 16 sites

Parks Canada: Remediation / risk management for 6 projects (7 sites); assessment of approximately 10 sites

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 10 projects (10 sites); assessment of approximately 20 sites

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Expert Support): Development of project management tools, dissemination of information on innovative technologies and technologies used at individual projects

Royal Canadian Mounted Police: Remediation / risk management for 4 projects (4 sites); assessment of approximately 2 sites

Transport Canada: Remediation / risk management for 15 projects (15 sites); assessment of approximately 4 sites

Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat: Ensures consistency with Treasury Board policies on management of federal contaminated sites, reviews financial aspects of proposals, administers fund and advises Environment Canada on monitoring of government-wide progress

17. Results Achieved in 2009–2010:

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada: Remediation / risk management for 5 sites; assessments at 18 properties (32 sites).

Canada Border Services Agency: Soil and groundwater contamination at Port of Entry at Pleasant Camp, BC, has been significantly reduced by the in situ remediation system.   Remediation “returns” declined significantly in 2009–2010 as the contamination plume contracted as predicted.  Active in situ remediation was discontinued and the extent of the remaining contamination was quantified through a detailed site assessment.  The site will be monitored as part of an ongoing risk management plan.

Correctional Service Canada: Remediation / risk management for 3 sites; assessment of 15 sites.

Environment Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 9 projects (58 sites); assessment of 46 properties (198 sites).

Environment Canada (Secretariat and Expert Support):

Secretariat:

  1. Prepared annual funding documents for ministerial approval;
  2. Developed and coordinated the 2000–2010 project submission process;
  3. Provided ongoing secretariat support to the Contaminated Sites Management Working Group (CSMWG) and the Federal Contaminated Sites Steering Committees;
  4. Implemented the first year of accelerated FCSAP activities under Canada’s Economic Action Plan (CEAP); and
  5. Undertook the development of the proposal for program renewal, for presentation to Cabinet in the fall of 2010–2011.

Expert Support:

  1. Provided scientifically sound guidance and expert advice to 19 custodial departments for the management of their sites so that risk to the environment is eliminated or minimized;
  2. Reviewed the eligibility requirements for more than 230 projects/sites to ensure that remediation / risk management projects are eligible for funding;
  3. Developed and provided national training to custodians on the review of ecological risk assessment reports and on quality assurance / quality control (QA/QC) measures that apply to contaminated sites;
  4. Completed or almost completed supplemental guidance documents on the ecological risk assessment of contaminated sites; and
  5. Developed, in collaboration with DFO, the FCSAP classification system for contaminated aquatic sites and a framework for addressing and managing these sites.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Custodian): Remediation / risk management for 167 projects (224 sites); assessment of 1547 sites.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Expert Support):

  1. Provided expert advice and guidance on remediation / risk management options on approximately 97 projects;
  2. Provided advice to ensure sustainability of local fish resource for approximately 261 projects;
  3. Provided input to the supplemental guidance documents on the ecological risk assessment of contaminated sites;
  4. Developed the FCSAP Aquatic Sites Classification System (ASCS) and developed and provided national training to the National Expert Support Team, Custodians and other stakeholders on the ASCS to ensure nationally consistent usage; and
  5. Developed a framework for addressing and managing aquatic contaminated sites under the FCSAP.

Health Canada (Custodian): Health Canada completed 3 Environmental Site Assessments (ESA) at 3 sites in BC and worked on 1 remediation project in Ontario and 2 in Manitoba.

Health Canada (Expert Support):

  1. The Contaminated  Sites Division (CSD) of Health Canada provided expert advice and training  on human health risk assessments , risk management and public involvement to custodial departments under the Federal Contaminated Sites Action Plan (FCSAP).
  2. Developed soil quality guidelines (SQG) and initiated protocol development for indoor dust and sediment.
  3. Developed guidance documents: (1) human health risk assessment guidance including preliminary and detailed risk assessment, vapour intrusion, Toxicity Reference Values (TRVs), peer review checklist, supplemental air guidance,  model statement of work for risk assessment;  (2)  public involvement; and (3) site investigation. 
  4. Supported research in the areas of bioaccessibility/bioavailability and other studies directly applicable to guideline development, human health risk assessment and risk management of contaminated sites in Canada.
  5. Reviewed projects and site submissions in order to determine the eligibility for funding.

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Indian and Inuit Affairs): Remediation for 160 sites; assessment of 111 sites.

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Northern Affairs):  In 2009–2010, a Phase I site assessment was completed at 155 sites in the NWT.  In addition, 21 sites completed both Phase I and II assessments in Nunavut.  Finally, 16 sites completed Phase II/III assessments in 2009–2010.  Therefore, the Program completed some form of assessment at 191 sites (155 on sites that have never been assessed before and 36 more rigorous assessments) in 2009–2010.  In 2009–2010, 20 projects were considered to be in the remediation phase (step 8 or 9 of the FCSAP 10-step process).

Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated: Completed site geotechnical and hydrogeological assessments and started the preparation of the detailed specifications (to be completed in 2010–2011)

Marine Atlantic Inc.: Completed an updated Phase I & Phase III ESA for the Bar Harbor (Maine) Ferry Terminal Site

National Capital Commission: Remediation / risk management for 5 projects (8 sites); assessment of 40 sites.

National Defence: Remediation / risk management for 60 projects (79 sites) and work completed on 9 sites; assessment of 54 projects (111 sites) and work completed on 31 sites.

National Research Council Canada: Remediation / risk management for 2 projects (2 sites); assessment of 5 sites

Natural Resources Canada: Remediation / risk management for 1 project (6 sites); assessment of 14 sites and 1 risk assessment.

Parks Canada: Remediation / risk management for 29 projects (41 sites); assessment of 46 projects (74 sites).

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Custodian): 34 environmental site assessments completed and 7 remediation / risk management projects completed.

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Expert Support): Assisted in the initial development of the Risk Reduction Indicator Tool and the Site Closure Process in association with Environment Canada Expert Support; delivered 5 training sessions at the Federal Contaminated Sites National Workshop; participated and engaged external service providers at Remtech; assisted in the organization, technical paper review, and acted as co-chair for the Federal Contaminated Sites National Workshop; annual maintenance of the Guidance and Orientation for the Selection of Technologies (GOST) and delivered 7 regional training sessions related to this tool; prepared innovative technology profiles, case studies, and developed associated marketing materials; development of FCSAP Demand Forecast for FY2010–2012; engagement in IRWGs and CSMWG; conducted consultations with key federal custodians on FCSAP Project Management tools and templates; continued development of the Sustainable Evaluation Tool with Environment Canada Expert Support and Sediment Costing Tool; Supported Environment Canada’s Expert Support by assisting in the development of the training material and retaining a consultant, to deliver a series of quality assurance / quality control (QA/QC) workshops; coordinated with other federal custodians in collective staffing processes.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police: Remediation / risk management for 9 projects (10 sites); assessment of 240 sites. 

The results achieved are much greater than the expected results. The projects planned in 2009–2010 RPP were done at the end of 2008–2009 and preceded Canada’s Economic Action Plan (CEAP). Once CEAP went ahead and accelerated funding became available, many more assessment and remediation projects went ahead than were originally planned for in 2009–2010 Report on Plans and Priorities.

Transport Canada: in 2009–2010, Transport Canada undertook 26 remediation / risk management projects, of which 10 were accelerated under CEAP.  Similarly, 48 environmental site assessment projects were undertaken, of which 33 were accelerated.

Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat:

  1. Supported the Environment Canada FCSAP Secretariat and custodians to ensure that development and implementation of the first year of accelerated FCSAP activities under Canada’s Economic Action Plan were consistent with Treasury Board policies on management of federal contaminated sites.
  2. Supported Environment Canada in the development of the proposal for program renewal, for presentation to Cabinet in the fall of 2010–2011.
  3. Reviewed financial aspects of proposals and administered the FCSAP fund.
  4. Administered the Federal Contaminated Sites Inventory.
  5. Coordinated planning for the May 2010 Federal Contaminated Sites National Workshop.

18. Comments on Variances:

Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada: Project expenditures were lower than the estimated costs.  There were delays in staffing an employee for FCSAP contaminated sites program management.

Canada Border Services Agency:

Correctional Service Canada: Variance between CSC's planned and actual spending is $1,922,308. $250,000 was transferred to NRC in Supplementary Estimates B.  $1,500,000 was carried forward to next fiscal year; $172,308 was lapsed. The main factor explaining the variance is that further assessments of potentially contaminated sites showed that the sites were much less contaminated than expected, resulting in lower remediation expenditures.

Environment Canada (Custodian): Variance between EC's planned and actual spending for2009–2010 is $1,236,677 of which $500,000 was transferred to Parks Canada in Supplementary Estimates C.  The remaining variance of $736,677 can be attributed to northern and remote projects which were not carried out as planned due to unforeseen travel, timing, and weather issues. There were also other Environment Canada projects for which the actual costs were less than the planned budget.

Environment Canada (Secretariat and Expert Support): $1,176,436 was lapsed from the program as a result of staffing delays and delays in completion of contracts due in part to unforeseen work required to support program commitments under Canada’s Economic Action Plan.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Custodian): The actual expenditures for 2009–2010 differ from the approved amount for 2009–2010 as a result of a minor lapse in project dollars and salary. The minor lapse in project dollars is the result of projects coming in under budget, while the minor lapse in salary is the result of being unable to staff positions at the beginning of the fiscal year.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada (Expert Support): DFO-ES spent 95% of allocated funding, lapsing $172,499 in fiscal year 2009–2010. 

Health Canada (Custodian): Projects: The completion of four remediation projects in Ontario did not proceed as planned as the First Nation communities did not sign Contribution Agreements for this work. The remediation projects were not priorities for the First Nation communities in 2009. One remediation project was to be completed when a new fuel tank system was to be installed. The installation was delayed and did not occur in 2009, and thus the remediation project was delayed as well.

*Funding: The department decided not to access $921,600 through a $1.8 million allocation Governor General’s Warrant, instead utilizing $617,272 in Health Canada (Non-FCSAP) Funds. This brings the Total Allocated FCSAP Funds (Start to End Date) in Column 13 to $6,746,051 ($7,445,162 minus $617,272).

Health Canada (Expert Support): The variance of $94,655 was cash-managed internally.

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Indian and Inuit Affairs): $10,075,158 was re-profiled and $1,988,311 was cash-managed as a result of a few high value remediation projects not proceeding as planned. The reasons were health and safety concerns on one major site, an unexpected election on another reserve, and conflicts of interest between INAC, the consulting firm and the First Nation.

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (Northern Affairs): The department’s program had$112,120,853 of expenditures.  A surplus of, $16,500,000 was re-profiled to 2010–2011 and $2,025,560 was requested for late re-profile; approval for the latter from Treasury Board and the Department of Finance is pending.  In addition, the department lapsed $1,776,616.

Jacques Cartier and Champlain Bridges Incorporated: There were delays caused by the required additional investigation recommended by the consultant preparing the detailed specifications.  The unexpended budget was re-profiled to 2010-2011.

Marine Atlantic Inc.: Project was submitted for tender and the consultants were able to complete the assessment within (below) the actual estimated budget.

National Defence:  Increases in the “Planned Spending for 2009–2010” can be attributed to the extra $5 million transferred to National Defence (DND) from Natural Resources Canada (NRCan).  For project management (PM) funds and assessment funds; $896,862 of the $1 million and $5,630,915 of the $6 million were spent, respectively.  All remediation / risk management (R/RM) funds were spent, including the additional $5 million and remaining assessment funds, for a total of $55,502,782 ($50,133,697 planned + $5,000,000 extra from NRCan + $369,085 remaining assessment funds).  Therefore, the total spent is $62,030,559 ($896,862 PM + $5,630,915 Assessment + $55,502,782 R/RM).   

Increases in the number of projects and changes in the number of sites listed in “Expected Results for 2009–2010” can be attributed to the re-structuring of projects and related sites, as well as an increase in available funding (i.e., NRCan transfer of $5 million to DND) that allowed for additional work to be completed.  Similarly, the number of sites reported included only those sites in which work was conducted or completed in 2009–2010.

National Research Council of Canada: NRC received $250,000 from CSC which was put toward remediation / risk management; $65,918 was lapsed.

Natural Resources Canada: $5,000,000 was transferred to the National Defence contaminated sites program and $5,778,953 was lapsed.

Parks Canada: PC received an extra $2,374,785 transferred from Environment Canada ($500,000), Transport Canada ($1,200,000) and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police ($674,785) in Supplementary Estimates C. An additional $1,091,210 was carried forward from 2008–2009 and $586,500 from previous multi-year submissions increased PC’s 2009–2010 planned spending to $15,706,297.  PC carried forward $5,129,157 due to late staffing, project costs being less than anticipated and projects not carried out as planned due to unforeseen issues. 

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Custodian): 99% of budget was expended. One percent variance due to the late cancellation of an assessment  project.

Public Works and Government Services Canada (Expert Support): $83,666 was lapsed.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police: Where planned spending for 2009–2010 for the RCMP was $5,797,330, the actual spending was $4,974,127.  The variance $823,203 can be explained by the following: two transfers to Parks Canada totalling $674,785 (one of $50,000 and the other of $624,785), a carry forward of program management funds of $130,200 and $18,218 in lapsed funds.

Transport Canada: $1,200,000 was transferred to Parks Canada through Supplementary Estimates;  $600,753 of accelerated funds was lapsed;  $7,627,106 of baseline funds will be requested to be re-profiled from 2009–2010 to 2011–2012.

Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat: TBS spent 99% of allocated funding, lapsing $1,190 in fiscal year 2009–2010. 

19. Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

20. Contact information: FCSAP Secretariat, Contaminated Sites Division, 15th floor, Place Vincent Massey, 351 St. Joseph Blvd., Gatineau, QC  K1A 0H3  819‑934-8153


Clean Air Agenda

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Lead Department Program Activity
3.3 - Clean Air Program
Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Transport Canada, Health Canada, Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, National Research Council of Canada, Industry Canada, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Start Date
April 1, 2007
End Date March 31, 2011

Description


Through the Clean Air Agenda (CAA), the Government of Canada has been working towards making tangible improvements in Canada's environment by addressing the challenges of climate change and air pollution1. Since 2007, the CAA has been supporting:

  • Regulatory initiatives in the industrial, transportation, consumer and commercial sectors; and
  • A range of complementary program measures designed to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, improve indoor air quality, mitigate the impacts of climate change, and engage at the international level.

The CAA is managed through a horizontal management, accountability and reporting framework. This framework facilitates comprehensive and systematic review of planning for and reporting on the financial and non-financial performance of CAA programming. Progress towards the CAA outcomes has been reported publically through this horizontal framework since 2007.

Since 2007, the CAA initial funding of $1.9 Billion has increased to $2.57 Billion. This funding is subject to renewal as of March 31, 2011 and subject to Government decisions to extend or enhance funding. The outcomes of these decisions will, therefore, be reflected in future budget exercises.

At the end of the third year (March 31, 2010) of its four year mandate, the cumulative actual spending for the first three years was $1,340.4 million2 against the cumulative planned spending of $1,553.8 million for the same period. Total planned spending for all federal partners in 2010-2011 is reported as $951.3 million3.

Spending

_______________________________

Notes:

1 Announcement of Canada’s emissions target under the Copenhagen Accord (February 1, 2009): http://www.ec.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=En&n=714D9AAE-1&news=EAF552A3-D287-4AC0-ACB8-A6FEA697ACD6
2 2007-2008, 2008-2009, 2009-2010 Clean Air Agenda Horizontal Performance Report available at http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/est-pre/index-eng.asp
3 2010-2011 Clean Air Agenda Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities available at http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/est-pre/index-eng.asp

Shared Outcomes

The 45 programs of the CAA are organized within eight themes: clean air regulatory agenda, clean energy, clean transportation, indoor air quality, international actions, adaptation, partnerships, and management and accountability. The shared outcomes are:

  • the health, economic and environmental benefits for Canadians have been realized;
  • the risks to the health of Canadians and the environment resulting from exposure to air pollution have been reduced; and
  • the risks to communities, infrastructure and to the health and safety of Canadians resulting from climate change have been reduced.

2009-2010 Achieved Results

For consolidated results of the CAA, please refer to Canada’s Performance Report 2009-2010 on the TBS website: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/ppg-cpr/home-accueil-eng.aspx

For more detailed information on CAA results achieved in 2009-2010, the following reports detail results achieved at the Theme and Program Level.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

In moving the objectives of the Clean Air Agenda forward, the key challenges over 2009-2010 faced by CAA programming, included:   

  • Establishing for Canada a broad approach to climate change that remains flexible enough to align to the approach that will be followed in the US. This required undertaking foundational preparations for a number of possible policy approaches.
  • Working with the impacts of the economic downturn which posed a challenge to some incentive programs (such as those in Clean Energy and Clean Transportation) as industrial participants were not in a position to take advantage of federal initiatives.
Total Funding Approved under the CAA Total Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Total Actual Spending in 2009-2010

Actual Spending in 2009-2010
Reported within Economic Action Plan (EAP)

$2,572,940,366* $709,765,617 $640,313,053

$231,653,448 (ecoENERGY Retrofit Program)

*$18.5 million is included in total CAA approved funding to support Clean Air Regulatory programming and is forecast as planned spending in 2011-2012.

Contact information: Karen Turcotte, Executive Director, Clean Air Agenda Results Management Secretariat, Environment Canada, (819) 953-5842 Karen.Turcotte@ec.gc.ca

CLEAN AIR REGULATORY AGENDA THEME

CLEAN ENERGY THEME

CLEAN TRANSPORTATION THEME

INDOOR AIR QUALITY THEME

INTERNATIONAL ACTIONS THEME

ADAPTATION THEME

PARTNERSHIPS THEME

MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTABILITY THEME

 

Theme: Clean Air Agenda Regulatory Agenda (CARA)

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Transport Canada, Natural Resources Canada, Health Canada

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Industrial sectors meet emission levels of air pollutants and greenhouse gases (GHG) to comply with new or amended regulations by required dates.
  • Canada's motor vehicles and engines fleet becomes increasingly more fuel efficient and cleaner as a result of new vehicle regulations to reduce fuel consumption and GHGs beginning in 2011 and new emission control standards applied to regulated modes of transportation and engines used and sold in Canada.
  • Canadians have access to more environmentally safe and energy efficient products since products sold in Canada are designed and manufactured according to new energy efficiency and environmental regulations.
  • Improvement of indoor air quality as new federal guidelines for levels of contaminants in indoor air and a national radon risk management strategy are widely deployed and publicized.
  • Improved reporting for regulatees and compliance facilitated, as these processes are streamlined at the national level, with a single window reporting system and the establishment of flexible compliance mechanisms.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Canada 's emissions have been reduced from 2005 levels while maintaining competitiveness of Canadian regulated sectors
  • for targeted air pollutants: mainly PM, NOx , SOx , VOCs and some specific such as NH3, Hg, benzene, PAHs, fluorides, and
  • for GHGs (as CO2 equivalent)

Final Outcomes

  • Human health and environmental quality are improved
    • Due to reduced emissions of indoor and outdoor air pollutants, and GHGs.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

In support of the reduction of air emissions, progress was made with respect to advancing approaches to reducing GHG emissions from industrial sectors in the context of a North American cap-and-trade system, including the development of harmonization policy and support to decision-making through sound analysis and consultation. Also, a draft set of rules and guidance for Canada’s Offset System was published in June 2009.

Extensive economic analysis of Canada’s domestic and international climate change approaches was undertaken. Domestically, economic impact analyses of approaches to reduce emissions in selected sectors were undertaken to support key policy decisions and to support the development of Regulatory Assessment Impact Statements. With respect to international issues, analysis focused on the impacts of harmonizing with the United States (U.S.) approach and the impacts of adopting various international proposals which emerged prior to the Copenhagen climate change conference. Analysis of alternative options for a North American cap-and-trade regime was also undertaken.

Environment Canada (EC) has been working closely with provinces and territories as our approach to reducing GHG emissions continues to be developed. Agreements in Principle on climate change have been signed with Nova Scotia, Saskatchewan and British Columbia. Environment Canada has launched an Assistant Deputy Minister level working group to ensure federal, provincial and territorial coordination on domestic climate change approaches. EC led an extensive process with other federal departments, provinces, industry, and non-governmental organizations from a wide range of industrial activity sectors over several months, entailing an unprecedented level of collaboration with other levels of government and stakeholders to develop an integrated approach to improving air quality. A proposal for a Comprehensive Air Management System was finalized and submitted to federal, provincial and territorial Ministers for consideration.

In support of regulatory actions, scientific assessments of air pollutants, air quality, GHGs and climate change were undertaken extensively. These activities described emissions sources and trends, atmospheric concentrations of air pollutants and GHGs, their impacts on the environment and human health and the forecasted benefits of regulatory actions to reduce air emissions. These assessments are the means by which the Government can determine whether the actions it and others have taken have been effective in reducing the risk to humans and their environment from air emissions. Furthermore, EC has expanded its monitoring activities, continued upgrade to data management and monitoring systems, enhanced its analytical capacity and improved its capacity for air modelling forecasting. (Refer: Canada’s 2008 Greenhouse Gas Inventory: A Summary of Trends: 1990–2008: p. 1. http://www.ec.gc.ca/ges-ghg/0590640B-87F7-449A-AA8F-D5674A7BAC57/2010 Annual Summary of Trends.pdf)

In support of a more efficient and cleaner transportation sector, the Government of Canada completed stakeholder consultations on regulations for marine engines, off-road recreational vehicles, heavy-duty on-road and off-road diesel engines. Proposed regulations are being updated to maintain harmonization with the U.S.

Implementation of the vehicle and engine emission regulation has been ongoing, including emissions testing. The Government worked closely with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) and Enforcement on regulatory administration activities to avoid duplication.

Notice of intent to develop GHG emission regulations under the Canadian Environmental Protection Act, 1999 for light-duty vehicles was published during the year.

The Government continued to support the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Railway Association of Canada on emission reductions in the rail sector. The MOU, in force from 2006 to 2010, has delivered substantial reductions in air pollutant emissions. In 2008, there was an improvement of 23.3% in the GHG emission intensity of total freight train operations, compared with the 1990 baseline.

In support of safer and energy efficient consumer product, two regulations controlling Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) concentrations in automotive refinishing products and architectural coatings were finalized and will contribute to reduction in the formation of ground-level ozone and smog in Canada. Consultations and analysis was undertaken to inform the identification of the next group of consumer and commercial products to target for VOC reductions and inclusion in the longer term Federal Agenda for VOC reductions.

In support of improving air quality in Canadian households and buildings, 9,000 participants were recruited for the cross-Canada radon survey in 2009-2010. Kits were shipped out to the participants including instructions, a questionnaire and a radon detector and approximately 75% were returned after the 3 month testing period. The analysis of the radon detectors will be done by the National Radon Laboratory, along with analysis for the federal building testing projects.

Over 60 radon stakeholder engagements with Non-Governmental Organizations, the health professional, real estate and building industry, other departments and levels of government and the public were completed. Web traffic on the Health Canada (HC) radon pages increased by more than 50% and over 200,000 radon brochures were distributed across Canada. Radon information is available at all Service Canada centres across Canada.

HC is working to establish a certification program for radon measurement and mitigation service providers working in Canada. This program will ensure radon services provided to Canadian homeowners are of high quality and that providers of those services are properly trained. As part of this program, HC is working with the National Environmental Health Association National Radon Proficiency Program (NEHA-NRPP). A memorandum of agreement was established in 2009 to allow the Standards Council of Canada to begin assessment of NEHA-NRPP as a first step to having them accredited as a certifying body for the Canadian radon certification program.

In support of more accurate reporting, as well as easier compliance on air emissions: In 2009-2010, the 2007 national emissions inventory for air pollutants was published and data for 2008 was compiled; the 2008 facility level emissions for air pollutants compiled through the National Pollutant Releases Inventory was published; the compliant 2008 national emission summaries for air pollutants to the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe under the Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution was submitted; and overall, existing institutional capacity to deliver an enhanced monitoring, accounting and reporting system to produce a UN compliant national GHG inventory system and national inventory report was maintained.

A single window reporting system was developed and launched to gather data for reporting GHG emissions. This tool is currently being considered as an option for gathering information on GHGs in cooperation with provinces and territories. EC has put in place a federal-provincial-territorial working group under the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment to discuss this initiative, to avoid duplication and lead to greater harmonization.

Canada has met the requirements of the Kyoto Protocol for the establishment of a national registry by launching the Canada’s Kyoto Protocol National Registry in February 2010. This registry connects directly to the International Transaction Log operated by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Secretariat and will allow Canada to participate in the international carbon market via its government accounts. General information on the National Registry was published under the EC internet website.

2009-2010 Successes

A proposal for a Comprehensive Air Management System was developed through a collaborative, multi-stakeholder process. Provinces, Territories, and stakeholders from a wide range of industrial activity sectors were involved in the effort to develop the air pollutant framework.

Canada has met the requirements of the Kyoto Protocol for the establishment of a national registry and can participate in the international carbon market via its government accounts by the launched of Canada’s Kyoto Protocol National Registry.

Improvements were made to air quality models that will help inform regulatory activities. In addition, the new EC air quality forecast model became operational in November 2009. This model brings new technology to EC's numerical prediction operations, with Canada being the first country to adopt a meteorological model with embedded chemistry as part of its operational suite. It is the next generation of model that will support the efforts to address smog issues in Canada.

A significant number of papers have been prepared, presented, and published in peer-reviewed journals and at scientific conferences on CARA research and measurement activities demonstrating the creditability and relevance of the scientific information in support of air pollutant and GHGs emissions activities.

Finalized and implemented regulations to limit VOC concentrations in automotive refinishing products and architectural coatings that will contribute to reduction in the formation of ground-level ozone and smog in Canada.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

The key challenge facing Canada in establishing a broad approach to climate change is the need to remain flexible enough and have analysis to be prepared to align to the approach that will ultimately be followed in the U.S. Various pieces of legislation setting out different economy-wide approaches, including for cap-and-trade, have been released. In the absence of the final passage of any of these, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency is also proceeding with sector-specific GHG regulations. Canada will only adopt a cap-and-trade regime if the U.S. signals that it will do the same. This position on harmonization applies equally to regulation. Canada has already completed much of the extensive foundational analysis and consultation work required to prepare for both of those options.

Managing the coordination and communication amongst a number of key players on a very tight timeline is challenging on most of the CARA activities.

Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 434,865,749
$ 132,926,327 $ 96,156,461

 

Program: Industrial Sector Regulatory Actions

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Progress was made in 2009-2010 in continuing to implement approaches to managing air pollution and greenhouse gas emissions from transport, industry and other sources. The Government of Canada aligned its national GHG reduction target (17% below 2005 levels by 2020) with that of the US and inscribed it in the Copenhagen Accord.

Progress was made with respect to advancing approaches to reducing GHG emissions from industrial sectors in the context of a North American cap-and-trade system:

  • A draft set of rules and guidance for Canada’s Offset System published in June 2009
  • A single window reporting system was developed and launched to gather data for reporting GHG emissions;
  • Canada’s National Registry, a requirement under the Kyoto Protocol, which connects directly to the International Transaction Log operated by the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change secretariat, was launched in March 2010.

While much analysis on a North American cap-and-trade system has been conducted, a key point guiding Canada’s approach to climate change is that the North American economy is integrated to the point where harmonizing and aligning a range of principles, policies, regulations and standards makes sense. For that reason, Canada will only adopt a cap-and-trade regime if the U.S. signals that it will do the same. This position on harmonization applies equally to regulation. Canada has already completed much of the extensive foundational analysis and consultation work required to prepare for both of those options.

Environment Canada (EC) has also been working closely with provinces and territories as our approach to reducing GHG emissions continues to be developed. Agreements in Principle on climate change have been signed with Nova Scotia, Saskatchewan and British Columbia.

This past fall, renewed consultations with the provinces were undertaken through the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment to identify guiding principles to support the development of a single window system for reporting on GHGs. A list of guiding principles was finalized in January 2010 and is used to develop bi-lateral agreements with Provinces.

The federal government completed its work with representatives from provinces, industry and non-governmental organizations to develop a proposal for a new air management framework to reduce air pollutant emissions. The Comprehensive Air Management System (CAMS) proposes national ambient air quality standards, national industrial emission requirements and air pollution management that takes into consideration local and regional air quality. As such, it provides a good foundation for moving forward. By including an element focused on improving local and regional air quality, CAMS directly addresses a shortcoming identified by stakeholders in the governments proposed approach announced in the Turning the Corner Plan (April 2007). The proposed CAMS framework was submitted for consideration to the federal, provincial and territorial Ministers.

The 2007 status report on the Notice requiring the preparation and implementation of Pollution Prevention Plans from base metals smelters and refineries and zinc plants was published in May 2009. It demonstrates that the implementation of pollution prevention plans is reducing releases of air pollutants from the sector, and that most facilities are expected to meet their 2008 targets.

The Particulate Matter combustion survey for wood products sector was completed in collaborations with the industry. It leads to re-assessment of the Air Pollutant Emissions Inventory for PM, PM10 and PM2.5 and serves as basis to evaluate future regulatory actions for the wood products sector.

The funding for Regulatory Capacity Development and Management Systems supported the delivery of training for the EC community of regulators as part of the department’s strategy to implement the Cabinet Directive on Streamlining Regulations. This resulted in enhanced capacity and promoted knowledge development for federal regulators.


Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 91,846,667 $ 31,160,570 $ 17,978,917

 

Program: Transportation Sector Regulatory Actions

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_2a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Consultations with stakeholders were completed on final regulations for marine spark-ignition engines and off-road recreational vehicles. Proposed regulations are being updated to maintain harmonization with the United States.

Consultations were held on the draft amendments to regulations for heavy-duty on-road and off-road diesel engines.

On-going implementation for vehicle and engine emission regulations. This includes the administration of statutory obligations under CEPA 1999 such as registering and tracking temporary importation declarations and registering Notices of Defect. EC is working closely with the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) and Enforcement on regulatory administration activities to avoid duplication.

EC conducted over 100 emissions tests on 89 vehicles and engines resulting in over 50 referrals to Enforcement. EC also collaborated with the US EPA in testing vehicles and engines and in sharing results.

EC officials participated in meetings of the World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations and of its working group on pollution and energy in support of the United Nation’s “Agreement Concerning the Establishing of Global Technical Regulations for Wheeled Vehicles, Equipment and Parts which can be fitted and/or used on Wheeled Vehicles”, to which Canada is a signatory.

The Clean Air Regulatory Agenda set out that Transport Canada would develop fuel consumption regulations for cars and light trucks under the Motor Vehicle Fuel Consumption Standards Act. In March 2009, EC was tasked to develop greenhouse gas emission regulations under Canadian Environmental Protection Act 1999. The department announced the development of regulations in April 2009 and a Notice of Intent was published in the Canada Gazette, Part I.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 31,474,967 $ 10,897,521
$ 7,072,653

 

Program: Transportation Sector Regulatory Actions

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_2b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Proposed Air Emission Reductions (Rail)
Continued to support the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Railway Association of Canada on emission reductions in the rail sector. The MOU, in force from 2006 to 2010, has delivered substantial reductions in air pollutant emissions. In 2008, there was an improvement of 23.3% in the greenhouse gas (GHG) emission intensity of total freight train operations, compared with the 1990 baseline.

TC supported preparation of the annual Locomotive Emissions Monitoring report for 2008. The 2008 report is expected to be released in mid 2010. Furthermore, the department continued work on the development of locomotive emission regulations for 2011 under the Railway Safety Act.

Proposed Air Emission Reductions (Ships)
TC continued technical consultations to develop regulations under the Canada Shipping Act 2001 to implement stricter standards for air pollutant emissions.

The department supported the development of a North American Emission Control Area, in collaboration with the United States and France, including presenting the proposal at the International Maritime Organization. In addition, the department continued its participation at the International Maritime Organization to advance uniform, global measures to reduce GHGs from marine vessels.

Proposed Air Emission Reductions (Motor Vehicles)
Responsibility for the development of air emission regulations for light-duty vehicles was transferred to Environment Canada effective April 1, 2009. In 2009-2010, TC launched two initiatives to improve data and modeling:

  • Development of a comprehensive on-road vehicle fleet database to facilitate policy analysis, using primary information from existing data sources; and
  • Development of the TC Transportation Energy Use and Emissions Model , which covers all modes of transportation. The model now includes a light-duty vehicles choice module that was developed in order to analyze non-regulatory initiatives for new vehicles, such as economic incentives.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 19,170,216
$ 3,715,603 $ 2,263,577

 

Program: Transportation Sector Regulatory Actions

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_2c

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In April, 2009, the Government of Canada changed its regulatory approach for light duty vehicles from that of using the Motor Vehicle Fuel Consumption Standards Act to using the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA), 1999. Transfer of the regulations under CEPA in 2009 was considered the preferred approach as the emphasis shifted from fuel consumption to tailpipe emissions, an approach that was more in line with domestic policy goals. This decision resulted in responsibility for these regulations being transferred from Transport Canada to Environment Canada (EC).

In 2009-2010, Natural Resources Canada reviewed the labelling requirements for new vehicles under a regulatory regime and developed and presented options for EC to consider. Draft regulations were published by EC in the Canada Gazette, Part I, in April 2010, but did not include specific labelling provisions.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 3,200,000
$ 400,000 $ 344,628

 

Program: Consumer and Commercial Products Regulatory

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_3a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Two regulations controlling Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) concentrations in automotive refinishing products and architectural coatings were finalized in Canada Gazette II, and will contribute to reduction in the formation of ground-level ozone and smog in Canada. The third regulation that will limit emissions from products was published as a proposal in Canada Gazette I in 2008 and will be finalized in 2010-2011.

Other categories of consumer and commercial products were analyzed for inclusion in the longer term Federal Agenda for VOC reductions. Consultations on this approach were held in March 2010 which will inform the identification of the next group of consumer and commercial products to target for VOC reductions.

Participated in the update of the Canadian Standard Association performance standards for wood burning appliances and completed technical studies to improve the Department’s understanding of this industry.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 12,000,000
$ 3,260,000 $ 2,232,712

 

Program: Consumer and Commercial Products Regulatory

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_3b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

  • Implementation of Amendment 10 was monitored with particular attention paid to the requirements concerning home heating systems and light bulb labelling requirements.
  • Consultation with the light industry and stakeholders continued with respect to the coming into force of the light bulb standard in 2012.
  • Analyses and consultation with respect to Amendment 11 were completed and pre- publication is expected in June 2010.
  • Compliance and monitoring activities were continued for all products subject to standards, and regulated and voluntary labels.
  • ENERGY STAR registrations of participating companies reached over 1100; an increase of 10% over the previous reporting period.
  • Major product demonstrations occurred in the areas of street lighting, general area outdoor lighting and adaptive control for street lighting. A major review of standards that could be implemented in North American jurisdictions was conducted and 40 additional standards for the period up to 2020 were identified. Results were communicated to provinces and utilities and coordinated planning efforts continue.
  • In September 2009, amendments increasing the scope and flexibility of the Energy Efficiency Act came into force.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 32,000,000
$ 7,550,000 $ 7,578,076

 

Program: Indoor Air Quality Management Actions

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1.2, 3.1.6

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_4

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Indoor Air Quality Management Actions

Biological and chemical contaminants

Further understanding of the health impacts of exposure to indoor air contaminants (released from household products, building materials, combustion appliances, or entering the home from outside) is vital given that Canadians spend 90% of their time indoors.  Few tools are available to public health practitioners for guiding interventions aimed at improving indoor air quality and reducing negative health impacts. Specific key activities carried out in 2009-2010 to meet these objectives include:

  • Exposure studies investigating the levels and sources of indoor air contaminants in Canadian homes were conducted in Halifax and Edmonton which will be used, alongside data from previous residential studies conducted in other Canadian cities, to develop a national picture of Canadians' exposure to indoor pollutants and will inform the assessment of the need for management actions.
  • Testing program for formaldehyde levels in 800 homes was provided to homeowners who had installed a banned urea-formaldehyde foam insulation product.  Targeted information materials on health risks and recommended actions to reduce levels of formaldehyde were developed for homeowners.
  • Health Canada (HC) provided advice, based on expertise developed through conducting recent indoor exposure and monitoring studies and developing health risk assessments, to the World Health Organization (WHO) European working group on indoor air quality guidelines and multi-departmental committees on indoor air quality. This ongoing knowledge exchange will lead to: increased harmonization of standards and guideline development; minimization of duplication of effort to assess particular substances; and, provides the opportunity to assess the applicability of the WHO guidelines to the Canadian situation.
  • Health risk assessments and guideline development, including consideration of actions to reduce exposure, were undertaken for the following indoor air contaminants:
    • carbon monoxide and ozone - final guidelines completed;
    • toluene - proposed guideline completed;
    • fine particulate matter, nitrogen dioxide, benzene, and naphthalene - assessments initiated;
    • Legionella and house dust mites – assessments initiated; and,
    • CO2 as an indicator of ventilation efficiency – initiated.
  • Content and messaging on indoor air pollutants, including mould and carbon monoxide was included as a key focus of HC’s new HazardCheck and First Nations Environmental Health Guide public awareness campaigns. 

Radon Strategy

In 2009-2010 the National Radon Laboratory built, maintained and managed the inventory, shipping, deployment and analysis of the radon detectors for the cross-Canada radon survey and federal building testing projects. The laboratory built and shipped 35,000 and analyzed 25,000 detectors in 2009-2010.

In 2009-2010 approximately 9000 participants were recruited for the cross-Canada radon survey. HC shipped out 9000 kits to the participants including instructions, a questionnaire and a radon detector. Approximately 75% were returned after the 3 month testing period.

In 2009-2010 HC completed over 60 radon stakeholder engagements with Non-Governmental Organizations, the health professional, real estate and building industry, other departments and levels of government and the public. Web traffic on the HC radon pages increased by more than 50% and over 200,000 radon brochures were distributed across Canada. Radon information is available at all Service Canada centres across Canada.

 A Canadian Certification program was initiated by HC for the certification of radon measurement and mitigation professionals, laboratories performing radon analysis and radon instrumentation.  The development of the Canadian program is expected to be completed by the end of 2010. Canada’s certification program is being developed in partnership with National Environment Health Association, National Radon Safety Board and the Standards Council of Canada.

  • Progress to date:
    • Canadian measurement and mitigation exams are both completed;
    • Course curriculum for measurement and mitigation is in development; and,
    • Engagement of Canadian training organizations to encourage course development and availability is underway.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 17,500,000 $ 5,478,000 $ 6,425,899

 

Program: Science in Support of Regulatory Activities and Accountability

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_5a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Due to the delay in the peer-review process, the Summary for Policy-Makers of the Canadian Smog Assessment will be published in the summer of 2010. This assessment is the scientific underpinning of the development of the new National Ambient Air Quality Standards for Particulate Matter and ozone. It is also an Environment Canada (EC) deliverable to the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment. The Canadian Smog Assessment will be published in 2011.

Particulate Matter and Ozone ambient air maps were produced using 2001-2007 data from the National Air Pollution Surveillance network, Canadian Air and Precipitation Monitoring network and United States networks. 

EC expanded acid deposition monitoring and completed a large scale lake survey in western Canada to assess the sensitivity of this region to acid deposition and to determine the capacity of the lakes to withstand inputs of acid causing pollutants without harm to the ecosystem. (i.e., determine the critical loads). These critical load values define the Government of Canada target value for acid causing emissions; a value that should not be exceeded in western Canada.

In order to better define the air quality, human health and environmental impacts of domestic and international emissions, the National Air Pollution Surveillance network (an EC led federal-provincial monitoring network that focuses on urban air quality) continued to upgrade data management and monitoring systems, and enhanced analytical capacity; and the Canadian Air and Precipitation Monitoring (CAPMoN) network (monitoring air quality at rural and background locations) continued to add new sites and additional analytical capacity.  These air quality networks provide information that is essential for “setting-the-baseline” to describe effectiveness of regulations and to evaluate the impact of past regulatory and policy decisions.

EC’s ability to measure air pollutants at high elevation has expanded in order to quantify transboundary contributions to Canada’s air quality from North American and global sources. 

Our understanding of population exposure to criteria air pollutants in South-Western Ontario continued to increase resulting in improvements to air quality models which allow for more accurate air quality forecasts and greater confidence for policy application.

EC completed a suite of food web (a network of organisms that are related through their role as prey or predator), waterbird and habitat studies assessing the levels and effects of acid-causing pollutants and mercury at sites located downwind of large, point-source emitters and background sites in order to "set-the-baseline" to assess the efficacy of proposed domestic and international acid-causing pollutants and mercury regulations.  

Improvements were made to the air quality models (AURAMS and GEM-MACH), specifically, these improvements increased the resolution of the models so that they could better address local emissions, introduced improvements in our understanding of chemical and physical interactions of pollutants in the atmosphere and improved our assessment of the impact of intercontinental transport of pollutants, which will help inform regulatory activities. A new prototype based on AURAMS was developed to assess impact of climate change on ozone and particle pollution in the context of the Canadian regulatory framework.

The improved Global Atmospheric Mercury Model was used to assess the impact of a range of regulatory options to address mercury release from coal-fired power plants and products from both domestic and international emitters on levels of mercury deposited in Canada.  This work supported domestic regulatory development and the development of Canada's position at the upcoming negotiations for a legally-binding mercury agreement under United Nations Environment Programme.

EC launched the 2012 Canadian Mercury Science Assessment which will be the first comprehensive national description of mercury in the Canadian environment.  The assessment is intended to inform decision-making by policy-makers and research managers and establish a baseline against which the effectiveness of domestic and international policy-making can be assessed. 

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 47,985,868 $ 16,913,673 $ 13,315,524

 

Program: Science in Support of Regulatory Activities and Accountability

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1.2

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_5b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In 2009-2010 Health Canada (HC) conducted research and health risk assessments to better understand the impacts of air quality on the health of Canadians. By providing a better understanding of the sources and magnitude of the health effects of air pollution, this work will help in developing regulations that more effectively protect the health of Canadians, including vulnerable populations. Additionally, economic analysis of the social costs of air pollution, and consultation with industry and Non-Governmental Organizations, will help ensure that regulations are developed in a cost-effective manner, and that they provide net benefits to the quality of life of Canadians.  Specific key activities carried out in 2009-2010 to meet these objectives include the following:

  • HC collaborated with Environment Canada (EC), provinces/territories, industry and NGOs in the ongoing development of a national air quality management system.  Through these discussions, HC has been contributing to the development of industrial air pollution emission reduction targets, and national air quality objectives. As part of this process, HC developed a methodology to help set national air quality objectives for particulate matter (PM) and ozone based on the additional proportion of the Canadian population who would derive health benefits. HC is working with partners to determine appropriate levels for the objectives.
  • HC completed a thorough review of the health impacts of PM and ground level ozone.  Results of this review were summarised for inclusion in the Canadian Smog Assessment to be available in 2010. The assessment will provide Canadians and policy makers with a better understanding of the impacts of smog on human health in order to take action to reduce exposure.
  • Risk assessments of carbon monoxide, sulphur dioxide, and nitrogen dioxide were initiated. Once completed, these assessments will provide the health basis for revisions to existing ambient air quality guidelines, objectives, and standards.
  • HC initiated an assessment of the human health impacts associated with the production, transportation, storage and use of different biodiesel blends. In addition, through participation in an interdepartmental working group, and in collaboration with industry, HC continued to investigate the potential health impacts of different vehicle fuel additives and fuel characteristics. This ongoing work will help ensure that Canadian fuel standards work in harmony with US standards and that any possible health impacts are considered as new products are brought forward for introduction into the Canadian market.
  • Emerging greenhouse gas mitigation technologies were prioritized for assessment in consultation with governments, industry and academia. Carbon capture and storage (CCS) and the use of biomass in power generation were identified as key processes and assessments of these technologies have been initiated.  A review of CCS technologies applied to coal-fired power generation and their associated air pollutant emission factors was completed. An analysis of resulting air pollutant emissions and human exposures is underway. A review of biomass technologies used in Canada and development of associated emission factors for air pollutants was completed.
  • HC conducted a number of studies to determine the exposure of Canadians to different air pollutants, from different sources, and to study their impacts on human health. This longer-term work, often taking three to four years to complete, provides the basis for considering the need for management actions on individual pollutants and industrial sectors to improve the health of Canadians such as children and those with cardio-vascular or respiratory illnesses. These studies included:
    • A published science assessment of the human health impacts of airborne manganese.
    • A study in Windsor, Ontario, which determined that vehicle emissions are the primary source of human exposure to air pollution in the region.
    • A study in the Annapolis Valley, Nova Scotia, which determined that 50% of all particulate matter in the region comes from wood smoke.
    • A traffic study in Toronto that found a positive relationship between long term cumulative exposure to pollution from vehicles, and the exacerbation of asthma in children.
    • A study in Montreal to estimate the impacts of emissions from oil refineries on the respiratory health of children continued. Other sector specific studies were initiated to assess the health impacts of emissions from the pulp & paper, electrical power generation, aluminum, iron & steel, and cement sectors.
    • A cohort study was set up which will use remote sensing to study the relationship between exposure to common smog pollutants (PM and ozone) and the incidence of cancer and premature mortality. An additional study is ongoing to investigate the relationship between particulate matter exposure and effects on the respiratory, cardiovascular, and nervous systems.
    • Based on findings of a possible association between appendicitis and air pollution, new research was initiated to look at the possible relationship between air pollution exposure and a broad range of health problems such as migraines, stroke, Chrohn’s disease, and serious skin conditions.
  • Economic studies were conducted to determine how illnesses caused by air pollution impact quality of life.  Studies included literature reviews on the economic costs of asthma development, and mould exposure. This research on socio-economic impacts will help ensure that air quality regulations are developed and implemented in a cost-effective manner.
  • HC applied the air quality benefits assessment tool (AQBAT) to assess the potential health and economic impacts of a number of proposed air quality regulations. The modelling tool was also updated to include more current economic and health research results. HC also used the Air Health Indicator (AHI) tool in order to track spatial and temporal changes in air quality and related health impacts. An AHI has been developed for ozone and for particulate matter, and refinement of the methodology used in the AHI is ongoing. 
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 71,300,000 $ 24,304,600 $ 20,751,732

 

Program: Emissions Reporting

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_6

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The Greenhouse Gas National Inventory Report for 2007 was submitted to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Secretariat in April 2009.

Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program (GHGRP) system was enhanced and migrated from Statistics Canada to Environment Canada (EC). In addition, Section 46 GHGRP data was published on the EC website in December 2009.

An internet-based information gathering tool was built to support electronic information gathering on greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions in Canada. This tool is currently being considered as an option for gathering information on GHGs in cooperation with provinces and territories. This past fall, renewed consultations with the provinces were undertaken through the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment to identify guiding principles to support the development of a single window system for reporting on GHGs.  A list of guiding principles was finalized in January 2010 and is used to develop bi-lateral agreements with Provinces. The use of a single window for submitting information on emissions will contribute towards reducing the reporting and data management burden on industry and government.

EC published the 2007 national emissions inventory for air pollutants and compiled 2008 data; and also published the 2008 facility level emissions for air pollutants compiled through the National Pollutant Releases Inventory.

The department submitted the compliant 2008 national emission summaries for air pollutants to the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe as required by the reporting obligations ratified by Canada under the Convention on Long-Range Transboundary Air Pollution. Overall, existing institutional capacity to deliver an enhanced monitoring, accounting and reporting system to produce a United Nations compliant national GHG inventory system and national inventory report was maintained.

Improved emission inventories, trends, and projections for air pollutants obtained through technical studies, emission estimation model improvements, and measurements.

Developed quantification, reporting and verification protocols for estimating air pollutant emissions from the aluminum, power generation and steel manufacturing sectors; and developed tools to accelerate the processing and the creation of the emission data files for the air quality models.

Collected facility-level emissions through an enhanced on-line application as part of the single window reporting system.

In close collaboration with sector experts, programs and enforcement services, the quality of the data reported under the Canadian Environmental Protection Act Section 71, Clean Air Regulatory Agenda (CARA) Notice has been assessed for each implicated industrial sectors notice.

A Common Secured Protected B network infrastructure to manage, provide access, use and manipulate in a secure manner, the confidential information collected for CARA is currently under development.

Comparative analysis of quantification reporting and verification requirements specified in various North American mandatory GHG reporting programs (i.e., United States Environmental Protection Act Mandatory Reporting Rule, Western Climate Initiative, Alberta and other provinces) is on going.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 57,800,202 $ 16,325,127 $ 12,255,442

 

Program: Emissions Trading

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_7

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Trading Program Development

  • Environment Canada (EC) provided policy advice regarding greenhouse gases (GHGs) based on emerging United States policy and our assessment of potential implications for Canada. In addition, analytical and consultative preparatory work required for a national or linked North American GHG cap and trade system was done, primarily including the publication of draft rules for Canada’s Offset System for GHGs. This work also included policy analysis and consultation on potential compliance mechanisms for the regulatory framework, including a technology fund and pre-certified investment concepts.

Canada 's Kyoto Protocol (KP) National Registry

  • The Registry went into full production (i.e., "went live") with the International Transaction Log (ITL) in February 2010. Canada issued its first commitment period Assigned Amount Units and deposited them in the Government of Canada holding account in the national registry.  Canada paid its ITL fees for the 2009 and 2010 calendar years.
  • EC published a web page on its internet site providing general information on the National Registry, as well as account holder and transaction information as required by the KP.

Domestic Credit Tracking System (DCTS)

  • Because of the delay in implementing a Canadian GHG emissions trading system and the Offsets System, sufficient time was available in 2009-2010 to go beyond a “manual DCTS” and develop an on-line database tracking system for tradable GHG compliance units, such as allowances and Offset Credits. Thus, the department completed the design phase of the DCTS with the production of a functional specification, list of requirements and sample web site screen shots.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 32,656,213 $ 8,486,395 $ 3,387,888

 

Program: Enforcement advice and Reporting on Progress

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_8

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Receptor modelling study was conducted for two rural sites in Ontario and Quebec (Simcoe and Saint Anicet). The comparisons of urban and rural areas provide important information on the spatial variation of PM2.5 sources and the contributions of local and regional scale sources. Overall result of this research should support development of more effective control strategies for ambient pollutants.

In October 2009, Environment Canada hosted a national Particulate Matter (PM) Measurement meeting that was attended by over 30 participants representing 12 different Canadian and international monitoring jurisdictions. The meeting provided an update on progress towards transitioning the PM2.5 network to instruments that meet the National Air Pollution Surveillance Network-Canada-Wide Standard (NAPS-CWS) performance criterion for PM2.5, and provided recommendations for a national method for transforming data from instruments that do not meet this criterion.  As a follow-up, it was also recommended that an ad hoc group (NAPS agencies) develop transformation methods for consideration by NAPS and the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment in the near future.

The program did not proceed with the other planned initiatives due to a reorientation of government policy, engaging instead in policy and support activities to develop the basis for an accountable comprehensive national approach to air emissions reduction.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 7,000,000 $ 1,742,000 $ 886,797

 

Program: Policy Development, Analysis and Coordination

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CARA_9

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In terms of policy development, progress was also made in completing much of the analytical and consultative preparatory work required for a North American cap and trade system.

Preliminary policy analysis was undertaken on equivalency agreements and the potential for agreements to be based on equivalency of environmental outcomes.  Additional analysis examined existing control programs (regulations, permitting/approval processes, voluntary measures) in a number of provinces.

Analytical support to overall policy development produced several key deliverables.

  • An energy, emissions and economic baseline was developed to serve as a reference point for the analysis of proposed climate change policy and approaches. This baseline provided a consistent benchmark for the analysis of policy options.
  • The emissions and economic impacts of approaches to reduce emissions in selected industries (e.g., oil and gas, and electricity generation) and end-use sectors (e.g., passenger vehicles) were examined.  Analysis was also undertaken to support the Government’s revised goal of 17% below 2005 by 2020.

Analysis of alternative options for a North American cap-and-trade regime was also undertaken.

Economic profiles for key industrial sectors were developed (Pipelines; Pulp and Paper; Chemical; Petroleum Refining; Cement; Lime & Gypsum; Iron and Steel; Aluminum and Smelting; Iron Ore, Potash and Other Mining; Conventional Oil and Gas; Electricity Generation; Oil Sands).

Economic analysis was provided to support the development of Regulatory Assessment Impact Statements for biofuels and passenger cars and light-duty trucks.

As part of the joint work to develop an alternative framework for managing air quality, consultations with all provinces and territories via the Canadian Council of Ministers of the Environment committees and Non-Governmental Organizations via the Canadian Environmental Network raised awareness of three elements of the alternative framework and the detailed options under consideration. The proposed framework includes a foundation of industrial emission requirements for sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxide, volatile organic compounds and particulate matter. Analysis was undertaken to estimate the potential benefits from implementing the preliminary emission targets relative to the targets proposed under the 2007 framework.

Canada participated in the North American Air Working Group of the Committee for Environmental Cooperation.

Canada has continued to engage the United States on national and regional levels on the transboundary movement of air pollution.

Internationally, Canada has made progress in participating in negotiations on amendments to the 1999 Gothenburg Protocol.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 10,078,576 $ 2,692,838 $ 1,662,616

 

 

Theme: Clean Energy

Lead Department

Natural Resources Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Indian and Northern Affairs

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Partnerships and collaborative agreements with stakeholders to promote clean energy activities that result in lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).
  • Involvement by industry in developing and using energy efficiency products, services, and processes that result in lower emissions of GHGs and CACs.
  • Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of GHGs and CACs.
  • Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.
  • Policy and monitoring that supports GHG and CAC reductions.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Adoption of energy efficient products and services that result in reduced GHGs and CACs.
  • Adoption of renewable energy products and services, and strengthened infrastructure, resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs.
  • Availability of innovative, market-ready energy processes, products and services that result in reduced GHGs and CACs.

Final Outcomes

  • Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

Programs under the Clean Energy Theme continued to surpass expectations in 2009-2010. Investments achieved concrete benefits for Canadians by continuing to increase energy efficiency and renewable energy production, and by promoting emerging technologies. These achievements have resulted in tangible GHG reductions across the country. 

Immediate Outcomes

As detailed in the program reports, the Clean Energy Theme experienced unprecedented demand for its products and services:

  • 49 new contribution agreements were signed under the ecoENERGY for Renewable Power program, half of the program’s 3-year total of 98.
  • More than 1000 industrial energy managers, more than 6,500 professionals in the building and housing industries, and more than 1900 representatives from small and medium organizations participated in information sessions, workshops and training regarding energy efficiency this year.
  • 30 renewable energy, energy efficiency and community energy planning workshops were supported in 29 Aboriginal and northern communities, more than in years past.
  • More than 86,000 calls were made to Service Canada regarding the ecoENERGY Retrofit Program, and the program has processed more than 12,000 emails received through contact websites.
  • Domestic and international stakeholders benefitted from products developed in whole or in part by the Clean Energy Theme, including a wind technology roadmap, an Off-Grid Communities Framework, information on emerging technologies, building and housing codes, the Carbon Budget Model, energy models, energy efficiency training tools, and others. 
  • The Theme contributed to such Government of Canada reports as “Canada’s 5th National Communication on Climate Change: 2010,” “Canada’s National Inventory Report 1990-2008,” and “A Climate Change Plan for the Purposes of the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act, 2009.”
  • It supported its 2009-2010 achievements with strategic policy advice, analytical products and communications support to Natural Resources Canada and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada senior officials and Ministers to support their decision-making, and by accurately reporting on Clean Energy activities through the HMARF and other government reports. 

Intermediate Outcomes

Adoption of energy efficient products and services that result in reduced GHG and air pollutant emissions:

  • As a result of the Clean Energy programs, Canadians are purchasing more energy efficient products for their homes. More than 275,000 homeowners have received grants under the ecoENERGY Retrofit – Homes program as of the end of 2009-2010, and the energy-efficient upgrades they have made will reduce their annual energy consumption by 22%.  The total as of the end of 2008-2009 was 94,000.
  • The way buildings and houses are marketed is changing.  More than half a million new and existing homes have been rated and labelled for energy efficiency under the ecoENERGY programs, which will help to steer the Canadian housing market toward increased efficiency.  As well, 77% of new LEED-certified (Leadership in Energy Efficient Design) buildings have been certified using the ecoENERGY for Building and Houses program’s Design Validation methodology.
  • Federal Clean Energy programs are working collaboratively with provincial and territorial governments.  All but one territory fully or partially match federal home retrofit grant contributions, facilitating the adoption of energy efficient products by homeowners. As well, six provinces have announced changes to their housing codes that will make them more energy efficient.
  • Business owners have also been engaged on energy efficiency. This year, small and medium organization signed 517 contribution agreements for energy efficient upgrades, and more than 6,000 building industry professionals participated in training on energy efficient tools and practices.  As well, a survey has shown that most participants in the Canadian Industry Program for Energy Conservation (CIPEC) use the network and the CIPEC tools to implement energy efficiency measures. More than 2,200 companies are registered CIPEC Leaders; 321 joined in 2009-2010, the most yet in a single year under the ecoENERGY for Industry program. 
  • Aboriginal and northern communities have been active on clean energy too.  Support from the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities program has helped 10 projects be successfully commissioned. These projects are helping to increase renewable energy production and increase energy efficiency in Aboriginal and northern communities. 

Adoption of renewable energy projects and services, and strengthened infrastructure, resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs:

  • The ecoENERGY for Renewable Power program saw 26 of its projects commissioned this year, which has increased the renewable energy capacity in Canada by 1042.6 megawatts (MW) and will receive approximately $338 million in federal support. Overall, 55 of the 98 projects with contribution agreements under the program have been commissioned to date. These 55 represent an increase in Canadian renewable energy capacity of more than 2,600 MW, and the installations have produced 8.2 terawatts (TWh) of renewable electricity to date.
  • Interest in the ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat program remained very high in 2009-2010. The program supported the installation of 283 solar thermal systems in the institutional, commercial and industrial sectors, more than in years previous and greatly exceeding the planned target of 175. In the residential sector, 466 systems were installed this year, bringing the program total up to 563. In addition, a national survey this year indicated that the geoexchange industry grew by 65% in 2009 compared to 2007.
  • The ecoENERGY Technology Initiative supported the demonstration of hydrogen fuel cells, with 20 fuel cell buses operating in Vancouver’s Olympic Village during the 2010 Winter Olympics. These buses are expected to operate for up to 20 years.
  • The renewable programs met all their Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities commitments except for one: delays in the commissioning of some projects supported by the ecoENERGY for Renewable Power program resulted in less than 3,000 MW commissioned in total. The delayed projects are expected to be commissioned in 2010-2011 instead.

Final Outcomes

The Clean Energy programs have resulted in tangible reductions of GHG emissions. 

  • The ecoENERGY for Buildings and Houses, Retrofit, and Industry programs collectively reduced emissions by an estimated 3.22 megatonnes (Mt) in 2009-2010.
  • In 2009-2010, commissioned projects in the ecoENERGY for Renewable Power and Heat programs resulted in 2.94 Mt of GHG reductions.

2009-2010 Successes

Programs in the Clean Energy Theme continued to be highly visible and popular in 2009-2010.

  • The ecoENERGY Retrofit – Homes program has now reached one in twenty existing households and is accessible in all regions of Canada, with an average energy savings of 22% and 3 tonnes per house.  Demand for the program was so strong that the budget was increased five-fold before intake was completed in March 2010. The Small and Medium Organizations component of the program was initially targeting 800 projects over 4 years, but that target has been exceeded after only 3 years with 848 projects approved to date as of March 31, 2010.
  • In 2009, the United States recognized the success of the ecoENERGY for Industry program’s CIPEC industry-government partnership model. It received the American Council for Energy-Efficient Economy award for Champion of Energy Efficiency in Industry.
  • Interest in the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities Program continues to build, evidenced through inquiries received from Aboriginal and northern communities, federal programs, provincial and territorial governments, industry and utilities. It is expected that the Program will be fully subscribed by November 2010.
  • Scientific research this year under the ecoENERGY Technology Initiative has been used to inform codes, standards and regulations facilitating the adoption of new technology. One such example is the changes to be incorporate in the Canadian Electrical Code, that will reduce the risk of investing in wind energy generation.
  • The Clean Energy programs were featured in several major government reports released in 2009-2010. These included “Canada’s 5th National Communication on Climate Change: 2010” and “A Climate Change Plan for the Purposes of the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act, 2009.”
  • Senior officials from Canadian provinces and from major GHG emitting countries (US, Russia, China and Brazil) were briefed on Canada’s approach to forest carbon monitoring. As well, the Clean Energy theme assisted Russia to successfully undertake national-scale analyses (>700 million hectares) using a Canadian modelling tool.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

  • Complementary programs in provinces have helped to increase the visibility and reach of federal Clean Energy initiatives, but this increased interest can pose a challenge for the program resources. This has been the experience of the Retrofit-Homes and Aboriginal and Northern Communities programs. 
  • The completion of the pre-retrofit evaluation phase of the ecoENERGY Retrofit – Homes program has made the retention of the energy advisor network a challenge. Advisors are needed to ensure that homeowners have access to post-retrofit assessments until March 31, 2011.
  • The economic downturn posed a challenge to some Clean Energy programs, as some industrial participants were not in a position to take advantage of federal incentives. In the case of the ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat program, however, complementary provincial programs and an increase to the maximum federal incentive per project helped to keep demand strong. 
Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010 2009-2010 Theme Actual Spending Reported within the Economic Action Plan (EAP)
$ 1,462,000,000 $ 446,255,606 $ 433,767,156

$ 231,653,448 (ecoENERGY Retrofit Program)

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Buildings and Houses

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Buildings and Houses program supports code development, rating, labelling and training to encourage the construction and retrofit of energy efficient houses and buildings. The program was launched in 2007-2008.

Immediate Outcomes

Partnerships and collaborative agreements with stakeholders to promote clean energy activities that result in lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • Over 25 provincial/territorial/municipal and utilities and other industry stakeholders offer complementary new and existing housing programs that build on the core tools developed at Natural Resources Canada.
  • As of the end of 2009-2010 six provinces have announced changes to their housing codes to achieve the EnerGuide Rating System 80 level by 2012.  
  • The Buildings component supported making the Model National Energy Code for Buildings 2011 25% more stringent than the 1997 reference document with 11 of the 13 provinces and territories participating in the process.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • In 2009-2010 over 529,000 existing homes and 12,000 new homes were rated and labelled. Labelling provides potential home buyers with information regarding the energy efficiency rating of a house. Providing this information makes energy efficient homes relatively more visible and attractive, and steers the market toward increased efficiency. The number of homes labelled annually has steadily increased over the course of the program, given that 180,000 existing and 11,500 new homes were rated and labelled in 2008-2009.
  • Seven pilot benchmarking/labelling projects are currently underway with organizations across Canada. Since the launch of the program, 359 labels have been issued as part of the pilot program. 
  • A program for commissioning and re-commissioning commercial/institutional buildings to ensure that buildings operate in an energy efficient manner was discussed at the Energy and Mines Ministers meeting in 2009.
  • Energy efficient practices for buildings and homes were promoted via 147 communications and marketing products, including trade/association publications websites, communiqués, HeadsUP Newsletters, and brochures.
  • In 2009-2010, more than 1700 building professionals took part in technical support workshops and over 4700 housing professionals, builders, and energy advisors were trained on software tools and energy efficiency techniques. This greatly exceeds the program goal of 3500 professionals trained per year. 
  • In 2009-2010, the program delivered 285 workshops to building and housing professionals (exceeding a program target of 205 workshops for the year). 

Final Outcomes

Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities.

  • Since program inception, an estimated 1.07 megatonnes of GHGs were reduced as the result of this program.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 61,000,000 $ 16,533,000 $16,308,095

 

Program: ecoENERGY Retrofit

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_2

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY Retrofit Initiative provides grants to homeowners (Homes component) and transfer payments to owners of small and medium organizations (SMO component) for energy efficiency retrofits. The program was launched in 2007-2008.

Immediate Outcomes

Partnerships and collaborative agreements with stakeholders to promote clean energy activities that result in lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • At the end of 2009-2010, agreements had been signed with nine provinces, two territories and 8 utilities for the sharing of information and administrative support tools in order to enable a single point of entry for homeowners wanting information to participate in joint or collaborative initiatives.
  • All regions of Canada, except one territory, have full or partially matching programs that provide homeowners with seamless access to both orders of government support for home retrofits.

Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of GHGs and CACs.

  • As of March 31st, 2010, more than 275,000 homeowners received grants under the ecoENERGY Retrofit-Homes program by completing a pre-retrofit evaluation and thus received recommendations specific to their home on how to reduce energy consumption and which new technologies could be incorporated in their retrofit plans.

Adoption of renewable energy products and services, and strengthened infrastructure, resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs.

  • As of the end of 2009-2010, approximately 25% of Retrofit-Homes participants installed renewable energy technologies and/or water conservation equipment. This is an improvement on the approximately 20% of Retrofit-Homes participants who installed water conservation equipment and/or renewable energy technologies in 2008-2009.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • In 2009-2010 alone, over 86,000 calls were responded to by Service Canada, in addition to an unrecorded number of emails to various contact websites, of which 12,000 have been processed. By comparison, over 48,000 calls were received in 2008-2009.
  • In 2009-2010, over 1900 participants attended SMO info sessions.

Intermediate Outcomes

Adoption of energy efficiency products and services that result in reduced GHGs and CACs.

  • As of the end of 2009-2010, over 275,000 homeowners received grants in support of energy efficiency upgrades that will reduce their annual energy consumption by 22% and corresponding CO2 emissions by 3 tonnes per house per year. Grants averaged $1,390 per household in 2009-2010, compared to an average of $1,305 over the life of the program.
  • 517 contribution agreements were signed in 2009-2010 with SMOs in support of energy efficiency upgrades. (SMOs have fewer than 500 employees or less than 20,000 square metres in their buildings.) Last year, the program signed 279 agreements with SMOs.

Final Outcomes

Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities.

  • As of the end of 2009-2010, the ecoENERGY Retrofit program has resulted in an estimated 1.05 Megatonnes of GHG savings (0.90 Mt from Retrofit-Homes; 0.156 Mt from Retrofit-SMO).
Total Funding Approved under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010 Actual Spending in 2009-2010 within Economic Action Plan (EAP)
$ 805,000,000 $ 291,897,900 $ 290,045,555 $231,653,448

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Industry

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_3

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Industry program provides information and tools to encourage the accelerated deployment of energy-saving investments by industry. The program was launched in 2007-2008.

Immediate Outcomes

Involvement by industry in developing and using energy efficiency products, services, and processes that result in lower emissions of Greenhouses Gases (GHGs) and Criteria Air Contaminants (CACs).

  • In fiscal year 2009-2010, 321 new companies registered their commitment to improved energy efficiency and became Canadian Industry Program for Energy Conservation (CIPEC) leaders. In comparison, 191 and 156 companies joined CIPEC in 2008-2009 and 2007-2008 respectively. Over 2,200 companies are registered CIPEC Leaders.
  • 35 network meeting were held in 2009-2010, and 77 meetings were held in 2008-2009. In both years, the target of 30 network meetings was exceeded.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • In fiscal year 2009-2010, 1,060 industrial energy managers attended "Dollars to $ense" workshops. By comparison, 760 industrial energy managers attended Dollars to $ense workshops in 2008-2009. These workshops provide information on finding and realizing energy savings. Attending workshops is one facet of CIPEC participation.
  • Three benchmarking studies, technical guides and other tools were developed in 2009-2010, leading to improved energy efficiency in Canadian Industry, reaching the yearly target. Six tools were created in 2008-2009.

Intermediate Outcomes

Adoption of energy efficiency products and services that result in reduced GHGs and CACs

  • A survey of the 156 new CIPEC Leaders from 2007-2008, the first year of the ecoENERGY Industry program, indicated that:
    • Of the new Corporate members that registered their corporate energy efficiency commitments, 83% have energy reduction targets;
    • 83% of the respondents indicated an increase in level of awareness and knowledge of energy savings opportunities and practices in their companies as a result of the CIPEC tools and services; and
    • 74% of the respondents indicated CIPEC tools and services resulted in the implementation of energy efficiency measures by their companies.
  • Five advanced energy assessment studies (Process Integration and Computational Fluid Dynamics studies) were funded in 2009-2010 with the objective of identifying energy-saving opportunities. To date, 24 of these energy assessment studies have been completed. The target for the program by the end of March 2011 is 36 studies. Industry feedback shows that these studies identify energy savings of 10-25%.
  • The program funded 3 data and analysis studies in 2009-2010: an Impact Attribution Study, Upstream Oil and Gas Study, and Electricity Generation Study.

Final Outcomes

Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities.

  • Since program inception, ecoENERGY for Industry has led to an estimated 1.1 Megatonnes of GHG savings, which falls in the target range of 0.4-1.7 Mt GHGs. The lower end of the target range includes only those industries which are not slated for GHG regulations. The upper end of the target range includes all industries.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 18,000,000 $ 4,300,000 $ 4,348,323

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_5

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Renewable Heat program provides incentives and training and supports standards development to promote the increased use of renewable energy technologies in space heating and cooling and water heating applications in buildings.

Immediate Outcomes

Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • 3 contribution agreements for residential pilot projects were signed in 2009-2010. Combined with the 11 signed in 2008-2009, the Program had 14 contribution agreements in place at the end of 2009-2010, surpassing the planned target of 8 contribution agreements. If all of the committed systems are installed, it will result in 6,100 solar domestic water heaters by the end of 2010-2011. However, due to regulatory issues and the impact of the changes to the ecoENERGY Retrofit – Houses program, discussed below, the residential pilot incentive is now expected to see the installation of only 3000 systems by the end of the program on March 31, 2011.
  • In the industrial/commercial/institutional (ICI) sectors, 252 contribution agreements were signed in 2009-2010. Combined with those signed previously, 831 contribution agreements have been signed and these will lead to the installation of 972 systems, surpassing the Program target of 700 systems. Note that some contribution agreements cover more than one system.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • New versions of the Canada Standards Association (CSA) F379 and F383 standards were published in 2008-2009. In 2009-2010, amended versions of CSA F379 and F383 were developed, but publication of the amended standards will be in 2010-2011. Significant development of a new version of F378 took place in 2009-2010 and publication in 2010-2011 is expected. F379 is a CSA standard for packaged solar domestic hot water equipment testing and F383 details how the systems should be installed.
  • Since program inception, agreements have been signed with 9 companies for the certification of domestic solar water heating systems. These agreements are intended to defray the costs for these certifications and encourage growth within the industry. Two of these systems were certified in 2009-2010, meeting the planned target and bringing the total to 5 certified systems. Also, one of the previously certified systems added a double-wall heat exchanger model to their certification listing. In certain jurisdictions in Canada, British Columbia for one, building inspectors require double-wall heat exchangers.
  • Enerpool and Watsun software design tools were upgraded, meeting the planned target. Upgrading of the Swift software is nearing completion. These tools provide system designers with realistic predictions of performance of solar thermal systems prior to purchase and construction, and allow the impact of design choices to be evaluated in advance. In this way, the tools lead to the application of better performing, more cost-effective systems.
  • Three occupational standards for designers and installers were developed and published in 2009-2010. These standards form the basis for the development of quality solar thermal, photovoltaic and geoexchange training and certification programs.

Intermediate Outcomes

Adoption of renewable energy products and services, and strengthened infrastructure, resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs.

  • 283 solar thermal systems were installed in the ICI sectors in 2009-2010 (155 solar air systems and 128 solar water systems). This is compared to 259 (178 solar air, 81 solar water) systems were installed in 2008-2009, and 195 (171 solar air, 24 solar water) systems installed in 2007-2008.
  • The planned target of 175 systems was met.
  • 466 systems were installed as part of the residential pilot projects in 2009-2010. An additional 97 were installed in 2008-2009 bring the total to 563 systems.
  • An annual national survey was completed for the solar thermal and geoexchange industries. This survey indicated a growth of 65% for the geoexchange industry in 2009 over 2007.

Final Outcomes

Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean energy activities

  • The systems installed under the program in 2009-2010 are expected to result in energy savings of 90,278 gigajoules (GJ)/year, which translates to 8.56 kilotonnes (Kt) of GHG reductions per year. In 2008-2009 a different mix of energy sources displaced (natural gas, propane or electricity) resulted in that year’s energy saving of 91,018 GJ yield 5.5 Kt of GHG reductions.
  • This exceeds the planned target of 0.09 petajoules (90,000 GJ) worth of energy savings and a reduction of approximately 5 Kt of GHG emissions.
  • By comparison, the systems installed under the program in 2008-2009 and 2007-2008 are expected to result in annual savings of 91,018 GJ of energy and 5.5 Kt of GHGs, and 52,236 GJ of energy 3.3 kt of GHGs respectively.
  • To date, the program is estimated to save an estimated 233,532 GJ of energy and 17.36 kt of GHGs per year.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 36,000,000 $ 8,090,000 $ 6,849,640

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Renewable Power

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_4

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Renewable Power program provides power production incentives to support emerging renewable energy sources (e.g., wind, hydro, solar, biomass). Projects supported through this program include, for example, wind energy projects larger than 1 megawatts (MW). Incentives continue up to 2021.

Immediate Outcomes

Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • 20 new notices of application were registered between April 1, 2009 and March 31, 2010, for a total of 239 registered projects under the program to date. By comparison, the program received 68 notices of application in 2008-2009.
  • 49 new contribution agreements with power production companies were signed during the year, representing projects that will generate 1,660 MW of new renewable power capacity in Canada and 5,032 gigawatt hours (GWh) per year of additional production. In 2008-2009, the program signed 40 contribution agreements. As of the end of 2009-2010, the program had signed contribution agreements with 98 proponents in total.

Intermediate Outcomes

Increased production of clean electricity from renewable sources such as wind, biomass, hydro and solar energy resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs.

  • 26 projects were commissioned in 2009-2010. These have increased the renewable energy capacity in Canada by 1042.6 MW and will receive approximately $338 million in support under the ecoENERGY for Renewable Power program, thereby exceeding the planned target. Projects commissioned in 2008-2009 represented 849 MW of capacity.
  • The 26 projects commissioned this year are expected to generate approximately 3.4 terawatt hours (TWh) of electricity annually.
  • Overall, 55 of the program’s 98 projects with signed agreements have been commissioned as of the end of 2009-2010, representing 2634.6 MW in generating capacity. These commissioned projects have generated 8.2 TWh of low-impact renewable energy since program inception (includes full yearly production from 2007-2008 and 2008-2009 and partial production in fiscal year 2009-2010).
  • The program has committed approximately $821 million of incentive support to its 55 commissioned projects. The 98 signed contribution agreements represent an anticipated $1.346 billion of federal funding.

Final Outcomes

Reduced emissions of GHGs and CACs from clean electricity production

  • The 26 projects commissioned this year are expected to avoid 1.58 megatonnes (Mt) of CO2 equivalent annually during each of the ten years they will receive the incentive.
  • The expected GHG reduction from all 55 commissioned projects during 2009-2010 was 2.92 Mt of CO2 equivalent, based on annual production from projects commissioned in 2007-2008 and 2008-2009, and partial production of projects commissioned in 2009-2010. When all 55 commissioned projects are producing for a full year, the expected annual GHG emission reductions will be about 3.83 Mt/year or 38.3 Mt over 10 years.
  • Once all 98 projects are commissioned, the expected GHG emission reductions will be about 6.27 Mt per year. This would be in line with the program target to reduce GHG emissions by 6 - 6.7 Mt per year by 2012.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$276,000,000 $67,214,000 $59,076,622

 

Program: ecoENERGY Technology Initiative

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_6

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Technology Initiative (ecoETI) supports the research, development and demonstration of clean energy technologies (e.g., carbon capture and storage (CCS), hydrogen, and biomass).

Immediate Outcomes

Partnerships and collaborative agreements with stakeholders to promote clean energy activities that result in lower emissions of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • ecoETI has completed all calls for proposals and its funds are fully committed. Contribution agreements for eight carbon capture and storage projects (in British Columbia, Alberta and Saskatchewan) have been signed, and all projects are now underway in the engineering and storage characterization stage.

Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of GHGs and CACs.

  • Significant progress in broad range of research and development projects to reduce technical (and other) risks in the areas of low emission industrial processes, energy efficient built environment, clean transportation systems, distributed power generation, sustainable bioenergy, and clean coal and CCS. For example:
    • Commencement of front-end engineering studies and demonstrations of integrated carbon capture and storage projects in partnership with the private sector and provincial agencies. The Capital Power FEED (Front End Engineering Design) project is complete.
    • Completion of a successful wind technology roadmap that will set out guidelines for future federal involvement in the technical development of wind energy in Canada, including utility offshore wind systems.
    • Progress has been achieved on production of inventories of existing, new, and opportunity forest and agriculture biomass resources, in a single database (GIS-based web portal).
    • Demonstration and integration of pre-commercial hydrogen and fuel cell technologies and infrastructure for successful vehicle demonstration fleet, including 20 fuel cell Olympic Village hydrogen buses now in regular service which are expected to operate for up to 20 years.
    • Development of tools, improved process design, bench scale testing, and partner site validation to reduce the energy/emissions footprint for industry and 13 projects are now underway.
    • Seven Bitumen Oil and Gas projects – related primarily to tailings technologies, water management, extraction processes, and air emissions – are progressing as scheduled and are expected to be completed in 2010‑2011.
    • Successful determination of thermodynamic parameters governing hydrocarbon partitioning, and quantification of naphtha in the tailings fractions progressing towards improvement of solvent recovery systems in oil sands operations and consequently improved air quality through reduced loss of Volitile Organic Compounds to the atmosphere.
    • Progress has begun on implementation of partnerships with municipalities, builders and developers covering elements of planning and construction of highly energy efficient buildings and communities through the successful negotiation of the ecoEquilibrium Communities initiative with Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation. Projects will cover early stage community planning as well as building construction projects.
    • Produced many science and technology publications, reports and workshops, targeted at stakeholders operating at the next stage of the innovation continuum.
    • Development of Community Energy Solutions Roadmap on behalf of the Demand Side Management Working Group of the Council of Energy Ministers. Roadmap was released in Fall 2009.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 226,440,000 $ 48,172,706 $ 48,166,167

 

Program: Policy, Communications, Monitoring and Reporting

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/#CE_7

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Immediate Outcomes

Policy
Policy and monitoring that supports greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs).

  • Provided timely strategic advice, information, analysis of policy options and recommendations to the Minister and senior officials on climate change and clean air issues in support of policy and program development and decision making.
  • Provided high-quality advice and recommendations that influenced refinements to the Regulatory Framework for Industrial Greenhouse Gas Emissions.
  • Continued to provide policy and economic analysis and advice on carbon capture and storage (CCS). Also facilitated collaboration among CCS stakeholders such as Natural Resource Canada (NRCan) officials, other federal departments, provincial governments, non-governmental organizations, and CCS project proponents.
  • Worked closely with Environment Canada (EC) and other federal departments and agencies on climate change modelling activities; reference case development on GHG emissions, and energy production and consumption; and sectoral economic assessments for the Clean Air Regulatory Agenda.
  • Coordinated and led departmental input to major Government of Canada reports, including “Canada’s 5th National Report on Climate Change” and “A Climate Change Plan for the Purposes of the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act.”
  • Led horizontal reporting for NRCan’s Clean Air Agenda programs.
  • Prepared a new projection of Canada's energy demand and supply to 2030 titled “Canada's Energy Outlook to 2030: The Reference Case 2010.” The report has benefited from extensive consultations with different sectors of NRCan, other federal departments, provincial and territorial government, some utilities and major industry associations.
  • Continued to enhance NRCan's modelling capacity (MAPLE-C).

Strategic Communications
Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • 96 announcements including ministerial events related to ecoENERGY programming were organized. Drafted 63 sets of speaking notes to support these events.
  • Production of a series of fact sheets on CCS.
  • Responded to 112 media calls related to the ecoENERGY Initiatives.
  • Development of web information to communicate energy conservation tips to the general public.
  • Effective issues management including pro-active issues identification and planning and implementation of appropriate communications responses.
  • Production of marketing and outreach material to support the expansion of the ecoENERGY Retrofit-Homes initiative.

Forest Policy and Monitoring
Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of GHGs and CACs.

  • Strong interest continued in use of the Carbon Budget Model (CBM-CFS3) with total downloads of the model since it first became available rising to over 675 from 500 in 2008-2009, and the number of countries involved rising from 42 to 45.
  • Three workshops on the model in 2009-2010 were attended by 57 trainees from 5 countries (Canada, Mexico, Italy, Spain, and South Korea). Interest in these training workshops has become exceptionally high in Canada, with all seats booked within days of announcement, mostly by Canadian forest industry participants.
  • Joint projects continued with Russia and Mexico on using the model, and new projects were initiated with Italy, South Korea, and Australia (Tasmania).
  • Invited keynote presentations were given at international carbon workshops in Japan, China, and Korea as well as invited presentations at Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) experts meetings in Brazil and Japan.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • Eleven high impact publications in scientific literature.
  • Canadian Forest Service (CFS) science and policy experts engaged stakeholders directly to encourage forest sector GHG mitigation action by giving numerous presentations and participating in meetings across Canada and internationally. As a result, interest in forest sector mitigation actions and awareness of the challenges and opportunities involved was greatly enhanced.
  • CFS scientists engaged the scientific community across Canada, in the United States, and around the world by taking on an increasingly leadership role in organizations, including the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, the Global Network for Forest Science Cooperation, the International Boreal Forest Research Association, the International Energy Agency, Canadian Carbon Program, North American Carbon Program, and others. All provinces and territories were engaged to improve understanding of forest carbon, improve carbon monitoring and reporting, and to build capacity at the provincial/territorial level.

Policy and monitoring that supports GHG and CAC reductions.

  • Continued discussion and joint technical policy analysis with provinces and territories through the federal/provincial/territorial National Forest Sinks Committee, including initiation of a multi-year workplan to assess the potential and policy options related reducing emissions and increasing removals in Canada’s managed forest.
  • Analysis on-going to inform Canada’s negotiating position on rules for post-2012 international accounting for forests. Canadian leadership in developing improved accounting rules for the Land use, land-use change and forestry sector to incent greater mitigation activity was acknowledged both informally by negotiating teams from other United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) parties and indirectly by them having adopted Canadian approaches in their own analyses.
  • Provision of forest-related information on areas and GHG emissions and removals for 1990‑2008 to Environment Canada for inclusion in the 2010 National GHG inventory submission to the UNFCCC and Canada’s first national reporting accounting under the Kyoto Protocol (for the year 2008).
  • Canada’s National Forest Carbon Monitoring, Accounting and Reporting System development continued, including ongoing migration toward state of the art data management and computing system architecture and improved protocols for exchange of data and information between CFS, EC, and Agriculture and Agri-Foods Canada to ensure the business needs of all three departments are met.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 24,560,000 $ 6,298,000 $ 5,169,053

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities

Department

Indian and Northern Affairs

Departmental Program Activity

Community Infrastructure

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CE_8

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities program continues to provide support to Aboriginal and Northern communities working on clean energy projects, including the approximately 150 remote communities that rely on diesel power generation. Through funding agreements, the program equips Aboriginal and northern communities with the knowledge and tools to increase the energy efficiency of community infrastructure, to access renewable energy opportunities and to implement cost effective renewable energy projects. The 30 renewable energy, energy efficiency and community energy planning projects supported by the program in 2009-2010 will help to reduce the communities’ reliance on diesel fuel, lower their energy costs, contribute to the reduction of greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CAC) in Canada, and most importantly, assume a role in improving the health of their members. Not only does the Program promote environmentally sustainable communities, but it provides funding to enable Aboriginal and northern communities to access economic development opportunities that will directly benefit their communities.

Immediate Outcomes

Transfer and/or use of clean energy technologies and practices leading to lower emissions of (GHG and CACs.

  • In 2009-2010, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) provided $2.57 million in contributions to 30 renewable energy, energy efficiency and community energy planning projects within 29 of the approximately 650 Aboriginal and northern communities within Canada. By comparison, the program provided $2.69 million in contributions for 25 projects in 24 communities in 2008-2009. The 30 funded projects include 17 Renewable Energy projects, 7 Energy Efficiency projects, and 6 Community Energy Planning projects.
  • Funding contributions were provided for a range of renewable energy and energy efficiency projects. Examples of projects receiving funding include the installation of photovoltaic systems, waste heat recovery systems, and ground source heat pumps; wind energy and hydro generation projects.
  • As of March 31, 2010, a total of 76 projects in 64 Aboriginal and northern communities had received $7.3 million in federal funding through the Program. The 76 funded projects include 13 community energy planning projects, 14 energy efficiency projects, and 49 renewable energy projects.

Awareness and understanding among stakeholders of the potential for, and methods of, reducing GHGs and CACs through energy production and use.

  • The ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities Program continues to gain momentum. Since the beginning of the Program on April 1, 2007, the number of funding applications received has steadily increased: 24 applications in 2007-2008, 34 applications in 2008-2009, and 53 applications in 2009-2010. It is anticipated that the Program will again receive in excess of 50 applications during 2010-2011 and it is expected that the Program will be fully subscribed by November 2010.
  • In 2009-2010, 30 out of the 53 applications received were approved and received funding. These projects provided the resources for 29 communities, including 11 off-grid, to equip them with the knowledge and tools to increase energy efficiency and to access renewable energy opportunities within their communities. Since April 1, 2007, a total of 64 Aboriginal and northern communities have benefited from 76 projects funded by the program.
  • Interest in the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities Program continues to build, evidenced through inquiries received from Aboriginal and northern communities, federal programs, provincial and territorial governments, industry and utilities. It is anticipated that with rising global fuel costs and the associated energy sustainability challenges faced by Aboriginal and northern communities, the need for this type of programming will continue beyond March 31, 2011.
  • An Off-Grid Communities Framework was developed in 2009-2010, which will assist INAC to facilitate the implementation of future renewable energy and energy efficiency projects within the over 150 off-grid Aboriginal and northern communities. Departmental and National Off-Grid Communities working groups were established to discuss the challenges being faced by off-grid communities across Canada and collaborate on solutions to address the challenges. INAC co-chairs the National Off-Grid Communities Working Group with the Government of British Columbia and the National Research Council of Canada (NRC). Members of the working group include various sectors within INAC (headquarters and regional offices), federal departments and agencies (Natural Resources Canada, Industry Canada, Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency, Public Works and Government Services Canada), provincial and territorial governments, as well as Aboriginal and northern community members.
  • INAC’s Ontario regional office has developed a detailed workplan to address the large number of First Nations actively pursuing energy projects. First Nation interest in clean energy projects is due in part to the Ontario Green Energy Act which facilitates Aboriginal involvement and/or ownership in renewable energy projects. INAC’s funding provides critical early stage funding that allows First Nations to pursue environmentally beneficial energy projects.

Intermediate Outcomes

Adoption of energy efficient products and services that result in reduced GHGs and CACs. Adoption of renewable energy products and services, and strengthened infrastructure, resulting in reduced GHGs and CACs.

  • Of the renewable energy and energy efficiency projects funded since April 1, 2007, 10 have been successfully commissioned to date and it is anticipated that another 13 projects will be fully commissioned by the program end date of March 31, 2011. It is anticipated that the commissioned projects will result in reductions of GHG emissions of 0.001 Megatonnes (MT) during 2009 and another 0.009 Mt during 2010. These projects include renewable energy installations and energy efficiencies that are being incorporated into community infrastructure, such as recreational complexes, arenas, community centres, district heating and smart metering.

Final Outcomes

  • It is projected that the renewable energy and energy efficiency projects supported by the ecoENERGY for Aboriginal and Northern Communities Program in 2009-2010 will result in a reduction of 1.481 Mt CO2 (over a 20-year period) once the projects are commissioned. Since April 1, 2007, the total anticipated reduction of GHG emissions by projects funded by the program is 4.196 Mt (over a 20-year period). Once commissioned, these projects will create new sources of renewable power and reduce the reliance of Aboriginal and northern communities on fossil fuels and therefore result in a decrease of GHG emissions.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 15,000,000 $ 3,750,000 $ 3,803,701

 

Theme: Clean Transportation

Lead Department

Transport Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Environment Canada, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices;
  • Increased uptake of technologies that reduce energy consumption, greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants (CACs);
  • Increased participation by target audience in emission reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities; and
  • Increased capacity by target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption or greenhouse gases (GHG) or criteria air ccntaminants (CAC) or release of toxic substances.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption or GHG or CAC; and
  • Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption or GHG or CAC.

Final Outcomes

  • Reductions in energy consumption or GHG or CAC from transportation.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

In 2009-2010, the Clean Transportation programs continued to address the challenges of pollution and GHG emissions from the movement of goods and people in Canada and they are on track to reduce emissions by almost 2.4 Megatonnes in 2012. The progress occurred despite the economic recession, which reduced the financial capacity of program stakeholders such as industry, municipal governments and non-governmental organizations. The Clean Transportation Theme focused on reducing financial and information barriers to the uptake of clean technologies and best practices.

Harmonization of regulations and standards also play an important role in reducing emissions. The Clean Transportation Theme programs contributed to the development of international environmental standards, practices and guidelines under the auspices of the International Marine Organization and the International Civil Aviation Organization. In addition, significant foundational work supported the implementation of heavy truck speed limiter regulations in two provinces.

More specifically, the Clean Transportation Theme programs have achieved significant results that are grouped under the following five outcome categories:

Informed positions on policies and programs

  • With the federal/provincial/territorial Sustainable Transportation Task Force, a national data strategy was launched to further develop the knowledge base of the transportation sector.
  • Two modules were added to the Transportation Energy Use and Emissions Model to enable the analysis of program and regulatory initiatives to improve light-duty passenger vehicle fuel efficiency and to assess the proposed regulation of railway emissions.
  • The goal to complete research studies on opportunities to reduce emissions from the trucking sector was met. Studies were completed on real-life experiences with idle-reduction options, the use of aerodynamic devices for heavy-duty trucks and the heavy-duty truck tires (examining tire traction in winter conditions and the purchasing process used by companies).
  • The ecoTECHNOLOGY for Vehicles program helped inform the development of new practices and codes and standards for advanced technology vehicles. For example, the program promoted the development of codes and standards to measure the exhaust emissions and fuel economy of plug-in hybrid electric vehicles; developed Canadian performance data for battery electric vehicles, plug-in hybrid and clean diesel technologies to inform the development of regulations; and conducted a study on low-rolling resistance tires to inform the work of governments, tire manufacturers, industry and other stakeholders.

Increased uptake of emission-reducing technologies

  • The ecoTECHNOLOGY for Vehicles program tested and evaluated the environmental and safety performance of eight different advanced technology vehicles.
  • The implementation of new regulations in Ontario and Quebec to mandate the activation of heavy-duty trucks speed limiter (max 105km/h) was completed;
  • To date $6.5 million (M) was contributed to freight transportation organizations through the Freight Technology Incentive program to help them purchase and install proven emission-reducing technologies. Over 180 applications were received for the second round of funding, representing a three-fold increase from the first round and a significant expansion in the range of technologies to be addressed by the program.
  • The Port Metro Vancouver project to demonstrate shore-based power which allows cruise ships to shut down their electric generator engines was completed and results are being measured and documented.

Increased participation by the target audience in emission-reducing activities

  • The Vehicle Scrappage program provided incentives to consumers to retire 64,000 old, high-polluting vehicles of model year 1995 and earlier, resulting in a reduction of 2900 tonnes of smog-forming pollutants. This exceeded the target of 50,000 vehicles. The incentive cost to the Canadian government is about 7% of the equivalent cost to the United States government for a similar program that ran from July to August 2009. Fifty-seven per cent of the program participants said that the program prompted them to get rid of their vehicle sooner than they otherwise would have.
  • The ecoAUTO Rebate Program ended after the 2008 model year. The analysis conducted, based on existing surveys, indicates that during the ecoAUTO Rebate Program implementation period, Canadians became aware that there is a link between personal vehicle use and the environment, and that increasing the number of fuel‑efficient vehicles on the road will help both the environment and reduce their fuel costs.
  • The ecoENERGY for Fleets program exceeded its target by signing collaborative agreements under which the trucking industry will retrofit over 500 tractors and trailers with fuel efficient components to demonstrate their use in Canada. This is expected to save nearly 3 million litres of fuel and 7,000 tonnes of GHG emissions annually.

Increased capacity by the target audience to undertake emission-reducing initiatives

  • The ecoMobility program delivered several learning events and activities that reached at least 850 municipal practitioners of Transportation Demand Management (TDM) to improve their ability to implement and measure the effectiveness of TDM policies and programs.
  • Environment Canada developed a national Code of Practice for responsible recycling of vehicles, with audits to ensure compliance. It also held training sessions for vehicle recyclers across Canada, and implemented an on-line training tool.
  • The ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles program exceeded its target by providing in-class training on fuel efficient driving practices to over 350,000 new drivers. It also published the 2010 Energuide for Vehicles fuel consumption guide and the Most Fuel Efficient Vehicles List. The program funded nine proposals out of 36 received, and distributed $1.7 million to enable recipients to deliver outreach activities aimed at increasing consumers’ awareness and adoption of energy efficient practices. Of the 580,000 drivers who have received training since the inception of this program, 290,000 are expected to actively use fuel efficient driving techniques to save more than 17 million litres of fuel and 40,000 tonnes of GHGs.
  • The ecoENERGY for Fleets program exceeded its targets by training nearly 14,000 transportation professionals on fuel efficient driving, maintenance and business practices. This is expected to save nearly 45 million litres of fuel and 100,000 tonnes of GHG emissions annually. The program provided training at 88 workshops and by providing access to decision-support and information sources, such as the aerodynamics guide On the Road to a Fuel Efficient Truck, the program website (which received 47,000 hits), and two idle reduction campaigns. In addition, the program completed funding agreements that will allow 11 fleets to demonstrate and adopt fuel efficient fleet technologies with a total contribution of $1.6 M.

Increased awareness, knowledge and acceptance of energy efficient transportation technologies and best practices

  • The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund contributed $4.1 million towards the purchase, installation and demonstration of new and under utilized emission-reducing technologies in the freight industry. The ecoFREIGHT programs have also allowed an indirect uptake of technology from recipients who have extended the demonstrated technologies to a bigger part of their fleet.
  • The ecoFreight Partnerships program sponsored three events to facilitate the transfer of information and knowledge about emissions reduction technologies and practices to the freight industry: the Supply Chain and Logistics (SCL) Association seven-city briefing tour, Globe’s 2010 Low Carbon Shipping Session and the Strategy Institute’s Lean and Green Supply Chain Strategies Summit. In addition, this program sponsored the Green Supply Chain Award and the ecoFREIGHT Transportation Award, presented at SCL’s Annual Conference and at Globe 2010 respectively, to recognize outstanding industry efforts.
  • The ecoFREIGHT Partnerships program published on its website information and decision tools for freight shippers and forwarders. Visitors to the website increased from 12,932 in 2008 to 26,649 in 2009.
  • The ecoTECHNOLOGY for Vehicles program had showcase exhibits at 22 major events to increase public awareness about advanced technology vehicles and to offer ride and drive opportunities.

A theme-level program evaluation started in 2009-2010 and is continuing in 2010-2011. It will address issues of relevance, performance and cost-effectiveness.

2009-2010 Successes

Light Duty Vehicle and Urban Transportation Programs

  • In accordance with a Memorandum of Understanding with the ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles Program, the Province of Ontario incorporated fuel efficiency as part of the province's mandatory driver training curriculum in 2009-2010. As a result, over 150,000 new drivers will be educated regarding fuel efficiency each year, using materials developed by ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles.
  • In 2009-2010, the Vehicle Scrappage program activities led to the retirement of over 64,000 old, high-polluting vehicles.
  • The ecoMobility program has succeeded in supporting modal shifts by establishing a strong and active network of TDM practitioners across Canada, to complement the investments made during the 2009-2010 in public transit through federal infrastructure funding.
  • The test results of the ecoTechnology for Vehicle program were essential in ensuring that Canadian-specific cold weather climate issues were addressed in the development of electric vehicle (EV) energy consumption and range test procedures by the Society of Automotive Engineers’ (SAE J1634) Committee. These procedures will be essential in determining Canadian energy label values for EVs, and how an EV’s range is communicated to Canadian consumers.

Freight Transportation Programs

  • Since 2008, the Freight Technology Incentives Program, the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund, the Marine Shore Power Program and the ecoEnergy for Fleets program have supported industry in the purchase of over 3,100 emission-reducing pieces of equipment in the transportation sector.
  • The ecoENERGY for Fleets program has put in place four MOUs with provinces and territories, and is negotiating with five more. Under these agreements, the province or territory will incorporate knowledge of fuel efficient driving techniques as a requirement in commercial driver licensing for novice drivers and the ecoENERGY for Fleets program will provide the necessary educational and information materials.
  • During 2009-2010, Ontario and Quebec, representing 60% of trucking activity in Canada, implemented heavy-duty truck speed limiter regulations for all trucks operating within their jurisdictions.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

  • The economic recession is having broad effects on the uptake of programs. It has reduced the funds that freight companies are currently able to invest in new fuel efficient technologies, particularly where there is significant financial or technological risk. It has reduced the availability of leveraged investments from traditional program stakeholders such as municipal governments, and non-governmental organizations which have either reduced their outreach activities or ceased operations altogether.
  • With respect to the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry, there remain a number of provinces that do not support mandatory implementation of regulations requiring speed limiting devices. The federal government’s ability to foster full national implementation is thus constrained.
  • While the emissions benefits of marine shore power are being demonstrated, the complexity of such projects, including the need to establish a cost-effective relationship with electricity suppliers to support the technology and to establish a sustainable business case has limited the number of ports who are in a position to test out the technology within the timelines of the Marine Shore Power Program.
Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 463,000,000 $ 70,528,017 $ 52,992,779

 

Program: ecoMOBILITY

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

As the ecoMOBILITY program enters its fourth year, it has become a well-established program with relationships with its target audience including provinces, municipalities and other organizations. These people provide valuable information to the program on the information gaps and barriers affecting their ability to implement Transportation Demand Management (TDM) projects. In response to this feedback, the program has identified the activities that will be undertaken until the end of the program.

Financial support

In 2009-2010, under the EcoMOBILITY program, 12 municipalities and regional transportation authorities had a contribution agreement in place for 13 projects to implement TDM projects across Canada. One approved project’s Contribution Agreement remains to be signed in 2010-11. The total contribution for those projects is $3 million (M) under the Program, which has leveraged an additional $6 M from other partners.

The funding provided for these projects contributed to reach the program’s immediate outcome to increase capacity by the target audience to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption or greenhouse gas (GHG) or criteria air contaminant (CAC) toxic substances and an increase in the number of program activities underway. The contribution component of the program supported the implementation and performance measurement of TDM projects to increase the use of sustainable transportation options such as transit, carpools, cycling and walking and reduced travel through telework. Through the program, the government is helping find ways to meet transportation needs while protecting the environment.

Partnerships and Networks

The ecoMOBILITY Program also developed a number of tools to support Green TDM project implementation, including the Canadian TDM Measurement Guidelines, a guide on Transportation Options for Small and Rural Communities, a Bike Sharing Guide and the document Workplace Travel Plans: Guidance for Canadian Employers.

A number of learning events and activities were organized or sponsored by the ecoMOBILITY program for municipal TDM practitioners and decision-makers. These events increased the participants’ knowledge to foster ongoing implementation and measurement of TDM policies and programs. Such events included:

  • 8 webinars in both official languages between June 2009 and March 2010;
  • 2 sessions sponsored at conferences : Social Marketing at Moving Minds Workshop at Transportation Association of Canada Conference (October 2009) and Implementing Sustainable Transportation Projects: New Guides for Municipalities at Federation of Canadian Municipalities Sustainable Communities Conference (February 2010);
  • Fourteen new cases studies and issue papers;
  • 2 national meetings to advance the practice of TDM; and,
  • Workshop for funding recipients in March 2010 to share results and knowledge of Green TDM.

The webinars attracted a significant attendance and the program received good feedback in post-event surveys on the information that was shared during those events.

The tools developed and the learning events organized contributed to an immediate outcome of increased awareness, knowledge and acceptance of energy efficient transportation technologies and best practices and an increas in capacity to undertake TDM initiatives.

The direct reach of the ecoMOBILITY learning events listed above was 850 TDM practitioners, which exceeds the target participation of 200 practioners. In post-events surveys, these people reported being more knowledgeable of TDM as well as more aware of sustainable transportation options such as car sharing, public transit, active transportation, alternative transportation to single occupancy cars as a result of the events.

An expanded, more proactive approach to knowledge dissemination will be implemented 2010-2011, building on this experience. For example, a number of sessions focusing on ecoMOBILITY products will be organized at major conferences and a newsletter will be sent out to a comprehensive distribution list of over 2000 practioners to promote new resources and upcoming learning events. The program will expand its reach to a broader audience.

The tools developed and the learning events organized contributed to an immediate outcome of increased awareness, knowledge and acceptance of energy efficient transportation technologies and best practices and an increase in capacity to undertake TDM initiatives.

Intermediate Outcomes

The knowledge and increased capacity regarding Green TDM services, policies and programs from the above activities has laid a foundation for an increase among Canadian municipalities in the implementation of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption and GHG or CAC emissions. The extent of this impact will be measured in 2011-2012.

Long-term Outcomes

It is too early in the program to provide information on the reduction of GHG and CAC emissions from program activities. The data required to assess results from the funded projects is currently being gathered by the funding recipients and will start to become available in 2010-2011.

An impact measurement strategy has been designed and will be completed in 2011-2012 to allow the program to roll-up the direct and indirect emission reductions achieved through the program. The program is expected to reduce emissions by 0.112 megatonne in 2012.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 9,300,000 $ 2,878,067 $ 2,778,578

 

Program: ecoTECHNOLOGY for Vehicles

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities (HRPP) at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_2

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Information and decision support

The ecoTECHNOLOGY for Vehicles (eTV) program has conducted tests and evaluations on 20 different advanced vehicle technologies (AVTs), 8 of them in 2009-2010 (exceeding the expectation of testing 5), in order to contribute to an immediate outcome of increased knowledge of energy efficient transportation technologies and informed positions on policies, and programs influencing transportation technologies. Test and evaluation results have increased knowledge of the performance of emerging vehicle technologies in Canada, helping to inform the development of fuel consumption and emissions standards, programs and policies in Canada. Results have also increased Canadians knowledge about advanced vehicle technologies through several outreach and educational activities.

These AVTs were selected from an assessment process to choose the technologies that have the greatest potential to reduce fuel consumption, greenhouse gas emissions (GHG), and criteria air contaminants (CAC), but also have the potential to be technically viable in Canada. Priority technologies were identified based on technology scans conducted by the program’s engineering staff and discussions with industry associations, manufacturers, government departments, and other stakeholders, in keeping with the technology areas outlined in the HRPP. More information about this strategic evaluation process can be found on the program website at www.tc.gc.ca/eTV - Biennial Report.

During 2009-2010, eTV also completed two studies to address potential barriers to the introduction of advanced vehicle technologies into the market, GHG or CAC. The study on low rolling resistance (LRR) tires will help to inform the work of the Government of Canada, tire manufacturers, industry and other stakeholders to reduce the regulatory barriers in the event that LRR tire regulations are considered in Canada. The program also worked with industry to identify and mitigate potential regulatory barriers to Fuel-cell vehicles, in anticipation of their commercialization, in a joint study with the National Research Council’s Institute for Fuel Cell Innovation and the Canadian Hydrogen and Fuel Cell Association. The study evaluated risks posed by the unintended venting of hydrogen from a light-duty vehicle within enclosed parking facilities.

Training and education

Consistent with the program’s 2009-2010 performance commitments, eTV delivered or contributed to 22 major public awareness raising events across Canada through hands-on demonstrations, information dissemination and ride and drive opportunities. The program continued to develop its extensive public website, providing Canadians with access to educational articles, videos, technical sheets and detailed test results. Using these outreach tools, eTV interacted with over 50,000 Canadians in 2009-2010 (more then 110,000 since the inception of the program) in its key target audience to increase their knowledge of the performance and environmental benefits of AVTs. The program’s education and training objectives were furthered in 2009-2010 through unique partnerships with educational institutions, including the Canadian Science and Technology Museum Corporation, to develop blended learning tools that integrate clean transportation and AVTs technologies into the secondary school curriculum. eTV also supported knowledge building with respect to AVTs in the automotive sector by disseminating test results at academic conferences, industry association meetings, colloquia, interdepartmental committees and other venues.

To evaluate the impact of eTV’s public outreach activities to increase public awareness about AVTs, the program utilized an exit feedback form that was distributed to visitors at eTV public outreach events. In 2009-2010, over 1000 visitors completed the feedback form. Results demonstrate that eTV has successfully and consistently increased knowledge of AVTs for more than 70% of attendees.

These training and education activities have contributed to its immediate outcome of increased awareness, knowledge and acceptance of energy efficient transportation technologies and best practices.

Partnerships and Networks

The eTV program activities have contributed to an immediate outcome of increased penetration of AVTs in Canada by identifying, and where possible, mitigating market barriers to AVTs at the consumer, codes & standards, regulatory, or vehicle/infrastructure interface level by:

  • Working in partnership with industry, power utilities and within the department to mitigate regulatory barriers to facilitate the largest deployment and demonstration of battery electric vehicles (BEVs) in Canada. Results of this project will help proactively identify technical, consumer, regulatory and codes & standards barriers to battery electric vehicles (BEVs) in Canada, in advance of their commercialization in 2011-2012. Based on the results of demonstrations such as this, eTV will work in partnership with stakeholder to implement proactive measures to address identified barriers in 2010-2011.
  • Developing Canadian-specific performance data for AVTs to inform the development of best practices, codes, standards and regulations. For example, eTV’s exploratory study on low-rolling resistance (LRR) tires will help to inform the work of the Government of Canada, tire manufacturers, industry and other stakeholders in the event that LRR tire regulations are considered in Canada.
  • Identifying and mitigating consumer barriers to clean diesel, hydrogen and fuel cell and battery electric vehicle technologies as demonstrated by consumer feedback that had performance and reliability concerns about these technologies. Through the program’s educational and outreach activities, these consumer barriers were dispelled using eTV’s evaluation and test results.

Long Term Outcomes

The program’s activities will contribute to an intermediate outcome of increased use of technologies to reduce energy consumption and an ultimate outcome of reduced energy consumption and emissions.

The program is monitoring and evaluating the increase in AVTs in Canada using the department’s Vehicle Fuel Economy Information System (VFEIS), which captures Canadian motor vehicle fuel consumption and engine technology information, reported by automobile manufacturers and importers.

Final GHG reductions will be estimated in 2010-2011 using a methodology that includes analysing market sales data, and tracking the increased penetration of relevant advanced vehicle technologies. GHG and criteria air contaminants reductions will be derived using fuel efficiency data provided by the Canadian Fuel Consumption Guide, driving profiles available from the Canadian Transportation Survey and the department’s VFEIS.

The program is expected to reduce GHG emissions by 0.201 megatonnes in 2012.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 14,100,000
$ 4,313,030 $ 3,281,752

 

Program: National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_3

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Information and Decision Support

Two provinces, Ontario and Quebec, implemented heavy truck speed limiter regulations in 2009. The Department completed significant foundational work under the National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry through a series of studies to support this initiative. Other provinces are considering speed limiter legislation; however no decision has been taken at this time on whether to proceed.

This supported the programs immediate and intermediate outcomes as a harmonized regulatory approach has been accepted by two neighbouring provinces (representing a large portion of trucking activity in Canada). In addition, a common approach was adopted for the removal of regulatory barriers as the same maximum speed limiter setting (105 kilometres per hour) as adopted by Ontario and Quebec and both provinces followed a uniform approach with respect to speed limiter enforcement policy and equipment.

Transport Canada also contributed to speed limiter compliance efforts of various enforcement authorities through the acquisition of technology to verify roadside compliance (e.g., hand-held readers to interface with truck computer to verify setting). Extensive consultations were undertaken to facilitate this process and encourage a harmonized approach with respect to the use of this technology.

Financial Support

The program made funding available to the provinces and territories but this financial support was not required.

Long Term Outcomes

In addition, studies were completed relating to the assessment and testing of emerging environmental technologies to verify their environmental performance and compliance with regulatory requirements for on-road operation. For example, the program assessed the fuel efficiency improvements and regulatory compliance with safety standards of rear trailer fairings (boat tails) for on-road by Canadian fleets. A study was also completed investigating the feasibility of requiring protective side guards on large trucks and trailers operating in Canada, including the potential environmental benefits of flush-mounted side fairings.

This work may assist in removing barriers to the increased uptake of technologies that reduce trucking energy consumption and greenhouse gases (GHG). The impact of these technologies on GHG emissions will be estimated in the context of the ecoFreight demonstration fund and incentives program to avoid overlap or double-counts issues.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 5,400,000 $ 2,153,000 $ 545,862

 

Program: Freight Technology Demonstration Fund

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#CT_4

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Financial Support

In 2009-2010 the programs continued to fund and monitor the results of the 12 projects selected under the two rounds of project selection. These projects are eligible for up to $4 million (M) in funding towards the purchase, installation and demonstration of the effectiveness of new and underused emission-reducing technologies in the freight industry. This contribution has leveraged investments of $14 M from the proponents and their partners.

The selected portfolio of projects for both rounds of funding supports a mix of technologies and best practices such as: innovative port crane technologies, ultra low emitting Genset locomotives technology, route and mode optimization software, hybrid electric and advanced electric delivery vehicles, bundled advanced truck technologies (i.e., aerodynamic truck technologies, advanced auxiliary power technologies for trucks, advanced tire technologies, etc.) and driver training programs. Every Canadian region is represented in the selected portfolio.

Partnerships and Networks

The program provided information on technology so as to foster the broader uptake of clean transportation technologies and practices in Canada.

Among the key outputs of the Program were case studies distilled from the comprehensive reports provided by the successful project proponents.  The case studies presented the technology demonstration objectives and results relative to the barriers identified.  As projects concluded, case studies were generated and used for dissemination to decision-makers in the freight transportation industry to encourage them to invest in the most promising of these technologies.  To-date 24 case studies from technology projects supported by Transport Canada (TC) have been published on TC’s ecoFREIGHT website detailing. This information was also disseminated at targeted sessions at freight industry conferences, annual general meetings and trade shows. The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund programs participated at the Globe 2010 event, the Atlantic truck show, the green marine event and the Supply Chain and Logistic Association/Canadian Industrial Transportation Association 2009 conference.

The demonstration and commercialization of new technologies in the freight industry can reduce both greenhouse gas emissions and air pollutants without inhibiting economic growth. Yet significant barriers to the wide-spread adoption of emissions-reducing technologies exist, including the cost to industry of technology trials, the risk to their financial bottom line in a highly competitive industry, concern about the impacts of new technologies on costly equipment and capital, the lack of an established track record for new technologies, and the lack of independent and “real world” information on technologies options.

The focus of the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund was in 2009-2010 to help industry invest in projects to demonstrate technologies that will both reduce emissions and lower operating costs over time, with robust measurement protocols in place so as to document the environmental and economic performance of the technologies. More specifically, the program supported greater awareness and support within the Canadian freight transportation industry, and stimulated industry efforts to test and apply more innovative approaches.

Intermediate Outcomes

In 2009-2010, the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund activities have addressed both financial and information-based barriers to the use of transportation technologies and practices that reduce energy consumption and emissions. In addition, program results provided valuable information for the development of positions on policies and programs influencing transportation and will eventually play a role in the support of heavy-duty vehicle regulations.

Longer Term Outcomes

The Program is expected to reduce GHG emissions by 1.37 megatonnes in 2012.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 9,300,000
$ 3,429,651 $ 1,039,811

 

Program: Freight Technology Incentives Program

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#CT_5

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Financial Support

Of the 32 projects selected to receive a total of $7.5 million in funding through rounds one and two of the incentives program, 28 are underway with contribution agreements in place and final reports expected in 2010-2011. Four selected projects have not gone forward due to the economic recession.

The selected portfolio of projects for both rounds of funding supports a mix of technologies that include: ultra low emitting Genset locomotives technology, alternative fuel for baggage tractors, bundled advanced truck technologies (i.e. aerodynamic truck technologies, auxiliary power technologies for trucks, wide based tire technologies and long combination vehicle options for trucks). Every Canadian region is represented in the selected portfolio.

Each recipient reports data on the implementation and performance of the selected technology, such data includes fuel use, time of operation, workload and distance travelled to, ultimately, enable them to calculate greenhouse gases (GHG) and criteria air contaminants emissions reductions.

The implementation of proven technologies in the freight industry can reduce both GHG emissions and air pollutants without inhibiting economic growth. Yet significant barriers to the wide-spread adoption of emissions-reducing technologies exist, including the cost to industry of technology trials.

The main activity of the Freight Technology Incentives program was to provide financial support to accelerate the purchasing and installing of proven technologies by freight transportation carriers. This greater adoption of technologies and best practices by the freight transportation industry is essential to a reduction of GHG emissions and air pollutants from the transportation sector and an improved efficiency in the transportation industry.

Intermediate Outcomes

In 2009-2010, the Freight Technology Incentives Program Fund activities addressed costs barriers to the use of transportation technologies that reduce energy consumption and emissions. In addition, program results provided valuable information for the development of positions on policies and programs influencing transportation and will eventually play a role in the support of heavy-duty vehicle regulations.

Longer Term Outcomes

The program is expected to reduce GHG emissions by 1.37 megatonnes in 2012.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 9,350,000
$ 4,525,179 $ 2,205,550

 

Program: ecoFREIGHT Partnerships

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_6

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In 2009-2010, the Program continued to contribute to the ecoFreight initiative’s environmental objectives, which are expected to reduce greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions by 1.37 megatonnes in 2012. Examples of achieved results include:

Partnerships and networks: national freight industry:

  • The ecoFREIGHT Partnerships Program worked with key players in the freight transportation sector to reduce emissions from freight transportation activities.
  • ecoFREIGHT Partnerships contributed financially to the Canadian Industrial Transportation Association’s (CITA) Core Survey Report for a fourth consecutive year. This survey reports on environmental considerations by CITA members in their decision-making process. Continued support and involvement with this survey has allowed the program to record industry trends towards environmental concerns. Sufficient data is now available to analyze the trends and inform Transport Canada (TC) on how and where it could influence the industry.
  • ecoFREIGHT Partnerships worked with industry leaders using established communication networks to transfer knowledge and information on freight related emissions by sponsoring and supporting events such as: the Supply Chain and Logistic Association of Canada’s (SCL) Breakfast Briefing Tour 2009 which showcased the results of an Industry Canada led study on logistics and supply chain management; Globe 2010’s Low Carbon Shipping Session which consisted of a panel of experts highlighting and sharing what their respective companies are doing in order to reduce the environmental impacts associated with their transportation activities; and the Strategy Institute’s Lean and Green Supply Chain Strategies Summit which explored the benefits, environmental and financial, of greening the supply chain.
  • The ecoFreight Program worked with organizations and associations to recognize industry leaders who have improved their environmental performance. As such, the Program sponsored the Green Supply Chain Award and the ecoFREIGHT Transportation Award presented at the SCL’s Annual Conference and at Globe 2010, respectively. The recognition of industry leaders and their accomplishments helps to encourage other stakeholders to follow in their steps.
  • The results and knowledge gained from all the ecoFreight Program’s projects (Freight Technology Demonstration Fund, Freight Technology Incentives Program and Marine Shore Power) will be the subject of a case study that will be posted early in the 2010-2011 fiscal year on the ecoFREIGHT Partnerships website. Web trend analysis of the website showed a constant increase in visits: from 5,614 visits in 2007-2008 to 23,753 in 2008-2009 and 32,881 in 2009-2010.

Guidelines and Agreements: Transportation Industry

  • Support for the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Railway Association of Canada on emission reductions in the rail sector continued. The railways have delivered substantial reductions in air pollutant emissions since 2006. In 2008, there was an improvement of 23.3% in the GHG intensity of total freight train operations, compared with the 1990 baseline. Transport Canada supported preparation of the annual Locomotive Emissions Monitoring report for 2008. The 2008 report is expected to be released in early 2010-2011 (June).
  • Support for the MOU with the Air Transport Association of Canada on emission reductions in the aviation sector continued. The Canadian aviation industry has surpassed the MOU-established target of 1.1 percent annual average fuel efficiency improvement. The total annual average fuel efficiency improvement achieved by 2008 for passenger and cargo operations was 1.9 percent, as compared to the 1990 baseline. The 2008 Canadian Aviation Industry Report on Emissions Reductions is expected to be released in early 2010-2011 (May).
  • TC participated in various expert conferences and events with the aviation and rail industries. Specific conferences / events included:
    • Meetings of the International Civil Aviation Organization’s (ICAO) Committee on Aviation Environment Protection (CAEP). Voluntary agreements were a topic of discussion at the eighth meeting of CAEP, which was held in Montreal on February 12, 2010. TC took the opportunity to share lessons learned and successful practices related to the current MOU with the aviation industry.
    • 2009 Rail-Government Interface organized by the Railway Association of Canada, held in Ottawa on May 12, 2009. Key themes of discussion included sharing information on successful practices to enhance sustainability and environmental performance in line with the current voluntary agreement.
    • 2009 Railroad Environmental Conference, held at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign on October 27-29, 2009. This conference included expert participation from industry, government and academia in North America. A key theme was sharing information and lessons learned on leveraging partnerships to drive industry improvement through regulatory and non-regulatory channels.

International Partnerships:

  • During 2009-2010, TC had an increased presence at international fora and committees, resulting in: more informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation decision-making in Canada; fostering of key relationships with other nations; and, the sharing of information and best practices related to the reduction of emissions and the overall improvement of the environmental footprint from the transportation sector. TC also had integral input into the development of negotiating positions, measures, standards, regulations, action plans, Declarations and outcome statements (e.g., United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, Conference of the Parties 15, high level meetings of ICAO and the International Maritime Organization (IMO)).
  • TC also contributed financially and in-kind towards significant pieces of research related to transportation and environment.

Efficiency Program for Freight Shippers and Forwarders:

  • TC initiated discussions with the United States Environmental Protection Agency to share information on a shipper's footprint calculator and possible future Canadian applications.
  • The ecoFREIGHT Program has developed Success Stories highlighting efforts by 3 companies who have taken measures to reduce the environmental footprint of their supply chain. These success stories will be published on the ecoFREIGHT website.
  • TC sponsored and facilitated a session on Low Carbon Shipping at the GLOBE 2010 international conference that attracted policy makers and business people from around the world. The session examined initiatives and options for shippers to select the best environmentally-friendly options for shipping their goods, and profiled companies on the leading edge of environmental performance.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 6,550,000 $1,856,980 $ 1,072,725

 

Program: Marine Shore Power Program

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_7

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Port and terminal operators are facing pressure from adjacent communities to clean up their operations and improve their air quality performance. Marine shore power enables ships to turn off their auxiliary diesel engines and reduce their emissions while docked and connect to the city’s electrical grid using specially designed equipment to power the ship's load (e.g., lighting, air conditioning, communication equipment, etc.).

Financial Support

In the first round of application, the program undertook to contribute funding to the Port Metro Vancouver for the Canada Place project. In 2009-2010 the program provided funding and continued to monitor the results of this project in collaboration with Port Metro Vancouver.

The Canada Place cruise ship shore power project is the third cruise ship shore power project in the world and the first of its kind in Canada. The Port Metro Vancouver installed shore power infrastructure at the east and west berths of the Canada Place Cruise Ship Terminal in Vancouver harbour. The total cost of this project is $9 million with up to $2 million (M) provided by Marine Shore Power program. Port Metro Vancouver has partnered with Holland America, Princess Cruises and BC Hydro for this endeavour. Transport Canada, Western Diversification Canada and British Columbia Ministry of Transportation are financial contributors to this major initiative.

A second call for proposals completed in 2009-2010 and a second shore power project was identified for funding. This project, specifically designed for container ships, compliments the other Marine Shore Power Program project, which was designed for the cruise ships. In addition to the important environmental benefits, the project will also help the proponent’s port to remain economically competitive with other port facilities offering similar shore power service. The project proponent is currently completing the financial plan for the project, at which time it will be announced and launched.

Partnerships and Networks

An important role of the program is to provide information on marine shore power technology to other Canadian ports so as to allow them to develop a business case for the implementation of this technology. In 2009-2010, the program should ongoing project information at events to enable the transfer of knowledge including through freight industry conferences, trade shows or workshops. In 2009-2010 the Marine Shore Power Program participated at the Globe 2010 event and the Green Marine event.

The main barriers to the implementation of marine shore power in Canadian ports include the initial cost of these installations for the port and terminal operators, the lack of experience in Canada with this technology, and the lack of a proven business case for the shore power in the marine industry. The Marine Shore Power Program projects are demonstrating how this technology can be implemented and the results achieved and are providing the information to mitigate these barriers.

Longer Term Outcomes

The Marine Shore Power Program reduce greenhouse gas emissions by an expected by 4000 tonnes in 2012.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 6,000,000 $ 1,405,110 $ 758,562

 

Program: Analytical and Policy Support

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_8

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In 2009-2010, Transport Canada (TC) achieved the following results:

  • Updated a comprehensive list of transportation greenhouse gas (GHG) emission indicators for all modes using 2005 data, including: activity, energy intensity, GHG intensity, total fuel consumption and GHG emissions. This is the first time the data has been updated since these indicators were developed in the late 1990’s in the context of the work of the National Climate Change Strategy’s Transportation Table. These indicators provide comparable modal GHG indicators to properly analyze the environmental impacts of various transportation-related policies to inform decision-making. Discussions regarding a collaborative initiative with the United States (U.S.) government to develop comparable Canada/U.S. indicators are ongoing.
  • Launched a collaborative effort in the context of the federal/provincial/territorial Sustainable Transportation Task Force to develop a comprehensive data strategy. High priority projects include improving data to support the development of fuel consumption or emission regulations.
  • Continued to work on the development of the TC Transportation Energy Use and Emissions Model (TCTEEM), which covers road, rail, and air transportation. The model now includes a light-duty vehicle module that was developed to analyze non-regulatory initiatives for new vehicles, such as economic incentives. In addition, a scoping study was implemented to conceptualize a marine emissions module. Finally, TC added a new rail emissions module to the model. These modules enhance TC's ability to assess regulatory and non-regulatory options to reduce GHG emissions.
  • Launched an initiative to develop and maintain an up-to-date comprehensive light‑duty vehicle fleet database using provincial vehicle registry and fuel consumption data that will facilitate regulatory and non-regulatory policy analysis as it relates to energy use and GHGs.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 4,000,000 $ 985,000 $ 709,228

 

Program: ecoAUTO Rebate Program

Department

Transport Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Air from Transportation

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_9a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Financial Support

In 2009-2010, analysis of the impact of the ecoAUTO Rebate Program on the following program outcomes and indicators was conducted:

  • Canadian consumers and dealerships have increased awareness of alternatives with respect to fuel‑efficient vehicles;
  • Number of consumers who would not have purchased fuel‑efficient vehicles without the rebate; and
  • Estimated greenhouse gas (GHG) and air pollutant emission reductions from introduction of the ecoAUTO Rebate Program.

To report on these indicators, Transport Canada (TC) developed a methodology that relied on:

  • Information collected through various existing opinion poll surveys and the ecoAUTO Rebate Program application form; and
  • Market trends information from TC’s Vehicle Fuel Efficiency Information System and other commercially available data sources.

Using this information, an estimate was developed of what GHG emissions and vehicle sales would have occurred had the ecoAUTO Rebate Program not been introduced. These estimates were compared to actual sales data to develop estimates of the number of consumers who would not have purchased fuel‑efficient vehicles without the rebate and of the impact of the program on GHG emissions.

Awareness of alternatives with respect to fuel‑efficient vehicles

The analysis conducted based on existing opinion poll surveys indicates that, during the ecoAUTO Rebate Program implementation period, Canadians became aware that there is a link between personal vehicle use and the environment, and that increasing the number of fuel‑efficient vehicles on the road will help both the environment and reduce their fuel costs. The ecoAUTO Rebate Program helped to reinforce government messages about the need to take fuel efficiency into account when making a vehicle selection.

Number of consumers who would not have purchased fuel‑efficient vehicles without the rebate

Analysis based on market trends data suggest that the ecoAUTO Rebate Program had a positive impact on the sales of new fuel‑efficient vehicles, although there is insufficient data to determine the magnitude of the impact. This can be mostly attributed to the short time period that the program was in effect (March 2007 to December 2008) and to significant fluctuations in the price of fuel during this time (in March 2007, the price was 103.1¢ per litre, it reached a high of 136.2¢ per litre in July 2008, and a low of 76.1¢ per litre in December 2008).

Analysis of the responses to the ecoAUTO application form questionnaire determined with 80 percent of respondents stated that the program had an impact on their choice of model, although only 19 percent saying that they would have bought a different vehicle had there been no rebate. Note that while the ecoAUTO Rebate Program created an economic incentive to buy (or lease) fuel‑efficient vehicles, awareness of the importance of fuel efficiency also increased during the program period. Since greater awareness, lower vehicle prices (due to the rebate) and high fuel prices are positively correlated with fuel-efficient vehicle market share, it would be a challenge to assess accurately the individual impact of each of these influences. Ex ante analysis conducted using TC’s North American Feebate Analysis Model suggests that the program increased fuel efficient vehicle sales by 8,000 vehicles.

Estimated GHG and air pollutant emission reductions from introduction of the ecoAUTO Rebate Program

The following estimates were reported in the 2010 edition of the Climate Change Plan for the Purposes of the Kyoto Protocol Implementation Act report.

Reductions in GHG Emissions (Kilotonnes of CO2) –
Low, Expected and High Impact Cases

  2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
Low/Expected Cases 10 10 10 10 10
High Case 30 30 30 20 20

In 2009-2010 TC completed the processing of applications received in 2008-2009, the collection of survey information for analysis, archiving and shipping of ecoAUTO files to Library and Archives Canada, correspondence and reporting, and general program wrap-up activities.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 252,700,000 $ 1,943,000 $ 919,841

 

Program: ecoAUTO Rebate Program

Department

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Departmental Program Activity

4.1 Citizen Centered Service

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_9b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Total program costs are approximately $264 million, with over 182,300 applications received, 169,800 applications approved, and $191.2 million in rebates paid1. It was announced in the 2008 federal budget that the ecoAUTO Rebate Program would not be offered for models beyond 2008 and that consumers would be able to collect the rebate on eligible vehicles until March 31, 2009.

_____________________________________

1 http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/programs/environment-ecotransport-ecoauto-639.htm

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 11,300,000 $ 300,000 $ 285,482

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_10

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Output targets for 2009-2010

Financial support – The program expected to receive 20 proposals under the ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles funding opportunity, for funding of up to $1.7 million dollars.  This target was exceeded.  36 proposals were received requesting $3.2 million in funding. Nine of the 36 proposals were funded and the $1.7 million in available funds was distributed.

Partnerships and networks – The program expected to hold two meetings with the Auto industry.  This target was exceeded. Three meetings with the auto industry were held to discuss the annual Fuel Consumption Guide and associated data requirements, vehicle energy efficiency awards and auto shows.

Training and education – The program expected that 125,000 new drivers would be trained on fuel efficient driving practices. This target was exceeded. Over 350,000 new drivers received in class training on fuel efficient driver best practices.

Information and decision support/analysis  - The program expected to target purchasers of new vehicles through the production of the 2010 EnerGuide for Vehicles fuel consumption guide and the Most Fuel Efficient Vehicles list. This target was met.  Both information products were released in the winter of 2009.

Research studies – The program expected to prepare a report on the second interim goal (2008) of the Memorandum of Understanding with the Auto Industry to voluntarily reduce greenhouse gases (GHG) from light duty vehicles by 5.3 megatonnes (Mt) in 2010. However, the report on the first interim goal (2007) was delayed because the Joint Government-Industry Committee had to work through a number of complicated methodological issues related to estimating emission reductions. After considerable time and effort, consensus was reached and the measurement and reporting framework for the Memorandum of Understanding was finalized during the reporting period. The 2007 report, which demonstrates significant emissions reductions, will be released shortly.

Immediate Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices - The program expected that the preparation of a report on the 2008 interim goal of the Memorandum of Understanding with the Auto Industry would provide key information describing energy efficiency and consumption trends in the personal vehicle sector. While the report has yet to be published, the measurement and reporting framework that was finalized this year, combined with information collected to populate the framework, demonstrate and quantify the auto industry's efforts to reduce GHG emissions and energy use from passenger cars and light-duty trucks in Canada.  The report on the first interim goal, which is to be published shortly, will demonstrate that the auto industry reduced GHG emissions by between 3.1 and 3.4 Mt, exceeding the 2007 interim goal of 2.4 Mt by a large margin, and also surpassing the 2008 interim goal of 3.0 Mt. 

Increased participation in emission reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities - The program expected that increased participation in emission reducing activities would be achieved through signature of at least five new collaborative agreements. This target was exceeded. Nine new agreements were funded in 2009-2010 that will enable proponents to deliver training on fuel efficient driving practices.

Increased capacity to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants or release of toxic substances - Nearly 230,000 of the 580,000 new drivers exposed to fuel efficient driving information wrote and passed a test that included questions to assess their knowledge of fuel efficient driving techniques as part of the licensing process. Following release of the 2009 Fuel Consumption Guide, over 300,000 copies were distributed at dealerships and auto shows, providing purchasers of new vehicles with the ability to consider fuel efficiency as part of their purchasing decision. Additionally, $1.7 million in funding provided to proponents under agreements for emissions-reducing projects enabling them to deliver targeted outreach to nearly 9 million consumers, increasing their awareness and adoption of energy efficient buying, driving, and maintaining practices for personal vehicles.

Intermediate Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption or GHG or Criteria Air Contaminants (CAC)- As a result of 580,000 new drivers receiving training on better driving practices, over 290,000 of them are expected to be actively using fuel efficient driving techniques to save more than 17 million litres of fuel and 0.04 Mt of GHG emissions, based on program surveys that look at adoption and retention rates.  Similarly, of the 9 million consumers reached under targeted awareness campaigns, over 800,000 Canadians are expected to have changed behaviours to save more than 2 million litres of fuel and nearly 5,000 tonnes of GHG emissions annually.

Final Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Reductions in energy consumption or GHG or CAC from transportation - As a result of activities undertaken by the ecoENERGY for Personal Vehicles Program since its launch in 2007, nearly 1.4 million new drivers have been exposed to fuel efficient driving information, and behaviour change campaigns have been conducted in communities that represent 46% of the Canadian population. Canadians reached in earlier years that have adopted fuel efficient practices will continue to save energy and reduce GHG emissions in the future.  The cumulative effect of all activities by this program are estimated to be reducing energy use by 1.6 petajoules annually and GHG emissions by 0.1 Mt annually.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 21,000,000 $ 5,950,186 $ 5,530,868

 

Program: ecoENERGY for Fleets

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#CT_11

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Output targets for 2009-2010

Financial support - The program expected to receive 10 proposals under the ecoENERGY for Fleets funding opportunity, with funding up to $2 million dollars. This target was exceeded. 29 proposals were received for funding of $1.6 million. The lower than expected amount of funding requested can be attributed to the fact that in order to be eligible, the fleets were required to contribute at least 50% of the project costs. The trucking industry was very hard hit by the economic downturn, which affected the capital available for projects that will reduce fuel consumption. However, the high level of interest, evidenced by the large number of proposals received, indicates that the industry is very interested in projects that will ultimately reduce their fuel costs.

Partnerships and networks - The ecoEnergy for Fleets Program expected to participate in 15 trade shows and 30 meetings with industry. The target for meetings with industry was exceeded. A total of 85 were held. The target for trade shows was not met, as the program participated in only 10 of 15 planned trade shows. The reasons for lower than planned participation at trade shows were that some trade shows were cancelled by industry due to the economic downturn, and in the case of two trade shows, the program deemed them to be not suitable as a means to address the program’s immediate audience based on trip reports from the previous year's shows.

Training and education - The program expected to train 2,200 transportation professionals, including drivers, driving instructors, mechanics and fleet managers on fuel efficient driving, maintenance and business practices in 2009-2010. This target was exceeded. Nearly 14,000 transportation professionals were trained. The higher than expected reach is predominantly amongst drivers, and can be attributed to uptake of the ecoENERGY for Fleets driver training materials by driver training schools across Canada.

Information and decision support/analysis - The program expected to produce information materials on fuel efficient practices targeting the off-road sector. This target was met. The program produced a report focused on the forestry off-road sector, titled Modeling the Fuel Consumption and Fuel Intensity of Forest Harvesting, Silviculture and Road Construction Operations.

Research studies - The program expected to develop research studies examining program options for idle-reduction devices, aerodynamics and tires, with the goal of gaining knowledge of new opportunities for reducing emissions from the trucking sector so that the program can plan outreach initiatives and more comprehensive messaging for the trucking sector. This target was met. Literature review and stakeholder surveys were commissioned to look at experiences with various idle-reduction program options and to identify best practices from previous and current programs. Research on aerodynamic devices for heavy trucks was compiled. Two studies were commissioned on heavy duty truck tires. One focused on tire traction in winter conditions and the other comprised a consumer survey to look at the purchasing process.

Immediate Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Informed positions on policies and programs influencing transportation technologies and practices - This target was met. As a result of research on aerodynamics, the Program became aware that these technologies are readily available, but aren’t widely used because of trucking industry perceptions about their durability and potential for return on investment. In response, the Program, in collaboration with provincial governments, published "On the Road to a Fuel-efficient Truck: A Guide for Purchasing Aerodynamics for Heavy-Duty Tractors and Trailers", which identifies key aerodynamic devices that can be installed on heavy-duty trucks to reduce fuel use and greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. The guide gives truck owners and operators the information they need to select, install, maintain and drive with key aerodynamic devices, as well as how to calculate expected fuel savings and return on investment. As a result of the literature review and survey on idle-reduction programs, the program developed a best practices guide for developing idle-reduction programs, which was distributed to federal and provincial government partners, strengthening the cooperation, collaboration and alignment between jurisdictions on this issue. The findings of the two studies on tires will be used by the program to host a workshop in 2010-2011, to engage stakeholders on the issue of fuel efficient tires and involve them in developing a framework that could be used in Canada to promote fuel efficient tires to heavy duty truck tire purchasers.

Increased participation in emission reducing activities through partnerships and other program activities - The program expected to increase participation in emission reducing activities through signature of up to ten new collaborative agreements with fleets. This target has been exceeded. Eleven new collaborative agreements have been signed under which the trucking industry will retrofit over 500 tractors and trailers with fuel efficient components, for a demonstration of their use in Canada. The program will promote the results of these demonstrations to the trucking sector.

Increased capacity to undertake initiatives that reduce energy consumption or greenhouse gas or criteria air contaminants or release of toxic substances - The capacity of 14,000 transportation professionals (drivers, driver trainers, mechanics, and fleet managers) to address emissions through their decision making has been enhanced through information and training they received at 88 program workshops and through access to decision-support tools and information materials such as the aerodynamics guide "On the Road to a Fuel Efficient Truck", 47,000 hits to the program website, and two idle reduction campaigns. Additionally, the capacity of fleets to undertake emissions-reducing projects has been increased through provision of funding under agreements that will enable 11 fleets to create and implement action plans that include the demonstration and adoption of fuel efficient fleet technologies.

Intermediate Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Use of transportation technologies and alternative modes that reduce energy consumption or GHGs or criteria air contaminants (CAC) - As a result of eleven fleets receiving funding for demonstration and adoption of fuel efficient fleet technologies, over 500 tractors and trailers are receiving retrofits that are expected to save nearly 3 million litres of fuel and over 7,000 tonnes of GHG emissions annually.

Use of transportation best practices that reduce energy consumption or GHG or CAC - As a result of 14,000 transportation professionals receiving training on fuel saving techniques, these fleets and drivers are expected to be actively using fuel efficient driving and fleet management techniques to save nearly 45 million litres of fuel and 0.1 megatonne (Mt) of GHG emissions annually.

Final Outcome targets for 2009-2010

Reductions in energy consumption or GHG or CAC from transportation - As a result of activities undertaken by the ecoENERGY for Fleets Program since its launch in 2007, nearly 42,000 transportation professionals have been trained. Professionals trained in earlier years that have adopted fuel efficient practices will continue to save energy and reduce GHG emissions in the future. The cumulative effect of all activities by this program are estimated to be reducing energy use by 4.24 petajoules annually and GHG emissions by 0.31 Megatonne annually.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 22,000,000 $ 6,030,814 $ 5,335,790

 

Program: Vehicle Scrappage

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/CT_12

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

  • About 64,000 old, high-polluting vehicles of model year 1995 and earlier were retired through the program, known as Retire Your Ride, resulting in a reduction of 2900 tonnes of smog-forming emissions.
  • Canadians in every province were offered one of a selection of rewards for retiring their older vehicles, including $300 cash, free transit passes, rebates on a bicycle or replacement vehicle, car sharing membership, etc. The cash reward is the most popular incentive, selected by 86% of participants.
  • In August 2009, vehicle manufacturers began to offer program participants rebates ranging in value from $500 to $3000 on the purchase of one of their new vehicles. These rebates have had a significant and positive impact on program participation.
  • About 300 recyclers (or 17% of the known Canadian automobile recycling companies) are collecting vehicles retired through Retire your Ride. To participate in the program, vehicle recyclers must respect Environment Canada’s national code of practice, which outlines environmental requirements for processing retired vehicles. Training sessions for participating vehicle recyclers were held across the country, and an on-line training tool was implemented.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 92,000,000
$ 34,758,000 $ 28,528,730

 

 

Theme: Indoor Air Quality

Lead Department

Health Canada

Federal Theme Partners

National Research Council of Canada

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Improved awareness by public, property managers, and governments of health risks and causes of reduced indoor air quality and strategies to improve it.
  • Stronger interest in and basis for developing technological solutions for improving indoor air quality.
  • Strengthened research capacity related to indoor air quality issues (IAQ).

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Reduced health risks from poor IAQ.
  • Development and effective application of regulations, guidelines and recommendations related to IAQ.
  • Production and uptake of new products/techniques related to reducing health risks from poor IAQ.

Final Outcomes

  • Adverse effects of poor indoor air on the health of Canadians are reduced.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/IAQ_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

To support stronger interest in, and basis for, the development of technological solutions for improving IAQ and strengthened research capacity, several results were achieved:

  • A paper on an IAQ Solution technology, portable air cleaners, has been accepted for the 2010 IAQ, Ventilation and Energy Conservation in Buildings conference, and it will be submitted for publication in a scientific journal.
  • As was targeted, three protocols for technology assessment (portable air cleaners, commercial duct cleaning and heat recovery ventilators) have been identified for technology assessment and were developed, evaluated and validated.

To support the reduction of health risks related to poor IAQ, the following results were achieved:

  • The Indoor Air Research Laboratory designed interventions that were used to retrofit heat recovery ventilation systems to improve air flows and increase air exchange rates. Specifically, a Scientific Intervention Task Force has met 3 times to establish criteria and to select homes for interventions.
  • Two field teams have investigated 111 homes with asthmatic children, which are under surveillance. 89 of the 111 homes have been investigated; ventilation and IAQ investigations were performed twice in 89 homes and three times in 21 homes. The intervention phase has already been initiated in 12 homes, and a set of 41 more homes that meet the intervention criteria have been identified, which meets the target of approximately 50% of homes undergoing an intervention.

In supporting the development and effective application of regulations, guidelines and recommendations related to IAQ, all planned results were achieved:

  • A new national committee on IAQ and buildings began work on best-practice guides for defining acceptable IAQ and for accessing IAQ: the Canadian Committee on Indoor Air Quality and Buildings (CCIAQB). The CCIAQB reviewed and prioritized areas where studies are required to address knowledge gaps. The CCIAQB procured a report, which is an independent review of existing Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Semi-volatile Organic Compounds sampling methods available for facility managers. The CCIAQB also developed a benchmark study (in the form of a questionnaire) to assess IAQ awareness and understanding of building owners and operators, which was an identified deliverable in the RMAF.
  • Systematic on-site testing and screening of approximately 1500 federal buildings were done in 2009-2010, for actual radon levels and their comparison against the new radon guidelines.

To support the production and uptake of new products/techniques related to reducing health risks from poor IAQ, the following results were achieved:

  • Testing of federal buildings for radon which began last year in 2008 in the National Capital Region, Quebec and Manitoba, will continue and the project was rolled-out to different regions of Canada. Large scale testing projects with the Department of National Defence to test buildings and Personal Married Quarters on Canadian Forces Bases and with First Nations and Inuit Health Branch to test federal buildings on reserves across Canada continued.
  • Health Canada (HC) in partnership with international stakeholders completed a final draft of the radon mitigation guide for homes. This will be a valuable reference to help Canadians lower radon levels in their homes.
  • HC gave a presentation to the Working Group for the Canada Labour Code (CLC); HC advocated for a revision to the CLC radon levels from the old guideline level of 800Bq/m3 to 200Bqm3, and the committee stated that they would support the revised Canadian guideline.

2009-2010 Successes

A theme level evaluation conducted by Government Consulting Services (GCS) examined the IAQ Theme’s relevance, effectiveness, efficiency/economy, and design/delivery, during the period from 2007-2008 to 2009-2010. Both the IAQ Research and Development Initiative and the Radon Strategy were found to be aligned with government priorities, and continue to reflect the needs of Canadians. According to the IAQ Evaluation conducted by GCS, most aspects of the IAQ R and D Initiative are being implemented as planned, and objectives are expected to be achieved within budget. The Radon Strategy is on track to achieve most objectives within budget.

Radon Strategy

Although some planned measures of Canadians’ radon awareness are not available, such as public opinion research, there was a 127% increase in public inquiries made to Health Canada.

Although slightly below the target of 2000, the 1500 federal buildings tested in 2009-2010 exceeds the total number tested in the previous two years, which provides confirmation that the process is improving. Measures are being taken to make the process of testing federal buildings more efficient; regional employees successfully trained federal departments to assist with the deployment and retrieval of radon detectors.

Indoor Air Research and Development Initiative

Several activities related to the assessment of the impacts of improved indoor air ventilation and indoor air distribution on human health and indoor air quality were successful. In the ventilation study of asthmatic children, the house visits were conducted efficiently with about 13,300 indoor air quality samples. There has been a very low dropout rate with the current participants involved in this study.

In addition, the Indoor Air Research Laboratory was opened in June 2009.

The Indoor Air Research Laboratory and the Indoor Air Research Development Initiative were the cover story in the first edition of Holmes on Homes Magazine November 2009, which will lead to increased exposure and awareness to Canadians in the areas of indoor air quality and ventilation.

Several activities in support of the evaluation of indoor air quality and technologies and solutions were successful. Workshops on duct cleaning and heat recovery ventilator held in November 2009 and March 2010 achieved the objective of soliciting advice from broad interests and input for development of the two planned protocols. IAQ solutions work has been highlighted in the Air Information Review, quarterly newsletter of the Air Infiltration and Ventilation Centre. (Vol. 30, No. 4, September 2009) and Holmes on Homes Magazine (Jan/Feb 2010 issue).

The establishment of a national committee focusing on indoor air was successful; the Canadian Committee on IAQ and Buildings established a VOC Sampling Report and preparations for an additional 4 studies are completed.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

Radon Strategy

The effectiveness of several activities which were planned to support improved awareness of public, property managers, and governments on health risks and the causes of reduced indoor air quality and associated strategies could not be measured directly using public opinion research. These activities included the second phase of the national radon awareness campaign and increased “informed” awareness of Canadians. In this case, as a mitigating strategy, the Radon Strategy will need to rely on available secondary sources of data.

The number of federal buildings tested fell short of planned projections. The original target over the four year period (2007-2008; 2010-2011) was to test 15,000 federal buildings, based on the listing from Treasury Board’s Directory of Federal Real Property (DFRP). As the project has progressed, it has become apparent that the actual number of buildings eligible for testing is significantly lower, as many buildings do not meet testing criteria.

Indoor Air Research and Development Initiative

In an effort to assess the impacts of improved indoor air ventilation and indoor air distribution on human health and IAQ, an intervention study of under-ventilated homes of asthmatic children was planned. Due to the slower pace in the recruitment of asthmatic children, the study is expected to be completed in the fall of 2010, instead of as planned for spring of 2010. This delay also means that some of the homes will only have two visits instead of three after the intervention. As a mitigating strategy, in order to increase the statistical significance, additional funding will be sought by Institut national de santé publique du Québec and National Research Council, in order to complete this third visit into the next fiscal year.

Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 23,000,000 $5,700,000 $5,670,780

 

Program: Radon Strategy

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1 Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/IAQ_2

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Mapping

Many activities of the Radon Strategy’s mapping component have been successfully achieved, which serve to identify areas which may be at risk, due to local geological and climatic conditions associated with elevated radon levels. The mapping will enable public health and Health Canada (HC) officials to identify populations at risk.

In collaboration with Natural Resources Canada, soil radon gas data was collected for the map at more than 300 sites across Canada. While the targeted number of sites was 500, higher rates of precipitation meant that this weather-dependent activity could not be carried out as frequently as planned in 2009-2010. This will not impede the overall objective of radon potential mapping.

Aerial surveys of terrestrial radiation were completed for southern Ontario, the eastern townships of Quebec and part of southern Manitoba. These measurements now ensure that data exists for ~ 30% of Canada's geographic land area and covers approximately 75% of Canada's population.

Education and Awareness

The stand alone radon advertising campaign was cancelled and replaced with the Environmental Health campaign which was launched in March 2010. Radon was a primary issue in the campaign and in the printed guide. There was no public opinion research done by HC for radon in 2009-2010 to determine the increase in radon awareness. Therefore the team worked with Statistics Canada to include radon awareness questions in their 2009 household survey. This data will be available later in 2010.

Testing

Approximately 1500 federal buildings were tested in 2009-2010. This helps ensure that the federal government has fulfilled its legal responsibilities under the Canada Labour Code.

HC in partnership with international stakeholders completed a final draft of the radon mitigation guide for homes. The final guide will be completed in the fall of 2010, as was planned, and will be a valuable reference to help Canadians lower radon levels in their homes.

In a successful effort to revise the guidelines for radon levels in the Canada Labour Code (CLC), Health Canada gave a presentation to the Part X CLC Working Group in the fourth quarter of 2009-2010. Specifically, at this presentation HC advocated for a revision to the CLC radon levels from the old guideline level of 800 Becquerels per cubic metre (Bq/m3) to 200Bqm3, and the committee stated that they would support the revised Canadian guideline. This supports HC’s expected achievement to ensure federal employees are not exposed to high levels of radon in the workplace.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$15,000,000 $3,700,000 $3,671,018

 

Program: Indoor Air Research and Development Initiative

Department

National Research Council

Departmental Program Activity

1.1 Research and Development

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/IAQ_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Assessment of the Impacts of Improved Indoor Air Ventilation and Indoor Air Distribution on Human Health and Indoor Air Quality (IAQ)

  • As of April 2010, 111 homes with asthmatic children were under surveillance. This allows a margin for additional attrition to ensure the target of 100 homes is met, and that the study will be completed with enough statistical significance.
  • As planned, the house visits were conducted efficiently with about 13,300 IAQ
    samples collected and analyzed.
  • As planned in the expected achievements, most of the homes have been investigated; ventilation and IAQ investigations were performed twice in 89 homes and three times in 21 homes, and these participants have completed all related questionnaires.
  • The Scientific Intervention Task Force, comprised of members from Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation (chair), National Public Health Institute of Quebec (INSPQ), Health Canada (HC), l’Agence d’efficacité énergétique du Québec, and National Research Council of Canada (NRC) met 3 times to establish criteria and to select homes for interventions. The intervention phase, i.e., installation of Heat Recovery Ventilation (HRV) systems, has been initiated in 12 homes. A set of 41 more homes that meet the intervention criteria have been identified.
  • The Indoor Air Research Laboratory (IARL) officially opened June 2009 by the Minister of Industry, Gary Goodyear, and NRC’s President. The IARL was successfully set up to model intervention scenarios as identified in the intervention phase.
  • One peer reviewed conference abstract was presented and published at the Healthy Buildings Conference in Syracuse, New York 13-17 September, 2009, reporting on the findings re. the ventilation rates and scenarios, obtained with different methods.

Activity 2 – Evaluation of IAQ Technologies and Solutions

  • A Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) was formed with representatives from Federal Partners (HC, Public Works and Government Services Canada, CMHC, NRC; Provincial agencies (IRSST, BC Centre for Disease Control/National Collaborating Centre for Environmental Health); Industry Associations (HRAI, BOMA); Non Government Organizations (Ontario Lung Association). Three TAC meetings were held.
  • Together with the assistance of the TAC, 3 protocols (portable air cleaners, commercial duct cleaning & heat recovery ventilators) have been identified for technology assessment and developed, evaluated and validated. Research facilities (IARL and Full Scale Chamber) and the preparation of analytical instrumentation required to assess the technology impact have been completed for the portable air cleaner protocol and are under development for the commercial duct cleaning and heat recovery ventilator protocols.
  • Workshops on duct cleaning and heat recovery ventilator were held in November 2009 and March 2010. The workshops achieved the objective of soliciting advice from broad interests and input for development of the two planned protocols.
  • A technical paper on the first protocol (portable air cleaner) has been accepted for the 2010 Indoor Air Quality, Ventilation and Energy Conservation in Buildings conference, and it will be submitted for publication in a scientific journal. The related technical test report has undergone final amendments based on TAC comments and is currently under review.

Activity 3 - Establishment of a National Committee Focusing on Indoor Air

  • As forecasted in the expected achievements, a new national committee on IAQ and buildings began work on best-practice guides for defining acceptable IAQ and for accessing IAQ. The Canadian Committee on IAQ & Buildings (CCIAQB) met once supported by 2 meetings of the Executive Committee and carried out extensive e-mail correspondence. The Committee reviewed and prioritized areas where studies are required to address knowledge gaps.
  • The CCIAQB commissioned an independent scientific review of the existing Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) and Semi-volatile Organic Compounds sampling methods. The review has been completed, is comprehensive, and includes the identification of knowledge gaps and recommendations on how to address them.
  • The VOC Sampling Report has been received and preparations for an additional 4 studies are completed.
  • The Committee also developed a benchmark study (in the form of a questionnaire) to assess IAQ awareness and understanding of building owners and operators (to be performed in FY 2010-2011).
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 8,000,000 $ 2,000,000 $ 1,999,762

 

 

Theme: International Actions

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, Industry Canada

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Canada has complied with its financial and other obligations under international climate change treaties and agreements.
  • Canada’s positions for a future international climate change agreement are advanced.
  • Increased consideration of domestic stakeholders’ interests in the development of Canada’s negotiating positions.
  • Increased awareness of trade opportunities in climate-friendly technologies to reduce transboundary flows of air pollutants or to address climate change.
  • Implementation of recommendations in the Clean Energy Dialogue Action Plan.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • International climate change agreements are consistent with Canada’s interests.
  • Canada’s profile as a provider of climate friendly technologies is enhanced.
  • International air quality agreements are consistent with Canada’s interests.
  • Increased collaboration between Canada and the United States (U.S.) on clean energy research, development, demonstration and broader engagement with the United States on developing compatible policy/regulatory frameworks consistent with Canada’s interests.

Final Outcomes

  • International trends on climate change are consistent with Canada’s interests.
  • Innovations related to reducing air pollution and addressing climate change have maintained Canadian competitiveness and provided economic benefits.
  • Transboundary movement of air pollutants has been reduced.

Note: Revised Logic Model approved February 4, 2010.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

In 2009-2010 the International Actions (IA) Theme supported international organizations that play a key role in analyzing options related to an international climate change agreement. This information helped form Canada’s successful negotiating positions at the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) meetings.

Canada paid its annual fees to the UNFCCC thereby ensuring continuation of participation in international climate change actions and maintaining Canada’s reputation internationally. In addition, Canada contributed to the UNFCCC to support the poorest countries and countries most vulnerable to climate change.

2009-2010 was a year of intensive UNFCCC negotiations involving representation from IA Theme departments – Environment Canada (EC), Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) and Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) - at all UNFCCC negotiating sessions as well as at a variety of international climate change meetings, such as G8/G20 and the U.S. led Major Economies Forum, where climate change issues were on the agenda. In December 2009 Canada formally associated with the Copenhagen Accord, a comprehensive new international political agreement on key climate change issues. The Government announced a $400 million investment beginning in fiscal year 2010-2011 as Canada’s first step in delivering its’ fair share of the Accord’s commitment by advanced economies to provide financing assistance to developing countries to address climate change1. The Copenhagen Accord reflects key Canadian negotiating principles and objectives on a wide range of issues including mitigation, adaptation, finance and technology. In January 2010 Canada submitted an economy-wide emissions target for 2020 of 17 percent below 2005 levels as part of its commitment to the Copenhagen Accord.

EC led the coordination, preparation and publication of Canada’s Fifth National Communication on Climate Change: 2010, a requirement under UNFCCC membership.

The Asia Pacific Partnership (APP) program invested over $11 million (M) in 28 clean energy technology and services projects, leveraging $77 M in Canadian private sector investment. Canada is working with other APP countries to build Net Zero Energy demonstration homes based on Canada’s flagship project. Demonstration homes in Canada, Australia, India and Japan will accelerate the identification of clean energy technologies, improve conditions for innovation and transform the market.

Under the Methane to Markets program, Canada invested $884 thousand (K) in two clean technology projects in Mexico in the Oil and Gas and Landfill sectors, leveraging $2.5 M in contributions from project participants. As an active participant of the Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership (REEEP) Canada contributed its annual dues of 70 K Euro which was used to transfer Canada’s expertise in Net Zero Energy Housing through design charrettes and supporting demonstration projects. These activities enhanced bilateral cooperation with Mexico.

The Canada-U.S. Clean Energy Dialogue (CED) is a new program under the IA Theme of the Clean Air Agenda in 2009. Its aim is to advance bilateral collaboration on clean energy technologies and support a long-term goal of reducing greenhouse gas emissions and addressing climate change. Three working groups were established involving EC and NRCan working jointly with the U.S. DFAIT participated in an advisory role. The CED Secretariat coordinated the preparation of the CED Action Plan which consisted of 20 projects. The Research and Development Working Group reviewed existing clean energy research and development collaboration between Canada and the U.S. and advanced the Clean Energy Research, Development and Demonstration Collaboration Framework.

Under the Canada-United States Air Quality Agreement (AQA), Canada and the U.S. have worked collaboratively on science and policy related activities in support of renewed discussion with the U.S. on a Particulate Matter (PM) Annex to the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement. Canada has also been actively involved in negotiations to amend the Protocol on Acidification, Eutrophication and Ground-level Ozone and its annexes under the United Nations Convention on Long Range Transboundary Air Pollution (LRTAP).

The IA Theme was evaluated during the year and final results will be published in 2010-2011.

___________________________________________

1Government of Canada makes major investment to international climate change: http://www.ec.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=En&n=714D9AAE-1&news=FD27D97E-5582-4D93-8ECE-6CB4578171A9

2009-2010 Successes

Canada formally associated itself with the Copenhagen Accord in December 2009 and submitted, for inscription under the Accord, an economy-wide emissions target for 2020 of 17 % below 2005 levels. The Accord represents a solid basis for the development of a new international climate change agreement that is fair, effective and comprehensive, consistent with Canada’s overall climate change principles.

Canada’s APP Secretariat hosted the APP Annual Task Force Meetings and Workshops including the first joint meeting of four Task Forces, where participants identified emerging cross-cutting project opportunities.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

The 2-year timeframe for the CED program is challenging given the requirements of the projects and the collaborative efforts needed to get the projects started and implemented. While the program is moving towards completion of some of the goals, it has been challenging to maintain full U.S. engagement due to a number of competing initiatives in the clean energy sector.

Domestic air management decisions are being made both in Canada and the U.S. As these decisions will form the basis of achievement of the Canada-U.S. PM Annex goals, this program will not meet its goals in the current timeframe.

The program has operated under the challenge of a declining budget over the four year funding period. As the negotiations intensified for a post-2012 international climate change agreement in the lead-up to Climate Conference of the Parties (COP)15, this challenge resulted in:

  • Increased monetary support to the UNFCCC for the extra meetings; and,
  • Increased EC, NRCan and DFAIT resource requirements to attend the meetings both within the United Nations and in other key high-level fora addressing international climate change issues (e.g., the G8 and the Major Economies Forum).

APP disbursement requirements put considerable strain on the department’s internal capacity to manage and administer contributions in a timely manner. Some partners were not able to participate in their proposed APP projects due to lack of timely funding and others experienced complications as they spent their own funds at risk. This situation has been corrected for ongoing years.

Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 57,174,617 $ 16,768,131 $ 19,471,808

 

Program: International Obligations

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_1a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Canada met its requirement to pay fees to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) for the International Transaction Log. Canada also made contributions to other international organizations to enhance Canada’s knowledge of options related to the development of future climate change agreements.

Through its participation in Methane to Markets Partnership (M2M) and  Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Partnership (REEEP), Environment Canada (EC) has achieved significant success with modest investments, including:

  • Demonstrating Canadian leadership in capturing fugitive methane emissions or overcoming barriers to renewable energy technology deployment;
  • Positioning Canada as a leader in the implementation of clean technology solutions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions and enhance energy efficiency; and,
  • Creating commercial opportunities for Canadian clean energy technologies in major emerging economies.

Canada’s active participation in these partnerships achieved the following:

  • Invested in public-private clean energy technologies projects;
  • Provided  direction and leadership to the partnership through its existing governance structure; and,
  • Used M2M and REEEP as a forum to support and help Mexico achieve its climate change goal.

Under M2M, Canada, in partnership with the private sector, invested $884 thousand (K) in two main clean technology projects in Mexico in the oil and gas, and landfill sectors.  These projects leveraged more than $2.5 million in contributions from project participants which include domestic and international private sector, Mexican government agencies and the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

Under REEEP, Canada’s annual contribution (70,000 Euros) to the Organization’s Secretariat is being used to transfer Canada's expertise in Net Zero Energy Housing to Mexico. These strategic investments enabled EC to lead a capacity building, training and demonstration initiative to promote the development of zero energy housing demonstration projects in Mexico and Canada is partnering with several Mexican builders on a number of projects that we expect to report on next year.  
 
In 2009-2010, Canada was represented at the M2M Steering Committee and its participation contributed to the long-term direction of the partnership through leadership in policy and project development, and ensured that the partnership strategic direction to activities remained aligned with Canada’s interests and objectives. For example, Canada demonstrated leadership during the negotiations of the new partnership’s terms of reference which took place in March 2010.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 2,892,000 $ 623,000 $ 1,728,291

 

Program: International Obligations

Department

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade

Departmental Program Activity

1.2 Diplomacy and Advocacy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_1b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) ensured that Canada provided its assessed contribution to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) in a timely manner. Additionally, DFAIT provided $158,650 to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change to support the Least Developed Countries Experts Group and to build regional capacity for greenhouse gas inventories in Africa and $200,000 to the UNFCCC to host an informal workshop of the Nairobi Work Programme.

In addition to this, DFAIT supported bilateral engagement with strategic countries through its Missions abroad. DFAIT also supported the integration of climate change issues to the G8, the Arctic Council, Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development, the International Energy Agency and other multilateral fora.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$1,908,000 $ 477,000 $ 477,000

 

Program: International Participation and Negotiations

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#Intl_2a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Intense negotiations at the 2009 United Nations (UN) 15th Climate Conference of the Parties (COP) culminated with the Copenhagen Accord, a breakthrough in the global effort to address climate change. Canada formally associated itself with the Accord and, in January 2010, submitted an economy-wide emissions target for 2020 of 17% below 2005 levels, which is aligned with the United States (U.S.) target. The Government announced a $400 million investment beginning in fiscal year 2010-2011 as Canada’s first step in delivering its’ fair share of the Accord’s commitment by advanced economies to provide financing assistance to developing countries to address climate change1. Canada is continuing to engage in the UN process to negotiate a comprehensive post-2012 agreement based on the Copenhagen Accord. Canada’s engagement in the UN process was complemented by participation in the G8/G20 and other international processes including the U.S. led Major Economies Forum.

To increase consideration of Canadian stakeholders’ interests in developing Canada’s international climate change negotiation positions, policy dialogue sessions took place with provincial and territorial governments, Aboriginal groups and domestic stakeholders both before and after the COP15. 

Canada continues to participate in two other key international activities to help advance Canada’s national interests and objectives related to climate change - the Canada-Mexico Partnership (CMP) and the Canada-China Working Group (CCWG). At CMP meetings in 2009-2010, the Environmental Group developed a work plan and began improvements to the Monitoring, Reporting and Verification systems for the National greenhouse gas (GHG) Inventory; established projects to reduce GHG emissions under the umbrella of Methane to Markets in the oil and gas, landfill, and agriculture sectors; and began work to build Net Zero Housing demonstration houses. At the June 2009 CCWG meeting, Canada and China agreed on issues of common interest for further discussion and cooperation including: market-based projects; national GHG inventories; carbon capture and storage; and clean technology.

Led the coordination, preparation and publication of Canada’s Fifth National Communication on Climate Change: 2010, a requirement under the UNFCCC membership. The report can be found at http://www.ec.gc.ca/Publications/default.asp?lang=En&xml=EB302ECB-BA4E-4387-A279-DFFD600EA3EE

___________________________________

1Government of Canada makes major investment to international climate change: http://www.ec.gc.ca/default.asp?lang=En&n=714D9AAE-1&news=FD27D97E-5582-4D93-8ECE-6CB4578171A9

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 11,400,000 $ 2,800,000 $ 4,622,272

 

Program: International Participation and Negotiations

Department

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade

Departmental Program Activity

1.2 Diplomacy & Advocacy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#Intl_2b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) continued to provide substantive analytical and policy input for the formulation and presentation of Canadian positions for the negotiations under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and its Kyoto Protocol. Provision of timely and substantial input to senior officials has enabled informed participation and engagement in international processes. DFAIT participated actively in the United Nations (UN) process, led negotiations on adaptation and coordinated negotiations on the Kyoto Protocol. DFAIT also enabled effective and timely communication between the Ambassador for Climate Change and Canada’s network of embassies and maintained up-to-date information for the Embassies on the Intranet. DFAIT continued to support Canada’s role on the Least Developed Countries Expert Groug (LEG) through participation in scheduled meetings, and the provision of substantive input to analytical papers and training sessions. In addition, DFAIT advocated Canada’s positions within other multilateral processes, e.g., the G8, G20, the Major Economies Forum process, Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation, Arctic Council, Commonwealth, other UN events, and through bilateral channels through DFAIT’s network of embassies and other missions abroad. DFAIT also participated actively in the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change deliberations.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 6,400,000 $ 1,550,000 $ 1,550,000

 

Program: International Participation and Negotiations

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1.2 Domestic and International Clean Energy Policy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_2c

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

  • The Government of Canada formally associated with the Copenhagen Accord in January 2010 and committed to reduce emissions by 17% from 2005 levels by 2020.
  • Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) leads for the Government of Canada on international technology negotiations under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) as well as its associated Expert Group on Technology Transfer (EGTT). In this capacity, NRCan is working with other countries to develop a technology mechanism for a comprehensive post-2012 climate change agreement. Further, on technology financing, mitigation, and adaptation, NRCan ensured that departmental expertise in this area contributed to international discussions and activities including the Major Economies Forum, the G8 and Asia-Pacific Partnership on Clean Development and Climate (APP).
  • NRCan has played a leadership role in facilitating developing country participation in advancing innovative financing objectives and encouraging the role of the private sector to meet long term financial needs to address global climate change. As a result of the partnerships that NRCan has built with key organizations such as the World Bank and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development, representatives of these organizations are now meeting with the EGTT and negotiators, including Canada, to speak to private sector interests in advancing action on climate change, particularly with respect to the development and deployment of clean technologies.
  • Canada/NRCan represented the umbrella group of countries as a key member of the EGTT and has led in its efforts to address a range of issues including the work on innovative financing for project development and technology deployment. As part of its ongoing program of work, in 2009, the EGTT published three significant technical papers to inform negotiations on technology in a new climate regime, including:
    • Recommendations on future financing options for enhancing the development, deployment, diffusion and transfer of technologies under the Convention.
    • Performance indicators to monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the technology transfer framework.
    • A strategy paper for the long-term perspective beyond 2012, including sectoral approaches, to facilitate the development, deployment, diffusion and transfer of technologies under the Convention.
  • Minister, Deputy Minister and other senior officials effectively represented NRCan and Canada in a range of strategically selected interdepartmental, bilateral, and multilateral meetings related to clean energy and climate change – both within and outside the UNFCCC.
  • Canada was a founding member (as of 2009) of the Global Carbon Capture and Storage Institute (GCCSI), and has provided the Institute with Canadian knowledge and expertise on deployment of Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) projects.
  • In relation to the 2008 G8 commitment to launch 20 large-scale CCS demonstration projects, Canada (through NRCan) has been working with the International Energy Agency, the Carbon Sequestration Leadership Forum (CSLF), and the GCCSI to ensure recognition of Canada’s proportionally high support of CCS (relative to G8 counterparts).
  • Ensured NRCan and broader Government of Canada interests are advanced in the context of various international fora, such as the G8, APP, and the United States-led Clean Energy Ministerial under the Major Economies Forum (major emitters) July 19-20, 2010.
  • Continued to provide on-going policy input and departmental expertise to the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade for the development of key deliverables associated with the preparation for the G8 and G20 Summits hosted by Canada in June 2010.
  • Provided expertise to the International Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) mitigation and adaptation working groups, contributing to the development of the IPCC’s 5th Assessment Report.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 5,200,000 $ 1,349,000 $ 1,381,743

 

Program: Asia-Pacific Partnership

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_3a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

During 2009-2010, through modest and strategic investments, Canada demonstrated its leadership in various areas - including Zero Energy Housing which will result in Canada’s world class technology and expertise being showcased in design and demonstration projects in India, Mexico and China, including at the Shanghai World Expo.

These demonstration projects will lead to the large scale implementation of clean energy technologies which in turn will:

  • Create real and verifiable greenhouse gas (GHG) emission reductions;
  • Generate additional markets for Canadian products and practices in areas of domestic expertise;
  • Placing Canada in a position to capitalize on global economic opportunities for its leading edge environmental services and technologies; and,
  • Advance Canadian technological expertise and advance the commercialization of Canadian clean technologies.

Working with its Federal partners including Industry Canada (IC), Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) and the Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT), the Canadian Asia Pacific Partnership (APP) Secretariat engaged Canadian private sector partners which include:

  • Major corporations such as Minto, Enbridge, NovaScotia Power;
  • Professional industry associations such as the Aluminum Association of Canada, the Cement Association of Canada, the Canadian Steel Producers Association, Canadian Geoexchange Coalition; and,
  • Universities or research institutes such as the University of British Columbia, the University of Guelph, and St-Francis Xavier University.

Canada ensured that its participation in the APP aligned with the Government of Canada domestic and international priorities by emphasising Canada’s policies in energy efficiency and clean technology and ensuring consistency with Canada’s international climate change negotiating objectives.

In partnership with IC, NRCan, DFAIT and working continuously with professional and industry associations and international APP Partners, the Canadian APP Secretariat solicited project proposals from industry, developed a comprehensive criteria and evaluation grid and established a project review team to ensure the APP-funded projects promote the development, diffusion and deployment of clean technologies.  

Canada influenced the scope and direction of the APP by participating in the Third APP Ministerial and Policy Implementation Committee meeting in Shanghai, China, chaired the Renewable Energy and Distributed Generation Task Force and co-chaired the Cement Task Force.  Canada also hosted a joint APP Task Force.

To date, Canada, in partnership with the private sector, has invested $11.7 million (M) of a 4-year planned total of $15.4 M in 28 clean technology projects. These projects leveraged more than $77 M in contributions from project participants which include domestic and international private sector, foreign government agencies, and domestic and international research institutes.

2 of the 28 projects were completed in 2009-2010.

  • The Aluminum Association of Canada established a training program to help Chinese aluminum smelters reduce their emissions of perfluorocarbon, a powerful GHG emitted during the production of aluminum, using Canadian expertise and best-practices.
  • A Canadian team including a university, 2 companies and a foundation developed a workable and permanent solution for extinguishing underground coal seam fires in China.  These underground fires currently plague the world and have been burning for over 45 years in China. The proposed Canadian solution is now being implemented on several coal mines in China.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 18,882,664 $ 5,738,166 $ 6,385,940

 

Program: Asia-Pacific Partnership

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_3b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) brought forward a number of project proposals for support through Canada’s Asia Pacific Partnership (APP) funding. These proposals were identified as initiatives that would advance Canada’s international clean energy objectives. Project areas included carbon capture and storage, energy efficiency, cleaner energy production and sustainable development of natural resources.

Canada was represented at the APP’s 8th Policy Implementation Committee (PIC) meeting in Shanghai. NRCan’s presence at the PIC allowed it to further develop relationships with key international stakeholders, explore opportunities for partnerships in future projects, and promote Canadian priorities in clean energy.

In fiscal year 2009-2010, NRCan engaged in the Cleaner Fossil Energy, Power Generation and Transmission, and Coal Mining task forces while contributing technical expertise to the Renewable Energy and Distribution task force. This involvement in the APP required departmental representatives to attend task force meetings throughout the year and allowed for the advancement of Canadian led projects with other member countries (e.g., Canada’s Coal Mine Health and Safety Project).

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 877,300 $ 211,800 $ 195,252

 

Program: Asia-Pacific Partnership

Department

Industry Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.3 Commercialization and R&D Capacity in Targeted Canadian Industries

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_3c

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Industry Canada (IC) officers have contributed positively to Asia Pacific Partnership's (APP) investment of $12 million (M) in 28 clean technology projects by working with the private industrial sectors to submit proposals and to subsequently evaluate the proposals with other departmental colleagues. These projects have leveraged $77M in matching funds from the private sector. The result has shown the private sector’s interest in partnering with government to advance clean technology projects.

IC officers participated actively in the Aluminum, Cement, and Renewable Energy and Distributed Generation task forces meetings that took place in March 2010 in Vancouver on the margins of GLOBE 2010. IC also worked with other departments to take advantage of the Vancouver meetings to hold a Joint APP session to discuss common issues such as financing, flagship project reviews, and opportunities for synergies between task forces. One of the important developments from the Joint Session was that there is potential for collaborative projects between all task forces.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 240,000 $ 50,000 $ 30,232

 

Program: PM Annex

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Intl_4

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

  • Canada has continued specific science and policy related activities in support of renewed discussion with the United States (U.S.) on a Particulate Matter Annex to the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement.
  • The federal government completed its work with representatives from provinces, industry and stakeholders to develop an alternative regulatory framework to improve air quality management. The proposed framework includes a foundation of industrial emission requirements for sulphur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, volatile organic compounds and particulate matter.
  • The proposed Comprehensive Air Management System framework may assist in the development of the path forward that will help further discussions on a PM Annex to the Canada-U.S. Air Quality Agreement.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 2,200,000 $ 550,000 $ 420,865

 

Program: U.S. - Canada Clean Energy Dialogue (CED)

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.3 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

Note: This program was developed and approved after the publication of the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities. The following are the program's expected results.

Clean Energy Dialogue Secretariat

Expected results for 2009-2010 were as follows:

  • Coordinate a June 2009 Clean Energy Dialogue (CED) roundtable (including external experts and government officials) to discuss recommendations for the CED Action Plan;
  • Identify and monitor milestones for key deliverables and coordinate between Canadian working group leads;
  • Coordinate the preparation of the CED Action Plan and its presentation to Prime Minister Harper and President Obama;
  • Prepare and brief the Minister of the Environment for bilateral meetings with United States (U.S.) officials; and,
  • Monitor and coordinate with other related international clean energy initiatives, where appropriate.

Clean Energy Dialogue Research Development and Demonstration (RD&D) Working Group

Expected results for 2009-2010 were as follows:

  • Developing a framework for Canada-U.S. clean energy RD&D collaboration, to provide mechanisms and resources for expanded joint initiatives;
  • Identifying and describing, through a joint road mapping initiative, the technology and associated R&D policy pathways that will allow Canada and the U.S. to meet our respective 2050 greenhouse gas emissions reduction goals; and,
  • Launching several collaborative projects immediately.

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Clean Energy Dialogue Secretariat:

  • Led preparation of the CED Action Plan that identifies 20 projects based on the priority themes identified at the CED roundtable (held in June 2009 in Washington);
  • Facilitated implementation of the Action Plan by developing tools and products to monitor and track progress on key deliverables;
  • Led preparation of the First Report to Leaders delivered to Prime Minister Harper and U.S. President Obama on September 16, 2009;
  • Provided strategic advice to the Minister of the Environment; and,
  • Facilitated linkages to other clean energy partnerships and initiatives, including the Asia-Pacific Partnership, the North American Leaders’ Summit (particularly with respect to the 2009 Declaration on Clean Energy and Climate Change), and other regional and bilateral initiatives.

Clean Energy Dialogue Research and Development Working Group

  • Canada collaborated with the U.S. to advance the clean energy research and development commitments made in the CED Action Plan, with the goal of increasing R&D collaboration in the areas of advanced biofuels, clean engines and vehicles, and energy efficiency (including homes and buildings).
  • Key achievements included:
    • Review of existing clean energy R&D collaboration between Canada and the U.S. in the form of a scientometric study of peer-reviewed publications assessing collaborative strengths and key institutional players;
    • Support for collaborative projects highlighted in the CED Action Plan, including work on algal biomass and lightweight materials for vehicles;
    • Advancement of the Clean Energy R&D Collaboration Framework through the signing of collaborative R&D agreements and support for partnership development workshops; and,
    • Advancement of the Clean Energy RD&D Roadmap through scoping the expansion of an energy system modeling initiative at the U.S. Department of Energy to involve Canada.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 4,456,403 $ 2,223,115 $ 1,783,219

 

Program: U.S. - Canada Clean Energy Dialogue (CED)

Department

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada

Departmental Program Activity

 

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

Note: This program was developed and approved after the publication of the 2009-2010 CAA Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities. The following are the program's expected results.

Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade Canada's (DFAIT) expected results for the initial 7 months of the program (Sept. 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010), (in support of the Clean Energy Dialogue) were as follows:

  • Conduct targeted advocacy efforts to advance Canada’s objectives under the CED;
  • Build and maintain relationships with key energy players in the United States (U.S.);
  • Advance intelligence gathering and coordinate dissemination of updates on energy and climate change developments in the U.S., including economic, legal and policy analyses and reporting concerning Canada-U.S. climate change and energy relations;
  • Expand Canada's voice within the U.S. regulatory processes on climate change and energy issues impacting Canada;
  • Better leverage and coordinate Canada's existing presence at the state-level, through existing energy-focused resources in consulates to ensure consistent messaging; and,
  • Facilitate the implementation of various projects and policy initiatives outlined in the CED Action Plan.

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

  • Coordinated several successful Ministerial visits to Washington, including Minister Prentice (February 2010), and Minister Paradis (April 2010), that included outcalls on senior officials from the administration as well as legislators.
  • Aggressively monitored and reported on potential for Low Carbon Fuel Standards in federal and state legislation in support of advocacy efforts by the Canadian consulates in targeted territories.
  • Participated in numerous cleantech, energy and smart grid panels in Ottawa, Washington, Santa Clara, and Atlanta, to deliver clear consistent messaging on the CED and the broader energy relationship.
  • In consultation with Natural Resources Canada, Environment Canada and Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, developed oil sands advocacy messages which included broader messaging on the role of the CED in enhancing Canada-U.S. collaboration on clean energy technologies.
  • Provided support and assistance to the CED working groups to implement projects and policy initiatives outlined in the CED Action Plan, including through regular advocacy efforts and facilitating face-to-face meetings between working group members.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 956,900 $ 356,900 $ 281,384

 

Program: U.S. - Canada Clean Energy Dialogue (CED)

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1 Clean Energy

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

Note: This program was developed and approved after the publication of the 2009-2010 CAA Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities. The following are the program's expected results.

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Carbon Capture and Storage (CCS) Working Group

  • A paper on regulatory issues for Canada-United States (U.S.) CCS projects was prepared to support work towards compatible rules, standards and practices.
  • A paper on the development of a knowledge-sharing framework on collaboration on CCS demonstration projects was commissioned. It provides an overview of existing knowledge sharing frameworks, results of the consultation with Canadian large-scale CCS project proponents and select academia on knowledge sharing and learning dissemination, and high-level recommendations on the development of such a framework in Canada.
  • A Next Generation CCS Technology Collaboration Plan was drafted. It outlines key priorities between Canada and the U.S. and provides context for a number of technological areas.
  • A work program for the development of the Canadian portion of the North American Carbon Storage Atlas was submitted and accepted for 2010-2011 funding. A trilateral meeting of the North American Carbon Atlas Project was held in Mexico in March 2010 to discuss progress on the project. Agreement was reached on outstanding methodology-related issues and next steps.
  • Work on the International Energy Agency Weyburn-Midale Project proceeded according to schedule. A new proposal for expanded work on the well integrity theme was accepted by both the Canadian and U.S. governments and combined additional funding of $5.2 million for this task was committed in January 2010.

Electricity Grid Working Group

  • A Canada-U.S. Forum on “Building the Power Workforce of Tomorrow” was held in Toronto on February 17-18, 2010. It focused on training and recruitment issues in the electricity sector.
  • A background paper on Realizing the Potential Power of Storage was completed in order to examine existing storage potential and identify market barriers to making more efficient use of storage. It has been distributed to key stakeholders and provincial government representatives and is available to the public upon request.
  • Ongoing discussions and regular quarterly meetings between Natural Resources Canada and provincial and U.S. regulators have focused on reliability standards and cyber security. In addition, federal departments and agencies began addressing the smart grid interoperability standards.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$1,761,350 $ 839,150 $ 615,610

 

 

Theme: Adaptation

Lead Department

Natural Resources Canada / Indian and Northern Affairs Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Health Canada, Environment Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada

Expected Results from Theme's Programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Increased availability of adaptation and air quality information and products;
  • Increased awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change and of the impacts of air quality on health and of response strategies;
  • Greater collaboration in place to address adaptation planning and air quality health impacts; and,
  • Increased capacity to conduct and apply adaptation and air quality science.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Increased use of adaptation and air quality information and products;
  • Increased capacity of Canadians to adapt to climate change and to reduce air quality related health impacts; and,
  • Additional approaches to adapt to climate change are developed in targeted areas.

Final Outcomes

  • Reduced vulnerabilities and risks to communities, infrastructure and health and safety of Canadians resulting from climate change; and,
  • Reduced exposure to health risks due to air quality related health risks.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

Immediate Outcomes

Increased availability of adaptation and air quality information and products

Adaptation and air quality information and products have been made widely available through innovative delivery mechanisms and unique partnerships. The Air Quality Health Index (AQHI) was implemented in six additional Census Metropolitan Areas (CMAs) in Atlantic Canada, Quebec and the Prairies to bring the total number of CMAs with access to the Index to 16. The program was promoted through a multi-year partnership with The Weather Network/Méteo-Média, social media, a DVD toolkit and a telephone system. To share information about heat, Health Canada (HC) held three webinars on a range of heat-related topics, averaging a participation rate of 60+ logons per webinar.

Many northern communities developed a range of adaptation and educational tools, including videos, books, publications and presentations. Some information and tools were disseminated through the delivery of a risk-management workshop, a webinar, documentation to share project successes, and training materials.

Information has also been provided to pilot communities on infectious diseases and adaptation to climate change, and contribution agreements are in place with five universities to increase knowledge and produce tools to enable prediction of areas and sub-populations at increased risk to specified infectious diseases.

Global and regional climate model outputs are disseminated to users via the Canadian Centre for Climate Modelling and Analysis data server. Research results are disseminated via interactive websites and publications.

A number of tools are also in development and under review. A Heat-Health Communications Toolkit, Extreme Heat Guidelines for Healthcare Workers, and Heat-Health Fact Sheets have been prepared for review by experts. As well, a regional climate model has been developed and testing and evaluation are underway. These are expected to be made available in the coming year of programming.

Increased awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change and of the impacts of air quality on health and of response strategies

The level of awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change has not been formally measured amongst all target audiences. There is evidence; however, that progress has been made as partners demonstrate an increased level of awareness.

Most communities that applied to HC for funding between 2008-2010 to conduct climate change and health adaptation planning in the North were applying for the first time, indicating an increased understanding of the risks of climate change to their communities. Over 20 projects were funded for the two years and they covered a range of topics. There has also been increased interest in Indian and Northern Affairs Canada’s (INAC) funding program. This resulted in 36 projects funded in 2009-10, compared to 24 projects funded in 2008-2009. It is anticipated that this will continue to increase in 2010-2011 and that the program will be fully subscribed by April 2010. The projects cover both territories and provinces.

Outreach partners of the AQHI have acquired regional and local evidence of increased awareness and understanding. HC and the University of British Columbia have focused on increasing awareness in certain target populations by delivering an e-learning course in 2009-2010 for physicians and other health professionals.

The use of available climate change models also increases awareness and understanding of risks of climate change at the global and regional level. The models provide updated climate change information.

Greater collaboration in place to address adaptation planning and air quality health impacts

The Adaptation Theme has made significant progress in establishing and strengthening collaborations with partners from other levels of government including international partners, non-governmental organizations and the private sector.

The Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) has developed a national network, with international linkages, through the development of an international Expert Advisory Committee. PHAC has also built networks within communities and regions that allow for greater exchange of information. Four community-based pilot projects, receiving $125 thousand in funding each, are using a community-based approach to assess infectious disease risk relative to climate change and response plans.

HC has collaborated internationally, with the Pan American Health Organization and the World Health Organization, as well as with the United States (U.S.) Centre for Disease Control; nationally, with the Red Cross to develop educational materials; and, with healthcare professionals from clinical, public health and research communities through the development of the Health Professional Intervention and Training Advisory Committee.

The AQHI has worked with provincial and municipal partners to promote the AQHI and disseminate educational material and advice on air quality and health. They have developed 11 Grants and Contributions with national and local non-governmental organizations to support implementation.

HC and INAC funded assessments and adaptation projects in the North have collaborated with youth and elders, academics, scientists, and Inuit, First Nation and northern organizations and governments.

Territorial governments are developing a pan-northern adaptation strategy to outline key priorities of the territories. INAC is working with territories to develop partnership agreements to define required support and collaboration to address these priorities.

Five Regional Adaptation Collaboratives (RACs) have been established in British Columbia, the Prairies, Ontario, Quebec and the Atlantic. The Northern RAC is under development and is expected to be established in 2010-2011. 15 sub-agreements have been put in place in BC and 20 in Quebec, bringing together partners who in many cases have not worked formally together.

The Canadian Climate Change Scenarios Network was expanded nationally and now includes regional nodes for the Pacific, the Prairies, Ontario, Quebec, and the North and negotiations have been completed for the Atlantic node.

Increased capacity to conduct and apply adaptation and air quality science

Although it is difficult to measure increased capacity, there have been efforts made to build capacity to conduct and apply adaptation and air quality science. Four workshops were held in communities to provide training on the use of Natural Resources Canada’s (NRCan) risk management guides. Workshops have also been held involving 13 universities to discuss knowledge and policy linkages for adaptation. Public health professionals have been trained on infectious disease and environmental/climate change. Training sessions have also been held on the use of climate change scenarios with participants from other government departments, provinces, territories, municipalities and the private sector. Course evaluations on these training sessions have been very positive, with additional information being requested.

New information has also been incorporated into existing systems to increase their effectiveness. Over 7000 climatic design values have been updated for the National Building Code of Canada, as well as maps for several national standards. Climate trend information on near extremes also continues to be added to the Atmospheric Hazards regional nodes used for emergency management and working with other partners, Environment Canada continues to develop new methodologies to incorporate climate change extremes analyses and uncertainties into future national codes and standards.

Intermediate Outcomes

Increased use of adaptation and air quality information and products

The training and dissemination of information discussed under the immediate outcomes will contribute to increased use of adaptation and air quality information and products.

Increased capacity of Canadians to adapt to climate change and to reduce air quality related health impacts

Capacity is difficult to measure, but tools have been developed to allow Canadians to use available information to adapt to climate change. The AQHI is available in 40 locations across Canada and relevant information on the Index is widely disseminated through The Weather Network and Méteo-Média. Pilot heat alert and response system plans have been prepared by four pilot communities, vulnerability assessments have been completed in two pilot communities, and tabletop exercises have been completed in the remaining two communities. Participant feedback indicated the assessments and exercises were successful in increasing awareness of heat as a health risk.

Additional approaches to adapt to climate change are developed in targeted areas

As of March 31, 2010, the INAC program has funded over 60 projects that will build adaptive capacity within 72 Aboriginal and northern communities, organizations and governments across the Canadian Arctic, South of 60, and nationally. These projects will also generate tools and information that can be shared and used by other communities across the country to support them in adapting to climate change impacts.

Under the AQHI, the development of an e-learning course through University of British Columbia and a pilot implementation project in Quebec City with a special focus on susceptible populations are some examples of new approaches to providing air quality index information to Canadians.

Final Outcomes

Reduced vulnerabilities and risks to communities, infrastructure and health and safety of Canadians resulting from climate change

Reduced exposure to health risks due to air quality related health risks

It is too early to clearly measure and demonstrate direct results on achieving both of these final outcomes. Programs have completed their second year of implementation and are working toward achieving results under these final outcomes in future years. Success will be dependent upon achievements under existing programming as well as continuation of these initiatives beyond the current Clean Air Agenda time frame.

2009-2010 Successes

Considering that 2009-2010 was the first complete year of implementation, the Adaptation Theme has had many accomplishments in a short period of time. Some of the key achievements and results of the Theme to date include:

  • Requests for funding were greater than the funding available for a number of programs;
  • Through many programs, a number of communities across the country have conducted assessments, developed plans and tools, and have access to quality information that will support them in managing the challenge of climate change;
  • 6 of 10 provinces have suspended their old air quality indices in favour of the AQHI, which has been identified as a relevant federal government program by key external stakeholders. AQHI forecasts are now available in 9 of 10 provinces;
  • New partnerships developed under Adaptation Theme programs are generating innovative ideas and strong support from key stakeholders, including provincial and territorial governments, in each of the regions; and,
  • A Canadian global climate model has been developed into an internationally competitive “earth system” model.

2009-2010 Risks and Challenges

The Adaptation Theme is the first suite of programs directly targeted toward supporting Canadians as they adapt to a changing climate. The departments implementing those programs did not receive approval before the second year of implementation of the Clean Air Agenda, and received funding half way through their first year of implementation in 2008-2009. Therefore, 2009-2010 was the first year where key outputs started to be achieved. As the year progressed, it became clear that although the Adaptation Theme programs were addressing some of the needs of Canadians as they adapt to climate change, the needs exceeded the scope of the existing programs and are growing.

Some of the risks and challenges encountered by Adaptation Theme programs include:

  • Some departmental terms and conditions limit programs to providing single-year funding which has made it difficult to develop and implement meaningful research and planning projects;
  • In many departments, processing of contribution agreements took considerable time and caused serious delays for proponents, compressing time available to deliver projects;
  • For some programs, limited resources have limited their capacity to provide support and extend projects to key vulnerable populations or geographical locations;
  • Despite requests for the programs, some proponents lacked capacity to participate fully at the outset. Thus, programs have adapted their implementation and worked with proponents to help them successfully design projects. This led to delayed, but more successful, implementation;
  • A number of programs are oversubscribed and as programs deliver results, interest continues to increase;
  • Some programs had to carry over funding into Fiscal Year 2011-2012 to provide necessary time for achievement of useful research and program outcomes; and,
  • Retaining qualified staff remains a challenge for programs in absence of clear future direction.
Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 115,900,000 $33,337,536 $30,911,780

 

Program: Assist Northerners in Assessing Key Vulnerabilities and Opportunities

Department

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada

Departmental Program Activity

5.3 Northern Lands and Resources

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#Adapt_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) Assist Northerners in Assessing Key Vulnerabilities and Opportunities program funded a total of 36 projects during 2009-2010. The range of projects funded include climate change risk assessments, climate change information needs and gaps analysis, community/regional adaptation planning, building capacity for adaptation planning, as well as support toward development of scenarios and strategies.

Immediate Outcomes

Increased availability of adaptation and air quality information and products.

Increased awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change and of the impacts of air quality on health and of response strategies.

Greater collaboration in place to address adaptation planning and air quality health impacts.

Increased capacity to conduct and apply adaptation and air quality science.

  • INAC’s adaptation program continued to gain momentum during the year and the demand for the program is high. Since the beginning of the program on April 1, 2008, the program has seen a continual increase in funding applications and the overall number of funded projects. During 2009-2010, the program funded 36 projects, compared to 24 projects funded in 2008-2009. It is anticipated that the program will receive in excess of 40 applications during 2010-2011, and it is expected that the program will be fully subscribed by April 2010.
  • The program was able to fund the work of partner organizations which looked at the climate change risks and adaptive capacity in Aboriginal communities South of 60°, and the development of a National Guideline on Permafrost, Climate Change and Community Infrastructure for application across Canada by the Canadian Standards Association. The assessment of Aboriginal communities South of 60° will be used to determine what level of programming will be required to address the climate change risks being felt in these communities.
  • The program continued to work with local-level partners both North and South of 60°. In working with these partners, the program was able to fund 11 projects (out of 36) that generated knowledge, developed adaptation tools, and shared information. Examples of this work includes the delivery of a climate change risk management workshop; the development of training materials, including a webinar; development of territory wide climate change scenarios; and documentation that will be used to share the success of projects funded through the program. Through these projects, local-level northern and southern partners will be able to share their knowledge of climate change risks and how they plan to address these risks, which in turn will build adaptive capacity within communities.
  • During 2009-2010, the program supported 10 adaptation planning projects (out of 36), that dealt with community-based climate change adaptation.
  • The three territorial governments are currently developing a pan-northern adaptation strategy which will outline the key priorities of the territories in the context of increasing northern interests. INAC’s adaptation program has been working with the territorial governments to develop partnership agreements to define how INAC can support implementation of their key adaptation priorities.
  • The program continued to work with the Government of Nunavut on its community climate change adaptation planning project, in collaboration with Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) and project partners. This project, also funded by the program in 2008-2009, will be used as a tool to apply to additional communities within the territory. To date, the project is addressing the needs of 12 communities in Nunavut.
  • The program has been successful in strengthening relationships within INAC sectors, at headquarters and in regional offices, to maximize the success of the INAC Adaptation program. The program has also been able to increase the profile of adaptation within the department as it relates to departmental operations. INAC is undergoing a departmental climate change vulnerability assessment that will allow the Department to further integrate climate change considerations into its policies and programming. It is expected that the assessment will be completed by Fall 2010. The results of this assessment will be used to develop an integration tool for the department.
  • INAC has worked with departmental partners at Health Canada, Environment Canada and NRCan to ensure that the programs are funding projects that are successful in building the necessary adaptive capacity within communities. Some of this work included the development of regional climate change scenarios in the Yukon, building capacity for community climate change adaptation planning in Nunavut, assisting in the planning and creation of the Regional Adaptation Collaborative for North of 60°, and participating in proposal review committees.
  • The program funded 15 projects (out of 36) related to adaptation science and assessment of risk. These projects included work on permafrost monitoring and modeling, terrestrial and aquatic ecological monitoring, sea and freshwater ice monitoring, and vulnerability assessments. The results of these projects will be used in the development of climate change scenarios and the creation of climate change adaptation plans.

Intermediate Outcomes

Increased use of adaptation and air quality information and products.

Increased capacity of Canadians to adapt to climate change and to reduce air quality related health impacts.

Additional approaches to adapt to climate change are developed in targeted areas.

  • Since April 1, 2008, INAC’s adaptation program has funded over 60 projects that will build adaptive capacity within 72 Aboriginal communities, across the Canadian Arctic, South of 60°, and nationally. As a result of these projects, there will be improved information sharing and risk identification; as well as an increased capacity within communities to allow them to address risks through the implementation of tools and measures to address climate change impacts.

Final Outcomes

Reduced vulnerabilities and risks to communities, infrastructure and health and safety of Canadians resulting from climate change.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 14,000,000 $ 5,400,000 $ 5,346,299

 

Program: National Air Quality Health Index and Air Quality Forecast Program

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

2.1.2

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_2a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The Air Quality Health Index (AQHI) was developed jointly by Environment Canada (EC) and Health Canada (HC), in collaboration with provincial/territorial and non-governmental stakeholders, to provide Canadians with daily local air quality conditions and forecasts, as well as information to promote healthy behaviour in response to air quality conditions.

Immediate Outcomes

Increased availability of adaptation and air quality information and products

  • The AQHI was implemented in an additional six Census Metropolitan Areas (CMAs) in 2009-2010, to bring the total number of CMAs with access to the AQHI to 16. The six new CMAs included: Winnipeg, Saskatoon, Regina, St. John’s, the province of Prince Edward Island (PEI), and Cape Breton Island (including Sydney). A pilot implementation project was initiated in Quebec City with a special focus on susceptible populations. By the end of 2009-2010, the AQHI was available in 40 locations across Canada.

Increased awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change and of the impacts of air quality on health and of response strategies

  • Outreach partners have acquired regional and local anecdotal evidence of increased awareness and understanding but the program is still in a pilot stage in many locations and as such cannot be assessed nationally.

Greater collaboration in place to address adaptation and air quality health impacts

  • HC developed Memoranda of Agreement with provincial and municipal partners, including the British Columbia Ministry of Healthy Living and Sport, Toronto Public Health, Institut national de santé publique du Quebec, Nova Scotia Environment, Prince Edward Island Department of Health, and the City of Ottawa. As a result of these formal agreements, participation in AQHI outreach efforts including dissemination of educational material and advice on air quality and health to key public audiences was achieved. For example, partners were able to promote the use of the AQHI in their jurisdictions through various means: marketing the AQHI through social media such as Twitter and Facebook in BC, a DVD toolkit of outreach materials for the use of all partners in Toronto, and a telephone system in Quebec City designed to alert the most vulnerable members of the population to a forecasted AQHI of 6 or more.
  • EC developed 11 Grants and Contributions with national and local non-governmental organizations to support local and national AQHI implementation with a focus on using the awareness of the AQHI to promote environmental improvement. Examples of some results achieved were: AQHI presentations in schools and a presence of the Olympic village through partnership with Clean Air Champions, enhancement of AQHI presence in the City of Toronto’s “20/20 Way to Clean Air” campaign and integration of the AQHI messaging into the Asthma Ambassador initiative of the Asthma Association of Canada.

No intermediate outcomes assessed at this time for reasons identified in Immediate Outcome 2.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$21,300,000 $5,800,000 $5,568,987

 

Program: National Air Quality Health Index and Air Quality Forecast Program

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1.2

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_2b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

The Air Quality Health Index (AQHI) was developed jointly by Health Canada (HC) and Environment Canada (EC), in collaboration with provincial/territorial and non-governmental stakeholders, to provide Canadians with daily local air quality conditions and forecasts, as well as information to promote healthy behaviour in response to air quality conditions.

  • The AQHI was implemented in an additional six Census Metropolitan Areas (CMAs) in 2009-2010, to bring the total number of CMAs with access to the AQHI to 16. The six new CMAs included: Winnipeg, Saskatoon, Regina, St. John’s, the province of Prince Edward Island, and Cape Breton Island (including Sydney). A pilot implementation project was initiated in Quebec City with a special focus on susceptible populations. By the end of 2009-2010, the AQHI was available in 40 locations across Canada.
  • HC entered into a multi-year partnership with The Weather Network/Météo-Media to provide prominent placement of AQHI forecasts, current readings and related materials on various media platforms including television, web, wireless, desktop and newspapers as well as promoting the AQHI through tips, vignettes and news stories on their variety of mediums. The first tips were broadcasted in March 2010.
  • HC worked with the University of British Columbia (UBC) to develop an accredited on-demand e-learning course entitled “Air Quality and Human Health and the AQHI” for physicians and other health professionals. This course allows the AQHI program to reach the direct target audience of health care providers, and indirectly to reach the target audience of the at-risk or sensitive population. Over 200 professionals had either enrolled in or completed the course by March 31, 2010.
  • In 2009-2010, Memoranda of Agreement were developed with provincial and municipal partners, including the British Columbia Ministry of Healthy Living and Sport, Toronto Public Health, Institut national de santé publique du Quebec, Nova Scotia Environment, Prince Edward Island Department of Health, and the City of Ottawa. As a result of these formal agreements, participation in AQHI outreach efforts including dissemination of educational material and advice on air quality and health to key public audiences was achieved. For example, partners were able to promote the use of the AQHI in their jurisdictions through various means: marketing the AQHI through social media such as Twitter and Facebook in BC, a DVD toolkit of outreach materials for the use of all partners in Toronto, and a telephone system in Quebec City designed to alert the most vulnerable members of the population to a forecasted AQHI of 6 or more.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$8,700,000 $2,200,000 $2,183,845

 

Program: Improved Climate Change Scenarios

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

Improved Climate Change Scenarios

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_3

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Subcomponent 1

  • Improvements to the Canadian global climate model continue to be made, such as improved representation of the sulphur and carbon cycles, radiative transfer, cloud physics, and ocean processes, leading to ongoing improvements in the capability to undertake historical climate simulations and future projections.
  • Research on initialization of fully-coupled climate models and the application of such models for seasonal to inter-annual climate prediction also continue to be developed, such as through participation in the internationally-coordinated coupled system historical forecast project to evaluate model skill and compare to other state-of-the-art models.
  • A new regional climate model that will be used to downscale global climate change projections has been developed, and testing and evaluation are well underway. These models continue to provide updated climate change information, contributing to the awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change as well as aiding in the development of climate policy at the global (e.g., through the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC)) and regional level. 
  • Global and regional climate model output continues to be disseminated to users via the Canadian Centre for Climate Modelling and Analysis (CCCMA) data server and research results widely disseminated via interactive websites and publications.

Subcomponent 2 (Year 2)

  • The Canadian Climate Change Scenarios Network (CCCSN) was expanded nationally and now includes regional nodes for: Pacific (University of British Columbia), Prairie (University of Regina), Ontario (University of Toronto), Quebec (McGill University), Northern (Yukon College), and negotiations were completed in 2009-2010 for the Atlantic node (University of Prince Edward Island).
  • The CCCSN has been highly popular and has reached over 2 million visits. The most recent developments from all of the IPCC global and regional climate change models outputs have been analyzed and converted into useable information for Canadians. Ongoing improvements continue to be made and new scientific developments verified and quality controlled (e.g., Regional Climate Change Modelling from the University of Regina). Information is available at www.cccsn.ca.
  • Training sessions continued to take place across Canada, including on request by stakeholders, on the use of climate change scenarios with participants from other government departments, provinces, territories, municipalities and the private sector. Course evaluations have been highly positive with request for more information.
  • Tools were developed for use with climate change scenarios (e.g., downscaling statistical models, bioclimate profiles, Rapid Assessment of Impacts of Climate Change. These tools help users and decision-makers to interpret the complex, scientific outputs of climate change models in order to ensure informed decisions and to reduce the vulnerability of Canadians to climate change impacts and extreme weather.
  • Output from the most recent versions of the Canadian Regional Climate Model, which is operated at Ouranos, continued to be incorporated into the CCCSN web site to increase the awareness of, availability of and access to new climate information. 

Subcomponent 3 (Year 2)

  • Updates and improvements to the Canadian Atmospheric Hazards Network (CAHN) websites were completed and all of the regional nodes went live as of March 31, 2010. Information is available at http://www.hazards.ca/. The CAHN is the national source for regional climate hazards information and is increasing in popularity as new regional nodes became active (already more than 1 million visits to the Ontario and Atlantic nodes, alone).
  • Climate trend information on near term extremes continues to be added to the Atmospheric Hazards regional nodes used for emergency management, with plans to add future projections. In collaboration with Emergency Management Ontario, a survey of over 200 municipalities in Ontario was completed to determine the climatic events of highest risk for municipalities and priorities for emergency management planning. The study also included an assessment on how atmospheric hazards and risk assessments are being incorporated into Municipal emergency preparedness plans. Negotiations are underway to expand the survey to other regions of Canada.
  • Through invited participation in national stakeholder committees, Environment Canada (EC) has been able to update, on a priority basis, over 7000 climatic design values for the National Building Code of Canada (NBCC) as well as maps for several national standards. Ongoing discussions with National Codes and Standards Committees, the Canadian Council of Professional Engineers, Transportation Association of Canada and many other stakeholder organizations are helping to shape new and innovative methodologies for inclusion of climate change science and uncertainties into future codes and standards (e.g., 2015 NBCC). As a result of consultations through the Canadian Standards Association, EC has contributed to new guides for planning and construction of foundations in permafrost regions and was the Lead for a National Guide on Use of Rainfall Intensity Duration Frequency information for stormwater infrastructure design. 
  • Significant efforts to expand stakeholder’s consultations were undertaken with a high degree of success.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$15,000,000 $ 4,899,641 $ 4,168,985

 

Program: Climate Change and Health Adaptation in Northern/Inuit Communities

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

4.1 First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_4

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

All three planned workshops were completed in 2008-2009 and results were reported last year. In 2009-2010, availability of climate change and health-related adaptation plans were increased by conducting community visits and information sessions. Nine community visits were undertaken in the Yukon in collaboration with the Council of Yukon First Nations. Presentations on the program were delivered to Chiefs and Councils, and Health and natural resource departments. Information sessions were also given in Inuvik to the Young Leader’s Summit on Northern Climate Change (70 attendees), in Yellowknife at the 14th International Congress on Circumpolar Health where results of six of the 10 projects funded the previous year were also presented by the communities (650 attendees); and in Ottawa at the National Aboriginal Health Organization conference (700 attendees). In addition, reports from the 10 projects funded in 2008-2009 have been completed and the summaries have been included in the application guide material for 2010-2011.

Between 2008 and 2010, the program has funded 20 projects in three Inuit regions as well as NWT and the Yukon. The projects cover a range of topics and issues that affect health including changes to sea ice, permafrost decline and erosion, changes in drinking water and traditional food safety and security, changes in traditional medicine resources, changing temperatures and more unpredictable weather. Brochures and application guides for 2010-2011 were made available on the web and sent to northern communities with information on who to contact for further information for next year’s funding (2010-2011).

In 2009-2010, 15 communities/organizations applied for funding, 13 of which applied for the first time, thus indicating an increased awareness and understanding of the risks of climate change on health.

Of the 15 proposals, 14 met the criteria developed in the: "Climate Change and Health Adaptation in Northern First Nations and Inuit Communities Program 2009-2010 Funding Application Guide".

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$7,000,000 $2,150,000 $2,064, 571

 

Program: Innovative Risk Management Tools/Regional Adaptation Action Partnerships

Department

Natural Resources Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1 Adapting to a changing climate and hazard risk management

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/Adapt_5

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Innovative Risk Management Tools

Two tools to assess climate change risks were delivered as planned. The guides, one for Alberta and one for BC, assist local governments in assessing risks from a changing climate and identifying adaptation options. Four workshops were held, two in each province, to train communities in use of the guides, building capacity of these groups to use climate change information to plan for adaptation. The guides will be disseminated on the Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) adaptation website. The Canadian Institute of Planners made progress on assessing the need for new or updated land use planning tools in consultation with planners across the country and will complete the task in Fiscal Year 2010-2011. The Adaptation Working Group of the Canadian Council of Energy Ministers, supported by the Program, completed a review of the adaptive capacity of the Canadian electricity sector. The review used in-depth interviews with stakeholders from that sector. The results indicated that case studies demonstrating application of climate change information would be prefered to tools in helping build awareness and understanding of the issue in the sector.

Regional Adaptation Action Partnerships

Five Regional Adaptation Collaboratives (RACs) were established – in British Columbia (BC), the Prairies, Ontario, Quebec and the Atlantic. Working with the Provinces, the RACs bring together decision-makers from all levels of government, business as well as other stakeholders to work together on several priority adaptation issues. The level of collaboration required within each region to design and organize the delivery of a detailed work plan to address adaptation priorities has already yielded some of the immediate outcomes. For example, 15 sub-agreements are now in place in BC, and 20 in Quebec, each one directly involving partners, who in many cases did not formally work together before - overall increasing the formal collaborations in place to address adaptation. Also, within the Ontario RAC, a workshop involving 13 universities was held to discuss knowledge and policy linkages for adaptation increasing the capacity to appropriately target science and apply the results in decision-making. All RACs held workshops and other activities to engage the decision-making community in the projects. The northern RAC is under development by Territorial governments and is expected to become operational in fiscal year 2010-2011.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 35,000,000 $ 8,500,000 $ 6,913,474

 

Program: Climate and Infectious Disease Alert and Response System to Protect the Health of Canadians

Department

Health Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.1 Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/inst/doe/st-ts05-eng.asp#Adapt_6a

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Information, Decision Support and Training (Output):

  • Draft Heat-Health Communications Toolkit prepared for review by identified experts. The toolkit provided guidance to public health and emergency management officials on how to effectively communicate risks to health from extreme heat events.
  • Draft Extreme Heat Guidelines for Healthcare Workers prepared for review by experts. The Guidelines were designed to address a critical information gap by providing education and training material for health care workers regarding extreme heat, particularly the prevention, diagnosis and treatment of heat-related illnesses.
  • Three draft Heat-Health Fact Sheets prepared for review by identified experts and community partners. The fact sheets were developed to raise awareness of heat-health impacts and deliver information about effective measures that can be taken to protect health.
  • Development of draft Heat Alert and Response System (HARS) Best Practices Guidebook initiated. The objective of the Heat Alert and Response System (HARS) Best Practices Guidebook was to provide public health and emergency management officials with information about the most effective interventions for reducing health risks from extreme heat events in Canada.
  • Health Canada (HC) in collaboration with the Red Cross initiated the development of a new ‘heat-health’ module for inclusion in the Red Cross’ Expect the Unexpected series of activity booklets. The booklets are designed to provide a straightforward learning environment for children ages 7-13, their parents and educators, to discuss planning and responding to emergencies.

Tools, Processes, and Systems (Output):

  • Pilot heat alert and response systems plans were implemented in four communities: Winnipeg, Manitoba; Assiniboine Regional Health Authority, Manitoba; Windsor, Ontario; and, Fredericton, New Brunswick.
  • HC initiated a research initiative to develop a new approach to monitoring the four heat variables: wind, solar load, temperature and humidity. Monitors measuring these 4 heat variables were installed in the 4 pilot communities and data collected were analyzed.

Partnerships and Networks (Outputs):

  • In 2009-2010 HC initiated the Health Professional Intervention and Training (HPIT) Advisory Committee holding two meetings in April and November, 2009. The principal objective of this Advisory Committee is to both provide strategic direction in the overall design and structure of the Guidelines for Healthcare Worker, as well as review of draft versions of this document. The HPIT Advisory Committee brings together healthcare professionals from the clinical, public health and research communities.
  • In 2009-2010 HC hosted one meeting of the Heat Alert and Response Systems (HARS) Advisory Committee (November), with membership including representatives from: public health, emergency management, research/academia, workplace health and safety, social service agencies, and local government. The committee reviewed draft versions of a number of key documents, and provided strategic direction into the development of a dissemination strategy for these products.
  • HC hosted 3 webinars on a range of heat-related topics: Developing Heat Resilient Communities and Individuals in Canada; Assessing Community Vulnerability to Heat; and, Heat-Health Communications. Participation averaged 60+ logons per webinar (with the understanding that more than one individual would view the webinar per logon). The webinars have proven to be an effective tool for promoting awareness building on heat and human health issues with public health, emergency management and other related public sector agencies and actors.
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 7,900,000 $ 2,150,000 $ 2,626,510

 

Program: Climate and Infectious Disease Alert and Response System to Protect the Health of Canadians

Department

Public Health Agency of Canada

Departmental Program Activity

1.2 Disease Prevention and Control

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/#Adapt_6b

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Memoranda of agreement are in place with 4 pilot communities, which have now begun community-based projects to assess infectious disease risk relative to climate change and develop response plans. Information on infectious diseases and adaptation to climate change has been provided to these communities.

Contribution agreements and contracts are in place with 5 universities to increase knowledge and ability to predict areas and sub-populations at increased risk as a result of changes to the incidence, prevalence and spread of specified infectious diseases occurring as a result of a changing climate.

Pilot communities have been put in contact with universities to permit liaison amongst university and community projects.

Results:

  • Capacity built within Public Health Agency of Canada (staff) to project environmental impacts and prevent/mitigate the occurrence of human illness and outbreaks.
  • Development of some tools for public health use (including refined Lyme disease risk maps for public health).
Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 7,000,000 $ 2,237,895 $ 2,039,109

 

 

Theme: Partnerships

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

 

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

Not applicable due to cancellation of program.

2009-2010 Achieved Results

In 2009-2010, the Clean Air Community Partnerships (CACP) program was cancelled. The department determined that similar results could be achieved more cost-effectively through existing programs, such as the EcoAction Community Funding program.  In the first three years of the CACP, $1.38 million went towards the development of program materials and tools, salaries for program staff and investments to support clean air and climate change projects already under consideration by the department in 2007-2008. 

Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 12,000,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 37,025

 

Program: Partnerships

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

Program was not launched

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

Not applicable due to cancellation of program.

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

In 2009-10, the Clean Air Community Partnerships program was cancelled. The department determined that similar results could be achieved more cost-effectively through existing programs, such as the EcoAction Community Funding program. In the first three years of the CACP, $1.38 million went towards the development of program materials and tools, salaries for program staff and investments to support clean air and climate change projects already under consideration by the department in 2007-2008.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$ 12,000,000 $ 3,000,000 $ 37,025

 

 

Theme: Management and Accountability

Lead Department

Environment Canada

Federal Theme Partners

Natural Resources Canada, Transport Canada, Health Canada, Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, National Research Council, Industry Canada

Expected results from Theme's programming

Immediate Outcomes

  • Clear roles, responsibilities and accountabilities for implementing, managing and reporting on Clean Air Agenda (CAA) activities.
  • Appropriate balance of departmental and horizontal CAA accountabilities.
  • Coherent CAA program architecture.
  • Effective alignment of resources to CAA priorities.
  • Effective and timely collection and reporting of performance information.

Intermediate Outcomes

  • Active engagement of partner departments and agencies in horizontal aspects of CAA activities.
  • Effective decision-making regarding CAA activities.
  • Improved accountability of federal government to parliamentarians and Canadians for CAA expenditures and activities.

Final Outcomes

  • Increased ability to achieve CAA outcomes.

2009-2010 Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/MA_Theme

2009-2010 Achieved Results

Over the past year, Environment Canada continued leading the implementation of the horizontal management, accountability and reporting framework (HMARF) for the 45 programs and 8 Themes of the CAA, with its focus on meeting targeted short term results and ensuring accountability for progress toward longer term CAA outcomes. This included beginning the evaluations of CAA Themes to identify strengths and weaknesses in performance, management and accountability at the mid-point of the CAA and to inform planning for the next tranche of CAA programming.

While the initial implementation of the HMARF focused on building the institutional context in which federal partners could work collectively, the work of this past year concentrated on developing ways to improve the processes for supporting accountability to decision-makers in a timely manner. This included providing comprehensive reports to central agencies on management of CAA resources and performance, as well as to Theme Leads as required.

The governance of the CAA was engaged, as needed, at the appropriate levels to discuss progress towards CAA outcomes. This included enabling senior management (Deputy Ministers, Assistant Deputy Ministers, Chief Financial Officers and Director Generals) to meet and discuss Agenda and Theme management challenges. Senior management were also engaged to review and approve annual planning and performance reports, as well as to approve the feature article on the CAA in Canada’s Performance Report for the second year.

To support continuous improvement of reporting on performance, the first two years of performance reports were reviewed to identify opportunities for improvement. This resulted in a better organized, more cohesive and principled approach to the ongoing collection and analysis of performance information and reporting of progress made against commitments. As these performance reports are published through the estimates reporting cycle, continued transparency is being well supported, and decision-makers and Parliament have ready access to information on CAA investments, across the horizontal framework in a significant level of detail.

Over 2009, support for the CAA framework was reinforced by additional investments made in CAA programming* as part of the 2009 Budget Economic Action Plan, and as part of the investments made in international efforts towards the long term federal climate change agenda. (*The new programming for the Clean Energy Dialogue was added to the CAA.)

Theme's total funding approved under the CAA Theme's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Theme's Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$5,000,000 $1,250,000 $1,305,264

 

Program: Management and Accountability

Department

Environment Canada

Departmental Program Activity

3.2 Clean Air Program

2009-2010 Program's Expected Achievements

See the 2009-2010 Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities at: http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/rpp/2009-2010/MA_1

2009-2010 Program's Achieved Results

Maintained comprehensive accountability to parliamentarians and Canadians about results achieved by Clean Air Agenda (CAA) programming through public reporting on estimates (Horizontal Report on Plans and Priorities, Horizontal Performance Report and input to Canada’s Performance Report).

Supported continuous improvement of this reporting through a third party assessment of 2007-2009 CAA performance reports applying best practices for rating criteria for performance reports. The results were shared with the CAA Theme Leads to support their leadership in reporting on CAA investments and to inform ongoing discussions about performance expectations.

Improved the processes supporting the development of performance reports by streamlining the data intake process and introducing efficiencies in document management based on lessons learned over 2007-2009.

Developed analyses of financial and non-financial performance data to support senior management reviews, providing comprehensive views from departmental, theme and program perspectives on the performance of CAA programming.

Engaged CAA-Horizontal Management, Accountability and Reporting Framework governance committees (Deputy Ministers, Assistant Deputy Ministers and Chief Financial Officers, Director Generals) in the ongoing management of the CAA through the processes for approving reports on plans and on performance. Supported meetings of Assistant Deputy Ministers and Director Generals that enabled discussion of horizontal management issues and emerging challenges by providing comprehensive analyses of performance data.

Led the development of four Theme level evaluations, involving where required, program evaluations, the engagement of central agencies and independent experts. Also contributed to progress of audits.

Total Funding Approved Under the CAA Program's Planned Spending in 2009-2010 Program’s Actual Spending in 2009-2010
$5,000,000 $1,250,000 $1,305,264
Top of Page

Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


FINTRAC is involved in the following horizontal initiatives as a partner:

  1. Anti-Money Laundering / Anti-Terrorist Financing Regime (AML/ATF)
  2. Public Security and Anti-Terrorism Initiative (PSAT)
  3. National Anti-Drug Strategy (NADS)

Supplementary information on horizontal initiatives can be found at http://www.tbs-sct.gc.ca/hidb-bdih/home-accueil-eng.aspx.


Top of Page

Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

Health of the Oceans (HOTO)

Name of Lead Department(s): Fisheries and Oceans Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Oceans Management

Start Date: April 1, 2007

End Date: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $61.5 million

Description (including Funding Agreement): Building on the achievements of the Oceans Action Plan, the Health of the Oceans Initiative is a five-year, $61.5 million commitment by five departments — Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO), Transport Canada, Environment Canada, Parks Canada and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada — to improve the health of the ocean environment. For its part, DFO will receive $23.2 million to support its protection and conservation work. Key DFO initiatives include establishing six new Marine Protected Areas (MPA) under the Oceans Act, advancing a national MPA network, conducting scientific research to support designation of the new MPAs, creating four new national Oceans Centres of Expertise, and enhancing spill-response capacity and emergency planning in the Arctic Ocean. For a complete list, see the table below.

DFO will co-ordinate the entire Health of the Oceans initiative. This will include bi-annual performance monitoring, the preparation of summary annual reports and preparation for a final summative evaluation.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Four new Oceans Centres of Expertise
  • Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy: finalization of planning guidelines for federal MPA network
  • Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy: preparation of a status report of federal MPA
  • Federal-Provincial-Territorial Marine Protected Areas network (2012)
  • Marine Protected Areas establishment
  • Collaboration with the World Wildlife Fund-Canada
  • Delivery of a suite of indicators to assess and monitor Arctic ecosystems
  • Integrated Oceans Management and Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) assessment tools linkage

Governance Structure(s): This initiative is subject to interdepartmental government through the Assistant Deputy Ministers Interdepartmental Committee on Oceans, supported by a shadow Director General Committee. This Governance structure reviews the initiatives on a regular basis including review and approval of annual reports to Ministers on the progress of this initiative.

($ thousands)
Federal Partners/Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending 2009-10 Actual Spending 2009-10 Expected Results
2009-10
Results Achieved
2009-10
Fisheries and Oceans
Oceans Management Federal Marine Protected Areas Strategy Implementation in DFO 1,250.0 250.0 218.11 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework. F/P/T collaboration through workshops, meetings and conference calls, particularly in the development of a national Framework for Canada's MPA network.
Finalized an internal document entitled the "Federal Guide to Collaborative Planning of Marine Protected Areas” to foster collaboration amongst the three federal marine protected area agencies when identifying and selecting potential marine protected areas.
Development of a Federal-Provincial-Territorial MPA Network 2,500.0 725.0 701.32 Significant progress in planning and advancement of a National (federal-provincial-territorial) Marine Protected Area Network in Canada's three oceans. Development of a Policy Framework for Canada's national network of MPAs, including Questions & Answers.
Engagement Strategy was developed to ensure adequate and appropriate level of stakeholder involvement in the Framework's development.
The inventory of Federal-provincial-territorial (F/P/T) MPAs in Canada, in collaboration with F/P/T colleagues, has been completed. It has been summarized in an MPA "Spotlight" report to be release on World Oceans Day (8 June 2010).
Cooperated with DFO Science sector in planning a June 2009 National CSAS workshop on MPA network design.There will ultimately be 13 bioregional networks of MPAs in Canada's network of MPAs.
Arctic Council - Ecosystem Projects 1,000.0 275.0 146.23 A State of the Arctic Basin Report and use of common eco-system monitoring strategies in shared and boundary waters by 2012;
Canada's participation in expert workshops and major conferences on ecosystem approach for advancing EBM concepts and approaches, promoting Canada's leadership in EBM applied to the Arctic, and sharing information and practices with other circumpolar countries, including US;
Article on EBM in Canada's Arctic published in expert journals or workshop proceedings;
A suite of indicators for monitoring and assessing ecosystem status and trends, socio-economic aspects and governance structures in place in Arctic; and;
The Arctic Council's Report on Best Practices in Ecosystem-based Oceans management in the Arctic (key product of the 2009 Ministerial Meeting)
A working map of Arctic large marine ecosystems (LMEs) was developed and will serve as the basis for the development of summary documents outlining the state and condition of biodiversity within the LME.
Domestic discussions were undertaken to review the usefulness of the US Canada Pilot project in the Beaufort Sea which aims to test the LME indicators by applying them to monitor, assess and report on marine ecosystems for management purposes.
Oceans Centres of Expertise (Coastal, Corals, Data Integration, TEK) 3,000.0 700.0 751.94 Establishment of four centres of excellence. Development and implementation of common tools and approaches in the five LOMAs to protect deep sea corals and sponge reefs, incorporate traditional knowledge, develop information management and exchange standards and accelerate progress in addressing coastal management issues. Centres of Expertise established in 2008-09. In 2009-10, the COEs have broadened engagement with stakeholders: academics, NGOs, communities, provinces, private sector, etc., as applicable.
Consulted with stakeholders and other experts (including international experts) to inform development of tools and mechanisms, establishment of yearly deliverables and activities and next steps.
Published a Status Report on Coral and Sponge Conservation in Canada which provides a broad overview of the relevant policy, legislation, conservation, science and research.
Three regions (Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, and Pacific LOMAs) have drafted initial reports on the state of the oceans - these are to be published in the next fiscal year.
Collaboration with World Wildlife Fund (WWF) 213.0 42.6 42.6 Greater contribution by environmental non-governmental organizations to the Health of the Oceans WWF-Canada participates in meetings, workshops and committees by providing input and expertise on activities of the DFO Newfoundland and Labrador (NL) Region:
Development and identification of conservation priorities associated with the Placentia Bay/Grand Banks Large Oceans Management Area (PB/GB LOMA), including a risk assessment
Planning process of the PB/GB Integrated Management Plan
Marine Protected Areas planning and Area of Interest (AOI) selection process for the PB/GB LOMA
Cod recovery planning
Development and implementation of a Cold Water Coral Conservation Strategy
National Science Advisory Process concerning the occurrence, sensitivity, and ecological function of corals, sponges, and hydrothermal vents
Review existing NL region coral data; Identify research gaps and opportunities; and Identify long-term objectives
Gulf of Maine (at DFO) 750.0 147.5 132.65 This initiative builds on the existing successful trans-boundary collaboration and management of Groundfish stocks through the Canada-U.S. Steering Committee, and the excellent cooperation between states and provinces through the Gulf of Maine Council. Based on DFO's national standard, a literature review and project work plan for a joint CA-US Bay of Fundy/Gulf of Maine Ecosystem Overview and Assessment Report was developed as part of the 2005 Oceans Action Plan. A joint peer review process of the Ecosystem Overview has been established under the direction of the Canada US Transboundary Steering Committee
Plan to develop a State of the Environment Report (SOER). This report will build on the Ecosystem Overview Report and will identify key priorities for the Bay of Fundy/Gulf of Maine through a collaborative partnership with the Gulf of Maine Council. A Context Document for the report has been prepared and a format for the SOER has been approved. Initial theme papers topics have been identified and some have been completed in draft format.
Discussions are underway to explore linkages between regional coastal and oceans governace mechanisms in Canada and the US.
Marine Protected Areas Establishment 5,250.0 1,500.0 1,495.96 Six new MPAs will be designated by 2012 and a national monitoring and reporting system will be implemented for all Oceans Act MPAs. All regions have analysed their existing Ecological and Biological Significant Areas (EBSAs) to outline a list of candidate Areas of Interest (AOIs).
Regions conducted consultations seeking support for the designation of one AOI.
6 out of 7 regions have identified and initialled an AOI site for further analytical work, namely the AOI overview and assessment reports.
Habitat Management Integrated Management and Canadian Environmental Assessment Act Assessment Tools Linkages 1,450.0 425.0 313.67 Processes and tools developed to support integrated oceans management and promote Health of the Oceans bridged with Canadian Environmental Assessment Act project-specific environmental assessment and strategic environmental assessment to address ecosystem-level cumulative impacts. Analysis of CEAA in relationship to integrated management (IM) was conducted - this provided an understanding of CEAA and how it relates to oceans and coastal management.
Presentations to diverse groups were conducted to demonstrate benefits and opportunities for application of IM tools and processes.
Advancements made on the development of methodologies for the identification of social and cultural spatial values as a unified tool in support of improved environmental assessment and Integrated Oceans Management.
Development of guidance in the preparation of Pathways of Effects models to enhance understanding of specific and cumulative effects impacts of human use activities in coastal and marine ecosystems.
Science for Healthy and Productive Aquatic Ecosystems Ecosystem Science Support and Advice on Health of the Oceans 5,500.0 1,100.0 1,100.0 Science advice on Marine Protected Areas and on priority sector-specific impacts and mitigation. Science advice completed regarding the design parameters of the MPA network.
Sound scientific footing provided for a number of the HOTO initiatives: MPA designation (including Ecosystem Overview Reports, Eclolgically and biologically significant areas (EBSAs) and monitoring (including indicators and thresholds), MPA network design, state of the ocean reporting, etc.
Canadian Coast Guard Spill Capacity and Emergency Response Strategy 2,260.0 750.0 1,061.08 Canada's spill response capacity in the Arctic assessed, equipment procured and systems established to respond to the unique risks. The acquisition of containers, shore kits and beach flushing kits was completed.
Identification of sites in communities for equipment location and the site requirements has been completed.
CCG is planning for the distribution of the systems to the communities - to be completed in 2010-11.
Environment Canada
Biodiversity and Corporate services Federal Marine Protected Areas Strategy - Implementation in EC 1,250.0 250.0 161.69 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework. Continued collaboration with Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Parks Canada:
Provided input into the final version of the "Federal Guide to Collaborative Planning of Marine Protected Areas”.
Participated in workshops to provide status updates and/or inform the planning and progress of the national marine protected area network planning (bioregional network planning).
Development of an inventory of existing FPT marine protected areas. The inventory was summarized and compiled into a document entitled "Spotlight on Marine Protected Areas in Canada".
Expanded on the Conservation Areas Reporting and Tracking System (CARTS) to create one central database for all marine protected areas in Canada - CARTS Marine.
Development of an associated interface for the planning, reviewing and reporting of marine protected areas in Canada
Coordinated and/or provided input into the planning of Oceans Day events, including a video project presenting the MPA concept, public events at the Canadian Museum of Nature and an evening reception on Parliament Hill.
Advanced an Education and Engagement Strategy and scoped target audiences.
Provided input into the development of outreach tools such as booklets, posters and web Portal.
Marine Wildlife Areas Establishment 2,000.0 507.0 471.710 Both the National Wildlife Area at Sable Island and Marine Wildlife Area at Scott Islands will be ready for designation by 2012, and a contribution will have been made to the Federal Marine Protected Area Network building process. Scott Island
Discussions on Terms of Reference for Steering Committee were undertaken with other federal departments, First Nations and the Province of BC.
Draft terms of reference for Advisory Committee have been developed.
An analysis and literature reviews of ecological and socio-economic information were undertaken.
Meetings were held with First Nations, ENGOs, local and regional government to provide information on the status of the designation and to solicit input on their level of engagement.
  • Sable Island

A federal-provincial task force was struck in January of 2010 to review the option of designating Sable Island as a National Wildlife Area versus a National Park. A recommendation to the Minister was made for designation as a National Park. Environment Canada's role will change to one of meditating the transfer of facilities and land administration from DFO to Parks Canada and assisting with the development of a management plan and associated consultations.
Several governance structures were created or rejuvenated to meet objectives: Federal-Provincial Steering Committee met in October to review Terms of Reference and progress on the activities; Federal Sable Island Working Group has been altered to be co-chaired by DFO and EC.
A number of real property issues relating to current infrastructure, licenses of occupation, squatters, and disposition of assets were identified. (Legal liabilities need to be resolved to transfer Sable Island from DFO to EC.)
EC continues to lead the Working Group of Real Property Experts. PCA representatives have been added.
Surveys of the Island have been completed and analysed; the information is being circulated.

Improved knowledge and information on weather and environmental conditions influence decision making and Corporate services Sable Island Weather Station 4,000.0 800.0 800.0 The risk of loss of life or property due to weather events is reduced for mariners, Canadian citizens and the international community, by producing more accurate weather forecasts and warnings using data from the Sable Island Weather Station.
The understanding of upper atmospheric conditions and the flow of airborne pollutants and greenhouse gases is improved, by enabling scientific research through the continued existence of the Sable Island weather Station infrastructure.
The unique and fragile ecosystem of Sable Island is conserved by protecting it from human degradation.
Maintenance and repairs of facilities and infrastructure have been carried out to ensure functionality of the weather station.
On-going support provided to operate upper air and surface weather programs as well as atmospheric and other scientific research programs.
Provided facility support including building space, transportation, electricity, water, communications and tools.
Provided municipal services including electricity/energy generation; water supply; sewage disposal; waste disposal; transport and storage; transportation of freight, supplies, equipment and personnel; communication and data services; and road maintenance.
Planning and education activities were carried out.
Emergency and safety services provided to local operators, visitors, as well as other federal departments and industry.
Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes and Corporate services Gulf of Maine (at EC) 751.0 148.0 148.0 Increased support for the Gulf of Maine Council and implementation of the joint Canada-US five-year action plan that includes implementation of regional strategies for adaptation to climate change, indicators development, education and engagement and joint monitoring for toxic contaminants in the trans-boundary ecosystem. Secretariat function was provided for the Gulf of Maine Council: conference calls; logistical and administrative support for meetings; annual work plans and budgets compiled; tracking of action items, assignments and deadlines
Sampling plan for select contaminants developed and distributed; coordination of sampling program and participants; sampling initiated; and contaminant sample processing and analysis organized
Coordination of committee and subcommittee conference calls for the Ecosystem Indicator Partnership; on-line 'journal entries' prepared and posted to provide information on indicator data collection and/or use in the Gulf of Maine; presentations to various stakeholders were conducted to solicit their engagement.
Revised Indicator Reporting Tool released
Background reports produced on possible effects of extreme precipitation and other climate change impacts on streamflow and water quality in the Gulf of Maine.
Parks Canada Agency
Heritage Places Establishment Federal Marine Protected Area Strategy Implementation in Parks Canada 1,250.0 361.0 230.111 Advance the creation by 2012 of a Federal Network of Marine Protected Areas that contributes to the health of Canada's oceans, established and managed within an integrated oceans management framework. Regional analysis and research studies have been completed to identify Parks Canada's representative marine areas in order to participate in the national network of MPAs.
Continued collaboration with Fisheries and Oceans Canada and Environment Canada:
Provided input into the final version of the "Federal Guide to Collaborative Planning of Marine Protected Areas”.
Participated in workshops to provide status updates and/or inform the planning and progress of a national marine protected area network planning (bioregional network planning).
Development of an inventory of existing federal, provincial, and territorial marine protected areas. The inventory was summarized and compiled into a document entitled "Spotlight on Marine Protected Areas in Canada".
Coordinated and/or provided input into the planning of Oceans Day events/activities.
Advanced an Education and Engagement Strategy and scoped target audiences.
Provided input into the development of outreach tools such as booklets, posters and web Portal.
Hosted a workshop to develop the Public Outreach Education Strategy for the national network of MPAs. This meeting resulted in an action plan with specific target audiences and activities to be developed over the next few years.
National Marine Conservation Area in Lancaster Sound 5,000.0 1,250.0 012 By 2012, achieve a full understanding of the feasibility of establishing a National Marine Conservation Area in Lancaster Sound with the support of Inuit, Nunavut and key sectoral stakeholders, leading to the conservation of a significant representative component of Canada's marine environment and a clear demonstration of Arctic sovereignty in the Northwest Passage. A Memorandum of Understanding between Government of Canada, Government of Nunavut and Qikiqtani Inuit respecting a study to examine the feasibility of establishing a national marine conservation area in Lancaster Sound was signed in December 2009. Work and trilateral meeting are continuing with respect to matters such as staffing, study area limits, and project completion
Transport Canada
Transportation Safety and Security and Internal Services Enforcement of Ballast Water Regulations 4,500.0 966.5 1,010.213 Enforcement of regulations that minimize the risk of harmful aquatic organisms and pathogens from being introduced through ship ballast water to waters under Canadian jurisdiction. Provided equipment required to verify compliance with regulations, developed tools to assess risk of ballast water drawn from specific ports and developing treatment options for ballast water.
Updates to the ballast water enforcement program were done in 2009-10 and a national work group comprised of Regional inspectors was held in Ottawa and follow up trips to Quebec and Halifax.
New ballast water test equipment for inspectors was purchased.
Studies were completed to support the ongoing regulatory development work
Ratified the IMO Ballast Water Management Convention
Updated the national ballast water database with the backlog of reporting forms from vessels. This data is used by both inspectors for enforcment and scientists for their work in invaisive species.
All ballast water reports received from inbound vessels were screened by inspectors and action was taken as required to bring any vessels into compliance with the regulations.
Initial tank compliance of vessels coming from overseas continues to be very high, at 97% with corrective action taken for the remaining 3%
Pollution Prevention - Surveillance 13,000.0 3,181.6 3,181.6 Enforcement of Canada's pollution prevention regulations in the Pacific, Arctic, East Coast Waters, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the St. Lawrence Estuary. Three NASP aircraft conducted surveillance in Atlantic, Quebec, Ontario and Pacific Region.
TC completed a total of 2274.1 productive patrol hours nationally for 2009/10.
The number of spills detected during 2009-10 was 109.
Pollution Prevention - Dash 7 Outfitting 5,000.0 100.0 167.314 Enforcement of Canada's pollution prevention regulations in the Pacific, Arctic, East Coast Waters, the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the St. Lawrence Estuary. Modernization of the current Dash 7 surveillance aircraft to a standard equal to the Dash 8 surveillance aircraft dedicated for use on the East and West Coast. The Maritime Surveillance System has been installed on the Dash 7 pollution surveillance aircraft.
Training, installation and technical support have been completed.
The Dash 7 aircraft was deployed to the Arctic on June 29 and conducted surveillance in support ot pollution, ice, marine security and Fisheries initiatives
The Central and Arctic Marine Aerial Reconnaissance Team provided 513.7 productive patrol hours during 2009-10.
The project is now completed.
Arctic International Marine Shipping Assessment 550.0 50.0 153.315 An assessment of projected shipping activities and the associated environmental, social and economic impacts and risks as reduced sea ice may lead to increased marine transport in the Arctic The report was completed in the previous fiscal year.
Funds received for this year were used to publish the English version of the AMSA report and to translate the report into French and Inuktituk.
This project is now completed.
Pollution Prevention - Ship Waste Reduction Strategy 800.0 200.0 172.516 Adequate reception facilities for wastes; appropriate legislation and standards The Vessel Waste Technology Study contract was awarded to a contractor. The aim of this study is to examine available technology to manage wastes onboard vessels and in remote port communities, with the goal of providing some recommended options for large and small scale vessels and ports.
A contract was awarded to PWGSC to esitimate typical quantities of wastes generated on board vessels of different sizes and types. This study will provide vessel operators and marine shore facilities with a better understanding of the quantities of wastes generated on board vessel to assist in the selection of appropriate treatment technologies.
Work was undertaken to update Transport Canada's Boating Safety Guide with environmental protection information and to publish this updated guide nationally.
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada
Northern land Resources Arctic Marine Shipping Assessment/
Protection of the Arctic Marine Environment from land-based sources of pollution
175.0 0.0 0.0 An expanded arctic regional program of action on land-based sources of pollution; a greater understanding of Aboriginal Arctic marine resource use; and a greater understanding of the social, economic and environmental impacts from changing shipping patterns on northern and aboriginal communities This initiative was completed in 2008-09.

 

 

Total   61,449.0 12,480.5 12,459.5    

1 Balance of funds was reallocated to other Ocean Program priorities.
2 Balance of funds was reallocated to other Ocean Program priorities.
3 The need to resolve legal issues, failure to secure the collaboration of foreign partners in the planned cross-jurisdicational pilot project, and loss of the project manager all contributed to a lack of activity on this project.
4 Extra funds were allocated from A-base.
5 Salary funds were transferred to another HOTO priority to offset deficit.
6 Activities differed from one region to the next; some had positive variance while others were negative, depending on the status of their activities.
7 The variance in funds spent is due to delays in delivering activities. Alignment and education of partners mainly contributed to the delays incurred.
8 Funds were carried-over from 2008-09. The resulting balance was not all spent, a portion of the funds for 2009-10 was sumitted for a carry-forward to 2010-11.
9 Approximately 5 months of salary funds were not spent during a maternity/parental leave. Similarly, the variance in O&M can be explained by staff turnover and a resulting capacity gap.
10 The balance of funds lapsed due to delays in processing a contract.
11 Unavoidable delays in activities resulted in a carry-forward.
12 The carry-forward from 2008-09, in addition to most funds being unspent in 2009-10 resulted in a positive variance (more than the planned spending was requested for carry-forward to 2010-11). Delays in the signing of the MOU are mostly responsible for the delays for this project.
13 Additional funds were spent for this project. Major contributing factors are overtime incurred and readjustment of projects to allow for increased compliance activities.
14 Additional funds spent for this initiative were the result of a carry-forward from 2008-09.
15 “Pressure funding” was received from Transport Canada to cover costs of translation.
16 The balance of funds lapsed because of delays in awarding a contract.

Comments on Variances: See footnotes

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners (If Applicable): n/a

Contact Information:
Harvey Brodkin
Fisheries and Oceans Canada
200 Kent Street
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0E6
Telephone: 613-991-6692
Email: Harvey.Brodkin@dfo-mpo.gc.ca

Top of Page

Health Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan (the Action Plan)

Name of Lead Department(s):

The lead is shared between Health Canada (HC), the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA), the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR).

Lead Department Program Activity:

  • HC: Health Products, Consumer Products, Food and Nutrition, and Pesticide Regulation
  • CFIA: Food Safety
  • PHAC: Health Promotion, Chronic Disease Prevention and Control, and Infectious Disease Prevention and Control
  • CIHR: Strategic Priority Researc

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Fiscal Year 2008-2009

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

Fiscal Year 2012-2013 (and ongoing)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$489.4 million over five years ending in Fiscal Year 2012-2013 (and $126.7 million ongoing)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The federal government is responsible for promoting the health and safety of Canadians. A key part of this role is ensuring that the products used by Canadians are safe. Adverse consequences associated with unsafe products impact not only the Canadian public, but also the Canadian economy. The Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan (Action Plan) is a horizontal initiative aimed at modernizing and strengthening Canada's safety system for food, health and consumer products. A number of recent high-profile incidents, such as lead and ingestible magnets in children's toys, contaminants in imported food products, and the global withdrawal of some prescription medicines, have underscored the need for government action.

The Action Plan modernizes Canada's regulatory system to enable it to better protect Canadians from unsafe consumer products in the face of current realities and future pressures. The Action Plan bolsters Canada's regulatory system by amending or replacing outdated health and safety legislation with new legislative regimes that respond to modern realities, and by enhancing safety programs in areas where modern legislative tools already exist. The Action Plan ensures that Canadians have the information they need to assess the risks and benefits associated with the consumer and health products they choose to use, and to minimize risks associated with food safety.

The Action Plan is an integrated, risk-based plan and includes a series of initiatives that are premised on three key pillars: active prevention, targeted oversight and rapid response. We focus on active prevention to avoid as many incidents as possible and work closely with industry to promote awareness, provide regulatory guidance, and help identify safety concerns at an early stage. Targeted oversight provides for early detection of safety problems and further safety verification at the appropriate stage in a product's life cycle. To improve rapid response capabilities and ensure the government has the ability to act quickly and effectively when needed we work to enhance health risk assessments, strengthen recall capacity, and increase the efficiency in responding and communicating clearly with consumers and stakeholders.

In addition to addressing the concerns outlined above, the Action Plan provides a platform for Canada to actively participate in the Security and Prosperity Partnership (SPP), in particular by supporting commitments to increase the safety of imported products within North America. It also enables Canada to better align with US standards, which will have a positive impact on consumer confidence and the business climate.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Increased knowledge of food risks and product safety (scientific and surveillance/monitoring)
  • Increased industry awareness and understanding of regulatory requirements
  • Increased industry compliance with safety standards
  • Increased consumer awareness and understanding of safety risks associated with health and consumer products and food
  • Strengthened oversight and response to safety incidents
  • Increased consumer confidence in health and consumer products and food
  • Increased trade-partner confidence in Canadian controls, which meet international standards
  • Increased availability of safe and effective products
  • Level playing field where imports can be demonstrated to meet Canadian requirements

Governance Structure(s):

The Minister of Health and the Minister of Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada have joint responsibility and accountability for results, and for providing information on progress achieved by the Action Plan.

A Governance Framework has been established and endorsed by all of the partner departments/agencies. To facilitate horizontal coordination, the following Director General (DG)/Executive Director (ED) level Task Forces have been established: Health Products Task Force, Consumer Products Task Force, Food Task Force, Communications Task Force, and the Legislative and Regulatory Task Force. The Task Forces report to a DG/ED level Coordinating Committee. An Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM)/Vice President (VP) level Steering Committee provides direction to the Coordinating Committee. An Oversight Committee of Deputy Heads facilitates the provision of high level guidance to the Steering Committee.

Health Canada's Strategic Policy Branch (SPB) provides the Secretariat function for the Action Plan and plays an integral role in supporting the ongoing operation and decision-making of the governance committees, oversight and integration of performance against commitments, and advice to senior management. SPB is also the lead for coordinating the implementation of the legislative and regulatory initiatives.

Health Canada's Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch (HECSB) and the Pest Management Regulatory Agency (PMRA), along with the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), work together to implement Action Plan activities related to consumer products.

Health Canada's Health Products and Food Branch (HPFB) has primary responsibility for implementing Action Plan activities related to health products with support from Health Canada's Strategic Policy Branch (SPB) and the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) on one initiative (increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness).

The Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA), Health Canada's Health Products and Food Branch (HPFB) and the Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC) work together to implement Action Plan activities related to food safety.

The Public Affairs, Consultation and Communications Branch (PACCB) provides communications support for all of the above activities and will coordinate or lead many of the horizontal Departmental activities under the Consumer Information Strategy.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Health Canada Health Products Active Prevention 57.6 10.80 10.88 Increased industry awareness and knowledge of regulatory requirements
  • 109 pre-submission meetings for biologics and pharmaceuticals.
  • 59 pre-submission meetings with industry were held for biologics and radiopharmaceuticals.
  • 11 oncology pre-submission meetings were held.
  • 5 oncology submissions that had a pre-submission meeting have been received. 2 are in screening and 3 have been accepted for review.
  • Survey not yet planned for - too early to report on this indicator.
  • Post Market Reporting Compliance = 100% of establishments inspected were found to be at an acceptable level of compliance to the Food and Drugs Act (FDA).
  • Human = 96.3% of clinical trials inspected were found to be at an acceptable level of compliance to the FDA.
  • Good Clinical Practice = 90% of clinical trials inspected were found to be at an acceptable level of compliance to the FDA.
Enhanced knowledge of post-market health product safety risks to inform decisions
  • Pharmacovigilance Plans (PvP) received and reviewed for 2009-10
    • Received: 30
    • Reviewed: 25
  • Service Standards for PvP are being developed and being piloted.
  • No PvP were rejected, although deficiencies (if present) were noted and passed on to the Market Authorization Holders (MAH).
Increased oversight of the risk management and risk mitigation strategies for health products
  • Guidance Documents specifically on Risk Management Plans - 4:
    • Questions and Answers regarding the Implementation of Risk Management
    • Planning Notice Regarding Implementation of Risk Management Planning including the adoption of International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) Guidance Pharmacovigilance Planning - ICH Topic E2E
    • Description of Current Risk Communication Documents for Marketed Health Products for Human Use Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) - Issuance of Health Professional Communications
    • Public Communications by Sponsors
  • Risk Management Mitigation Plan (RMMP) Received: 30
  • Risk Management Program (RMP) Reviewed: 25
  • 100% of RMMP received were considered satisfactory, after clarification received from Market Authorization Holders (MAH)
Increased safety of Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API) through industry compliance with the FDA and its regulations
  • Consultation with industry and other government departments completed on proposed regulatory framework.
  • API inspections on hold pending regulatory amendment
  • Stakeholder consultations on the proposed framework on Schedule - Consultation with industry and other government departments completed.
Improved timeliness of pre-market reviews
  • Human Drugs - New Drug Submissions (NDS), Supplemental New Drug Submissions (SNDS), Abbreviated New Drug Submissions (ANDS), and Supplemental Abbreviated New Drug Submissions (SANDS) combined - 63% of decisions made met 90% performance target.
  • Alternatively, when reported as new drugs vs. generics, performance was much better for new drugs with 80% meeting target (NDS (72%), SNDS (83%)). For generic drugs, 44% met target (ANDS (36%) and SANDS (71%)). The Pharmaceutical Human Drugs program continues to focus its efforts on increasing the timeliness of its pre-market decisions while targeting reduction of backlogs in both Clinical and Generic Reviews.
  • This fiscal year, efforts were made to find efficiencies in-house, and by applying strategic use of external scientific contracting.
  • Note: *No new hires. Funding is for review staff hired under Therapeutic Access Strategy (TAS). In addition, TAS funding was lower in FY 2009-10.
  • BGTD maintained its target of 90% of decisions issued within target for all submission types except NDS.
Type # reviewed % within target
ANDS 1 100%
NDS 18 66.7%
SNDS 76 89.5%
CTA 245 99.2%
CTA-A 471 99.8%
NC 433 93.8%
DIN B 37 91.9%
Increased awareness and understanding of the safe use of health products by consumers and health care professionals
  • A total of 52 stakeholders met with the ADM in a series of six bilateral and multilateral meetings held under the ADM Stakeholder Meeting Program. Evaluation performed and follow-up action tracked.
  • Performance evaluation of paediatric cough and cold outreach campaign completed and shared with stakeholders.
  • Research, internal and external consultations and needs analysis completed towards the development of a proposal to create a patient and consumer pool from which the Branch can draw engaged and informed stakeholders to participate in decision-making.
  • E-learning module for patient and consumer stakeholders drafted.
  • Establishing baseline data and developing tracking tools to determine number of consumers aware of risks associated with health products imported for personal use.
1. General Documents Posted by MHPD on HC Website in
  1. 3 - Risk Management & Intervention
  2. 2 - Info Gathering, Monitoring & Processing
  3. 2 - Other
2. Risk Communication Advisories/Warnings posted to HC Website (MedEffect Canada):
  1. HC issued: 108
  2. MAH issued: 60
  • TPD notes that no new hires due to budgetary constraints.
  • Creation of a Health Products Web content safety map identifying all health product Web information in preparation for adding new and revised content to the Consumer Safety Portal.
  • An analysis of all Public Opinion Research related to consumer, food and health product safety completed.
  • Development of a consumer-friendly advisory template and a department-wide standard operating procedure for the production of risk communications; improved use of social media (particularly Twitter) for the dissemination of advisories, warnings and recalls.
Health Canada Health Products Targeted Oversight 34.6 3.90 2.07 Enhanced capacity of HC and industry to identify and respond to risk issues
  • Periodic Safety Update Reporting (PSUR) received/reviewed 2009-2010
  • Marketed Health Products Directorate (MHPD) Level I (Screening) - 104/68 + 71/71 = 175/139
  • MHPD Level II (Full/Targeted) - 37/37 + 56/56 = 93/93
  • TPD (PSUR C) - 20
  • # of new safety signals generated through PSUR reviews:
    • A total of 4 new signals were specifically derived from PSUR review in 2008-09.
    • More complete statistics will be available for 2010-11, as until recently the process has been to review PSURs for which we already suspect some potential issues and that review takes the format of an "improved" Level II review.
  • For the purpose of setting up a tracking system for PSUR, funding from HPFB- MHPD was transferred to HPFB-Therapeutic Products Directorate (TPD).
  • TPD's Submission Processing unit in turn developed a process for putting PSURs into docuBridge® (an electronic based viewing tool) so that these safety reports could be reviewed electronically.
  • The unit also established PSUR tracking capabilities within its Drug Submission Tracking System (DSTS) database.
  • The unit will then provide MHPD with DSTS training and ongoing maintenance/volume reporting as required.
Increased capacity to identify safety issues with health products on the market
  • Relevant legislation regarding Mandatory Reporting (MR) has not yet been passed, therefore, no adverse reactions (AR) have been received under MR.
  • 100% of priority AR reports (outcome of death or life threatening and reports of interest) addressed within established service standard (15 days).
  • Performance standards for all other reports have been implemented for FY 2010-11. Performance standards are being piloted. Results to be analyzed 2010-11 (Note - new legislation is required in order to make reporting mandatory)
  • Some data for Q4 not yet available
  • Pharmaceutical AR Reports received YTD: 11,759
  • Note that a breakdown of completion by product line is not yet available from the Canada Vigilance system
  • Total Domestic AR Reports received (all product lines): 27,139 (increase of 20.7% from previous fiscal year)
  • Domestic AR Reports Completed Workflow: 30,314
  • 100% of AR Reports received are processed, additional reports completed includes reports previously pending workflow completion.
  • Signal Assessment & Review:
    • Signals Prioritized: 29
    • Signals Completed: 54
    • Remaining outstanding: 11
  • Note that a breakdown of Risk Communications by Product Line is not yet available
  • Total Risk Communications Issued:
    • HC Issued: 108 Previous FY: 102
  • Market Authorisation Holders (MAH) Issued: 60 Previous FY: 60
Increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness to inform decisions

Increased capacity in Canada to address priority research on post-market drug safety and effectiveness
  • Also see: Canadian Institute for Health Research, Strategic Priority Research, Targeted Oversight
  • DSEN partners have engaged international partners implementing related initiatives (e.g. EnCepp in EU; Sentinel in U.S) to share best practices and explore opportunities for data sharing.
  • Health Canada (HC) and CIHR collaborated to develop the DSEN Performance Measurement and Evaluation Framework which will be submitted for approval by senior HC and CIHR management in Spring 2010.
  • HC and CIHR collaborated to hold a Best Brains Exchange in March 2010 titled "The Methods Gap: What Can Pharmacoepidemiology Tell Decision Makers About Drug Safety and Effectiveness?" This one day event brought together Canadian and international drug policy decision makers (including senior officials from HPFB) and scientific researchers to discuss and promote international collaboration on actions to improve the availability and quality of information required to make evidence-based decisions. Based on survey, overall participant satisfaction for the event was 84%, with an average score in meeting participants' top two expectations at an average of 76.
  • The Health Canada DSEN Implementation Project Team was established by HPFB. One goal of this Team (composed of representatives from HPFB and FNIHB) is to collate research questions from HC staff for consideration as part of the DSEN's national research agenda. Two calls for HC research questions for the DSEN to undertake were made during this period with questions from the first round submitted to Canadian Institute for Health Research (CIHR) for consideration in the launch of the first DSEN funding opportunity.
Improved ability to monitor and control importation of health products
  • National Customs Refusal Database in final stages of development and planned to be rolled out early FY 10/11. This will permit tracking of shipments refused entry that were referred to Health Canada due to an import alert. Once a database is implemented a target can be established in FY 11/12.
  • All importers of inadmissible health products notified of the violation. Health Canada "Its Your Health" information sheet regarding dangers of buying drugs over the Internet, letter from RCMP regarding counterfeit drugs, copies of Public Warnings/Advisories and/or refusal notices sent to personal use importers as appropriate. Health Canada is looking at other communications pieces to warn Canadians of dangers of counterfeit drugs and medical devices.
Health Canada Health Products Rapid Response Existing Resources 0.00 0.00 Improved ability to respond with better tools when safety incidents occur New tools on hold due to delay in new legislation.
Health Canada Consumer Products Active Prevention 41.0 4.16 2.47 Increased awareness and understanding of product safety obligations by consumer products industry
  • Key to supporting industry awareness of product safety obligations is the development of industry guides for consumer products. In 2009-10 a number of guides were completed (e.g. lighter requirements, children's jewellery, tents, second hand products)
  • Included were updates to the following publications:
    • Guide to Cosmetic Ingredient Labelling
    • Quick Reference Guide to the Hazardous Products Act for Manufacturers, Importers, Distributors and Retailers, 2009.
Increased awareness and understanding of standards by consumer products industry
  • A Memorandum of Agreement with Standards Council of Canada in place to support consumer & small business participation in the National Standards System
  • Implementation and support of ISO product safety standard with Canadian Safety Association
  • Trilateral collaboration between Health Canada, the US Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) and the European Union has begun to identify solutions for addressing corded window covering products.
  • Crib standards and test methods are in the process of being adopted by US CPSC and the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
  • Machinery Noise Declaration standards have been drafted.
  • Second draft document completed of revisions to the Canadian Mammography Quality Guidelines.
  • Ongoing lead of, and participation in, standards committees, e.g. International Electrotechnical Commission & Organization for International Standardization in areas of acoustics, electromagnetics, X-ray devices & laser and electro optics.
Increased awareness and understanding of consumer product safety issues by consumers
  • Consumer Product Safety publications continue to be popular with stakeholders and the public in general. Is Your Child Safe is the most popular and covers many common subjects relevant to homes with children. Just under 200,000 copies were circulated in both official languages. Second on the list is Safety with Radar - popular for children's events - approximately 50,000 copies were circulated.
  • Launch of the online consumer safety portal with a complete user-friendly section on children's products, social media features, a survey and easy-to-navigate design.
  • Development of a consumer-friendly advisory template and a department-wide standard operating procedure for the production of risk communications; improved use of social media (particularly Twitter) for the dissemination of advisories, warnings and recalls.
  • Promotion of the new consumer product safety online complaint/incident form.
  • Safety Code 6 (2009) associated communications products, such as fact sheets & FAQs have been developed.
  • The following Its Your Health documents were published on the HC Internet: 1) Airport Body Scanners 2) the Safety of Compact Fluorescent Lamps.
  • Drafting of revisions to It's your Health documents 1) Community Noise Annoyance, 2) Aircraft Noise & 3) Personal Stereo Systems Noise (awaiting publication).
  • Updated the HC Internet page on sun safety.
  • Complete analysis of Web sections for Consumer, Food and Health product safety pages (800+ Web pages) was completed
  • New Web page dedicated to showcasing Health Canada's social media
  • Four social bookmarking sites added to the Health Canada site (Digg, Delicious, Facebook and Twitter)
  • New YouTube channel created just for Health Canada and launched December 23, 2009.
  • More than 2,000 followers on Twitter receiving instant updates on consumer recalls, advisories and warnings.
  • Horizontal development of a clear writing guide for the department.
  • Launch of the department's first widget, allowing users to attach a self-updating feed to their own websites for news on Health Canada's advisories, warnings and recalls.
  • The Contact Centre put in place a new software system designed to track and consolidate consumer inquiries (2009 statistics: approximately 22,224 calls and 28,536 emails were handled by the Contact Centre)
Health Canada Consumer Products Targeted Oversight 15.7 2.10 1.15 Improved timeliness and quality of information on consumer product safety
  • In 2009-10 Health Canada, Consumer Product Safety had a total of 7,844 unique subscribers. Consumers are now able to subscribe to product safety information being published (e.g. advisories, warnings and recalls) in both official languages.
  • Product safety complaints/incidents have been steadily increasing over the last four years (2006-07 567 complaints; 2007-08 - 672; 2008-09 - 944; 2009-10 - 1102).
  • Of the 1,102 complaints received in 2009-10, Health Canada met its service targets, responding to 100% of complainants and met its service standard following-up with 100% of companies. Depending on the severity of the incident reported, actions could include product inspection with follow-up and enforcement actions, including recall or public advisory, as appropriate. In addition, follow-up with the companies in question to ensure appropriate actions have been completed.
  • Data suggests the increase in reporting by consumers is linked to the increase in subscriptions to the recall website and is an indicator of increased consumer awareness of risks associated with consumer products.
Improved Cosmetic Regulations under the FDA
  • Amendments to the Cosmetic Regulations under the Food and Drugs Act were drafted, however; amendments were not introduced into the House due to the prorogation of Parliament.
  • Work was initiated on the use of Sunscreen by consumers (for purposes of classification regulation).
  • Through increased capacity and improved efficiency the notification process for cosmetics resulted in the reduction of the backlog to almost zero. Future improvements to IT systems will further improve the processing of notifications.
Increased sharing of information with international regulators
  • Continued implementation of the Memorandum of Understanding with China on the safe manufacturing of consumer products. A number of technical working group meetings were completed.
  • Preliminary discussions have occurred with Vietnam.
  • MOU with EU being addressed under FT negotiations.
  • Ongoing bilateral discussions with the US and Australia.
  • Continued participation as a member of the Scientific Oversight Committee, which oversees the International Electromagnetic Frequency (EMF) Project (World Health Organization). This project gathers information regarding completed, active and proposed research into the effects of electromagnetic radiation on human health.
  • Ongoing lead of, and participation in, standards committees, e.g. International Electrotechnical Commission & Organization for International Standardization in areas of acoustics, electromagnetics, X-ray devices & laser and electro optics.
Health Canada Consumer Products Rapid Response 17.9 3.40 3.95 Improved legislative authority and regulatory tools for consumer products
  • Due to the prorogation of Parliament in 2009-10 the Canada Consumer Product Safety Act (CCPSA) did not receive Royal Assent. The CCPSA (Bill C-36) was re-tabled in the House of Commons on June 9, 2010.
Improved legislative authority and regulatory tools for radiation-emitting devices
  • Completed international environmental scan, and held a consultation workshop with internal Health Canada collaborators.
  • Review and analysis of existing public opinion research and stakeholder concerns listed on the PWGSC web site concerning radiation emitting devices.
  • Developed proposal outlining evidence needed to summarize health and safety risks associated with radiation emitting devices to feed into the Issue Analysis Summary.
  • Legal analysis of REDA authorities is ongoing.
  • Developed work plan for enhanced collaboration with the Medical Devices Bureau and the HPFB Inspectorate.
Improved monitoring of consumer and cosmetic products In 2009-10 compliance and enforcement activities continue as per cyclical enforcement plan:
  • Toys - heavy metals: 2009-2010: 55 samples- 89% compliant (2008-09: 95%)
  • Toys - noise: 2009-2010: 120 samples - 100% compliant (2005-06: 96%)
  • Utility Lighters: 2009-2010: 15 samples- 7% compliant
  • Halloween costumes: 2009-2010: 22 samples- 95% compliant (2008-09: 84.2%)
  • Glazed Ceramics: 2009-2010: 121 samples- 92% compliant (2004-05: 67%)
  • Children's products e.g. furniture, learning products: 2009-2010: 31 samples- 90% compliant (2007-08: 79%)
  • Children's Jewellery: 2009-2010: 107 samples- 60% compliant (2008-09: 74%)
Health Canada Pesticide Regulation Active Prevention 6.9 1.34 1.15 Increased industry (manufacturers and retailers) awareness of risks and related regulatory requirements
  • Completed analysis of information relevant to program design/delivery to be initiated in 2010-11 related to quality assurance for pesticide manufacturing.
  • Contributed to ongoing internal discussions relating to treated articles policy/regulatory approach that included some discussions vis a vis compliance approach.
  • Ongoing work related to vendor knowledge of and related capacity to comply with legislation e.g., only offer for sale registered products.
  • New program methodology for active prevention related to the use of structural pest control products by property managers was developed to provide further insight into causality i.e., why compliance exists/does not exit.
  • Ongoing discussions with FPT on possible consumer product related programs/activities. Some interest related to Active Prevention related to the use of unregistered non conventional products e.g., garlic.
  • Additional work completed aimed at creating further transparency related to compliance work and decisions.
Health Canada Pesticide Regulation Rapid Response 8.0 1.00 0.76 Improved monitoring of pest management products using a risk management approach
  • Targeted inspections were conducted of manufacturers and vendors of consumer products. More than 200 vendors of pet products inspected nationally - with lack of knowledge of regulatory requirements being the key reason for non-compliance.
  • Some work done in relation to border integrity (under HC Improving Together pilot project).
  • Consultations held with US EPA colleagues in relation to common challenges related to imported unregistered products, false and misleading product claims, best practices.
  • In BC, Quebec and Ontario, a number of detected situations of non-compliance resulted in follow up. Many non-compliant consumer products were for use on pets.
Health Canada Food Nutrition Active Prevention 29.6 4.90 4.78 Establishment of the appropriate instrument or mix of instruments, including regulatory and non-regulatory measures (standards, policies, etc.) to address immediate areas of concern HC developed and published several guidance documents that provided Canadians with better information on what they are eating and how to handle food safely, e.g., caffeine, allergens, fresh produce and powdered infant formulas.

As part of its Amendments to the Food Additive Tables, Health Canada published 9 Interim Marketing Authorization notices in Canada Gazette Part I.

Health Canada published in Canada Gazette Part II three regulatory amendments for food additives for a total of 13 submissions. Amendments have been drafted for several other additives and publication is expected in Summer 2010.
Increased understanding of food safety risks by HC, PHAC & CFIA
  • Risk mapping model and tool has been developed and implemented.
  • Risk profiling & prioritization activities underway.
Increased engagement by Canadians in the regulatory system

Increased industry knowledge regarding food labelling
  • Public consultations, including an on-line consultation were completed on the enhancement of the system for precautionary labelling of allergens in food. The purpose of the consultations was to provide stakeholders the opportunity to comment on whether and how precautionary labelling on food should be regulated. As well, HC hosted two technical consultations 1-to permit the use of the enzyme asparigenese -2- Proposed maximum limits for the presence of Mycotoxin Ochratoxin A in foods.
  • Contribution to the Nutrition Facts Education Initiative (NFEI), a collaboration between Health Canada and the food industry's trade association - Food and Consumer Products Canada (FCPC), to help further nutrition labelling education with Canadians.
  • A three-year food safety campaign was launched, starting with relevant Public Opinion Research, development of creative aspects, media planning, printing, and Web development. A radio ad campaign promoting Safe Food Handling for Adults 60+ ran nationally from March 22nd - 31st.
  • More than 90,000 safe food handling HC publications shipped from the distribution centre in 2009-2010.
Increased industry understanding of and engagement in the development and implementation of food safety risk mitigation processes

Improved international collaboration in addressing common import risks
  • The departmententered into a number of formal arrangements (Letters of Understanding, Memoranda of Understanding) with major International regulatory counterparts to enhance collaboration (e.g., European Food safety Authority (EFSA), Australian National Measurements Institute (NMI).) to support rapid information sharing and to facilitate work sharing opportunities.
  • The department formed collaborations with several national and international partners to validate, develop, disseminate and advise on laboratory testing methods related to the four FCSAP priority areas (allergens, natural toxins, emerging foodborne pathogens and bioactives).
  • The Executive Board of the World Health Organization (WHO) adopted the resolution Advancing Food Safety Initiatives. The resolution, led by HC and other Canadian partners, aims to advance global food safety initiatives and augments the recommendations in earlier resolutions.
  • HC has begun to increase its engagement of stakeholders and the public. Most importantly, it has established a Food Regulatory Advisory Committee to provide broad expert advice on matters related to the safety and nutritional quality in food.
Health Canada Food Nutrition Rapid Response 1.3 0.20 0.17 Increased public understanding of food safety risks, alert systems and safety systems
  • A survey was conducted in February 2010 by Ekos for HC, the conclusions of which provided useful information regarding Canadians' knowledge and behaviours related to food safety.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Food Safety Active Prevention 114.2 20.10 16.40 Increased understanding of food safety risks by HC, PHAC & CFIA
  • Risk mapping model and tool has been developed and implemented.
  • Risk profiling & prioritization activities underway.
Establishment of the appropriate instrument or mix of instruments, including regulatory and non-regulatory measures (standards, policies, etc.) to address immediate areas of concern
  • Development of proposed regulatory regime for the imported food sector.
Increased industry understanding of and engagement in the development and implementation of food safety risk mitigation processes

Improved international collaboration in addressing common import risks
  • Importer licensing policy approved.
  • Engagement of international partners specifically with through agreements with China, enhancement to Mexico agreement, and with the US.
  • Requirements documentation for identification & verification of IMFS drafted.
  • Internal & government partners consultation complete on Guide to Food Safety.
Increased engagement by Canadians in the regulatory system

Increased industry knowledge regarding food labelling
  • Consultations planned for the purposes of regulatory amendments.
  • CFIA conducted consultations with stakeholders on Guide to Food Safety.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Food Safety Targeted Oversight 77.0 13.20 8.30 Increased verification of industry food safety measures
  • 9 new inspector training courses are in various stages of development to support enhanced inspection.
Improved ability to monitor and control importation of food
  • Preliminary Project Approval (PPA) for the IM/IT Enabled Business Projects granted by Treasury Board.
  • Implementation of foundational elements under PPA continues.
  • Development of EPA submission for functional enhancements continues.
  • 40 port of entry investigations completed.
  • 107 post-entry verifications conducted.
  • 6 targeted inspections since December 1st (BC West).
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Food Safety Rapid Response 32.2 6.00 8.60 Timely and efficient recall capacity
  • Increased hiring and training of inspection staff.
Increased public understanding of food safety risks, alert systems and safety systems
  • Farm to Fork and Safe Food Handling videos were recorded in February.
  • The public opinion research campaign was launched in February with the goals of identifying the public's confidence in food safety in Canada and other countries, of reporting on awareness of food recalls, and of identifying the resources the public use to gather information on food safety.
  • Brochures for at-risk populations (the elderly, pregnant, and immuno-suppressed) are in progress, and may be released in collaboration with Health Canada, who are working on a similar initiative.
  • The Food Safety Portal has begun to be communicated to establishments such as restaurants and retirement homes, and a social networking strategy is coming into effect.
  • The CFIA is responding to public and industry queries as a result of increased awareness of the FCSAP. A number of stakeholder outreach initiatives, including industry and consumer conferences, information sessions, and workshops.
Public Health Agency of Canada Infectious Disease Prevention and Control Active Prevention 18.3 4.00 3.20 Increased understanding of food safety risks by HC, PHAC, & CFIA
  • Surveillance (C-Enternet) activities were expanded to include sampling/testing to identify high risk imported products to target for prevention.
  • Identification of pathogens; also established MoA and started activity at a second sentinel site in BC.
  • Next-generation laboratory method (MLVA) jointly developed and evaluated for E. coli and Salmonella by PHAC with US CDC.
  • PulseNet Canada is nearing rollout of the E. coli MLVA method to all PulseNet Canada members.
  • New technology platforms have been assessed for future use in increasing capacity for real time surveillance of enteric bacterial disease.
  • Expansion of the capacity of PHAC's web-based outbreak summary reporting system, developed with P/T input, which allows standardized dissemination of the results of disease outbreak investigations. Following the 2008 launch of an Enteric Module of the application in BC, both the Enteric Module and the Respiratory and Vaccine Preventable Disease Module were launched in NS in October 2009. PHAC is working with partners towards the launch of the application in other P/Ts throughout 2010.
  • PHAC - New technology platforms have been assessed for future use in increasing capacity for real time surveillance of enteric bacterial disease.
Public Health Agency of Canada Health Promotion/Chronic Disease Prevention and Control Targeted Oversight 8.0 1.00 0.47 More and better data on accidents, injuries, illnesses and deaths due to consumer products

Engagement of risk assessment stakeholders
  • CCMED database development continued
  • CHIRPP expansion
  • Knowledge translation and dissemination through CHIRPP reports and Injury in Review - focus on Consumer Product Safety
Canadian Institute of Health Research Strategic Priority Research Targeted Oversight 27.1 2.30 1.90 Increased knowledge of post-market drug safety and effectiveness to inform decisions

Increased capacity in Canada to address priority research on post-market drug safety and effectiveness
  • Also see: Health Canada, Health Products, Targeted Oversight
  • The establishment of the DSEN Coordinating Office at CIHR was completed with the appointment of the DSEN Executive Director in January 2010.
  • CIHR opened nominations for membership to the DSEN Steering Committee (DSC) in February 2010. The DSC membership is targeted to be named in Spring 2010. The DSC will advise on the strategic direction and research priorities of the DSEN. Senior management from SPB and HPFB (three members) will represent HC on this committee.
  • CIHR launched the Catalyst Grant: Drug Safety and Effectiveness in Aug 2009 resulting in 14 research projects being funded in March 2010 using the $1 million DSEN grants and an additional $0.33 million funded through partnerships with 5 CIHR Institutes/Initiatives valuing $0.33 million for a total research investment of $1.33 million. The first DSEN research is anticipated to be completed in the spring of 2011, and dissemination of the research evidence and knowledge translation will start after the spring of 2011.
Total 489.4 78.40 66.23    

Comments on Variances:

Health Products In 2009-10 the pre-submission meeting with industry target was not achieved. This was due primarily to backlog and other work load pressures. Additionally, the process has been in place for a number of years, hence there might be an understanding as to when to request a meeting and the type of questions and information that would require a meeting.

The target for mandatory reports processed was not achieved as a result of staff turnover and Branch budget limitations in the Pharmacovigilance unit. Limited staffing now initiated within 2010-11 budget allocations.

With Border Integrity two performance measures listed are not the most representative of the programs success. As the program develops and evolves in 2010/11, the available tools will be reviewed and more representative performance measures will be developed.
Consumer Products Due to the prorogation of Parliament in 2009-10, Royal Assent of the proposed Canada Consumer Product Safety Act did not take place. Several planned activities, including staffing, were deferred which resulted in a variance of ~1M.

The planning schedule for the development of IT systems for Mandatory Reporting of Product Safety Incidents was amended due to delays in the passage of the proposed Canada Consumer Product Safety Act, which includes provisions for mandatory reporting. This resulted in a planned transfer of 1M in O&M funds for system development to be deferred until 2010-11.
Food Safety The second year of the Food and Consumer Safety Action Plan for the CFIA saw a continued effort to provide the necessary training to enhance the capability of for the additional capacity acquired in year one . Additionally, foundational work in a number of areas (e.g. establishment of policies) was completed, which will facilitate achievement of expected outcomes. Funds lapsed are being carried forward.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

N/A

Contact information:

Hélène Quesnel, Director General
Policy Development Directorate
Strategic Policy Branch
Health Canada
Telephone: (613) 952-3484
E-mail: helene_quesnel@hc-sc.gc.ca

Weblinks


Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Early Childhood Development and Early Learning and Child Care

Name of Lead Department(s):

Health Canada (HC)

Lead Department Program Activity:

First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

ECD - October 2002
ELCC - December 2004

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

ECD Strategy - ongoing.
ELCC Single Window - ongoing.

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

$365 million 2002-03 to 2006-07 (ECD $320 million and ELCC $45 million). ECD $65 million and ELCC $14 million/year on going.

ECD: $320 million 2002-03 to 2006-07 ($60 million in 2002-03 and $65 million thereafter). $65 million per year ongoing.

ELCC: $45 million 2005-06 to 2007-08 ($14.5 million in 2005-06; $15.3 million in 2006-07; $15.2 million in 2007-08). $14 million/year ongoing.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The ECD Strategy for First Nations and Other Aboriginal Children was announced on October 31, 2002. The strategy provides $320 million over five years to: improve and expand existing ECD programs and services for Aboriginal children; expand ECD capacity and networks; introduce new research initiatives to improve understanding of how Aboriginal children are doing; and work towards the development of a "single window" approach to ensure better integration and coordination of federal Aboriginal ECD programming.

In December 2004, as first phase of a "single window", Cabinet approved an additional $45 million over three years ($14 million ongoing) to improve integration and coordination of two ECD programs-- Aboriginal Head Start on Reserve and the First Nations and Inuit Child Care Initiative-- beginning in 2005-06.

The objectives of these funds are to increase access to and improve the quality of ELCC programming for First Nations children on reserve, and improve integration and coordination between the two programs through joint planning, joint training and co-location.

Joint planning will also include INAC-funded child/day care programs in Alberta and Ontario.

Shared Outcome(s):

The federal ECD Strategy complements the September 2000 First Ministers F/P/T ECD Agreement. It seeks to address the gap in life chances between Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal children by improving the developmental opportunities to which Aboriginal children (and their families) are exposed at an early age (0-6 years).

The funding approved in December 2004 for ELCC for First Nations Children Living on Reserve and Working Towards the First Phase of a Single Window" complements funding released to provinces and territories under the March 2003 Multilateral Framework for Early Learning and Childcare (ELCC) to improve access to ELCC programs and services.

Governance Structure(s):

  • Interdepartmental ECD ADM Steering Committee;
  • Interdepartmental ECD Working Group.
($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
1. Health Canada First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services a. Aboriginal Head Start on Reserve (AHSOR) 107.595 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 21.519/year). 21.519/year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.

24.000 (2005-06 through to 2007-08,
7.500 in 2005-06, 8.300 in 2006-07;
8.200 in 2007-08).
7.500 in 2008-09 and ongoing
Committed in 2005.
21.519

7.500
27.293 (ECD and ELCC) Program support and enhancement

Increase integration, coordination, access, and quality
Approximately one third of AHSOR sites across Canada use outreach/home visiting as a way of increasing the number of children that they are able to serve, and a significant number of these sites rely on outreach/home visiting as the sole means of providing services to children.

In 2009-10, a review of AHSOR Community Exchange Program was completed which provided a clear picture of the progress of the program, the perceived benefits and challenges for participants, the lessons learned to date and recommendations for future improvements. The program objective is to provide an opportunity to AHSOR community workers to share their knowledge and experiences and to explore how other First Nations communities operate their AHSOR sites.

Work continues with partner departments to improve integration and coordination among AHSOR, Human Resources and Skills Development Canada's (HRSDC) FNICCI, and INAC funded daycares in Alberta and Ontario.
b. Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder - First Nations and Inuit Component
(FASD-FNIC)
70.000 (2002-03 through to 2006-07;
10.000 in 2002-03 and 15.000 thereafter). 15.000/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.
15.000 13.272 Complete the Mentoring Project Special Study to guide mentoring projects and to provide further training and support

Support and evaluate FASD Community Coordinator pilot projects towards the development of an evidence-based project framework

Develop strategies to incorporate findings on support for FN/I women with addictions
The FNIHB FASD Mentoring Program Special Study was completed in March 2010.

Nine FASD Community Coordinator pilot projects have been completed. Eight of the projects participated in a group review process and three have completed their individual consultations. The remaining individual consultations will be completed by June 2010.

Year one of the two year project was successfully completed.
c. Capacity Building 5.075 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 1.015/year). 1.015/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2002.
1.015 0.868 Increase capacity with National Aboriginal Organizations

Enhance capacity of community ECE practitioners
As part of the 2002 Federal Strategy's capacity-building component, Health Canada provides funding to build capacity and expertise relating to early childhood development to National Aboriginal Organizations. In 2009-10, funds were provided to the Assembly of First Nations (AFN), the Inuit Tapiriit Kanatami (ITK), and the Native Women's Association of Canada (NWAC). As well, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada is providing annual funding to Pauktuutit Inuit Women of Canada. In 2009-10, funding enabled these organizations to contribute to the development of the Federal Strategy through strategic planning and capacity building in their own organizations.

Funding from the Federal Strategy also continued to support the development of an Aboriginal service providers' network named the Aboriginal Children's Circle of Early Learning (ACCEL). During 2008-09, ACCEL was updated and maintained by the National Aboriginal Health Organization (NAHO).

Horizontal training funding was provided to regions to support training for ECD workers in AHSOR and FNICCI sites. HC is working to develop a training strategy for ECD and other community workers that will lead to culturally appropriate training and certification of providers of healthy child development programming on reserve, and support coordination between HC, HRSDC and INAC programs.
2. PHAC
Child and Adolescent Health Promotion a. Aboriginal Head Start in Urban and Northern Communities (AHSUNC) 62.880 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 12.576/ year and ongoing.

Committed in 2002.
12.576 10.788 Enrolment in the AHSUNC program has increased by almost 10%. Program expansion and enhancement will address the increasing special needs requirements of children and provide staff with the tools to address these needs. AHSUNC program has maintained enrolment levels (i.e. 6.1% increase of children since 2004). Expansion of services and support for at-risk children and their families includes increased use of assessment tools to screen for special needs and developmental delays.
Child and Adolescent Health Promotion b. Capacity Building 2.500 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 0.500/year) and ongoing
Committed in 2002
0.500 0.236 Increased capacity Capacity building and increased capacity in early child development program evaluation through training workshops (Evaluation and Brigance Screen overview) and meetings in Halifax and Ottawa.
3. HRSDC Lifelong Learning- Health Human Resources (HHR) a.
First Nations and Inuit Child Care Initiative (FNICCI)
45.700 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 9.140/year) and ongoing.

Committed in 2002

21.000 (2005-06 through to 2007-08; 7.000/year). 6.500/ year ongoing.

Committed in 2005
9,140 and on-going

6,500 and on-going
9,140

6,500
Program expansion and enhancement

Increase program integration, coordination, access and quality
Approximately 8,500 child care spaces supported in 462 First Nations and Inuit sites and administered through 58 Aboriginal Human Resource Development Agreement (AHRDA) holders.
Lifelong Learning-
HHR
b.
Research and Knowledge
21.200
(2002-03 through to 2006-07); 4.240/year and ongoing.

Committed in 2002.
4,240 and on-going 0,900 for ACS

0,700 for AUEY
Information on the well-being of Aboriginal children through an Aboriginal Children's Survey (ACS) and the Aboriginal component of "Understanding the Early Years" (EUY). Data from the 2006 Aboriginal Children's Survey were released in October 2008 and made available to the policy research community. Series of papers, profiles and presentations on well-being of First Nations, Métis and Inuit children have been produced or are under preparation.

The project with the Prince Albert Grand Council, under the Understanding the Early Years initiative (UEY), engaged the community and completed its data collections. Several other UEY projects included activities for Aboriginal children and their families.
4. INAC The people- social development a. Family Capacity Initiatives 5.050 (2002-03 through to 2006-07; 1.010/year 2007-2008 and ongoing.

Committed in 2002.
1.010 and on-going 0.999 Partnerships with other government departments and First Nations to support increased coordination/integration of ECD programs and services Provided capacity funding to Pauktuutit Inuit Women of Canada, supported Health Canada and the Public Health Agency of Canada to fund research, and supported Inuit Tapiriit Kanatami for a National Inuit Gathering.
Total     ECD: 320.000
(60.000 in 2002-03 and 65.000/year through to 2006-07); 65.000/year ongoing.

ELCC: $45.000
(14.500 in 2005-06; 15.300 in 2006-07; 15.200 in 2007-08);
and $14.000/year ongoing.
ECD: 65.000/ year ongoing.

ELCC: 14.000/ year ongoing.
     

Comments on Variances:

HRSDC is currently evaluating the possibility of merging data collections on Aboriginal adult and children within an overall Aboriginal data strategy, in which INAC will assume the leadership.

The Aboriginal component of Understanding the Early Years initiative: While the planned spending column reflects an ongoing allocation of $800,000, the actual spending column reflects the actual funds ($700,000) transferred annually to the Initiative.

PHAC planned spending represents the total program budget including departmental corporate costs. Actual expenditures are net of corporate costs (EBP and salary), resulting in an over-estimation of variances.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

N/A

Contact information:

Cathy Winters
Senior Policy Coordinator
Children and Youth Division
First Nations and Inuit Health Branch, Health Canada
Postal Locator: 1920D Tunney's Pasture, Ottawa
Telephone: (613) 952-5064
Fax: (613) 952-5244
E-mail: cathy.winters@hc-sc.gc.ca


Name Horizontal Initiative:

Federal Tobacco Control Strategy 2007-2011

Name of Lead Department(s):

Health Canada (HC)

Lead Department Program Activity:

3.4 Substance Use and Abuse

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

2001-02

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

2007-08 and ongoing

Federal Funding Allocation:

$368.5 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The FTCS establishes a framework for a comprehensive, fully-integrated, and multi-faceted approach to tobacco control. It is driven by the longstanding commitment of the Government of Canada to reduce the serious and adverse health effects of tobacco for Canadians. It focuses on four mutually reinforcing components: prevention, cessation, protection, and product regulation.

Shared Outcome(s):

The long-term outcome of the FTCS is to reduce tobacco-related disease and death in Canada.

To pursue this long-term outcome, the FTCS will contribute the following tobacco control goal and objectives for April 1, 2007 to March 31, 2011.

Goal: Reduce overall smoking prevalence from 19% (2005) to 12% by 2011.
Objectives:

  • Reduce the prevalence of Canadian youth (15-17) who smoke from 15% to 9%;
  • Increase the number of adult Canadians who quit smoking by 1.5 million;
  • Reduce the prevalence of Canadians exposed daily to second-hand smoke from 28% to 20%;
  • Examine the next generation of tobacco control policy in Canada;
  • Contribute to the global implementation of the World Health Organization's Framework Convention on Tobacco Control; and
  • Monitor and assess contraband tobacco activities and enhance compliance.

Governance Structure(s):

Resources for the implementation of the FTCS were allocated to a number of departments and agencies. HC is the lead department in the FTCS and is responsible for regulating the manufacture, sale, labelling, and promotion of tobacco products as well as developing, implementing and promoting initiatives that reduce or prevent the negative health impacts associated with smoking.

The partner departments and agencies are:

  • Public Safety Canada (PSC): administers contribution funding for monitoring activities in connection with determining levels of contraband tobacco activity. PS also provides policy advice and support on smuggling issues and leads Canada's delegation that is negotiating an international protocol on illicit trade in tobacco products
  • Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions (ODPP): responsible for monitoring federal fines imposed in relation to tobacco and other types of offences, and for enforcing and recovering outstanding fines
  • Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP): responsible for the enforcement of laws in relation to the international movement of tobacco products (including the illicit manufacture, distribution or possession of contraband tobacco products)
  • Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) (formerly the Canada Customs and Revenue Agency): responsible for ensuring the assessment and collection of tobacco taxes and monitoring tobacco exports.
  • Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) (previously part of the former Canada Customs and Revenue Agency): responsible for monitoring and assessing of the contraband tobacco market in Canada and internationally, as well as improving the administration of assessment and collection of new tobacco taxes on imported tobacco.
($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
HC Substance Use and Abuse FTCS $287.34 $52.88 $49.51 The FTCS has set a 4-year goal to: Reduce overall smoking prevalence from 19% (2005) to 12% by 2011. All activities are expected to contribute towards achieving this result. Latest available data (2008) reported a 17.9% overall smoking prevalence. The results below contribute to Health Canada's efforts to reduce the overall smoking prevalence to 12% by 2011.

84.3% of tobacco retailers are in compliance with regulations restricting underage youth from purchasing tobacco products, marking a significant increase from 69.8% in 2000.

A step forward in improving the regulatory framework controlling tobacco was Health Canada's support to the Government for the passage of Bill C-32, Cracking Down on Tobacco Marketing Aimed at Youth Act, which received Royal Assent in October 2009 and will help to reduce the use of tobacco products by Canadian youth. Program results show that Health Warning Messages on tobacco product packaging are effective, and retail compliance continues to be high.
PSC N/A FTCS $3.05 $0.61 $0.61 Enhanced partnership arrangement with Akwasasne Mohawk Police.

Leading in preparation and participation in the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Controls.
See results achieved by Non-federal Partners below.

Public Safety leads the Canadian Delegation in the preparation and participation to negotiate a global Protocol to reduce illicit tobacco which takes place in Geneva. Two sessions of the Intergovernmental Negotiating Body (INB) took place in 2009-10, in June/July and in March. These were the third and fourth negotiating sessions, respectively.
RCMP N/A FTCS $8.6 $1.72 $1.038
  1. Provide the Department of Finance, Health Canada and other partners with current updates on illicit tobacco trade activities.
  2. The RCMP monitors illegal activities at and along the CAN/U.S. border through the use of strategic detection and surveillance equipment.
  3. Expand cooperation with international and national law enforcement partners.
  4. Complete the first Progress Report for the Contraband Tobacco Enforcement Strategy implementation.
  1. Regular reports on the illicit tobacco situation were provided to Finance and Health Canada. Side bar reports and presentations provided to other partners and key Ministerial entities upon request, such as the Government of Canada Task Force on Illicit Tobacco, the Senior Revenue Officials Conference and the Interprovincial Investigations Conference. The Tobacco Analysts also attend regular meetings to brief the Department of Finance.
  2. Continued border security through the use of sophisticated technology which permits detection and monitoring of illegal border intrusions, resulting in vital intelligence.
  3. Co-hosted the 2009 Joint U.S./Canada Tobacco Diversion Workshop with American and Canadian agencies and presently preparing the 2011 Workshop to be held in April 2011. This event brings together members of Canadian and American law enforcement and regulatory agencies who have a vested interest in the illicit tobacco market whether it pertains to smuggling, counterfeit, stolen or other illegal activities. In recent events, the TDW has also included an increasing number of international guests as participants and speakers also involved in tobacco enforcement efforts. The workshop is part of an ongoing commitment by all of the above noted agencies to address the growing illicit tobacco market and its cross-border flow through an integrated policing and intelligence sharing approach.
  4. Released the first Progress Report for the implementation of the Contraband Tobacco Enforcement Strategy, which has been made public and in available online at the RCMP Customs & Excise website.
  5. The two (2) national tobacco analysts have attended several training courses regarding contraband tobacco as both students and presenters; they include:
    Interprovincial Investigations Conference: The aim is to develop, increase and maintain cooperation among all those who are involved in combating the contraband tobacco market by providing current information and contacts in other jurisdictions
    IBET Analyst/Intelligence Officer Workshop: This provided an overview on Crime trends, technology strategy and regional overviews.
    ATF Alcohol & Tobacco Diversion School: The purpose of the course is to provide instruction on the many various aspects of contraband trafficking, covers topics such as U.S. laws and regulation, sources of intelligence and information; current contraband trafficking trends and schemes.
  6. In 2009, the RCMP seized approximately 975,000 cartons of illicit cigarettes, and approximately 34,000kgs of contraband fine cut tobacco.
ODPP N/A FTCS $12.22 $2.44 $2.35 Expected results for 2009-10 will be reported through the ODPP's Report on Plans and Priorities.
  1. Approximately $6M has been recovered for all fines as of YE 2010 an increase of 16% over the previous year. Over 1,700 files were settled. This concerns all fines, not only tobacco related.
  2. Due to the substantial increase policing and border patrol efforts, the number of convictions in cigarette contraband and other tobacco related fines, the inventory of fines is now at 872 files of which 658 are solely contraband. The recoverable amount for these fines is at $15.6M.
  3. Implementation of set-off with CRA alone has accounted for almost 800K in fines (this is included in point # 1. Set-off is one of the most cost effective methods of recovery. This
  4. Of 2,253 fines paid in set-off, the majority of fines fully satisfied were in the $0 to $10K range. This inventory comprised of old fines where individuals could not be located. Reduction of this inventory will permit units to concentrate their efforts on larger fines.
  5. Registration of native fines with CRA's set-off program is bearing fruit. While we are unable to seize native assets on reserves, we are allowed to seize any GST or income tax refunds to an individual via set-off as long as they file a return.
  6. Over 7200 interventions were registered during this period.
  7. 268 individuals were incarcerated for failure or refusal to pay their fines during this period, of which 27 opted to pay their fines in lieu of remaining in custody.
CRA

Assessment and Benefit Services (previously Assessment and Collections)

Excise and GST/HST Directorate/ Legislative Policy and Regulatory Affairs Branch
N/A FTCS $4.44 $0.89 $.2

$.69
  1. Systems adjustments and maintenance to reflect the legislative changes that affect rates, reporting and refunds as well as program changes to include duty-free shops and ships stores.
  2. Verify Export activity.
  3. Expand cooperation with international and national law enforcement partners.
  4. Work with stakeholders to monitor and assess the effectiveness of measures used to reduce contraband tobacco.
  5. Provide the Department of Finance with advice in the development of policy and the determination of the magnitude and timing of future tax increases.
  6. Support RCMP enforcement activity.
  1. Systems and reporting capabilities were maintained as required to meet program requirements.
  2. The Tobacco Enforcement Verification Program (field) effectively monitored the movement of exported tobacco products.
  3. Excise duty officers performed audit and regulatory reviews of licensed manufacturers to ensure compliance with legislative requirements.
  4. Participated on a number of committees dealing with the monitoring and control of tobacco products, including those dealing with interprovincial issues. Co-hosted the Tobacco Diversion Workshop with Canadian and U.S. participation.
  5. Met with the Department of Finance as required. Provided industry and product information.
  6. Supported RCMP enforcement activity by providing information about specific tobacco transactions as well as expert testimony and affidavits.
CBSA Risk Assessment a. FTCS

b. Loss of Duty Free Licensing
$52.8 $10.56 6.15
  1. Provide advice to Department of Finance on matters that will impact the future tax structure on tobacco.
  2. Monitor and report on the contraband tobacco situation in Canada.
  3. Expand cooperation with international and national law enforcement partners.
  4. Collection of the tobacco duties imposed on personal importations of returning Canadians.
  1. Attended monthly meetings with Department of Finance and partners to discuss and serve as a reference for questions on tobacco issues.
  2. Provided monthly analysis of the national contraband situation by compiling reports received from the Regions. Partnered with RCMP in annual risk assessment of the nature and extent of tobacco contraband activity. Coordinated development of tobacco intelligence in the Regions. The capabilities of our officers and analysts to infiltrate the marketplace, gather intelligence, liaise with other agencies and process their files has resulted in: an increase in targets for examination, for both companies and individuals; identification of possible risk elements not previously perceived; awareness of emerging trends and threats.
  3. Actively participated in Joint Force Operations with law enforcement partners across the Regions. Developed and maintained contact with international tobacco enforcement personnel.
  4. In 2009-2010, CBSA front line officers collected duties and taxes from previously exempted personal importations of tobacco
Grand Total: $368.47 $69.10 $60.55    

Comments on Variances:

In 2009-10, $2.5 million in Tobacco contributions were transferred from the Regions and Program Branch's Tobacco Program to cover Departmental funding pressures.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

Health Canada works with a variety of partners (e.g. Provinces, Territories, NGOs) to achieve results in reductions in tobacco control.

Contact information:

Brenda Paine, Director
Office of Policy and Strategic Planning
Controlled Substance and Tobacco Directorate
Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch
Health Canada
Telephone: (613) 941-9826
E-mail: brenda_paine@hc-sc.gc.ca


Name of Horizontal Initiative:

Chemicals Management Plan

Name/ 3. PAA of Lead Department(s):

Health Canada/Environment Canada

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative::

FY 2007-2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative:

FY 2010-2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation:

$299.2 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative:

The Chemicals Management Plan (CMP) is part of the Government's comprehensive environmental agenda and is managed jointly by Health Canada (HC) and Environment Canada (EC). The activities identified in this plan build on Canada's position as a global leader in the safe management of chemical substances and products, and focus upon timely action on key threats to health and the environment. It includes risk assessment, risk management, monitoring and surveillance, as well as research on chemicals which may be harmful to human health or the environment.

The CMP also puts more responsibility on industry through realistic and enforceable measures, stimulates innovation, and augments Canadian competitiveness in an international market that is increasingly focused on chemical and product safety.

HC and EC collectively manage the CMP funding and ensure that it is aligned with human health and environmental priorities.

The following program areas were involved in CMP activities in 2009-2010:

In Health Canada:

  • Health Products and Food Branch:
    • Food Directorate
    • Biologics and Genetic Therapies Directorate
    • Natural Health Products Directorate
    • Office of Science and Risk Management
    • Therapeutic Products Directorate
    • Veterinary Drugs Directorate
  • Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch:
    • Consumer Product Safety Directorate
    • Safe Environments Directorate
    • Environmental and Radiation Health Sciences Directorate
  • Pest Management Regulatory Agency

In Environment Canada:

  • Environmental Stewardship Branch
    • Chemicals Sector Directorate
    • Legislative and Regulatory Affairs Directorate
    • Public and Resources Sectors Directorate
    • Energy and Transportation Directorate
    • Environmental Protection Operations Directorate
  • Science and Technology Branch
    • Science and Risk Assessment Directorate
    • Wildlife and Landscape Sciences Directorate
    • Atmospheric Science and Technology Directorate
    • Water Science and Technology Directorate
  • Enforcement Branch
  • Strategic Policy Branch
  • Economic Analysis Directorate

Shared Outcome(s):

High-level outcomes for managing the CMP include:

  • Canadians and their environment are protected from the harmful effects of chemicals;
  • identification, reduction, elimination, prevention or better management of chemicals substances and their use;
  • direction, collaboration and coordination of science and management activities;
  • understanding of the relative risks of chemicals substances and options to mitigate;
  • biomonitoring and environmental monitoring of substances;
  • risk assessment and risk management; and
  • informed stakeholders and the Canadian public.

Governance Structure(s):

HC shares the lead on the CMP with EC. The CMP consists of five inter-related program elements to be planned, delivered and evaluated within an integrated framework, managed jointly by HC and EC.

Governance is assured through a joint HC/EC Assistant Deputy Ministers Committee (CMP ADM Committee) and the Interdepartmental Chemicals Management Executive Committee (CMEC). These Committees were established to maximize the coordination of efforts, while minimizing duplication between the two departments.

The CMP ADM Committee provides strategic direction, coordination and a challenge function for the overall implementation and review of results and resource utilization on CMP initiatives. The Committee serves as a high-level forum for making recommendations on chemicals management to respective Deputy Ministers.

The CMEC is the key management committee at the Director General level to support the development of joint EC-HC strategic directions. It is also a formal body for joint consultations and cooperation to ensure timely and concerted actions in implementing the CMP work activities in an integrated fashion. The CMEC reports to the ADM Committee, providing recommendations on program implementation, results and resource utilization.

Federal Partners Program Activity Names of Programs ($ millions)
Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending 2009-10 Actual Spending 2009-10
Health Canada Sustainable Environmental Health

(Chemicals Management Sub-Activity)
a. Risk Assessment $9.9 $2.5 $ 2.5
b. Risk Management $50.1 $14.0 $ 11.91
c. Research $26.6 $10.9 $ 10.6
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $34.0 $11.5 $ 11.5
e. Program Management $5.4 $1.4 $ 1.32
Consumer Products a. Risk Management $12.6 $3.4 $ 3.03
Pesticide Regulation a. Risk Assessment $9.9 $3.1 $ 3.1
b. Risk Management $13.6 $4.2 $ 4.2
Health Products a. Risk Assessment $3.3 $0.8 $ 0.8
b. Risk Management $12.5 $4.3 $ 4.3
c. Research $2.5 $0.5 $ 0.5
d. Monitoring & Surveillance $1.1 $0.3 $ 0.3
e. Program Management   $0.1 $ 0.12
Food & Nutrition a. Risk Assessment $3.8 $1.2 $ 1.51
b. Risk Management $6.2 $1.9 $ 0.91
c. Research $1.2 $0.3 $ 1.11
d. Monitoring & Surveillance     $ 2.11
Environment Canada Risks to Canadians, their health and their environment posed by toxic and other harmful substances are reduced a. Research $2.1 $0.0 $ 0.0
b. Monitoring & Surveillance $26.4 $7.3 $ 7.3
c. Risk Assessment $13.1 $3.1 $ 3.1
d. Risk Management $64.9 $19.3 $ 17.04
Sub-Total (Environment Canada) $106.5 $29.7 $ 27.4
Sub-Total (Health Canada) $192.7 $60.4 $ 59.7
Grand Total: $299.2 $90.1 $ 87.1

Expected Results for 2009-2010 (From 2009-2010 Report on Plans and Priorities):
Health Canada:

  • Increase level of Canadian public awareness of chemical management issues and actions being taken, including risks related to food chemical contamination, pesticides and consumer products.
  • Risk assessments are conducted and risk management objectives are met for regulations and other control instruments for substances and the products of biotechnology, including risks related to food contamination, pesticides and consumer products.
  • Declining trends in levels of risk, adverse reactions, illnesses and injuries from toxic chemical substances in the environment and their use and/or the risk of exposure to Canadians, including the use of pesticides, consumer products and items regulated under the Food and Drugs Act.
  • Enhanced knowledge of chemical contaminants of environmental origin and their impacts on human health with targeted risk assessment and regulatory decisions to reduce Canadians' exposure to these substances, including risks related to food chemical contamination, pesticides and consumer products.

Environment Canada:

  • Risks to Canadians and impacts on their environment posed by toxic and other substances of concern are reduced.
  • Direction, collaboration and coordination of science and management activities
  • Increased knowledge of the risks of toxic chemical substances through research and options to mitigate
  • Risk assessments conducted in a timely fashion as required
  • Risk management objectives are met, e.g. effective controls identified and implemented

Enhanced knowledge of stakeholders and the Canadian public regarding risk assessment/management activities, including knowledge on the effectiveness of control actions.

Results Achieved in 2009-2010:

A key component of the CMP is taking immediate action on the 200 highest priority chemicals identified in the Challenge program. Through the "Challenge to Stakeholders", information is collected and used to inform decisions regarding the best approach to protect Canadians and their environment from risks that certain substances may pose. These 200 substances were divided up into a number of Batches, to be assessed sequentially by 2010. As of March 31, 2010, all of the 12 batches under the CMP have been launched, and draft or final assessment decisions have been published for the 151 substances in Batches 1 through 9. 

All of the CMP risk assessments that were scheduled for publication during 2009-2010 were completed. These included the release of the final Screening Assessment Reports for Batches 4 to 7 and the draft Screening Assessment Reports for Batches 6 to 9. In total, draft risk assessment reports were published for 63 substances, or classes of substances, and final assessment reports were published for 65 substances, or classes of substances. In addition, a final assessment report on Aluminum salts, a substance on the second Priority Substances List, was published as well as assessment reports for six pesticide substances, 104 organotin substances and chlorinated naphthalenes as well as two substances from a pilot project for screen assessments initiated in 2001.

During 2009-2010, the assessment of approximately 160 chemicals that are primarily of interest to the petroleum industry gained momentum under the Petroleum Sector Stream Approach.Assessment work continued on approximately 70 petroleum substances (heavy fuel oil, gas oils, low boiling point naphthas and petroleum gases) that have been identified as being restricted to petroleum refineries and upgrader facilities (these are referred to as "site-specific" or "industry-restricted" petroleum substances). Strategies and methods to assess the remaining substances (or groups of substances) that require a risk assessment in the future, where the amount of scientific information on most substances is poor to very poor, continue to be explored and tested.

Under the Challenge, the launch of section 71 notices under the Canadian Environmental Protection Act (CEPA, 1999) took place to collect information for Batches 10, 11 and 12 (the final batches of substances in the Challenge). A Compliance Promotion Plan for information gathering initiatives under the CMP continued and stakeholder information sessions were held in Toronto and through a series of webinars offered in June 2009 and January 2010. These sessions explained the Challenge and provided stakeholders with guidance on how to submit information.

A section 71 notice was also launched for data collection on approximately 500 chemicals as part of the Domestic Substances List (DSL) Inventory Update. The information should complement information collected or generated as part of the DSL categorization process to inform prioritization of these substances and subsequent risk assessment and management activities.

As part of the Challenge, risk management approaches were published for 9 substances in batches 4 to 7 that met section 64* of CEPA, 1999 and risk management scopes were published for 13 substances in batches 6 to 9 that were proposed to meet section 64 of CEPA, 1999. This year, actions taken or proposed for substances assessed under the Challenge included proposed additions to Health Canada's Cosmetic Ingredient Hotlist (published October 23, 2009), proposed amendments to the registration of Naphthalene as an active ingredient in moth ball preparations (published December 15, 2009), and final regulations prohibiting the advertisement, sale or import of polycarbonate baby bottles containing Bisphenol A (BPA) - published March 31, 2010.

For substances where current exposure is not of concern, but where there are concerns that additional exposure could harm human health or the environment, the Significant New Activity (SNAc) regulatory instrument under CEPA, 1999 provides for information gathering and assessment prior to this significant new activity or use being initiated. SNAcs were either proposed or implemented for 42 Challenge substances concluded to either not meet section 64 of CEPA, 1999 or to not be in commerce in Canada. The implementation of SNAcs for approximately 153 non-Challenge high priority substances continued.

The Government of Canada continued to seek advice and input from the CMP Stakeholder Advisory Council (members include non-governmental organizations and industry). HC and EC co-managed three face-to-face meetings where the Council provided advice and input on CMP related activities. The Government also sought advice from the Challenge Advisory Panel on the application of precaution and weight of evidence in assessments under the CMP Challenge (Batches 6 to 9) and for one non-Challenge chemical.

Under the HC CMP Monitoring and Surveillance Fund, 19 multi-year projects are ongoing with 7 initiated in the 2009-10 fiscal year.  A call for proposals for the remaining 2010-2011 funds was launched and resulted in the allocation of the remaining $500K across the existing 19 projects. Preliminary results from the Canadian Health Measures Survey (CHMS) were released, showing a significant decrease in blood lead levels since 1978. Background material for the CHMS Exposure Report is under development. CHMS Cycle 2 was launched in September 2009 with younger children included in the survey.

The Maternal-Infant Research on Environmental Chemicals (MIREC) Study is monitoring environmental chemicals in mothers and newborns. Recruitment for the MIREC study is underway at several sites across Canada. Results of the study will inform risk management decisions and identify potential sources of exposure and predictors of exposure to environmental chemicals.

Environmental monitoring programs have been integrated and augmented under the CMP to provide a truly National program, capable of meeting the government's existing monitoring commitments as well as being responsive to emerging chemicals of concern. These include environmental monitoring and surveillance of chemicals in air, water, sediments, fish and birds, as well as releases form wastewater and landfills.

To better understand the exposure and effects of a variety of chemicals that were identified as priorities under the CMP, an extensive, competitive research program on CMP priorities has continued. The CMP themes and priorities addressed the following areas: effects, exposure, tool/model development, endocrine disrupting compounds, metals, mixtures, perfluorinated alkyl compounds, and the approximately 3000 remaining priority substances. In addition, work continued on a directed research program to address gaps in regulatory knowledge of BPA.

Other CMP activities undertaken in FY 2009-2010 included:

  • The Northern Contaminants Program (NCP), which receives additional funds through the CMP for human health monitoring in the North, released its 3rd NCP Human Health Assessment Report in June 2009. This work was part of on the circumpolar Arctic Monitoring and Assessment Programme's corresponding Human Health Assessment Report.
  • The scope of the environmental health indicators program was re-oriented to serve the needs of users across Canada and a needs assessment was finalized.
  • Strategies to address medium priority substances are being developed. Strategies are being tested through the information collected on 500 substances representing a subset of the 3000 remaining priorities post March 2010. In addition, a plan to address certain azo or benzidine based substance linked to the colourant sector has been prepared.
  • Update of the CMP website was completed. All website information was posted as scheduled.
  • Outreach activities, including the preparation and publication of fact sheets on the CMP and ongoing headquarter and regional activities in support of risk management and risk communication such as workshops for stakeholders, continued on schedule.
  • Preparation continued for the draft lead toxicology review along with a draft risk management approach and recommendations for Blood Lead Guidance Revisions.
  • Working closely with stakeholders, finalization and implementation of a framework to revise the list of more than 9,000 substances used in products regulated under the Food and Drugs Act (F&DA) that were in commerce between January 1987 and September 2001, known as the In Commerce List (ICL). Substances on the revised ICL will be categorized, prioritized and undergo health and environmental risk assessments.
  • Consulting with stakeholders to develop Environmental Assessment regulations to address the potential environmental and human health impact of new substances contained in products regulated under the F&DA.
  • A cost benefit analysis was carried out for the regulations prohibiting BPA in baby bottles.
  • The results of three BPA monitoring studies (survey of BPA in bottled water products, survey of BPA in baby foods pre-packaged in glass jars with metal lids, survey of BPA in canned powered infant formula) have been completed and published on HC's website.
  • New risk management strategies for food were explored for CMP high profile chemicals, including examination of regulatory changes such as updating tolerances for contaminants in foods based on current science, delisting food additives in the Food and Drugs Regulations, collaborating with stakeholders to develop industry guidance documents or encouraging industry to develop/use safer alternatives, providing advice to consumers on substances of concern, performing health risk assessments and adding substances of concern to the Total Diet Study
  • A draft guidance document on health risk assessment of foodborne genotoxic carcinogens was completed.
  • Advice was provided to the Canadian Food Inspection Agency on additions of substances to the compliance- based National Chemical Residue Monitoring Program, based on the findings of the CMP, and ways of improving the enforceability of administrative guidelines for environmental contaminants in food were explored.
  • As part of its commitment under 'Developing a Risk Management Strategy for Acrylamide in food', HC implemented an Acrylamide Monitoring Plan.
  • Canadian data on hazards and exposure to foodborne acrylamide was submitted to the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives to support the February 2010 international evaluation of acrylamide.
  • Stakeholder calls were held outlining food implications from the substances in batches 6 through 9.
  • Accelerating the re-evaluation of older pesticides, to determine if these pesticides meet today's health and environmental standards. As of March 31, 2010, 360 (90%) of the 401 older pesticides active ingredients have been addressed.
  • In FY 2009-2010, 9 new pesticide active ingredients were registered, one of which was a joint review or work share with other jurisdictions.
  • As a result of CMP funding, Health Canada has established a mandatory health and environmental pesticide incidents reporting program, where trends are assessed and regulatory action is taken when necessary. The evaluations of serious incidents and the first annual report have been published on Health Canada's Website.This year, the incident reports helped identify potential adverse reactions in cats and dogs from the use of flea and tick control products. Health Canada is now taking action to prevent overdosing in small animals and to address improper use or misuse of these pesticides.

* A substance is toxic if it is entering or may enter the environment in a quantity or concentration or under conditions that:

  1. have or may have an immediate or long-term harmful effect on the environment or its biological diversity;
  2. constitute or may constitute a danger to the environment on which life depends; or constitute or may constitute a danger in Canada to human life or health." (Section 64)

Comments on Variances:

  • $2M was transferred from Sustainable Environment Health (Risk Management) to the Food and Nutrition program. These funds were intended to increase capacity to perform food related assessment of CMP priority chemicals.
  • $100K was transferred from Sustainable Environment Health (Program Management) to Health Products to support coordination of input into CMP risk assessments.
  • $400K was transferred from Consumer Products to Sustainable Environmental Health Research. Planned Spending changed to reflect re-profiled resources under Risk Management ($17M vs. $19.3M before re-profile).

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners:

N/A

Contact Information:

Suzanne Leppinen, Director
Horizontal and International Programs
Safe Environments Directorate
Healthy Environments and Consumer Safety Branch
Health Canada
Ph: (613) 941-8071
E-mail: suzanne_leppinen@hc-sc.gc.ca

Mark Cuddy, Director
Environmental Stewardship Branch Coordination
Environmental Stewardship Branch
Environment Canada
Ph: (819) 994-7467
E-mail: Mark.Cuddy@ec.gc.ca

Top of Page

Human Resources and Skills Development

Horizontal Initiatives

Skills and Employment


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: October 3, 2003

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $290.0M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership (ASEP) initiative is a nationally managed skills development program designed to promote maximum employment for Aboriginal people on major economic opportunities through a collaborative partnership approach. The ASEP program supports multi-year training and employment strategies that are developed and managed by formalized partnerships to train individuals for targeted jobs.

Formalized partnerships including the private sector and Aboriginal organizations, and others such as the provincial governments and training institutions, are responsible for jointly developing and managing comprehensive, multi-year skills development (training-to-employment) plans leading directly to targeted jobs. The plan must have a commitment from the employers to provide at least 50 long-term jobs for Aboriginal people. The partnership must also make a significant financial contribution to the training plan (at least 50%) and must develop a governance model that will manage and oversee the activities of the project.

The Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership (ASEP) program was launched as an $85M initiative in 2003-2009 that was expanded in 2007 with an additional $105M, and extended to 2012. Canada’s Economic Action Plan under Budget 2009 announced an additional $100M investment over three years beginning in 2009-2010.

Shared Outcome(s): Long term sustainable employment for Aboriginal people.

Governance Structure(s): ASEP is a national, project based program that uses a collaborative model. Formalized partnerships develop and manage multi-year training and employment plans, over the life of the project. The partnership must develop a governance model and form a non-profit society for the sole purpose of implementing the multi-year ASEP contribution agreement.

ASEP projects are received through a request for proposals process and are assessed through a multi-departmental assessment process. ASEP proponents receive direct support through a multi-year contribution agreement negotiated by HRSDC based on the project training-to-employment plan. ASEP proponents are responsible for interim and final financial and performance reports.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Labour Market Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnerships $290.0M $47.3M $33.3M Aboriginal clients served: 7,500

Interventions completed: 6,500

Clients employed following an ASEP intervention: 3,000
Aboriginal clients served: 7,534 plus 3870 (for projects funded under EAP)

Clients employed following an ASEP intervention:
4,165 plus 2,153 (for projects funded under EAP)
* Program area has indicated the revised figures below represent the expected results and results achieved for 2009-10 only as opposed to the duration of the program.
Aboriginal clients served: 2,653
Clients Employed: 1,134
2,731 Aboriginal clients were served
1,027 individuals were employed and 14 new partnerships were created
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada   ASEP $0M $2.3M $2.3M
Natural Resources Canada   ASEP $0.2M in kind n/a n/a
Western Economic Diversification   ASEP (no funding in 09/10)      
Total $290.0M $49.6M $35.6M    

Comments on Variances: A minimum six month implementation phase and start up-phase is anticipated to establish an ASEP project, the partnership and the appropriate mechanisms to implement and manage the project. The time required to develop projects varies with respect to the complexity of the partnership, the local economy and industry/sectoral fluctuations. Multi-year projects run three to five years on average. Since the start of the program three requests for proposals (RFP) were undertaken resulting in projects at various stages in their multi-year cycles. Program spending increases during the middle of the projects’ funding cycle following the initial intake and project development phase, and generally tapers off toward the end. Because the projects involve multi-year training for employment, factors such as fluctuations in the economy result in year-over-year variances and adjustments in spending.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): n/a

Contact information:

Catherine Adam, Director General
Aboriginal Affairs Directorate
(819) 997-8551
Catherine.adam@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Québec



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Temporary Foreign Worker Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: June 13, 2007*

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): (this is an ongoing initiative)

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Temporary Foreign Worker Program enables Canadian employers to hire foreign workers on a temporary basis to meet immediate skills and labour needs when Canadians are not available. The Program is jointly managed by Citizenship and Immigration Canada and Human Resources and Skills Development Canada. The Temporary Foreign Worker Program includes program streams such as the Seasonal Agricultural Workers Program, the Live-in-Caregiver Program, the Pilot Project for Occupations Requiring Lower Levels of Formal Training and Labour Market Opinion (LMO) exempt streams.

In the province of Quebec, the Temporary Foreign Worker Program is administered under the auspices of the Canada-Quebec Immigration Accord.

For more information on the program, please consult:
http://www.hrsdc.gc.ca/en/workplaceskills/foreign_workers/index.shtml

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Employers’ temporary human resource needs are addressed.
  • Temporary Foreign Worker's rights and protections are respected.
  • Temporary labour market needs are addressed.
  • Temporary migration that is consistent with federal, provincial and territorial regulations, standards and international obligations.
  • Migration that significantly benefits Canada’s economic, social, and cultural development.

Governance Structure(s):

  • Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for providing a Labour Market Opinion to Citizenship and Immigration Canada and employers indicating if the employment of the temporary foreign worker is likely to have a positive, negative or neutral impact on the labour market in Canada and processes Labour Market Opinion applications to support the work permit application process.
  • Citizenship and Immigration Canada is responsible for assessing work permit applications and issuing work permits and visas to temporary foreign workers.
  • Each Department is responsible for the design and management of those elements of the program under its Minister's responsibility.
($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Skills and Employment and Internal Services program activities Temporary Foreign Worker Program Ongoing $32.6M $35.5M Program enhancements, including strengthened worker protection, program integrity measures, and more responsive and efficient processes

Strengthen requirement relating to employer efforts to recruit Canadians

Implement joint employer monitoring and compliance measures

Expand and improve availability of on-line Labour Market Opinion application forms

Sector/occupation-based Labour Market Opinion processing

Development and implementation of information sharing agreements with Provinces/Territories to assist in the administration and enforcement of legislation and assist HRSDC in administering the Labour Market Opinions

In partnership with Citizenship and Immigration Canada, develop and participate in Temporary Foreign Workers (F/P/T) Working groups

Participate with Citizenship and Immigration Canada in the negotiation and implementation of Fed-Prov Temporary Foreign Worker Annexes

Joint evaluation of the program
Pre-publication of regulatory amendments designed to improve the integrity of the TFWP and better protect workers.

Provided list of federal and provincial initiatives to encourage employers to hire unemployed Canadians and permanent residents.

Eliminated the option to extend a Labour Market Opinion (LMO).

Established a validity period of a maximum of 6 months from date of issue for an LMO.

Conducted 241 Employer Compliance Reviews under the Expedited LMO Pilot Project, resulting in 30 denials of service.

Launched a post-LMO employer monitoring initiative and delivered training.

Developed online employer authentication and accounts for the March 2011 web service release.

Conducted review of the NOC C & D (Low Skill) pilot project.

Implemented a facilitated process for the primary and secondary workforce for the 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympics.

Developed new policies for:
  • Live-in Caregiver Program
  • self-employed professionals and technicians
  • agricultural sector harmonization
  • standardized wage methodology and process.


Established regular exchange of information/data via signed Letters of Understanding with provincial signatories.

Participated in Temporary Foreign Workers (F/P/T) Working groups with Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec and Newfoundland and Labrador.

Negotiated Temporary Foreign Worker Annex to Immigration Agreement in British Columbia

Began negotiations on an occupation-specific process with the Government of Quebec.

Developed plan and RFP for TFWP joint evaluation in 2010-2011.
Citizenship and Immigration Canada Temporary Resident Program Temporary Foreign Worker Program Ongoing $33.2M $31.7M Program enhancements including strengthened worker protection, program integrity measures

Develop joint employer monitoring and compliance measures

Federal/Provincial information–sharing Memoranda of Understanding

Negotiate and implement Temporary Foreign Worker Annexes to Federal-Provincial Immigration Agreements in partnership with HRSDC

Conduct a joint formative evaluation.
Pre-publication of regulatory amendments designed to improve the integrity of the TFWP and better protect workers.

Operational planning begun for proposed regulation implementation in 2011 including monitoring and compliance measures.

Began negotiations for information-sharing agreements with provinces.

Participated in Temporary Foreign Workers (F/P/T) Working groups with Alberta, British Columbia, Saskatchewan, Manitoba, Ontario, Quebec and Newfoundland and Labrador.

Developed plan and Request For Proposal for TFWP joint evaluation in 2010-2011.
Total Ongoing $65.8M $67.2M    

Comments on Variances: The HRSDC variance of $2.9M is mainly due to addressing higher demands related to the 2010 Vancouver Winter Olympics, implementing greater rigour in the assessment of labour market opinions to ensure job offers made by employers to foreign nationals would not have an adverse effect on the Canadian labour market and enhancing program monitoring and integrity measures which included greater employer engagement.

The CIC variance of $1.5M is attributed to general operating lapses as well as delays in the review and subsequent implementation of a revised service delivery model for the regional TFW units and national headquarters.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:

Andrew Kenyon, Director General
Temporary Foreign Workers - Labour Market Information Directorate
Skills and Employment Branch
(819) 994-1021
andrew.kenyon@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Quebec

Note: * The June 2007 start date represents the latest authorities for the Temporary Foreign Worker program. The above planned spending figures are for Citizenship and Immigration Canada and HRSDC only. Figures exclude planned spending for other government departments such as DFAIT and PWGSC and therefore do not represent the full Government of Canada costs for the Temporary Foreign Worker Program.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Youth Employment Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Skills and Employment

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 18, 1999

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing (no fixed expiry date)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Youth Employment Strategy (YES) supports Canadian youth as they move into the world of work. The Strategy plays a role in developing Canada's workforce by providing young Canadians with access to programs and services to help them gain the skills, knowledge, career information and work experience they need to find and maintain employment and make a successful transition into the labour force.

The Youth Employment Strategy is designed to respond to labour market challenges facing youth, aged 15 to 30. The Strategy has three program streams: Skills Link, Career Focus and Summer Work Experience, which includes the Canada Summer Jobs initiative. Skills Link provides youth-at-risk with opportunities to develop skills they need to find work or return to school. Career Focus helps post-secondary graduates find work in their area of specialization. Summer Work Experience helps secondary and post-secondary graduates acquire career-related skills and financing for their education through summer jobs.

The Government of Canada's support to young Canadians is a shared responsibility and a partnership effort among many departments and organizations. Human Resources and Skills Development, along with 11 other federal government departments, work cooperatively with other levels of government, Aboriginal organizations, educational institutions, and private sector, not-for-profit and voluntary sector organizations to deliver Youth Employment Strategy initiatives.

Transfer payments made under the Youth Employment Strategy are predominantly in the form of contributions from participating departments for wage subsidies for participant youth; or for the development and delivery of youth support services. Such support services include client assessment, case management services and the provision of employability tools, which intend to help participants acquire needed skills. Transfer payments contribute directly to the program objectives by encouraging organizations to create meaningful, skill-enhancing, opportunities for youth.

For more information, please visit: http://www.youth.gc.ca.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Youth clients will be served through work experiences or tailored interventions; and a portion of youth participants will return to school to further their education/skills development and/or become employed or self-employed.

Governance Structure(s): The Youth Employment Strategy has in place an umbrella Results-based Management and Accountability Framework that represents a commitment among the eleven participating federal departments to undertake ongoing collection of common performance management data to ensure effective overall performance management of the program.

Oversight of the Youth Employment Strategy horizontal initiative is provided through a collaborative committee structure. Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for facilitating coordination among the departments and agencies funding Youth Employment Strategy activities. As lead of this horizontal initiative, HRSDC chairs and is responsible for the coordination and management of Youth Employment Strategy Interdepartmental Operations Committee and the Youth Employment Strategy Evaluation Sub-Committee. HRSDC is ultimately accountable for attaining the expected results for Youth Employment Strategy and has the ultimate decision making authority for issues related to the overall policy, design and implementation of Youth Employment Strategy.

Youth Employment Strategy initiatives are delivered nationally, regionally and locally using a variety of funding instruments, such as contribution agreements and some direct delivery methods. Transfer payments are provided primarily by participating departments through contribution agreements and service delivery agreements in support of participants’ remuneration and overhead costs.

Youth Protocols for joint planning mechanisms have been signed with Newfoundland and Labrador, Nova Scotia, Prince Edward Island, New Brunswick and Manitoba.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Labour Market Career Focus Ongoing $13.0M $10.1M HRSDC Career Focus

Clients Served: 400 – 500

Employed or Self-Employed: 300 – 350

Return to School: 10 – 30

Contribution Agreements: 80 – 110

Sectoral Youth Career Focus

Clients Served: N/A

Employed or Self-Employed: N/A

Return to School: N/A

Contribution agreements: N/A

Funds Leveraged: N/A
HRSDC Career Focus1

Clients Served: 498

Employed or Self-Employed: 195

Return to School: 28

Contribution agreements
254

Funds Leveraged $4,182, 582

Sectoral Youth Career Focus
Clients Served: 419

Employed or Self-Employed: N/A3

Return to School: N/A3

Contribution agreements: 13

Funds Leveraged: $2,067,622
Skills Link Ongoing $136.6M $132.3M Skills Link

Clients Served: 14,000 – 16,000

Employed or Self-Employed: 6,000 – 6,900

Return to School: 1,350 – 1,500

Contribution Agreements: 1,100 – 1,300

Funds Leveraged: N/A
Skills Link2

Clients Served: 16,151

Employed or Self-Employed: 5,113

Return to School: 2,062

Contribution agreements: 1,467

Funds Leveraged: 37,312,442
Summer Work Experience (Canada Summer Jobs) Ongoing $111.6M $109.6M Canada Summer Jobs

Clients Served: 30,000 – 35,000

Contribution Agreements:15,000 – 20,000
Canada Summer Jobs2

Clients Served:37,500

Contribution Agreements: 22,275
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $1.1M $0.5M N/A Clients Served: 615

Employed or Self-Employed: 56

Return to School:06
Canadian International Development Agency   Career Focus Ongoing $6.4M $2.4M N/A Clients Served: 322

Employed or Self-Employed: N/A8

Return to School:N/A8
Canadian Heritage   Career Focus Ongoing $0.9M $1.0M N/A Clients Served: 88

Employed or Self-Employed: 32

Return to School: 6
Summer Work Experience Ongoing $8.0M $7.7M N/A Clients served: 1,642
Environment Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $3.3M $3.0M N/A Clients Served: 235

Employed or Self-Employed: 159

Return to School: 18
Industry Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $9.8M $8.4M N/A Clients Served: 1,14710

Employed or Self-Employed: N/A11

Return to School: N/A11
Summer Work Experience Ongoing $7.4M $5.7M N/A Clients Served: 78410
National Research Council   Career Focus Ongoing $5.4M $15.2M N/A Clients Served: 606

Employed or Self-Employed: 21013

Return to School: 1113
Natural Resources Canada   Career Focus Ongoing $0.6M $0.3M N/A Clients Served: 33

Employed or Self-Employed: 21

Return to School: 4
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada   Skills Link Ongoing $18.6M $17.5M N/A Clients Served: 30,121

Employed or Self-Employed: 150

Return to School: 217
Summer Work Experience Ongoing $8.0M $8.3M N/A Clients Served: 4,846
Parks Canada   Summer Work Experience Ongoing $2.0M $2.0M N/A Clients Served: 265
Total Career Focus Ongoing $40.5M $40.9M    
Total Skills Link Ongoing $156.2M $150.8M    
Total Summer Work Experience Ongoing $138.8M $133.3M    
Total Youth Employment Strategy Ongoing $335.4M $325.0M    

1 Does not include International Academic Mobility (IAM) budget. While IAM is a component within the Career Focus (CF) budget, the program is reported under the Learning Program Activity of the DPR.
2 These numbers are based on P-12 results as P-14 results were not available at the time of completing the DPR.
3 No results were available at the time of completing the 2009-10 DPR due to delayed start in programming.
4 Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC) obtained its authority to re-start the CF program in early December 2009. As a result, AAFC was not able to spend its entire CF budget in 2009-10.
5 Results include projects that began in 2008-09 and ended in 2009-10 as well as projects that began in 2009-10 and will end in 2010-11.
6 Results include projects that began in 2008-09 and ended in 2009-10. Results for projects that began in 2009-10 and will end in 2010-11 will be reported in the 2010-11 DPR.
7 The International Youth Internship Program (IYIP) reprofiled $3.2M to subsequent programming years, bringing the annual budget for the 2010-14 fiscal years to $6.7M.
8 No results were available at the time of completing the 2009-10 DPR due to delayed start in programming.
9 At the time of completing the 2009-10 DPR, not all projects had submitted their final expenditures to Industry Canada (IC).
10 Results are not complete. Full IC results will be reported in the 2010-11 DPR.
11 No results were available at the time of completing the 2009-10 DPR.
12 Includes the additional $10M provided to National Research Council (NRC) in 2009-10 as part of Canada's Economic Action Plan. The total amount includes expenditures for new projects in 2009-10 as well as projects begun in 2008-09 and continuing in 2009-10.
13 Results are for 2008-09. Results for 2009-10 will be reported in the 2010-11 DPR.
14 In 2009-10, $35,000 from the Natural Resources Canada's grants and contributions budget was transferred to Canadian Heritage and $261,862 to NRC.
15 In 2009-10, INAC re-allocated $300,000 from their Skills Link program to their Summer Work Experience program and transferred $524,800 to HRSDC for the Kativik regional government organization.

Comments on Variances: Due to delays in implementing Skills Link projects, as well the inability of some employers to fill all the positions for which they were approved for Canada Summer Jobs funding.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:

John Atherton, Director General
Active Employment Measures
Skills and Employment Branch
(819) 994-6916
john.atherton@hrsdc-rhdsc.gc.ca
Place du Portage, Phase IV
140 Promenade du Portage
Gatineau, Québec


Learning


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada Student Loans Program

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Learning

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: September, 1964

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Ongoing

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The purpose of the Canada Student Loans Program is to:

  • promote accessibility to post-secondary education for individuals with demonstrated financial need by lowering financial barriers through the provision of loans and grants to students.

Information for the public on saving, planning and paying for post-secondary studies and specific information for Canada Student Loans Program clients (including information on learning opportunity selection, financial planning, and how to apply for, maintain and repay student loans) can be accessed at: www.canlearn.ca.

Shared Outcome(s): Maintain the Government’s commitment to accessible post-secondary education by:

  • lowering financial barriers to post-secondary education through the provision of financial assistance to eligible Canadians; and
  • ensuring a more manageable debt burden for student loan borrowers.

Governance Structure(s): The Government of Canada has entered into Integration Agreements with four provinces (Ontario, Saskatchewan, New Brunswick and Newfoundland and Labrador) in order to create a “one-student-one-loan” service approach. These four integrated provinces accounted for over 60 percent of the Canada Student Loans Program borrowers.

The administration of the current Program is the product of a co-operative effort between Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, Service Canada, Canada Revenue Agency, participating provinces and the Yukon Territory, a Service Provider, financial institutions and Public Works and Government Services Canada. These agents are responsible for conducting one or more activities during the loan lifecycle. Program documents and communications tools are typically prepared with the input and approval of both federal and participating provincial and territorial governments. Quebec, the Northwest Territories and Nunavut do not participate in the Canada Student Loans Program. These jurisdictions receive an alternative payment to assist in the cost of delivering a similar student financial assistance program.

Effective management of the Program and of relations with third-party agents is the primary responsibility of the Canada Student Loans Program. Program activities include, for example, defining the operational and financial processes for the delivery of the program by the service providers, comptrollership and client relations for escalated cases.

The application and needs assessment process is administered by provincial/territorial student assistance offices. The participating provinces and the Yukon Territory:

  • determine individual eligibility for loans and grants based on federal criteria;
  • assess students’ financial needs based on federal criteria;
  • issue loan certificates;
  • administer and deliver grants; and
  • designate educational institutions that students may attend with Canada Student Loans Program assistance.

While the Canada Student Loans Program provides the guidance and direction on how the Program is to be delivered, the Service Provider assumes responsibility for the administration of the loans once the loan agreement is signed and submitted for processing. The responsibilities of the Service Provider include:

  • verifying loan agreements;
  • managing the in-study interest-free period;
  • handling loan repayment; and
  • managing debt management activities, advising and counselling borrowers on debt management options.

Public Works and Government Services Canada is responsible for disbursing loans and grants to the borrowers and to Educational Institutions, for any funds directed to pay for tuition.

Canada Revenue Agency Non-Tax Collection Services is the agent responsible for debt collection. Delinquent guaranteed and risk-shared loans become debts to the Crown when the Government of Canada buys back the debt from financial institutions. Delinquent direct financed loans are returned to government after the Service Provider has attempted collection for a set period of time and the borrower has either not made payments on their loan or is unwilling to repay. These activities may also be conducted by private collection agencies under contract to Canada Revenue Agency. These private collection agencies must abide by Canada Revenue Agency collection guidelines when carrying out the recovery of Crown debts

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned
Spending for
2009-
10
Actual
Spending for
2009-
10
Expected Results for
2009-
10
Results Achieved in
2009-
10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Learning Canada Student Loans Program Ongoing Statutory funding 1,005.5M Loans Disbursed Under the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act $1.8B $1,158.0M Loans disbursed under the Canada Student Financial Assistance Act $2.1B Estimated number of Canadians to benefit from loans and non-repayable in study interest subsidies received (in the 2009 Loan Year beginning August 1, 2009) through the Canada Student Loans Program: 455,000a

Estimated number of Canadians to benefit from the Canada Student Grant Program (in the 2009 Loan Year beginning August 1, 2009): 245,000b
An estimated that 490,000 Canadians benefited from loans and non repayable in study interest subsidies received (in the 2009 Loan Year).

An estimated 275,703 Canadians benefited from the Canada Student Grant Program (in the 2009 Loan Year).
Public Works and Government Services Canada Receiver General Services           Not applicable
Canada Revenue Agency Accounts Receivable and Returns Compliance           Not applicable
Total          

Comments on Variances: The variance is mainly related to an increase in the Alternative Payments as a result of an increase in the Total Program Net Cost due to the implementation of the Canada Student Grants Program and Repayment Assistance Plan. The Alternative Payments made to non-participating jurisdictions are based on the net costs of the Federal Student Loan Program.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:

Marc LeBrun, Director General
Canada Student Loans Directorate
200 Montcalm Street
Gatineau, Quebec
Canada
K1A 0J9
(819) 997-6684
marc.lebrun@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca

a Please note that the number is estimated as loans awarded based on client eligibility and demonstrated need. The number of loans and the number of grants are not mutually exclusive as the same client can receive both.
b Please note that the number is estimated as grants awarded based on client eligibility and demonstrated need. The number of grants and the number of loans is not mutually exclusive as the same client can receive both.


Social Development


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal Elder Abuse Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $13,050,000

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The overarching objectives of the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative (FEAI) are to raise awareness of elder abuse throughout society, particularly among seniors, their families, and key professional groups, and to ensure the availability of appropriate information, resources and tools to address elder abuse.

Federal elder abuse activities are coordinated interdepartmentally and will involve the cooperation and collaboration of the Department of Justice Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada, and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police under the leadership of HRSDC.

The centrepiece of the FEAI is a public awareness campaign using various media. Generic information and resource materials for frontline workers (public health, medical, legal, police, and financial professionals, etc.) are developed to provide key professional groups with the information necessary to identify cases of elder abuse, access the appropriate resources, and take measures to provide assistance to victims.

Shared Outcome(s): To help seniors and others recognize the signs and symptoms of elder abuse and to provide information on what support is available.

Governance Structure(s): The Seniors and Pensions Policy Secretariat (SPPS) within HRSDC is the focal point for Government of Canada activities related to seniors.

The Elder Abuse Task Force within SPPS is leading a working group of officials from partner departments/agencies to coordinate the implementation of Government of Canada initiatives to raise awareness and to develop and disseminate tools and supports for frontline workers. Partner departments/agencies retain responsibility for planning, programming and budgeting their own resources to implement their activities.

The working group has developed a performance measurement framework, including a logic model, to identify the relationships between departmental/agency activities, outputs, and outcomes, and a suite of performance indicators to measure progress against outputs/outcomes. The working group will coordinate reporting and monitor performance and results over the course of the initiative.

The Interdepartmental Committee on Seniors will provide senior-level oversight and direction for the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative. The Committee will provide a forum to update federal departments on the progress and achievements of the initiative and to identify opportunities to align the initiative with other government initiatives and priorities.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned
Spending for
2009-
10
Actual
Spending for
2009-
10
Expected Results for
2009-
10
Results Achieved in
2009-
10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development   $10.22M $4.87M $3.84M 2009-2010 will see partner departments increase awareness about elder abuse through advertising and/or the involvement of key stakeholders on elder abuse. Implemented the Federal Elder Abuse Initiative in collaboration with partner departments and agencies, including a national public awareness campaign. The awareness campaign ran between June 15-29, 2009 and September 28 to October, 2009, using television, print and the internet. A post- campaign survey showed that 58% of poll respondents had heard or read advertising about elder abuse, surpassing the government advertising benchmark of 36% and demonstrating the success of the campaign.

6 new Federal Elder Abuse Initiative projects were approved to help national organizations develop, adapt and disseminate elder abuse materials to front-line workers.
Department of Justice     $1.41M $0.44M $0.163M   Released four pamphlets on elder fraud; released the results of public opinion research on awareness of elder abuse; funded regional Public Legal Education and Information (PLEI) organizations for elder abuse products
Public Health Agency of Canada     $1.42M $0.47M $0.445M   A. Events
  1. Support to the Ontario Network for the Prevention of Elder Abuse (ONPEA)’s first ever National Conference on Elder Abuse
  2. “World Elder Abuse Day (WEAD) In-A-Box Teen Edition”
B. Tool Creation:
  1. Directory of Services for Older Victims
  2. PHAC National Clearinghouse on Family Violence Series of three (3) E-Bulletins re FEAI public health initiatives
  3. Across the Generations (ATG) Education Program, including the “Seniors are Cool” video, to promote intergenerational awareness of elder abuse
  4. Neighbours, Friends and Families to promote awareness of elder abuse and support ordinary citizens in taking action
C. 6 Environmental Scans -- to raise awareness of existing Tools/ Approaches in Canada
  1. Elder Abuse & Neglect Training for Home Support Workers by Academic Facilities
  2. Elder Abuse in Canada: A Gender-Based Analysis
  3. Elder Care, Elder Abuse & Neglect: An International Review
  4. Promising Approaches for Addressing / Preventing Abuse of Older Adults in First Nations Communities
  5. Snapshot 2009: Promising Approaches in the Prevention of Abuse and Neglect of Older Adults in Community Settings in Canada
RCMP       Coming from internal allocations Coming from internal allocations To have better informed police officers that understand the elder abuse and are better prepared to work with their communities on the relevant senior issues. Launched an Elder Abuse site on the RCMP Internal National Crime Prevention Services website for front line officers. (July 2009)

Launched an Elder Abuse Tool Kit on RCMP Internal Website to enhance resources for front line officers including policy, legislation, funding sources, tools, fact sheets. (May 2010)

RCMP Publication made available to all 750 RCMP detachments and communities – Entitled – “Seniors Guidebook to Safety & Security

Developed and implemented a communication strategy to all RCMP Detachments to increase awareness of RCMP Elder Abuse Tool Box in conjunction with World Elder Abuse Awareness Day

Continued efforts to establish Police Network on Elder Abuse with other Canadian Police agencies
Total $13.05M $5.78M $4.44M    

Comments on Variances: There was initially a delay in the launching of the FEAI. Moreover, the fact that FEAI is a multiple-partnered initiative caused a delay in the implementation of several activities including the public awareness campaign, the evaluation project and the Call for Proposals.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Through a call for proposals process, national associations will be supported to develop information materials about elder abuse for their frontline professionals who regularly come in contact with older Canadians.

Contact information:

Dominique La Salle, Director General
Seniors and Pensions Policy Secretariat
Income Security and Social Development
Place Vanier, Tower B
355 North River Road
Ottawa ON
K1A OJ9
dominique.lasalle@hrsdc-rhdsc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Homelessness Partnering Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Social Development

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2009

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $269.6M over two years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Homelessness Partnering Strategy makes strategic investments in community priorities and includes a planning process that encourages cooperation between governments, agencies and community-based organizations to find local solutions for homeless people and those at risk of becoming homeless. The Homelessness Partnering Strategy is designed to provide supports to 61 designated communities and some small, rural and Aboriginal communities to develop community-based measures that assist homeless individuals and families move toward self-sufficiency, thereby contributing to society and the economy. Although the responsibility for homelessness programs falls under Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, most Homelessness Partnering Strategy program components are delivered by regional staff, now part of Service Canada.

The Homelessness Partnering Strategy:

  • helps communities build on their successes and focuses on interventions to help prevent and break the cycle of homelessness;
  • achieves results for Canadians by focusing on attaining self-sufficiency and not just temporary measures;
  • requires that federal funding be targeted more at the development of transitional and supportive housing and at improving access to services that help homeless people become self-sufficient such as skills training, health and substance abuse treatment;
  • enhances the partnership approach with provinces and territories, communities and the private and voluntary sectors to strengthen capacity and build sustainability; and
  • carries out research to foster a better understanding of homelessness as well as collects and disseminates best practices to assist in designing the most effective responses.

The Homelessness Partnering Strategy has seven funding streams:

Regional funding streams administered by the Program Operations Branch (POB) and delivered by Service Canada:

  • Designated Communities;
  • Outreach Communities;
  • Aboriginal Communities;

National funding streams administered by the Homelessness Partnering Secretariat:

  • Federal Horizontal Pilot Projects (HPP);
  • Homelessness Knowledge Development (HKD);
  • Homeless Individuals and Families Information System (HIFIS); and
  • Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative (SFRPHI).

For more information, please visit the Homelessness Partnering Strategy website: www.homelessness.gc.ca

Shared Outcome(s): Income security, access to opportunities and well-being for individuals, families and communities.

Governance Structure(s):

The Homelessness Partnering Strategy community-based program is delivered via two models:

  • Community Entity model: Under this model, the Community Advisory Board recommends projects to the community entity (an incorporated organization) which is the decision-making body responsible for approving project proposals and determining the eligibility of projects. HRSDC is responsible for managing the contribution agreement and all related activities. The community, in consultation with Service Canada, has designated responsibility for program delivery to a specific local organization; and
  • Shared Delivery model: Under this model, the Community Advisory Board reviews project proposals and makes recommendations to HRSDC which manages the contribution agreement and all related activities. Both Service Canada and the community work in partnership to support funding priorities, resulting in a joint selection and decision-making process. The Minister approves the project proposals.

In Quebec, the Homelessness Partnering Strategy is delivered under a formal Canada-Quebec Agreement, in collaboration with the Province of Quebec.

The Homelessness Partnering Strategy recognizes that the prevention and reduction of homelessness requires collaboration among all levels of government, particularly the federal and provincial/territorial governments. Provinces and territories are being invited to enter into bilateral arrangements with the federal government to support community efforts to address homelessness. The intent is to offer provinces and territories the opportunity to participate in community planning and priority-setting at the outset. This will support the alignment of federal, provincial and territorial investments to enhance linkages between social services and housing as well as to address the operational sustainability of community projects. This partnering approach will ensure that all of the necessary tools and supports are in place for homeless people to secure housing and supports that effectively meet their needs and for those at-risk of homelessness to attain housing stability.

The Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative (SFRPHI) provides surplus federal property to community organizations, the not-for-profit sector, and other levels of government for projects to alleviate and prevent homelessness. The SFRPHI is a Homelessness Partnering Strategy program co-managed by Public Works and Government Services Canada and Human Resources and Skills Development Canada, with advice and support from Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned
Spending for
2009-
10
Actual
Spending for
2009-
10
Expected Results for
2009-
10
Results Achieved in
2009-
10
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Social Development Homelessness Partnering Strategy regionally- delivered projects $219.2M $109.6M $97.49M Homelessness Partnering Strategy regionally- delivered projects have demonstrated cost-matching with other partners.

Increased availability and access for homeless people, to a range of services and facilities along the continuum (i.e., emergency, transitional and supportive housing).
For every dollar invested by the HPS in regionally-delivered projects, the amount invested in communities by external partners was $2.27.

74.3% of HPS investments in regionally-delivered projects were targeted to longer-term transitional and supportive housing and services, exceeding the 65% target.
    Federal Horizontal Pilot Projects $5.2M $2.6M $1.44M Horizontal pilot projects - Implementation of projects with key departments such as Justice Canada, Health Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, Correctional Service Canada, and Urban Aboriginal Strategy. The Department launched six new horizontal pilot projects with other federal departments and agencies to address factors that may lead to homelessness such as incarceration, employment, mental health, family violence, and immigration.

Furthermore, seven previous horizontal pilot projects with other federal departments and agencies were extended into 2009-2010 for six months in order to strengthen the project evaluations and achieve more robust results.
    Homelessness Knowledge Development $3.7M $1.85M $1.24M Increased knowledge (e.g., best practices, research findings) exchanged among community service providers, researchers, and all levels of government working on issues of homelessness. Allocated funding to 3 successful applicants for projects on lessons learned from community homeless counts.

Extended the Memorandum of Understanding with Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC)/Metropolis to release a joint Call for Proposals (CFP) on the issue of immigration and homelessness, and released the CFP with CIC-Metropolis by the end of the fiscal year.
    Urban Aboriginal Strategy / Homelessness Partnering Strategy $35.5M* $17.75M* $17.64M* Better coordination and complementarity among Government of Canada policies and programs to address Aboriginal homelessness and other related issues. Under the HPS, the Aboriginal Communities funding stream supports community partners with the aim of ensuring services meet the acute and unique homelessness-related needs of Aboriginal people off-reserve, whether in cities or rural areas. As both the HPS and Urban Aboriginal Strategy (UAS) are community-based programs, informal collaboration occurs at the community level.

Horizontal collaboration also occurs at the national level in an effort to increase efficiencies and maximize results for Aboriginal persons who are homeless or at risk of homelessness. Under the HPS, the Horizontal Pilot Projects (HPP) funding stream supports horizontal work with other relevant federal programs and policies whose outcomes affect or are affected by homelessness.

As of June 6, 2010, the HPS and UAS have collaborated on three HPPs that are focused on various homelessness-related challenges facing urban Aboriginal people.

*Note that figures are based only on projects delivered through the HPS Aboriginal Funding Stream.
PWGSC   Surplus Federal Real Property for Homelessness Initiative Funding administered by PWGSC
$6.0M
Funding administered by PWGSC
$3.0M
$3.71M (administered by PWGSC) Enhanced capacity of communities to provide facilities to homeless individuals and families A total of 65 housing units were created. Of these, 92% were longer-term housing units, and 6% were supportive and transitional housing units. In addition, one property was transferred and will be the site of a shelter.

All properties in St. John's, Gander, Ucluelet and Oskana were transferred to an eligible recipient. Significant progress was made in advancing projects in Ottawa and Montreal.

Developed a regional toolkit for partners and stakeholders interested in proposing a SFRPHI project.

Developed an on-line database of available properties that Canadians can browse and apply for over the Internet.
Total $269.6 M $134.8M $121.5M    

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:

Barbara Lawless, Director General
Homelessness Partnering Strategy
Place du Portage, Phase II
165 Hotel-de-Ville St.
Gatineau QC
(819) 994-4748
barbara.lawless@hrsdc-rhdcc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal/Provincial/Territorial National Child Benefit Program Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Income Security

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 1998

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Statutory

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

Through the Federal-Provincial/Territorial (F/P/T) National Child Benefit initiative, the Government of Canada is working with provincial and territorial governments1 to provide income support, as well as benefits and services, for low-income families with children. The initiative also includes a First Nations component.

The Government of Canada contributes to the National Child Benefit initiative through a supplement to its Canada Child Tax Benefit called the National Child Benefit Supplement. In addition to the base benefit of the Canada Child Tax Benefit, which is targeted to both low- and middle-income families, the National Child Benefit Supplement provides extra income support to low-income families with children. Federal spending on the Canada Child Tax Benefit, including the National Child Benefit Supplement, is tracked by the Canada Revenue Agency, which is responsible for its delivery.

Shared Outcome(s):

The Federal- Provincial/Territorial National Child Benefit initiative has three goals:

  • Help prevent and reduce the depth of child poverty;
  • Promote attachment to the labour market by ensuring that families will always be better off as a result of working; and
  • Reduce overlap and duplication by harmonizing program objectives and benefits and simplifying administration.

Annual F/P/T National Child Benefit Progress Reports include information on the level of spending by all jurisdictions. There is a data collection process to which all participating jurisdictions contribute in order to present comparable information on National Child Benefit-related programs and services for low-income families with children. The data submitted by each jurisdiction is reviewed jointly to ensure consistency in reporting. To obtain the most recent Progress Report or for further information, please visit the F/P/T National Child Benefit website: www.nationalchildbenefit.ca.

Federal Spending:

In 2009-2010, total annual federal support delivered through the Canada Child Tax Benefit, including the National Child Benefit Supplement, is projected to reach $9.96 billion, including a projected $3.69 billion through the National Child Benefit Supplement.

Provincial and territorial and First Nations Spending:

Under the National Child Benefit initiative, provinces, territories and First Nations provide benefits and services that further the goals of the initiative. The National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007, reports that in 2006-2007, provinces, territories, and First Nations spent $833.6 million in programs and services in key areas such as child/day care initiatives, child benefits and earned income supplements, early childhood services and children-at-risk services, supplementary health benefits, and youth initiatives. Under the First Nations National Child Benefit Reinvestment initiative, the savings derived from reducing the amount of income assistance adjustments can be reinvested in projects aimed at lessening child poverty. The $833.6 million in spending outlined above includes reinvestments by First Nations in programs and services which were estimated to be $52.7 million in 2006-2007 and $54.8 million in 2007-2008.

Indicators and Impacts:

The National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007 includes an analysis of both societal level indicators, which measure areas such as low income and labour force attachment and do not infer that any changes are the result of the initiative, and direct outcome indicators, which measure only those changes that are directly attributed to the National Child Benefit initiative.

With respect to societal level indicators, the report shows that the proportion of families with children living in low income has declined significantly since the mid-1900s, decreasing from 17.6 percent in 1996 to 10.5 percent in 2005, based on Statistics Canada's post-tax low-income cut-offs. During this period, the number of children living in low income decreased from 1,304,000 in 1996 to 787,894 in 2005, a decrease of approximately 516,106 children. With respect to direct outcome indicators, the report estimates that in 2005, as a direct result of the National Child Benefit initiative2:

  • 171,100 children in 78,800 families were prevented from living below Market Basket Measure (MBM) low-income thresholds, a reduction of 13.7 percent. This means that in 2005, there were 13.7 percent fewer families with children living in low income than there would have been without the National Child Benefit. These families saw their average disposable income increase by an estimated $2,400, or 9.5 percent.
  • For those families with children who remained in low income, the National Child Benefit improved their disposable income by an average of $2,200 (13.0 percent). This means that the low-income gap (the additional amount of income needed by low-income families to reach the low-income line) was reduced by 21.9 percent in 2005.

In addition, in June 2005, F/P/T governments released a synthesis report of a comprehensive evaluation of the first three years of the National Child Benefit initiative (1998-1999, 1999-2000, and 2000-2001). The evaluation compiled evidence from a number of studies and showed that the National Child Benefit initiative is meeting its goals. In addition, another evaluation is underway. Results are expected to be published in 2011.

For a complete discussion of indicators, please see Chapters 4 and 5 of the National Child Benefit Progress Report: 2007. For a discussion of evaluation results, please see the Evaluation of the National Child Benefit Initiative: Synthesis Report. These reports are available free of charge on the National Child Benefit website, at: http://www.nationalchildbenefit.ca

Governance Structure(s):

The National Child Benefit initiative Governance and Accountability Framework outlines the key characteristics of the F/P/T partnership: cooperation, openness, flexibility, evolution and accountability. As a co-operative effort among governments, the National Child Benefit initiative combines the strengths of a national program with the flexibility of provincial and territorial initiatives designed to meet the specific needs and conditions within each jurisdiction.

With respect to accountability, under the Governance and Accountability Framework, F/P/T Ministers Responsible for Social Services have committed to sharing data on reinvestment initiatives and reviewing results and outcomes achieved in order to identify best practices. F/P/T governments have also agreed to report annually to the public with a primary focus on the performance of the initiative. To date, nine annual progress reports have been published, as well as a synthesis report on a comprehensive evaluation of the first three years of the initiative.

The Federal Role:

Under the National Child Benefit initiative, the Government of Canada provides additional income support to low-income families with children via the National Child Benefit Supplement component of the Canada Child Tax Benefit. Canada Revenue Agency administers and delivers these benefits to families.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for policy development with respect to the F/P/T National Child Benefit initiative, and the Minister of Human Resources and Skills Development represents the Government of Canada in this F/P/T initiative.

The Canada Child Tax Benefit (including the National Child Benefit Supplement) is a tax benefit, and is administered by Canada Revenue Agency. Indian and Northern Affairs Canada is responsible for the First Nations National Child Benefit Reinvestment initiative. Citizenship and Immigration Canada administers the Resettlement Assistance Program, funded under the National Child Benefit and provides income support to child refugees.

The Provincial and Territorial Role:

Under the National Child Benefit initiative, provinces, territories and First Nations provide benefits and services that further the goals of the initiative. The initiative is designed so that provinces, territories and First Nations have the flexibility to develop and deliver programs and services that best meet the needs and priorities of their communities. As part of this flexibility, provinces and territories may adjust social assistance or child benefit payments by the full or partial amount of the National Child Benefit Supplement. This approach has resulted in families on social assistance being no worse off in terms of their level of benefits, while providing additional funds for new or enhanced provincial and territorial programs benefiting low-income families with children.

It is important to note that, as the National Child Benefit initiative has matured, the majority of provinces and territories no longer recover increases to the National Child Benefit Supplement. This means that the vast majority of children living in low-income families, including those on social assistance, are currently receiving some or all of the National Child Benefit Supplement.

Under the NCB initiative, provincial and territorial governments, along with First Nations, have committed to re-allocating available social assistance funds into benefits and services for children in low-income families that further the goals of the initiative. Jurisdictions have focused reinvestments primarily in key areas:

  • Child Benefits and Earned Income Supplements;
  • Child Care;
  • Early Childhood Services and Children-at-Risk Services;
  • Supplementary Health Benefits;
  • Youth Initiatives; and
  • Other Benefits and Services;

First Nations Role:

The federal government is responsible for ensuring programs for First Nations children on reserve are comparable to those available to other Canadian children. Under the National Child Benefit initiative, First Nations have the flexibility to reinvest savings from adjustments to social assistance into programs and services tailored to meet the needs and priorities of individual communities. Some 500 First Nations participate in the National Child Benefit and implement their own programs.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned
Spending for
2009-
10
Actual
Spending for
2009-
10
Expected Results for
2009-
10
Results Achieved in
2009-
10
Canada Revenue Agency3 Administers the National Child Benefit Supplement and delivers income benefits directly to low income families a. National Child Benefit Supplement On-going $3.69B Not available Continued progress on the goals of the National Child Benefit initiative, as described in the “Shared Outcomes”, above. Results achieved in 2005 (latest year of publicly available results) are described in “Indicators and Impacts”, above. (The F/P/T NCB Progress Report 2007 estimates that in 2005, as a direct result of the National Child Benefit initiative: 171,100 children in 78,800 families were prevented from living below Market-Basket Measure (MBM) low-income thresholds, a reduction of 13.7 percent. These families saw their average disposable income increase by an estimated $2,400, or 9.5 percent.
Total          

Comments on Variances: N/A

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Not Applicable

Contact information:

François Weldon, Acting/Director General
Social Policy Directorate
Strategic Policy and Research Branch
HRSDC
(819) 994-3184

2 The Government of Quebec has stated that it agrees with the basic principles of the National Child Benefit. Quebec chose not to participate in the initiative because it wanted to assume control over income support for children in Quebec; however, it has adopted a similar approach to the National Child Benefit. Throughout this text, references to joint federal, provincial and territorial positions do not include Quebec.
3 Based on a simulation analysis of the income benefits component of the NCB initiative: both the federal NCB Supplement and P/T reinvestments and investments in income benefits.
vi While Human Resources and Skills Development Canada is responsible for policy development with respect to the National Child Benefit initiative, the Canada Child Tax Benefit (including the National Child Benefit Supplement) is a tax measure, and is administered by Canada Revenue Agency. In addition, Indian and Northern Affairs Canada and Citizenship and Immigration Canada have roles in reinvestments and investments.


Top of Page

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada and Canadian Polar Commission

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Urban Aboriginal Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): INAC, Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians (OFI)

Lead Department Program Activity: Urban Aboriginal Strategy

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2007

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $68.5 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Urban Aboriginal Strategy (UAS) was developed in 1997 to respond to the needs of Aboriginal people living in urban centres. Through the UAS, the Government of Canada partners with various governments, community organizations and Aboriginal people to support projects that address local priorities. In 2007, the Government of Canada renewed the UAS by investing $68.5 million over five years to help meet the needs of Aboriginal people living in key urban centres.

Today, the UAS improves co-ordination within federal departments and agencies to maximize the Government of Canada’s investments. The UAS also helps the Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians ensure all federal government policies, priorities and expenditures to do with Aboriginal people in key urban centres advance federal objectives, respond effectively to local challenges and opportunities, and result in the integrated delivery of federal, provincial, municipal, Aboriginal and private-sector programs and policy objectives.

DIAND/Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians uses either the Multi-year Comprehensive Funding Arrangement (MCFA) or the Comprehensive Funding Arrangement (CFA) to transfer annual funding to eligible recipients for program delivery under the UAS. Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians may also use a multi-year CFA, which respects provisions in the Treasury Board Policy on Transfer Payments as well as the terms and conditions for the Renewal and Enhancement of the UAS Contribution Program. All components of the UAS program are eligible under the UAS Contribution funding authorities.

Shared Outcome(s): The aim of the renewed and enhanced UAS program is to promote the self-reliance of — and increase life choices for — Aboriginal people in urban centres. In fact, the UAS program objective directly supports the implementation of Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians’s strategic outcome: Socio-economic conditions of Métis, non-status Indians and urban Aboriginal people.

Specifically, the UAS program objectives are to:

  • target urban Aboriginal socio-economic needs within new and renewed federal initiatives, where appropriate;
  • improve access to and co-ordination of programs and services;
  • co-ordinate policy research and information sharing in the urban Aboriginal area;
  • harmonize policy and improve horizontal connections within the federal government; and
  • seek out opportunities for partnership with federal, provincial and municipal governments, Aboriginal groups and the private sector.

To accomplish these UAS program objectives, UAS projects will focus investments strategically in three project priority areas:

  • improving life-skills;
  • promoting job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and
  • supporting Aboriginal women, children and families.
Achievement of the UAS objectives will maximize the Government of Canada’s ability to align federal expenditures directed toward urban Aboriginal issues in key urban centers with provincial and municipal programming.

Governance Structure(s): All UAS-designated communities have established Community Committees which partner with the private sector and all levels of government to accelerate planning, funding decisions and responses to urban Aboriginal issues. Each Community Committee is composed of a cross section of the Aboriginal community to ensure decisions reflect broad community concerns and priorities.

The UAS takes a community-based approach to the management and delivery of its projects, and uses either a Community Entity Model or a Shared Delivery Model, depending on the initiative. Under both models, project proposals are distributed to federal departments for review. Departments that determine a project to be consistent with their mandate may choose to either: (1) flow funding to DIAND or another lead department through the UAS horizontal terms and conditions, which require a Memorandum of Understanding and an Interdepartmental Letter of Agreement, or (2) negotiate a separate agreement and fund the delivery organization directly.

To maximize federal investments, the UAS horizontal terms and conditions allow for federal co-ordination of Aboriginal programs within signatory departments, as well as programs of general application. This practice has been recognized as a model for federal horizontality, and has led to greater program alignment with provincial and municipal programming. In addition, the National Caucus, an advisory group comprised of representatives from each of the Community Committees, shares national perspectives with the UAS.

 

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and non-Status Indians   Urban Aboriginal Strategy $13,567,000 $2,515,813 [*] UAS projects will strategically focus investments in three priority areas (improving life-skills, promoting job training, skills and entrepreneurship and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families). OFI, HRSDC, Service Canada, Canadian Heritage, Health Canada, Public Safety Canada, Western Economic Diversification Canada, Public Health Agency of Canada, Correctional Service Canada and INAC partnered on 34 separate projects in the areas of life skills; job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families.
The total federal funding allocation for each federal department over the UAS initiative will vary year over year for the five year authority based on the amount of funding available in the department and the priorities and projects identified by the community.
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC)   Aboriginal Human Resource Development Strategy, (AHRDS) $137,072

Partner spending:
$200,717
INAC Spending:
$200,710
Total:

$401,427 [**]
The UAS and AHRDS will complete three joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

In Vancouver, 24 Aboriginal individuals receiving job/skills development training and the same individuals moving on to specialized employment or further training.

One employment development service created. Report to detail the level of local Aboriginal involvement in the project.

In Prince George, 30 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services and receiving job/skills development training.

The UAS and AHRDS completed four joint projects that resulted in the following benefits in Prince George:

  • 62 urban Aboriginal people participated in life skills programming that increased their self-esteem and life skills in preparation for seeking employment;
  • 39 urban Aboriginal students participated in life skills and educational programs that resulted in all 39 remaining in high school;
  • a UAS-funded employment program resulted in five urban Aboriginal youths completing high school and attaining employment; and
  • 33 urban Aboriginal youths participated in after-school tutoring where they learned important life skills and found support to stay in school — 24 of these students continued their high school education.
  Homelessness Partnership  Initiative $1,109,677

Partner spending: $401,427
INAC spending:
$151,052
Total:

533,876 [**]
The UAS and Homelessness Partnering Strategy will complete eight joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

50 Aboriginal individuals participating in a cultural event(s), programs and/or communications projects. Summary will detail the benefits and outcomes to the Aboriginal women participants in project.

In Winnipeg, 10 Aboriginal individuals moving from homelessness to affordable housing, and three local government partnerships sustained and/or developed with the goal of improving the delivery of programs and services.

104 Aboriginal individuals participating in a cultural event(s), programs and/or communications projects and seven Aboriginal individuals served through employment development services.

UAS funding will enable one life skill services program to add an Aboriginal element, with five Aboriginal individuals participating in parent/child reunification.

75 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services.

12 Aboriginal individuals receiving job/skills development training and two sustainable partnerships created/maintained between urban Aboriginal community organizations.

40 Aboriginal individuals in program and services offered to urban Aboriginal particularly women and children.

9,360 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services and through participating in a risk reduction project.[1]

The UAS and Homelessness Partnership Initiative completed four joint projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • five Aboriginal men exiting the federal correctional system were housed in Winnipeg so far in a project will continue to 2011 (also funded by Correctional Service Canada);
  • 66 homeless urban Aboriginal people in Thompson (Manitoba) participated in life skills training and 67 participated in employment skills training that improved their ability to find employment and permanent housing — the project helped nine homeless urban Aboriginal individuals find permanent housing;
  • 14,055 urban Aboriginal people in Prince George went through life skills and risk reduction programming related to HIV/AIDS/HVC prevention; and
  • 900 urban Aboriginal women in Winnipeg received assistance in making the transition from shelter to permanent housing by enhancing their life skills.
  Aboriginal Skills and Employment Partnership Program $328,691 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and Skills Employment Program will complete two joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

12 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services, resulting in employment.

12 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services and 10 Aboriginal individuals served through employment development services.
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
  Aboriginal Affairs Directorate $15,000 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and HRSDC’s Aboriginal Affairs Directorate will complete two joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

A conference in which 250 Aboriginal individuals will participate in targeted wellness projects.

An International Indigenous Forum hosted by the Pacific Business and Law Institute will examine current initiatives that are working to promote indigenous culture and traditions around the world.[2]
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
Health Canada   Headstart Program $36,278 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and Headstart Program will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

100 Aboriginal individuals moving from homelessness to affordable housing and 300 Aboriginal individuals participating in targeted wellness projects.
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
  First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB) $30,000

Partner spending:
$85,658
INAC spending:
$205,577
Total:

$291,235 [**]

 

The UAS and FNIHB will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

Support for the 9th Annual Indigenous Women in Leadership Training Conference, in which 250 Aboriginal individuals will participate in targeted wellness projects.

FNIHB completed two joint projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 25 urban Aboriginal women in Toronto participated in life skills training, risk reduction and cultural programming that increased their life skills and awareness about diabetes and healthy living in general; and
  • 1,500 urban Aboriginal youths in Vancouver attended cultural events that resulted in increased life skills, self-esteem and networking opportunities for youth delegates.
Canadian Heritage   Urban Multi-Purpose Aboriginal Youth Centres Program $338,943

Partner spending:
$1,010,077
INAC spending: $635,875
Total:

$1,645,952 [**]

The UAS and Urban Multi-Purpose Aboriginal Youth Program will complete seven joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

505 Aboriginal individuals receiving job and/or skills development training.

In Calgary, 3000 individuals
The UAS and Urban Multi-Purpose Aboriginal Youth Centres program completed five projects that resulted in the following benefits:
  • one Vancouver project (also funded by Service Canada) yielded several successes:
    • 160 urban Aboriginal people participated in cultural or communication programs,
    • 20 urban Aboriginal individuals participated in risk reduction programs that increased their self-esteem and life skills,
    • five urban Aboriginal youths attained employment after participating in an enhanced training program by a Richmond youth services agency, and
    •  seven urban Aboriginal youths attended the Gathering Our Voices conference that gave them an opportunity to network and increase their self-esteem and cultural awareness;
  • six urban Aboriginal youths completed life skills and employment training related to the animation industry in Calgary;
  • 15 urban Aboriginal people participated in cultural and life skills training that not only increased their life skills and employability, but also built up the capacity of the Elder circle in Edmonton to support community initiatives and events.
  • 254 Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal people participated in community cultural events at seven Edmonton schools aimed at keeping Aboriginal students in high school and junior high school — as a result of this project, 103 students continued their high school education in 2009–2010; and
  • 130 urban Aboriginal people participated in cultural events aimed at supporting the decision of Aboriginal students to stay in school — incombination with one-on-one support for Aboriginal students, this project resulted in 82 Aboriginal students continuing their education in Edmonton.

The UAS and the Urban Multi-Purpose Aboriginal Youth Centres program completed six projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 1,164 Inuit in Ottawa, St. John’s, Edmonton, Winnipeg and Yellowknife participated in life skills programming that increased their cultural knowledge and awareness, language skills, and self-esteem;
  • 200 urban Aboriginal people in Prince Albert participated in cultural events and life skills programming that increased their self-esteem and life skills through cultural learning;
  • 1,355 urban Aboriginal youths and adults in Regina
  • participated in risk reduction programming and 78 went through life skills training to mitigate challenges in exiting the sex trade;
  • 75 urban Aboriginal youths in Prince Albert participated in cultural programming and 40 urban Aboriginal youths participated in risk reduction programming that resulted in increased cultural awareness, life skills and self-esteem;
  • 13 urban Aboriginal youths in Calgary received job skills and life skills training related to film making; and
  • 371 urban Aboriginal youths in Prince Albert participated in diversionary programs that helped them earn money to pay restitution and develop life skills to live healthy lives.
  Canadian Heritage New partnership, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner spending:
$150,000
INAC spending:
$344,734
Total:

$494,734 [***]
No expected results because the projects were not planned

The UAS and Canadian Heritage completed three projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 22,000 people attended National Aboriginal Day celebrations across the country;
  • five papers concerning urban Aboriginal issues were submitted to the World Urban Forum, where numerous Canadian participants learned how international lessons can apply in Canada; and
  • 316 urban Aboriginal people in Lethbridge participated in targeted risk reduction programs and wellness programs that increased their ability to address violence, abuse and injuries.

Service Canada

  Youth Awareness Program $76,763 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***]

The UAS and the Youth Awareness Program will complete two joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

42 Aboriginal individuals served through employment development services.

60 Aboriginal individuals served by urban risk reduction projects.

Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
  Canada Summer Jobs

Student Employment Experience
$22,672

Partner spending:
$10,290
No INAC spending
Total:

$10,290 [**]
The UAS and Service Canada will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

200 Aboriginal individuals participating in a risk reduction project. A best practices report will flow from this project.

The UAS and Service Canada completed one joint project that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 750 people participated in cultural events related to building the capacity of the Aboriginal Council of Lethbridge;
  • a further 245 people participated directly in a community meeting aimed at addressing issues and priorities;
  • 33 members of the council completed training to increase their capacity to address urban Aboriginal issues; and
  • eight publications were circulated to build understanding of urban Aboriginal issues in the non Aboriginal community.
  New Horizons for Seniors New partnership, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner spending:
$4,901
INAC spending:
$7,558
Total:

$12,459 [***]
No expected results because the partnership was not planned

The UAS and the New Horizons for Seniors Program completed one joint project that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 125 urban Aboriginal people participated in a restorative justice process aimed at increasing school attendance among Aboriginal youth in Edmonton, establishing a viable network of individuals who can now provide support to urban Aboriginal students in Edmonton.
  Youth Employment Strategy-Skills link New projects, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner spending:
$425,147
INAC spending:
$293,002
Total:

$718,149 [***]
No expected results because the projects were not planned

The UAS and the Youth Employment Strategy completed three joint projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • one Vancouver project (also funded by Canadian Heritage) yielded several successes:
    • 160 urban Aboriginal people participated in cultural or communication programs,
    • 20 urban Aboriginal individuals participated in risk reduction programs that increased their self-esteem and life skills,
    • five urban Aboriginal youths attained employment after participating in an enhanced training programoffered by a Richmond youth services agency, and
    •  seven urban Aboriginal youths attended the Gathering Our Voices conference that gave them an opportunity to network and increase their self-esteem and cultural awareness;
  • 40 urban Aboriginal youths in Calgary went through life skills and job skills training that improved their ability to attain employment; and
  • 36 urban Aboriginal youths in Lethbridge went through life skills and job skills training that improved their ability to attain employment.
  Service Canada New projects, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner spending:
$80,728
INAC spending:
$130,000
Total:

$210,728 [***]
No expected results because the projects were not planned

The UAS and a Service Canada program completed one joint project that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 285 urban Aboriginal women and children received services from a UAS-funded project at a Regina shelter, “My Aunt’s Place,” that stabilized their housing needs, allowing them access to permanent housing and employment.

Status of Women

  Women’s Program $50, 000 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and Status of Women will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

200 Aboriginal individuals participating in a risk reduction project. A best practices report will flow from this project.
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
Public Safety Canada   National Crime Prevention Strategy $733,136

Partner spending:
$548,328
INAC spending:
$120,000
Total:

$668,328 [**]
The UAS and National Crime Prevention Center will complete three joint projects that will result in the following benefits:

48 Aboriginal students retained within school as a result of the program and participating in risk reduction projects.

60 Aboriginal individuals participating in a cultural event(s), programs and/or communications projects and receiving skill development and cultural reclamation programming, education, counselling, support and advocacy.

10 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services and employment development services participating in a cultural program and receiving job/skills development training.

The UAS and National Crime Prevention Strategy completed two joint projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 14 urban Aboriginal youths in Regina participated in crime prevention and diversionary programs and 17 urban Aboriginal youths received services that eased their transition out of the gang lifestyle (also funded by INAC); and
  • 19 women and children in Calgary participated in crime prevention and harm reduction programming related to preventing and responding to domestic violence.
  Research $50,000 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities The UAS and Public Safety Research program will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

An Urban Aboriginal Study to better understand and effectively document the experiences, aspirations and identities of urban Aboriginal individuals.[3]
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
Public Health Agency of Canada  

Pandemic Preparedness Division

(previously called HIV/AIDS Program)
$143,771

Partner spending:
$50,000
INAC spending:
$30,000
Total:

$80,000 [**]
The UAS, and Public Health Agency of Canada HIV/AIDS will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

9,360 Aboriginal individuals served through life skill services and through participating in a risk reduction project.[4]

The UAS and Public Health Agency of Canada completed one joint project that resulted in the following benefits:

  • 500 urban Aboriginal people across the country participated in targeted wellness programs to mitigate the impacts of H1N1 on the urban Aboriginal population.
Correctional Service Canada   Policy Unit $100,000

Partner spending:
$152,597
INAC spending:
$119,889
Total:

$272,486 [***]
The UAS and Corrections Canada Policy Unit will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

12 Aboriginal individuals receiving job/skills development training.

The UAS and Correctional Service Canada completed two joint projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • five Aboriginal men exiting the federal correctional system were housed in Winnipeg so far in a project that will continue to 2011 (also funded by HRSDC); and
  • 14 urban Aboriginal men in Regina went through life skills training.
Western Economic Diversification Canada (WED)   Western Diversification Program New projects, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner spending: $276,669
No INAC spending
Total:

$276,669 [***]
No expected results because the projects were not planned

The UAS and WED completed Phase 3 of a joint four-year project that will be completed by summer 2011. This project resulted in the following benefits so far:

  • equipment has been purchased for the training program;
  • four programs are now running; and
  • 39 participants are currently enrolled in the training programs.
Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation   Research $50,000 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation Aboriginal Research Branch will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

An Urban Aboriginal Study to better understand and effectively document the experiences, aspirations and identities of urban Aboriginal individuals.[5]
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
Justice Canada   Aboriginal Affairs Portfolio $20,000 Opportunity did not materialize; funding was used to fund other opportunities [***] The UAS and Aboriginal Affairs Portfolio will complete one joint project that will result in the following benefits:

An International Indigenous Forum hosted by the Pacific Business and Law Institute will examine current initiatives that are working to promote indigenous culture and traditions around the world.[6]
Opportunity did not materialize; results achieved through other partnerships.
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada   INAC New projects, no planned amount provided in RPP

Partner funding (Additional INAC):$2,396,604
INAC spending:
$277,416
Total:

$2,674,020 [***]
No expected results because the partnership was not planned

The UAS and INAC completed three projects that resulted in the following benefits:

  • as a result of a Vancouver project:
    • 300,058 people participated in Aboriginal cultural events that raised global and national awareness of the Aboriginal peoples in Canada,
    • 289 media outlets were present at various Aboriginal events; the website for Aboriginal events received 61,957 hits, and
    • 16 Aboriginal trainees of the project are now employed;
  • under a national communications project:
    • a newsletter on contemporary urban Aboriginal issues was created,
    • six academic publications were completed and are awaiting publication and distribution, and
    • a website for urban Aboriginal issues by the National Association of Friendship Centres is up and running; and
  • 14 urban Aboriginal youths in Regina participated in crime prevention and diversionary programs and 17 urban Aboriginal youths received services that eased their transition out of the gang lifestyle (also funded by Public Safety Canada).
Total $16,809,003

$ 8,290,353 [*]

   

Comments on Variances:
Background:
The UAS is an opportunity-driven strategy — rather than funding planned projects — designed to obtain other federal, provincial, municipal and private funding in its three priority areas: life skills; job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting Aboriginal women, children and families. The main aim of the UAS is to increase horizontality among federal departments, align programming with provincial and municipal governments, and bring in other funding partners to increase the impact of government programming in urban Aboriginal communities.

* In 2009–2010, the UAS was allocated $13,567,000 for its entire 2009–2010 budget. The UAS spent $2,515,813 on 34 horizontal projects that it undertook with other federal departments that contributed an additional $5,774,540 to the projects. The remaining amount of UAS funding was used for other projects that had non-federal funding partners, such as provincial and municipal governments, and other non-federal partners that were not included in this table.

** For reasons provided above (i.e., funding is opportunity-driven rather than being planned, specific expenditures), variances reflect the identification and uptake of opportunities that were not planned but were funded through the prudent reallocation of resources from projects identified in the RPP that did not prove viable.

*** Although certain projects identified in the RPP did not materialize, other opportunities were pursued and other results were achieved in the three priority areas of life skills; job training, skills and entrepreneurship; and supporting women, children and families.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):
The UAS has proven effective in coaxing both monetary and in-kind contributions from a variety of funding partners. In the 34 UAS projects that had other federal funding partners in 2009–2010, the UAS also obtained additional contributions from provincial and municipal government partners, the private sector and Aboriginal organizations amounting to $8,282,112.

Contact information:
Allan MacDonald
Director General
Office of the Federal Interlocutor for Métis and Non-Status Indians
66 Slater Street
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0H4
Telephone: 613-992-8186



Name of Horizontal Initiative: First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan

Name of Lead Department(s): Indian and Northern Affairs Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Community Infrastructure

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $735,639,806 for the two years. Of this amount $202,500,000 in each of 2008-2009 and 2009-2010 are funded from existing reference levels. New funds of $165,318,143 in 2008-2009 and $165,321,663 in 2009-2010 including employee benefits plans and Public Works and Government Services Canada accommodation requirements are sourced from the Fiscal Framework, as confirmed in Budget 2008.

The program was extended for an additional two years, with funding confirmed as part of Budget 2010.  This will provide an additional $845,547,800 in investments into water and wastewater infrastructure over the two additional years.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): ): The prime objective of the First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan (FNWWAP) is to support First Nations communities on reserve in bringing their drinking water and wastewater services to a level and quality of service comparable to those enjoyed by other Canadians living in communities of similar size and location. There are five key activity areas in the FNWWAP: Infrastructure investments; Operations and maintenance; Training; Monitoring and awareness; and Standards.

To meet the objectives of the FNWWAP, several program enhancements have been introduced, including a national assessment of existing water and wastewater facilities, consultations on a new federal legislative framework for safe drinking water, increased training through Circuit Rider training program, modifying existing policies related to small water and septic systems and agreements for water/wastewater services, investment in a National Wastewater Program and waterborne illness procedures.

The FNWWAP was implemented as part of government commitments in the 2007 Speech from the Throne, Budget 2008, and Budget 2010 to support First Nations’ access to safe drinking water.

The FNWWAP supports INAC’s strategic outcome for “The Economy”: Increased participation of Aboriginal people and Northerners in the Economy. The FNWWAP also supports Health Canada’s First Nations and Inuit Health Programming and Services strategic outcome of better health outcomes and reduction of health inequalities between First Nations and Inuit and other Canadians.

More information is available at these Web sites:

Shared Outcome(s): The FNWWAP works towards the achievement of four outcomes:

  • First Nation communities have an increased capacity to address potential water quality problems
  • Reduction in health risks associated with water quality and supply
  • All First Nation community water and wastewater facilities meet federal standards
  • First Nation communities have increased confidence in their drinking water

Governance Structure(s): The First Nations Water and Wastewater Action Plan (FNWWAP) is a successor to the joint First Nations Water Management Strategy (2003-2008) and the INAC Plan of Action for Drinking Water (2006-2008). An MOU has been in place between INAC and HC since 2005 regarding data sharing related to drinking water. INAC shares information on the proposed water and wastewater infrastructure investments, the annual inspections of water and wastewater treatment plants, and information on action related to Drinking Water Advisories. Conversely, HC shares information such as drinking water sample results that do not meet the Canadian Drinking Water Quality Guidelines and reasons for having recommended Drinking Water Advisories. At the working level, the Strategic Water Management on Reserve Committee which includes representatives from HC, INAC, Environment Canada (EC) and the Assembly of First Nations (AFN), provides a forum for discussion to share information and coordinate joint action, and to provide leadership in an integrated and coordinated manner to ensure safe drinking water for First Nations communities and implementing FNWWAP. Although this is not a formal decision-making body, it does provide a good venue to promote dialogue and the sharing of information.

Directors General and ADMs from HC and INAC meet regularly to exchange and coordinate action on all relevant issues related to the FNWWAP.

 

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada Community Infrastructure Capital Facilities and Maintenance Program $ 671.0 $ 335.3 $ 310.7 Percentage of First Nation communities with acceptable water and wastewater facility risk ratings (i.e., not high risk): 85% of systems will be either low or medium risk

The percentage of low- or medium-risk drinking water systems has decreased from 93.8% to 93.7% (729 out of 778) in 2009–2010.

The percentage of low- or medium-risk wastewater systems has decreased from 87.7% to 87.5% (427 out of 488) in 2009–2010.

Health Canada First Nations and Inuit Health Drinking Water Safety Program — FNWWAP funding $54.6 $27.3 $ 21.3 Number of First Nations communities south of 60° with increased or maintained capacity to monitor their drinking water quality as per the Guidelines for Canadian Drinking Water Quality and reduce health risks associated with drinking water quality and supply (A1) In 2009–

2010, in all regions, 683 out of 720 community sites had access to a community-based water monitor, which represents a 14% increase from last fiscal year.

(A2) For community sites across the regions that would like to have access to a portable lab, 99% of them have access to one.

(A3.1) In all regions, 40 out of 41 EHO positions were staffed.

(A3.2) In 2010 in all regions excluding Saskatchewan, 53% of piped drinking water distribution systems with five or more connections were monitored weekly for bacteriological parameters, which represent a 13% increase from last fiscal year.*

(A3.3) In 2010 in all regions excluding Saskatchewan, a total of 112,027 water samples were taken and analyzed in First Nation communities, which represents a 10% increase from last fiscal year.*
Drinking Water Safety Program — A-Based funding $10.0 $5.0 $5.0

(B1) Implementation of early warning database.

 

(B2) Investigate waterborne diseases and waterborne outbreaks

 

 

(B3) Review of water and wastewater project proposals

 

 

 

 

 

(B4) Development of a national wastewater program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B5) Development of public awareness and educational materials

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(B6) Development of a recruitment and retention strategy for Environmental Health Officers (EHOs)

(B1) All seven regions have a water database in place to monitor sample results.

(B2) There were no instances where gastrointestinal illness was identified as a possible waterborne disease outbreak.

(B3) HC headquarters reviewed 26 water, wastewater and solid waste project proposals from a public health perspective. Moreover, 18 water and wastewater reviews were completed at the regional level.

(B4) The National Framework for the Environmental Public Health Program in First Nation Communities South of 60° was developed

and implemented. This document contains a chapter that outlines the objectives, roles, responsibilities, activities and reporting requirements of HC ’s First Nations Environmental Public Health Program with regard to wastewater.

(B5) HC has developed and distributed materials to explain how to prevent contamination of individual wells for,  present success stories about drinking water and environmental health issues (in an annual newsletter), and engage First Nation students in developing artwork, short stories and poems on the importance of safe drinking water.

(B6) Recruitment and retention strategies are ongoing. These include the implementation of an EHO exchange initiative in

collaboration with the U.S. Indian Health Service.

* Note that for results A3.2 and A3.3, data collection in Saskatchewan region was delayed; once data collection is complete, results will be updated accordingly.
Total $735.6 $367.6 $337    

Comments on Variances: : INAC reprofiled $5.2 million from 2009–2010 to 2010–2011 for the National Assessment of Water and Wastewater Systems in First Nations Communities, which will continue beyond 2009 until November 2010. In addition, $197.5 million of INAC’s portion of the FNWWAP program is supplied by internal resources from the Capital Facilities and Maintenance Program. These funds are used to address all infrastructure priorities in First Nation communities. Other health and safety priorities resulted in INAC spending approximately $19.4 million less in 2009–2010 than originally planned on water and wastewater infrastructure.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:
Sébastien Labelle
Director, Policy
Indian and Northern Affairs
Policy Directorate, Community Infrastructure Branch
10 Wellington Street
Gatineau, Quebec Canada
K1A 0H4
Telephone: (819) 994-6466
Fax: (819) 953-3321

 


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Labrador Innu Comprehensive Healing Strategy (LICHS)

Name of Lead Department(s): Indian and Northern Affairs Canada — Lead; Health Canada; Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation

Lead Department Program Activity: Labrador Innu Comprehensive Healing Strategy, with INAC as the lead Department responsible for required evaluation reports (2005, 2009), Memorandum to Cabinet and Treasury Board Submissions under the Strategy.

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: June 2001

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 2010

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Cabinet approved the LICHS in June 2001 and provided $81 million over three years including: $59 million for INAC; $20 million for Health Canada and $2 million for Solicitor General. The initial LICHS ended March 2004, but was extended for one-year; INAC received a further $15 million to provide basic programs and services; and Health Canada received $5.5 million to continue the work already begun under the LICHS. Cabinet approved a new 5-year strategy for INAC and Health Canada (HC) partners in December 2004. Budget 2005, provided funds of $102.5 M for fiscal years 2005–2006 to 2009–2010 for the continuation of the LICHS.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The LICHS was developed by INAC, HC and former Solicitor General in response to the 2000 gas-sniffing crisis facing the Labrador Innu to help resolve the serious health, social and safety issues in the communities of Davis Inlet and Sheshatshiu. While notable progress has been achieved, many serious issues remain. To address these issues, INAC and HC sought Cabinet approval and funding for the continuation of the LICHS. The proposed approach responded positively to the priorities in the October 2004 Speech from the Throne for addressing the needs of Aboriginal Canadians.

Shared Outcome(s): The partners, in consultation with the Innu, developed the following 5-year vision with respect to the continuation of the LICHS. This vision is for the federal government, the Province and the Innu to work in partnership to: advance Innu community healing; build increased Innu capacity for the management and delivery of some government programs; conclude a land claim Agreement-in-Principle; address issues arising from sexual, physical and emotional abuse; achieve improvements in health, education, family and social well-being, economic development, community development, public safety and First Nation governance; and, manage the LICHS in an integrated and effective fashion.

Governance Structure(s): The Main Table is chaired by the Chief Federal Negotiator, Labrador Innu file. Membership includes representatives of the Labrador Innu leadership, Province of Newfoundland and Labrador, and federal partners to the LICHS.

The tripartite sub-committees’ role includes: reserve creation, education, new school at Sheshatshiu, income support, child youth and family services, economic development, health, and evaluation.

 

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada Community Infrastructure Sheshatshiu school design $0.1 $0.0 $0.0 New school to open September 2009 The school opened in September 2009
Education Education $14.8 $6.8 $7.2 Creation of Innu School; Board and Devolution of education programming to Board The board was established and education was devolved to the board in September 2009
Social Development Child, Youth and Family Services (CYFS) $27.9 $9.1 $8.0 Negotiate CYFS tripartite Agreement based on enhanced prevention An agreement was negotiated, but it was not based on an enhanced prevention model. Discussions on enhanced prevention are still ongoing, existing models are being reviewed and service mapping of existing provincial programming is being undertaken.
Social Development Income Support $6.1 $1.5 $0.75 Negotiate devolution Income Support to Innu communities Community coordinators in place needs assessments being completed
Community Infrastructure Electrification — Natuashish $6.0 $3.6 $4.0 Electrification for community of Natuashish An agreement was negotiated with the province for provision of hydro to the community.
Community Infrastructure Airport Agreement — Natuashish $0.5 $0.1 $0.14 Cost shared with Province of Newfoundland to operate airport at Natuashish An agreement was negotiated with the province to service and maintain air strip.
Community Infrastructure Facilities O&M Capacity Building $3.6 $0.45 $0.45

Facilities Manager to run operations of buildings

This activity is ongoing.
Community Infrastructure Housing Capacity Building $0.6 $0.0 $0.0 N/A  
Clarity of Title to Land and Resources LTS Capacity Building $1.4 $0.12 $0.12 Training, capacity building This activity is ongoing.
Clarity of Title to Land and Resources Reserve Creation $0.2 $0.0 $0.0 Reserve Creation Completed  
Governance and Institutions of Government Devolution Planning and Transition $0.75 $0.15 $0.16

Tripartite committees on the devolution of CYFS and Education to hold meetings

Main Table activities are ongoing, with a Federal Special Representative (FSR) in place. The FSR will continue in 2010–2011 for a transitional year. Work on funding equivalency was completed.
Education New Paths (Outpost) $1.0 $0.2 $0.2 The Innu to travel into the country as an educational community activity and to live in their traditional ways. Innu see this as essential component of healing Funds were provided in 2009–2010 to help the Innu to travel into the country as an educational community activity and to live in their traditional ways. Innu see this as essential component of healing.
Education Strategies for Learning $ 2.2 $ 0.5 $0.5 JTA to act as a resource for the Innu Education Board. Innu Director Education hired to oversee the Critical Path toward devolution and the ongoing implementation of the 61 Philpott Recommendations With the devolution of education, this initiative was completed in 2009–2010.
Governance and Institutions of Government Planning and Consultation $ 0.5 $ 0.1 $0.1 N/A  
Social Development Safe houses $ 1.4 $ 0.4 $0.4 Operate Youth Safe house in Sheshatshiu and dual purpose safehouse in Natuashish 24 hrs, 7 days per week A youth safe house was operated in Sheshatshiu and a dual-purpose safe house was operated in Natuashish 24 hours a day, seven days per week. This activity is ongoing.
Health Canada   Addictions/ Mental Health $ 33.6 $ 3.1 $3.1 Treatment programs continue through the Family Treatment program (in Sheshatshiu) and Healing Lodge (in Natuashish) Treatment programs were offered through the Family Treatment Program (Sheshatshiu) and at the Healing Lodge (Natuashish).
  Maternal/ Child Health $ 8.3 $ 1.1 $0.8 Health promotion programs continue through the Family Resource Center (in Sheshatchiu) and Wellness Center (in Natuashish) Health promotion programs were offered through the Family Resource Centre in Sheshatshiu, and the Wellness Centre, Healing Lodge and safe house in Natuashish.
  Community Health Planning $ 4.1 $ 0.5 $0.4 Program evaluation information will inform future health programming in both communities Community health planning and program evaluation activities were undertaken in both communities. Recommendations continue to be implemented and are informing next steps.
  Management and Support $ 7.0 $ 0.8 $0.7

Ongoing activities by Labrador Health Secretariat staff to support capacity development and program delivery by community staff as they move towards self management of effective health programs and services

Improved coordination of health services being achieved through tri-partite projects on integration and adaptation of health services at community and health authority levels

Ongoing activities by Labrador Health Secretariat staff have supported capacity development for program delivery by community staff as they move toward self-management of effective health programs and services.

Integration of programs and services was improved through federal–provincial–Innu initiatives with the local health authority.

Canada Mortgage and Housing Corporation   Safe houses $0.95 $0.0 $0.0 Construction completed  
Total $121.0 $28.52 $27.02    

 

Comments on Variances: Not applicable

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): ): Increased collaboration among the parties has emerged.

Contact information:
Cassandra Lang, Director, SSJD
Social Policy and Programs Branch
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada
10 Wellington Street
(255 Albert Street, 5th Floor)
Gatineau (QC)
K1A OH4
613-995-9103

 


Name of Horizontal Initiative: International Polar Year

Name of Lead Department(s): Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) — Northern Affairs Organization

Lead Department Program Activity: Healthy Northern Communities

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1st 2007

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31st 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $150 million over five years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): In order to support Canada’s participation in International Polar Year (IPY), the Government of Canada has invested $150 million over five years. This funding is being used to carry out an innovative and multidisciplinary Arctic science program. The Government of Canada Program for IPY is led by INAC in conjunction with eight lead federal departments and agencies: Environment, Fisheries and Oceans, Health, National Sciences and Engineering Research Council (on behalf of Industry), Natural Resources Canada, Canadian Institutes of Health Research, and Canadian Food Inspection Agency.

Canada’s significant involvement and investment in the International Polar Year 2007–2009 contributes to the government’s stewardship of Canada’s Northern Region. The Government of Canada IPY Program is working with Canadian scientists and northern communities in developing and conducting activities such as research, training and capacity building.

Key areas of the Government of Canada Program for IPY include:

  • new science and research in and for the North, which includes the involvement of northern communities;
  • ensuring the health and safety of scientists and communities conducting research in the North;
  • communication information about the program and the science undertaken;
  • building capacity, through training opportunities for youth and Northerners aimed at enhancing participation in northern scientific research;
  • ensuring that the resultant scientific knowledge and data are properly managed, archived and made accessible; and
  • support for the appropriate procedural, regulatory and infrastructure framework for conducting scientific research.

The distribution of funds among federal departments and agencies is according to their involvement in the various aspects of the program, including the science and research program, support for logistics, communications and outreach, training, and capacity building. Funding is being provided to support Northern IPY Coordinators who act as points of contact on IPY matters for northern communities and researchers. The Northern IPY Coordinators maintain a regional network to support all aspects of Canada’s IPY Program in four locations across the North. The federal departments and agencies participating in IPY are undertaking research projects, delivering support for logistics and emergency preparedness as well as contributing to projects for training, communications and outreach.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Increased understanding (of impacts of a changing climate and of health and well-being of northern communities) that informs policy and decision making, and contributes to recognition of Canada as an expert on the Canadian North.
  • Enhanced northern research capacity through newly trained scientists, knowledge and skills transfer to Northerners, and greater participation in planning and delivery of research by Northerners.

Governance Structure(s):

  • Assistant Deputy Minister (ADM) Committee on IPY (chaired by the ADM of Northern Affairs, INAC);
  • IPY Federal Program Office (housed at INAC);
  • Director Generals, Communications Committees on IPY; and
  • IPY Advisory Subcommittees.

The Government of Canada Program for IPY works in conjunction with the Canadian IPY National Committee and the Canadian IPY Secretariat who link to the International Joint Committee for IPY and IPY committees from other participating countries.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
INAC Healthy Northern Communities Government of Canada Program for IPY $59,694,657 $16,896,000 $8,380,860

Achieved infrastructure improvements to northern research facilities and search and rescue organizations.

Increase of Northerners involvement in Arctic Science activities.

  • The vast array of IPY stakeholders were represented at an early results workshop involving 150 presentations and over 250 participants.
  • The international IPY community (54 representatives from 10 countries) discussed best practices and lessons learned regarding polar data management during IPY.
  • INAC communication effortsincreased awareness of the progress and outcomes of IPY thus far, while building acclaim both nationally and internationally.
  • Initial planning began on the 2012 From Knowledge to Action conference that will be hosted in Montréal.
Health Canada Sustainable environmental Health   $158,234 $15,009 $15,009 (Amount not significant enough to determine results) A report on diet choice and health in the North in the communities of Cape Dorset, Iqaluit and Kimmirut was completed.
Environment Canada (EC)

Biodiversity is conserved and protected

Improved knowledge and information on weather and environmental conditions influences decision-making

Canadians are informed of, and respond appropriately to, current and predicted environmental conditions

  $11,169,875 $3,712,053 $3,022,471

Projects funded will enhance and reinforce circumpolar cooperation, strengthening partnerships and environmental protection.

Improved weather and environmental forecasting capabilities for Polar regions.

  • Some EC IPY science projects entered the data analysis and publication phase and others completed final field activities. EC researchers shared early results at various conferences and workshops.
  • Work began on infrastructure upgrades to EC facilities at Eureka and Alert.
  • Environment Canada’s IPY Achievements Report was produced, summarizing EC’s IPY science projects, including objectives, early results, technological innovation and community involvement.
Fisheries and Oceans Canada Oceanography and Climate Aquatic Ecosystem Science   $31,542,477 $1,970,093 $2,629,993

Improved knowledge about the effects of and adaptability of Arctic aquatic ecosystems and key resource species to Climate Change.

Increased knowledge of the circum-Canadian ocean system, from physical to biological domains, and identification of key zones and boundaries to assist supporting historic comparisons and future research and monitoring.

All objectives were met.
Natural Resources Canada Adapting to a Climate and Hazard Risk Management   $3,063,000 $532,770 $698,111 The impact of climate change on Canada’s landmass and coastal areas is assessed, and strategies are developed to adapt to these changes.
  • Nunavut’s Department of Environment led a successful initiative. Because of the achievements of the Atuliqtuq (Ah-too-leek-took) Nunavut Climate Change Partnership Project, Nunavut is at the forefront of adaptation planning in Canada. This project consists of an innovative partnership between Natural Resources Canada, INAC, the Canadian Institute of Planners (CIP) and Nunavut’s Department of Environment and Department of Community and Government Services. Other stakeholders in this project include the Ittaq Heritage Centre in Clyde River and the Nunavut Research Institute.

    Atuliqtuq has facilitated close collaboration between two levels of government, community planning professionals, Nunavut communities and scientists. This project has enabled communities to take a proactive role in climate change adaptation. Furthermore, it has equipped Nunavummiut with valuable tools, resources and knowledge needed to adapt to the uncertainties of a changing climate.
  • Earth Science Sector (ESS) scientists, university partners (Memorial and Laval), CIP planners, Government of Nunavut planners and engineers, and communities worked together in the summer of 2009 to develop climate change adaptation plans in five communities across Nunavut. These include Iqaluit, Arviat, Whale Cove, Kugluktuk and Cambridge Bay. This was the first time such diverse teams of experts worked together in the field on climate change adaptation issues. ESS contributed expertise in sea-level rise, permafrost, terrain hazards and geomatics for water supply.
Ecosystem Risk Management Knowledge of Canada's forest ecosystems informs and influences decision making. Research projects were conducted that will improve the understanding of the potential impacts of climate change and associated disturbances on forest stand productivity, carbon storage and accumulation rates, and carbon sink and source relationships in forest and peatland ecosystems along the Mackenzie Valley.
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council     $31,290,669 $5,213,952 $6,328,208 Projects contribute to enhancing knowledge of polar regions environment and identifying mechanism to adapt to these changes. All objectives were met.
Canadian Institutes of Health Research Strategic Priority Research   $9,747,988 $1,403,376 $1,443,608 Building and sustaining healthy resilient northern communities

Ecosystem and Community Vulnerability, resilience and adaptive capacity
Research projects were funded that will help identify ways that Northerners’ health is being affected by climate and cultural change, and will inform adaptation and health promotion strategies for people living in northern communities.
Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) Food Safety and Nutrition Risks   $414,500 $11,250 $11,250 Arctic community-based laboratory capacity is developed through training and lab support for two meat-borne parasites of public health concern CFIA’s contributions to IPY included:
  • analysis of 690 wildlife surveillance samples for trichinellosis;
  • development of a protocol to extract Toxoplasma DNA from tissue samples for analysis; and
  • development of a multi-species enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) to detect anti-Toxoplasma antibodies in sera from wildlife.
Parks Canada Agency Conserve Heritage Resources   $1,350,000 $385,000 $370,127.91 Complete terrestrial ecosystem inventory of Wapusk National Park

Complete freshwater hierarchical study - Sirmilik National Park

Conduct outreach and communication of IPY activities.
All objectives were met; in addition, tundra and freshwater ecological integrity monitoring methodologies were developed and freshwater inventories in Wapusk National Park were completed.
Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)     $617,000 $95,000 $95,000 General knowledge that will support informed decision making addressing health disparities among indigenous populations of the North. PHAC established the human papillomavirus (HPV) type prevalence rate in NWT. The HPV prevalence rate in NWT was found to be 30% higher than that in the source population (other Canadian provinces). Analysis of the type prevalence data revealed that the HPV vaccine may help reduce more than 50% of HPV infections in the NWT. It also showed that in the NWT a person with HPV has a 35 times increased risk of developing cervical dysplasia than a person without HPV.
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada     $156,400 $0 $0 N/A N/A
Canadian Museum of Civilization Collect and Research   $795,200 $91,800 $297,412 Increase knowledge on the interactions between Inuit, their Tuniit (Dorset culture) predecessors, and early Europeans. Evidence gathered from southern Baffin Island continues to increase understanding of the medieval European presence in the area, and possible continuity in contact between Indigenous peoples and Europeans through much of the past millennium.
Total $150,000,000 $30,326,303 $23,292,050    

Comments on Variances: N/A

INAC: The difference between Planned Spending and Actual Spending is the result of a transfer of $2,432,242 to other government departments through the Supplementary Estimates, with the remaining balance reprofiled through the Annual Reference Level Update (ARLU) account.

EC: The difference between Planned Spending and Actual Spending can be accounted for through a series of allocations reprofiled from prior years, as well as additional funding from the Supplementary Estimates. There was lapse of $690,000 as fiscal 2010–2011 initiatives had not been finalized within the time permitted to reprofile for future spending.

Fisheries and Oceans Canada: The difference between Planned Spending and Actual Spending is the result of a transfer of $659,900 from INAC for IPY Logistics and IPY Communications and Outreach projects.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research: The difference between Planned Spending and Actual Spending is the result of a transfer of $40,232 from INAC through the ARLU account.

Canadian Museum of Civilization: The difference between Planned Spending and Actual Spending is the result of a transfer of $202,000 to the Banks Island Archaeology Project, which was planned for 2008–2009 but delayed until 2009–2010.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:
Robert Fortin
Director
International Polar Year Federal Program Office
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada
10 Wellington Street, Room 745
Gatineau, Quebec K1A 0H4
Tel: 819-997-0879
Fax: 819-934-0584
Robert.Fortin@ainc-inac.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement — Health Supports component

Name of Lead Department(s): Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) — Resolution and Individual Affairs Sector

Lead Department Program Activity: Managing Individual Affairs

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: September, 2003

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $112,353,000

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The IRS Resolution Health Support Program component of the Indian Residential Schools Settlement Agreement (IRSSA) ensures that eligible former students, and their families, have access to an appropriate level of health support services so that they may safely address a broad spectrum of mental wellness issues related to the disclosure of childhood abuses. Main program components include: Emotional support services provided by Resolution Health Support Workers (RHSWs); Cultural support services provided by Elders; Professional Counseling; and assistance with the cost of transportation to access counseling, Elder, and/or Traditional Healer services.

Shared Outcome(s): Healing for former IRS students and their families as they go through the IRSSA process.

Governance Structure(s): INAC — Resolution and Individual Affairs Sector is responsible for the overall IRSSA model and is working in partnership with Health Canada to coordinate and provide services for former Indian Residential School students. Various program components of the Resolution Health Support Program will be delivered separately by Health Canada and INAC — Resolution and Individual Affairs Sector.

INAC — Resolution and Individual Affairs Sector responsibilities relating to the Resolution Health Support Program include:

  • Administration of the national 24-hour toll free Indian Residential School Crisis Line operated by an Aboriginal organization with trained Aboriginal crisis counsellors;
  • Communicating the entire IRSSA to former Indian Residential Schools students and Aboriginal communities, including the various components of the Resolution Health Support Program;
  • Facilitating Health Canada’s verification of eligibility; and
  • Ensuring that Health Canada’s Resolution Health Support Program is aware of dates for Independent Assessment Process/Alternative Dispute Resolution hearings, litigation, and Truth and Reconciliation and Commemoration events as they arise, so that Resolution Health Support Program regional coordinators are prepared to address high claimant settlement areas.

Health Canada provides cultural, paraprofessional and professional support for individuals, families and communities, as well as assistance with the cost of transportation, throughout all phases of the Settlement Agreement including the Common Experience Payments (CEPs), the Independent Assessment Process (IAP), the Truth and Reconciliation Committee, and Commemorative events.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
First Nations and Inuit Health Branch of Health Canada Community Programs Directorate Resolution Health Support Program $136.948 $22.451

$38.731

Provision of support at IAP, Truth and Reconciliation and Commemoration events;

increase in the number of Elders available to provide Cultural Support; and

increase in the number of RHSWs available to provide Emotional Support.

Under this initiative, FNIBH:

  • provided support to approximately 80% of IAP hearings;
  • provided health support services at Truth and Reconciliation statement-taking and commemorative events; and
  • increased the number of Elders by 87% and RHSWs by 53%, together totalling 191 new workers in 2009–2010.
Total $112.038M $22.451M $38.731M    

Comments on Variances:
Actual Spending was higher than Planned Spending as $24.5 million of new funding became available late in the fiscal year to address an increased number of CEP applicants, increased rate and complexity of IAP hearings, and the commencement of the Truth and Reconciliation events.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:
Patrick N. Mackenzie
Policy Analyst, Policy and Reconciliation
Resolution & Individual Affairs Sector
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada
90 SPARKS STREET
Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0H4
Tel 613 947-9227
Patrick.Mackenzie@ainc-inac.gc.ca


Top of Page

Industry Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

Industry Canada is involved in a number of horizontal initiatives, working in partnership with other federal departments, other levels of government, non-governmental organizations and private sector organizations. Industry Canada’s involvement in these initiatives contributes to the Department’s achievement of its strategic outcomes.

Industry Canada is the lead for the following significant horizontal initiatives:

  • BizPaL
  • Canada Business Network

Strategic Outcome

Competitive Businesses are Drivers of Sustainable Wealth Creation


Name of Horizontal Initiative: BizPaL

Lead Department(s): Industry Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Entrepreneurial Economy

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: January 31, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation ($ millions): 15.5

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): BizPaL is a unique collaboration of federal, provincial/territorial and municipal governments working together in a new service delivery model to improve access to information on permits and licences needed from all orders of government to start or operate a business.

Integrated into local government websites or portals, BizPaL provides a single point of contact for entrepreneurs, enabling them to quickly learn which permits and licences they will need from municipal, provincial/territorial and federal governments.

Federal funding supports secretariat services, expansion and development of the service and the federal role. None of the participants (provinces/territories/municipalities) receive federal funds for the BizPaL initiative. They provide in-kind support in their respective jurisdictions. Provincial and territorial participants also contribute funds to a specified purpose account to support basic operating costs in accordance with a cost-sharing formula based on population size.

Shared Outcome(s):

  • Increased awareness of and access to business permits and licences from all orders of government.
  • Increased cost savings for businesses by avoiding involuntary non-compliance.
  • Support for government efforts to reduce the paperwork burden and red tape that face small business owners and operators.

Governance Structure(s): BizPaL represents a shared governance model that involves participants from the federal, provincial/territorial, and municipal levels of government. Industry Canada manages the expansion and evolution of the BizPaL service and develops relationships among participating jurisdictions.

Although governance is shared through various participant committees, Industry Canada is accountable for the federal resources contributed to the BizPaL Initiative. The Department is also responsible for enlisting the participation of federal government departments to BizPaL and provides a centralized support function to the partnership.*

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) Planned Spending for
 2009–10
Actual Spending for
 2009–10
Variance
Industry Canada (lead) Small Business and Marketplace Services and Regional Operations Sector — Economic Development BizPaL 15.5 3.0 2.2 0.8
Natural Resources Canada Management and Oversight (Internal Services) BizPaL Not applicable Not applicable    
Total 15.5 3.0 2.2 0.8

Expected Results for 2009–10: Accelerated expansion of the service to all interested provincial and territorial governments and local government participants within those provinces and territories

Results Achieved in 2009–10: To date, 11 provinces and territories are participating in BizPaL, with more than 300 municipalities offering the service. Industry Canada will continue its efforts to recruit the remaining 2 provinces and territories.

Comments on Variances:

Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Executive Director
Service Delivery and Partnerships
Small Business and Marketplace Services Sector
Industry Canada
613-954-3576

Note: This table will be posted on both the secretariat's TBS main DPR website and the Horizontal Initiatives Database website.

*The description of the governance structure was modified since the RPP to better represent/clarify the initiative.

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada Business Network (Amalgamation of Canada Business Service Centres (CBSC) and Business Gateway (BG))

Description: In January 2009, the EAP announced $15 million per year for 2 years to improve services offered to small and medium-sized business owners through the Canada Business Network (CBN) program.

A-based funding was also secured, ensuring ongoing support for small businesses. The federal partners that deliver CBN are Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency, Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions, Industry Canada and Western Economic Diversification. The 4 managing departments will report on the strategic objectives and performance results of the CBN through their respective RPPs and DPRs.

Top of Page

Infrastructure Canada

Horizontal Initiatives



Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2003-2004

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2012-2013

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $4.9 Billion

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement):

The Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund, which received funding in the 2001 and 2003 federal budgets, is a cost-shared contribution program for strategic infrastructure projects. To date, funding has been approved to support 75 projects.

Investments are directed to projects of major national and regional significance, and are to be made in areas that are vital to sustaining economic growth and supporting an enhanced quality of life for Canadians. The fund is delivered through negotiated agreements with provincial, territorial or local governments, private partners or non-governmental organizations. Contribution agreements are tailored based on the project requirements.

The Canada Strategic Infrastructure Act outlines the prime categories of investments in projects that involve fixed capital assets that are used or operated for the benefit of the public. The categories eligible under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund are:

  • Highway and Rail Infrastructure;
  • Local Transportation Infrastructure;
  • Tourism or Urban Development Infrastructure;
  • Water or Sewage Infrastructure; and
  • Other categories approved by regulation, e.g. Advanced Telecommunications and High-Speed Broadband, Northern Infrastructure.

More information on the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund can be found at: http://www.infc.gc.ca/ip-pi/csif-fcis/csif-fcis-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall planned results Infrastructure Canada expects to achieve through the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund are to invest in projects which:

  • facilitate the movement of goods and people on Canada’s National Highway System for the purposes of increasing the productivity, economic efficiency, and safety of Canada’s surface transportation system;
  • facilitate the safe and efficient movement of goods and people, ease congestion, or reduce greenhouse gases and airborne pollutants;
  • ensure that tourism continues to contribute to the economic well-being of Canadians and to serve as a bridge between Canada and the world;
  • ensure that drinking water is safe, clean, and reliable at drinking water facilities, and ensure sustainable treatment of wastewater; and expand broadband networks in Canada.

9. Governance Structure(s):

All Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area. After project selection, Treasury Board approval is sought for each contribution. At the same time, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by the implementing departments/agencies are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

The fund is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  1. Infrastructure Canada: As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for project review, selection, approval, public announcements, environmental assessment in some cases, and program evaluation. It leads the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients. It also develops, in coordination with the implementing department/agency, the submission to Treasury Board for the approval of funds. To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative will sit on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee usually as the federal co-chair, except for transportation projects where Transport Canada is the lead.

  2. An implementing department/agency: Infrastructure Canada’s relationship with each implementing department or agency varies with their capacity and the complexity of the project. Responsibilities are also negotiated specifically for each project. The implementing department/agency may provide technical assistance in the analysis of the business case, determining the costs and benefits to be realized, and providing advice on the development of the contribution agreement and Treasury Board submission. The implementing department/agency will support implementation of the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund projects in a manner that upholds federal due diligence in such areas as: overseeing the implementation of mitigation measures identified in the environmental assessment, assessing the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, providing information pertaining to cash flow and budget, approving claims, making payments, and conducting audits and evaluation of projects. The implementing department/agency would normally be represented on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee. The implementing department/agency will also ensure adherence to information management requirements, including the use of the Shared Information Management System for Infrastructure, which captures, monitors and reports on project information. The implementing department/agency also provides communication support.

  3. The funding recipient: The recipient may be provincial, territorial, or local government, a private partner, a non-government organization or a combination thereof. Once the project has been selected, Infrastructure Canada leads the negotiations to develop a contribution agreement. The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the terms and conditions of the contribution agreement.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-2010 15. Actual Spending for 2009-2010 16. Expected Results for 2009-2010 17. Results Achieved in 2009-2010
1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) PA1 a. $152.8 Million $9.3 Million $11.4 Million

Corner Brook Water Treatment System Improvement Project (Newfoundland): The project will consist of the design and construction of a new, centralized water treatment plant, water storage reservoir, transmission mains and pumping facility for the city of Corner Brook and surrounding communities of Massey Drive and Mount Moriah.

Saint John Harbour Clean Up (New Brunswick): The project will consist of the construction of a new wastewater treatment facility and the installation of a number of pumping stations and sewer collectors in the city of Saint John. The project will eliminate the outfall of raw sewage from a number of locations into the Saint John Harbour.

Stratford Water & Wastewater System Expansion: The project will consist of the expansion and upgrade of the municipal water and sewer systems and sewage treatment facilities.

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program.

In 2009-2010, two projects began their construction phases: The Corner Brook Water Treatment System Improvement in Newfoundland with a total federal contribution of $12 million (total project costs of $43.4 million), and the Saint John Harbour Clean-Up in New Brunswick with a total federal contribution of $26.6 million (total project costs of $79.8 million).

Also during the same period, Infrastructure Canada, with its partner ACOA, completed the Stratford Water and Wastewater System Expansion Project in Prince Edward Island, which represents a total federal contribution of $3.6 million and total project cost of $10.8 million. The completion of this project contributed towards meeting various strategic outcomes by ensuring that drinking water is safe, clean and reliable at drinking water facilities and ensuring sustainable treatment of wastewater.

2. Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) PA1 a. $144.5 Million $43.1 Million $9.7 Million

The Rivière Saint Charles Wastewater Project in Québec City will aid in the protection of the river environment by minimizing the quantity of contaminated wastewater that overflows into it, and re-establishing the natural habitat of the riverbanks, making them more suitable for recreational purposes.

The Station Mont Tremblant Project will consist of the development of publicly accessible infrastructure for two new villages, Versant Soleil and Versant Nord. It will include other related components, such as a multi-purpose centre, inter-village transportation and multi-use trails.

Atwater/Des Ballets Water Project: The Atwater (Borough of Verdun) and Charles-J. Des Baillets (Borough of LaSalle) water treatment plant facilities will be repaired and modernized to ensure the reliability and safety of the drinking water supply. The project will serve to upgrade and/or replace equipment, as certain equipment have exceeded its useful life. Improvements in the quality of existing filtration, disinfection and ozonation processes will take place.

During 2009-2010, Infrastructure Canada and the Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program in Quebec.

The following projects have continued to progress in 2009-2010:

  • The Rivière Saint Charles Wastewater Project (total federal contribution of $36.5 million (total project cost of $110 million);
  • The Station Mont Tremblant Project total federal contribution of $47.5 million (total project cost of $95 million); and
  • The Atwater/Des Ballets Water Project with total federal contribution of $58.5 million and total project cost of $253.8 million.
3. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) PA1 a. $398.0 Million $34.6 Million $40.9 Million

The Toronto International Film Festival Project will include construction of a five-storey podium building to act as the headquarters (Festival Centre) for the Toronto International Film Festival.

The Evergreen Brickworks Project will re-develop the former Don Valley Brick Works site in Toronto, Ontario and its 15 heritage buildings into a multi-use, multi-component building complex that will serve as an environmental education and community-focused centre.

The Niagara Convention and Civic Centre (NCCC) Project will involve the construction of a convention centre in the City of Niagara Falls, Ontario with 100,000 square feet of exhibition space and 30,000 square feet of meeting space. The Niagara Convention and Civic Centre will occupy a 25 acre parcel of land in the Fallsview District of the city, approximately 500 metres from the Horseshoe Falls.

The Ontario Wastewater Treatment Bundle-Sarnia and Brockville Project will consist of two different projects. The Brockville Project will bring its Water Pollution Control Centre to secondary level of treatment, reducing concentrations of ammonia, chlorine and other pollutants, and accommodating waste from private septic systems. The project is designed to account for expected population growth during the next 25 years. In Sarnia, the City will upgrade its sewer system, including the installation of a main sewer and related infrastructure, and the separation of existing combined sewers.

The Hamilton Harbour Clean-Up Project is designed to enhance the quality of life for the residents of the City of Hamilton and to contribute to the protection and improvement of public health and the environment. The positive results of this work will help in removing Hamilton Harbour from the Area of Concern List, under the Canada-U.S. Great Lakes Water Quality Agreement.

The Kingston (Ravensview) Water Pollution Control Project will result in the reduction of effluent biochemical oxygen demand and total solids, improvements in nutrient removal in discharge of non-toxic effluent and improvements in energy efficiency by upgrading or replacing aging equipment.

The Thunder Bay Water and Wastewater Treatment Project will include upgrading the Water Pollution Control Plant (WPCP) from primary level, to secondary level treatment. It will also remove ammonia and chlorine from effluent, reducing surface water and infiltration water affecting the Water Pollution Control Plant’s performance. It will reduce discharge of untreated sewage to water courses and risk of basement flooding, and transfer backwash water from the Bare Point Water Treatment, to the city’s sanitary system for treatment at the Water Pollution Control Plant.

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund program.

During 2009-2010, two projects have continued making progress: The Toronto International Film Festival Project with a total federal contribution of $25 million and total project cost of $114.5 million; and the Evergreen Brickworks Project with a total federal contribution of $20 million and total project cost of $55 million.

During the same period, the following projects started construction: The Niagara Convention and Civic Centre project with a total federal allocation of $35 million and total project cost of $79.2 million; the Ontario Wastewater Bundle: Sarnia/Brockville project with a total federal contribution of $40.5 million and total project cost of $81 million and the Hamilton Harbour Clean-Up Project with a total federal contribution of $35 million and total project cost of $91.6 million.

Finally, two projects were completed in 2009-2010: Kingston (Ravensview) Water Pollution Control Project and Thunder Bay: Water and Wastewater Treatment Project. Each project received $25 million in total federal contribution, and represented project total cost of $80 million (Kingston) and $91 million (Thunder Bay).

4. Canadian Northern Development Agency (CanNor) PA1 a. $41.0 Million $12.6 Million $0.9 Million

The Yukon Community Waterfront Project will cover a series of urban development initiatives aimed at upgrading the function and appearance of the waterfronts in Whitehorse and Carcross and enabling further development. Work will include water, sewer, street improvements and extensions, landscaping, construction of the wharf, restoration of heritage buildings and other aesthetic improvements. The funding will also be used to support arts and culture facilities, dock improvements, trolley extension and other projects.

During 2009-2010, Infrastructure Canada and the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreement for the implementation of development initiatives under the Yukon Community Waterfront Project.

This project was to receive initially a total federal contribution of $11 million, but an amendment to the contribution agreement was signed on March 31, 2010. This amendment increased the federal funding in the amount of $9 million for the construction of the Kwanlin Dun First Nation Cultural Centre and the Carcross Waterfront Development Phase II. The total project cost for the Yukon Community Waterfront project is over $50.4 million.

5. Western Economic Diversification (WED) PA1 a. $655.5.0 Million $69.16 Million $43.7 Million

The Winnipeg Red River Floodway Expansion Project, to be completed in three phases, will enhance components of the existing floodway to increase flood protection for the City of Winnipeg from a 1-in-90 year level of protection, to a 1-in-700 year level of protection. It will include increasing the capacity of the floodway channel from 1,700 cubic metres of water per second to 4,000 cubic metres per second, replacing and upgrading bridge crossings, re-trenching and re-configuring utility crossings (water and electrical), upgrading and re-furbishing the Inlet Control and Outlet Structures, and the expansion of the West Dyke.

The Saskatchewan Regional Rural Water Supply Bundle Project will provide funding towards the development or upgrade of new water treatment and regional distribution facilities for about 20 communities in the regions of Water West, Saskatchewan Landing, Caronport and La Ronge.

The Saskatoon South Downtown Re-Development Project.

The Vancouver Convention and Exhibition Centre.

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program.

During 2009-2010, two projects have continued making progress: The Winnipeg Red River Floodway Expansion-West Dyke Project, with a total federal allocation of $332.5 million for all its phases (which represents total project cost of $665 million) and the Saskatchewan Regional Rural Water Supply Bundle Project, with a total federal allocation of $27.3 million and total project cost of $63 million.

During the same period, the following projects were completed:

  • The Saskatoon South Downtown Re-Development Project, which received a total federal contribution of $13.7 million, and total project cost of $31.9 million; and
  • The Vancouver Convention and Exhibition Centre (the International Broadcast Center during the 2010 Winter Olympics), which received a total federal contribution of $222.5 million and total project cost of $883.2 million.
6. Transport Canada PA1 a. $3,340.5 Million $332.6 Million $308.8 Million    
Total: $4,732.3 Million $501.3 Million $415.4 Million  

18. Comments on Variances: None.

19. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a.

20. Contact information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Border Infrastructure Fund

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Border Infrastructure Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Border Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2003-2004

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2013-2014

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $675 Million

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement):

The Border Infrastructure Fund, which was announced in Budget 2001, is a $675 million cost-shared contribution program. It complements some of the Government of Canada’s other infrastructure programs such as the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund and the Strategic Highway Infrastructure Program, a Transport Canada program.

As part of “Canada’s commitment to address land border pressures, such as traffic congestion, and to continue to facilitate the large volume of trade across the Canada – United States border”, the Border Infrastructure Fund contributions are directed at or on routes leading to Canada’s border crossings, with a particular focus on the six largest:

  • Windsor, Ontario;
  • Sarnia, Ontario;
  • Fort Erie, Ontario;
  • Niagara Falls, Ontario;
  • Douglas, British Columbia; and,
  • Lacolle, Quebec.

The fund also directs some funding toward smaller and regionally important border crossings throughout Canada. Once completed, projects supported under the Border Infrastructure Fund will help alleviate traffic congestion, increase system capacity and further the Smart Border Declaration (a Canada – US Declaration; see http://www.dfait-maeci.gc.ca/anti-terrorism/declaration-en.asp).

More information on this fund can be found at: http://www.infc.gc.ca/ip-pi/bif-fsif/bif-fsif-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall planned results that Infrastructure Canada expects to achieve through the Border Infrastructure Fund are to invest in projects that contribute to safe and efficient border crossings. Expected outcomes are to alleviate border congestion and increase border crossing capacity, and to increase security and safety at border crossings, leading to cross border trade efficiencies.

9. Governance Structure(s):

All Border Infrastructure Fund projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults with other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area. After project selection, public announcements are made by the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. Treasury Board approval is sought for each contribution. At the same time, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by Transport Canada are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

The fund is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  1. Infrastructure Canada: As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for project review and selection. It leads the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients and is responsible for the evaluation of the program. To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative will sit on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee.

  2. Transport Canada: This department has the project-specific technical knowledge with regard to each project. Transport Canada provides analysis and advice for the review and approval of projects. It is responsible for implementing the Border Infrastructure Fund projects in a manner that upholds federal due diligence in such areas as: environmental assessment, the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, the provision of information pertaining to cash flow and budget, the approval of invoices, making payments, the conducting of audits and evaluation of the projects. Transport Canada reviews the business case for the project, and determines the costs and benefits. It works with Infrastructure Canada to jointly negotiate the project agreement and prepares the Treasury Board submission; the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities signs both documents. Transport Canada is the federal co-chair of the project’s Agreement Steering Committee. It also ensures adherence to information management requirements to capture, monitor and report on project information.

  3. The funding recipient: The recipient may be a provincial, territorial or local government, private partner or a combination thereof. Once the project has been selected, the funding recipient enters into negotiations with Infrastructure Canada to develop a contribution agreement. The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the terms and conditions of the contribution agreement.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-2010 15. Actual Spending for 2009-2010 16. Expected Results for 2009-2010 17. Results Achieved in 2009-2010
1. Transport Canada) PA1 a. $542 Million $66.7 Million $80.8 Million

The Windsor/ VACIS project is a joint project with the Canadian Pacific Railway and secures the 7.5 km CPR rail corridor from Walker Road in Windsor to the United States’ border by protecting that length of track and preparing the site for the installation of a Vehicle and Cargo Inspection System by the United States Government.

Infrastructure Canada and Transport Canada have continued to oversee and manage projects under the Border Infrastructure Fund (BIF) program across Canada.

Total: $542 Million $66.73 Million $80.8 Million  

18. Comments on Variances: None.

19. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a.

20. Contact information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2004-2005

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2013-2014

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $1.1 Billion

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement):

The $1.1 billion Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund has been structured to provide a balanced response to local infrastructure needs in urban and rural Canada and will ensure that all Canadians, whether they live in large, small or remote communities will share in the benefits of infrastructure investments.

The fund improves and increases the stock of core public infrastructure in areas such as water, wastewater, culture, recreation, and those very things that make our communities vibrant and productive places to live, work and raise families. It targets communities of less than 250,000  residents as well as First Nation communities. Like other infrastructure programs, the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund seeks to ensure that the projects it funds support the goals of the Government of Canada, encourages new and innovative approaches and favours partnerships, including an emphasis on ‘green’ projects which are sustainable and reduce greenhouse gases.

Through the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund, the Government of Canada continues to work in productive partnerships with provinces, territories, and municipalities, as well as First Nations and the private sector, to invest in local infrastructure projects. These projects will be vital to sustaining economic growth and supporting an enhanced quality of life in Canadian communities.

The fund is cost-shared, with the Government of Canada contributing, on average, one-third of total project eligible costs. Provinces and municipalities contribute the remainder of these costs. In recognition of the unique circumstances of the First Nations and the Territories, where many communities have no tax base, the Government of Canada may contribute a higher percentage of total project eligible costs.
More information on the fund can be found at: http://www.infc.gc.ca/ip-pi/mrif-fimr/mrif-fimr-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall expected outcomes are:

  • Improved and increased core public infrastructure in areas such as water, wastewater, culture and recreation; and
  • Improved quality of life and economic opportunities for smaller communities and First Nations.

9. Governance Structure(s):

The Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund is based on a federal partnership arrangement between Infrastructure Canada and five federal departments: Western Economic Diversification, Industry Canada (for Ontario projects), Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions, the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency, and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada. It involves 14 sub-programs, one joint sub-program for each province and territory and a sub-program for First Nations communities. Each of the 14 sub-programs follows the same general conditions, priorities and approaches. Also, recognizing the individual nature of each sub-program, the various agreements reflect the nature of the partnership as it relates to the order of government.

To achieve expected outcomes, the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund eligible projects must conform to a policy leveraging framework, based on a common baseline, but adapted for each jurisdiction. To ensure broad support and effective, innovative project delivery, partnerships of various types, including public-private partnerships are encouraged in the formulation and delivery of the fund projects. The program relies on strong input from local and rural municipalities, including the support of the locally elected councils. In addition, municipal representatives are involved in the processes and management of the program in the respective province or territory.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-2010 15. Actual Spending for 2009-2010 16. Expected Results for 2009-2010 17. Results Achieved in 2009-2010
1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA)) PA1 a. $143.4 Million $37.5 Million $26.6 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) will continue to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

Since the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund program in Newfoundland and Labrador, Prince Edward Island, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, the status of projects in these provinces are:

  • Newfoundland and Labrador: 156 projects have been approved. From these, 49 projects are completed, and 72 projects are underway
  • Prince Edward Island: 97 projects have been approved. 67 of these projects are completed, and 28 projects are underway.
  • Nova Scotia: 81 projects have been approved. 71 projects are completed and the remaining 10 projects are underway.
  • New Brunswick: 59 projects have been approved. 51 projects have been completed or nearly completed their construction phase. The remaining 8 projects are underway.
2. Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) PA1 a. $241.8 Million $166.3 Million $47.0 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Canada Economic Development Quebec Regions will continue to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program in Quebec.

Infrastructure Canada and Canada Economic Development Quebec Regions (CEDQR) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program in Quebec.

3. Western Economic PA1 a. $286.3 Million $151.3 Million $81.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

Since the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund program in Saskatchewan, Alberta and British Columbia, the status of projects in these provinces are:

  • Saskatchewan: 300 projects have been approved. 251 projects are completed, 49 projects are underway and one project was expected to start in early summer 2010.
  • Alberta: 85 projects have been approved. 21 projects are now completed, and 44 projects are underway.
  • British Columbia: 102 projects have been approved. 17 projects are completed, and 82 projects are underway.
4. Federal Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) PA1 a. $373.3 Million $99.1 Million $54.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Development Agency for Southern Ontario will continue to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program in Ontario.

Since the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund program in Ontario, 744 projects have been approved, and 440 projects have been completed.

5. Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor) PA1 a. $59.1 Million $29.5 Million $10.8 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency (CanNor) will continue to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

Since the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund program in the Yukon, Northwest Territories and Nunavut, the status of projects in these territories is:

  • Yukon: 20 projects have been approved. 13 projects are completed, while five projects are underway
  • Northwest Territories: 17 projects have been approved. 12 projects are completed and five projects are underway.
  • Nunavut: 12 projects have been approved. Four projects are completed and eight projects are underway.
Total: $1,103.9 Million $483.7 Million $221.2 Million  

18. Comments on Variances: None.

19. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a.

20. Contact information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Infrastructure Canada Program

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Infrastructure Canada Program

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activity: In the former program activity architecture (PAA) structure, this program was under the Targeted Project-Based Infrastructure Funding program activity. Since this program is scheduled to sunset in 2010-2011, it did not become a program activity on its own under the current (PAA) structure.

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2000-2001

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2010-2011

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $2.05 Billion

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement):

The Infrastructure Canada Program is a contribution program introduced in 2000 for local municipal infrastructure projects. The Government of Canada matches the provincial/territorial governments’ contributions, providing up to one-third of the cost of each municipal infrastructure project.  It is a $2.05 billion program in effect until 2010-2011. The fund is well underway and projects are ongoing across the country. Most of the funding has either been committed for approved projects or notionally allocated to those that are under review.

The fund’s first priority for funding is “green municipal projects”, i.e. projects with environmental benefits that enhance the quality of the environment or health benefits that enhance the quality of human life. Other priorities include affordable housing, culture, tourism and recreation, rural and remote telecommunication, high-speed access for local public institutions and local transportation. Recognizing that individual communities know their needs best, the program operates in a "bottom-up" fashion, with the flexibility for municipalities and First Nations to identify their own infrastructure priorities. It also includes provisions to ensure an equitable balance of funding between urban and rural communities.

Further information may be obtained at http://www.infc.gc.ca/ip-pi/icp-pic/icp-pic-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall planned results are that urban and rural municipal infrastructure in Canada is enhanced and Canadians’ quality of life is improved through investments that protect the environment and support long-term community and economic growth.

9. Governance Structure(s):

The key roles and responsibilities of partners are as follows:

  • Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities – overall program management and accountability to Parliament, including media relations, appointment of Management Committee members, project approval for projects where the federal share is between $1M - $10M;
  • Infrastructure Canada – oversight and monitoring of the program ensuring effective management and a coordinated approach to communications and provision of services including operational services, information management, and communications services;
  • Ministers or Ministers of State responsible for delivery (Industry Canada; Western Economic Diversification; Canada Economic Development – Quebec; Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency; Indian and Northern Affairs Canada) – with Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities joint authority to enter into contribution agreements with provinces/territories, and project approval where federal share is less than $1M;
  • Federal-Provincial/Territorial Management Committees (one per jurisdiction) – administration and management of the Infrastructure Canada Program in accordance with the terms and conditions of the applicable federal-provincial/territorial agreement;
  • Provinces/Territories – signatories to the negotiated agreements with the federal government;
  • Local governments – main applicants for Infrastructure Canada Program projects; also responsible for sponsoring projects with non-governmental organizations and/or private sector;
  • Non-governmental organizations and private sector – eligible to propose projects that are sponsored either by a municipality, a province/territory or the federal government; and
  • Other government departments - provide key expertise for all or some types of Infrastructure Canada Program projects (e.g., Transport Canada, Department of Fisheries and Oceans, Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency).
($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-2010 15. Actual Spending for 2009-2010 16. Expected Results for 2009-2010 17. Results Achieved in 2009-2010
1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) PA1 a. $188.2 Million $0.0 Million $0.8 Million

In Nova Scotia, the Municipality of the County of Victoria-Baddeck, the upgrades to its wastewater treatment system will treat 287 houses to a higher quality of wastewater while connecting 80 more to wastewater treatment systems. The upgrades to New Brunswick’s Village of Dorchester’s water system will allow it to provide potable water to the residences there.

The Glenwood-Applewood Sewage Treatment Plant in Newfoundland and Labrador will increase the quality of potable water to 540 houses.

This project has been completed.

2. Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) PA1 a. $525.3 Million $12.4 Million $11.7 Million

 

Since the beginning of the program, the Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions administrated more than 890 projects, which represents a total federal contribution of $503.3 million.

3. Western Economic Diversification (WED)

PA1 a. $568.3 Million $6.8 Million $2.9 Million

 

The Western Economic Diversification managed over 1,600 projects funded under the Infrastructure Canada Program (ICP) since the inception of the program. These projects represent a total federal contribution of more than $540 million

4. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) PA1 a. $693.8 Million $0.0 Million $3.7 Million

 

Since the beginning of the Infrastructure Canada Program, Industry Canada managed over 530 projects for a total federal contribution of nearly $671 million.

5. Canadian Northern Development Agency (CanNor) PA1 a. $40.0 Million $0.0 Million $0.0 Million

 

Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) managed over 100 projects under the Infrastructure Canada Program (ICP). These projects represented a total federal contribution of more than $38 million.

Total: $2,015.6 Million $19.2 Million $19.1 Million  

18. Comments on Variances: None.

19. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a.

20. Contact information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


Building Canada Fund

1. Name of Horizontal Initiative: Building Canada Fund

2. Name of Lead Department(s): Infrastructure Canada

3. Lead Department Program Activities: Building Canada Fund-Communities Component, Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component and Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up

4. Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2007-2008

5. End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2016-2017

6. Total Federal Funding Allocation (Start to End Date): $8.5 Billion1

7. Description of the Horizontal Initiative (Including Funding Agreement):

The Building Canada Fund focuses on projects that deliver economic, environmental, and social benefits to all Canadians.

The national priorities for funding are core national highway system routes, drinking water, wastewater, public transit and green energy. Other eligible categories include projects that support economic growth and development (short-line rail and short-sea shipping, connectivity and broadband, tourism and regional and local airports), environmental projects (solid waste management), as well as projects that contribute to the ongoing development of safe and strong communities (disaster mitigation, culture, sport, local roads and bridges, and brownfield re-development). Funding is used to support public infrastructure owned by provincial, territorial and municipal governments and entities, as well as the non-profit sector and private industry, in certain cases.

Funding is allocated for projects in the various provinces and territories based on their population (as of the 2006 Census). In the provinces, the program operates through two components: the Major Infrastructure Component and the Communities Component. In the territories, in recognition of their very low per capita allocations, the Building Canada funding has been rolled into the Provincial-Territorial Base Funding Program and is managed under the terms of this latter program in each territory.

The Major Infrastructure Component targets larger, strategic projects of national and regional significance. Under this component, two-thirds of national funding is directed to the above-mentioned national priorities. Projects under the Major Infrastructure Component are selected jointly on the basis of merit through a federal-provincial/territorial negotiation process, and all projects are required to meet criteria targeting environmental, economic and quality-of-life objectives. Innovative technologies and partnerships will also be emphasized.

The Communities Component is focused on projects in communities with populations of less than 100,000. Projects are selected through an application-based process and, like projects under the Major Infrastructure Component, are evaluated on the extent to which they meet environmental, economic and quality of life objectives. This will significantly help smaller communities address their infrastructure pressures and serve as a complementary instrument to the Gas Tax Fund.

More information on the Building Canada Fund can be found at: http://www.buildingcanada-chantierscanada.gc.ca/funprog-progfin/target-viser/bcf-fcc/bcf-fcc-eng.html.

8. Shared Outcome(s):

The overall expected outcomes are to deliver results that matter to Canadians—cleaner air and water, safer roads, shorter commutes, and prosperous, liveable communities while supporting the Canada's priorities—a stronger economy, cleaner environment and better communities.

9. Governance Structure(s):

i. Major Infrastructure Component of the Building Canada Fund

All Major Infrastructure Component projects are selected under the authority of the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. Priorities are identified through discussions with provinces, territories, including through the Infrastructure Framework Committees. Prior to selecting projects, the Minister consults other Ministers who have an interest in the region or in the substantive project area. Following due diligence, Treasury Board approval is required for contributions to any projects above the delegated threshold (e.g. $50 million federal contribution). At the same time, incremental operating funds required for project oversight and management by the implementing departments/agencies are identified and sought in the Treasury Board submission.

The Major Infrastructure Component is delivered in partnership involving primarily three sets of key collaborators:

  • Infrastructure Canada: As the coordinating and funding agent for the contribution, Infrastructure Canada is responsible for identifying priorities, recommending approval of all Major Infrastructure Component projects to the Minister, public announcements, environmental assessment in some cases, and program evaluation. In the case of non-transportation projects, Infrastructure Canada is also responsible for project review/due diligence, selection, and the negotiation of contribution agreements with each of the funding recipients. Infrastructure Canada develops, in coordination with the implementing department/agency, the submission to Treasury Board for the approval of funds. For transport-related projects, Transport Canada completes a project review/due diligence for Infrastructure Canada, negotiates the contribution agreements and the Treasury Board submissions. To monitor activities and milestones throughout the project life cycle, an Infrastructure Canada representative will sit on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee. Infrastructure Canada is responsible for general oversight of all projects in this program.
  • An implementing department/agency: Infrastructure Canada’s relationship with each implementing department or agency varies with their capacity and the complexity of the project. Responsibilities are also negotiated specifically for each project. The implementing department/agency may provide technical assistance in the analysis of the business case, determining the costs and benefits to be realized, and providing advice on the development of the contribution agreement and Treasury Board submission. The implementing department/agency will support Infrastructure Canada in the implementation of the Major Infrastructure Componentprojects in a manner that upholds federal due diligence in such areas as: overseeing the implementation of mitigation measures identified in the environmental assessment, assessing the eligibility and reasonability of project costs, providing information pertaining to cash flow and budget, approving claims, making payments, and conducting audits and evaluations of the projects. The implementing department/agency would normally be represented on the project’s Agreement Steering Committee. The implementing department/agency will also ensure adherence to Infrastructure Canada’s information management requirements, including the use of Infrastructure Canada’s Shared Information Management System for Infrastructure, which captures, monitors and reports project information. The implementing department/agency also provides communication support to Infrastructure Canada.
  • The funding recipient: The recipient may be provincial, territorial, or local government, a private partner, a non-government organization or a combination thereof. Once the project has been selected, Infrastructure Canada leads the negotiations to develop a contribution agreement, except for transportation items which are handled by Transport Canada. The funding recipient is responsible for ensuring that the project is completed as per the terms and conditions of the contribution agreement.

ii. Communities Component of the Building Canada Fund

The Communities Component is governed by separate federal-provincial contribution agreements, each of which is managed by an Oversight Committee established by the Infrastructure Framework Committee that includes both federal and provincial senior officials. To support the operation of the Communities Component and Oversight Committees, each jurisdiction has a federal-provincial Joint Secretariat staffed by Federal Delivery Partners and provincial officials.

All project applications under the Communities Component are subject to a competitive, application-based process. This process is administered by the Joint Secretariat, but a material role for the respective provincial municipal association (for those provinces that have municipal associations) may also have been established as part of the application review process. Allowing some implementation flexibility to the Joint Secretariats and Oversight Committees, all competitive processes issue calls for applications (either one open window for applications or multiple shorter windows with set closing dates). Some provinces may limit the number of applications per community within and/or across all intakes.

Joint Secretariats provide the first level of due diligence, including engineering, environmental, and legal review of the applications, and prepare briefing material for the Oversight Committees. The Oversight Committees review and rank the application against the mandatory and additional leveraging criteria established in the Policy Leveraging Framework of the Building Canada Fund. The Oversight Committee presents the recommended list of projects to the Minister or the Federal Delivery Partner Minister for consideration, in accordance with the delegations of authority. After consulting with other Ministers who have a mandate in the substantive project area, the Minister or the Federal Delivery Partner Minister provide feedback on the list of projects to the Oversight Committee. The Oversight Committee then performs a final review of the list and makes a recommendation to the appropriate Minister, in accordance with the delegations of authority. Federal funding for projects is announced once final approval has been granted in writing.

The Framework Agreements stipulate that individual federal-provincial contribution agreements govern the Communities Component in each province, and that these agreements are managed by an Oversight Committee, established under the Infrastructure Framework Committee. Each Oversight Committee includes both federal and provincial senior officials, and may also include representatives from provincial municipal associations (where applicable). The federal co-chair of the Oversight Committee is a senior official from Infrastructure Canada appointed by the Minister.

In the federal-provincial contribution agreement, the parties agreed to establish a Joint Secretariat to support the Oversight Committee and administer the Communities Component. This secretariat is staffed by officials from the provincial government and the Federal Delivery Partner.

($ millions)
10. Federal Partners 11. Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) 12. Names of Programs for Federal Partners 13. Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) 14. Planned Spending for 2009-2010 15. Actual Spending for 2009-2010 16. Expected Results for 2009-2010 17. Results Achieved in 2009-2010
1. Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) PA1 a. Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) $12.0 Million $5.4 Million $12.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) will continue to jointly develop, oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) program.

In Prince Edward Island: Phase 2 of the wind farm development plan in Summerside was announced. The project involves a federal contribution of $4.5 million.

In Nova Scotia: Six projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $54.7 million. This includes the $18.7 million contribution to support the creation of a new central library in the City of Halifax.

In New Brunswick: Two projects were announced involving a federal contribution of approximately $16 million. This includes the nearly $10 million contribution to support the building of a dam and reservoir along Tower Road, at Turtle Creek.
b. Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) $26.6 Million $9.3 Million $6.7 Million

St. John’s Harbour.

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program.

c. Building Canada Fund-Communities Component (BCF-CC) $148.3 Million $30.0 Million $14.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) will jointly oversee the implementation of the amended contribution agreements as well as the progress of all federally funded projects.

Newfoundland: The entire $56.3 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation was committed. Over $100 million was leveraged from funding partners. Of 53 projects approved, three projects were completed and the remaining 51 projects are underway. In addition, the entire $7.4 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation was committed. Of 18 projects approved, one project was completed and the remaining 17 projects are underway.

Prince Edward Island: The entire $22 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation has now been fully committed. Over $40 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, 37 regular Communities Component projects were announced with a federal commitment of over $14.4 million. Approximately $28.5 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of the 53 projects funded under regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation, in total 19 projects were completed and the remaining 36 projects are underway. The one project funded under the Building Canada Communities Component Top-Up is underway. It involves a federal contribution of $2.1 million, and has leveraged $4.2 million from funding partners.

Nova Scotia: The entire $37 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation has now been fully committed. Over $70 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, 17 regular Communities Component projects were announced with a federal contribution of over $17 million. Over $32 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of the 49 projects funded under regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component, in total 10 projects were completed and the remaining 39 projects are underway. In addition, the entire $14 million Communities Component Top-Up allocation was fully committed. Approximately $28 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. Of 38 projects under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up, five projects are complete and the remaining 33 projects are underway.

New Brunswick: The entire $33 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation was fully committed. Over $60 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. Ten regular projects under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component were announced in 2009-2010. Of the 42 projects funded under the Building Canada fund-Communities Component, in total one project was completed and 40 projects are underway. In addition, the entire $11.1 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation was fully committed. Approximately $20 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 21 projects funded under the Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up, one project is completed, and 19 projects are underway.

d. Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) $23.2 Million $8.5 Million $3.4 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and the Atlantic Canada Opportunities Agency (ACOA) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

2. Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) PA1 a. Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) $40.0 Million $11.0 Million $14.0 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) will continue to jointly develop, oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC).

Ten projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $282.5 million. This includes the $46.8 million contribution to support the upgrading of drinking water treatment plants in Laval, Quebec, and the $63.8 million contribution to support upgrades to disinfection at the Jean R. Marcotte wastewater treatment facility in Montreal, Quebec.

b. Building Canada Fund-Communities Component (BCF-CC) $210.0 Million $0.0 Million $1.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Canada Economic Development for Quebec Regions (CEDQR) will jointly oversee the implementation of the amended contribution agreements as well as the progress of all federally-funded projects.

Quebec: Approximately $188 million of the $210 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation has been committed. Nearly $330 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. 121 projects were announced in 2009-2010. Of these, 61 projects were scheduled to begin construction. In addition, the entire $112.5 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation was fully committed. Nearly $226 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. All 106 approved Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up projects were scheduled to begin construction.

c. Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) $39.8 Million $19.8 Million $7.9 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and Canada Economic Development Quebec Regions (CEDQR) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

3. Transport Canada

PA1 a. Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) $1,517.7 Million $239.2 Million $92.7 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Transport Canada will continue to jointly develop, oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) program.

29 projects, involving a federal contribution of approximately $1.1 billion, were announced for public infrastructure projects across the country. This includes the $22.5 million contribution to support the Team Gushue highway extension in Newfoundland & Labrador, the $241.9 million contribution to support the completion of the twinning of Highway 185 in Quebec, the $333 million contribution to support the construction of light rail transit along Sheppard Avenue in Toronto, Ontario, and the $41.5 million contribution to support work on interchanges of Highway 63 in Alberta.

b. Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) $100.0 Million $32.6 Million $37.7 Million

New Brunswick Highways.

Infrastructure Canada and Transport Canada have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program.

4. Western Economic Diversification (WED) PA1 a. Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Fund (BCF-MIC) $100.0 Million $47.4 Million $44.5 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will continue to jointly develop, oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) program.

Three projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $29.2 million. This includes the $18.2 million contribution supporting the construction of a new arterial roadway in Winnipeg, Manitoba.

Saskatchewan: Three projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $22.5 million. This includes the $13 million contribution supporting the construction of a new art gallery in Saskatoon, Saskatchewan.

Alberta: Three projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $107.1 million. This includes the $75.1 million contribution supporting public transit projects in Edmonton, Alberta.

British Columbia: A feasibility study, designed to help the Capital Regional District plan its wastewater treatment, was announced. It involves a federal contribution of $3.3 million.

b. Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) $170.5 Million $47.2 Million $27.0 Million

Red River Floodway.

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) program.

c. Building Canada Fund-Communities Component (BCF-CC) $359.5 Million $47.5 Million $26.3 Million

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification will jointly oversee the implementation of the amended contribution agreements as well as the progress of all federally funded projects.

Manitoba: The entire $41 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation was committed. Over $87 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 30 regular Communities Component projects approved, 22 projects are underway. In addition, the entire $18.1 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up contribution was committed. Nearly $40  million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 22 approved Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up projects, two projects are completed and the remaining 20 projects are underway.

Saskatchewan: The entire $98.6 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation is now fully committed. Approximately $196.6 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, 53 projects were announced with a federal commitment of nearly $65 million. $134.4 million was leveraged from funding partners. Of 99 regular Communities Component projects approved, 14 projects were completed and the remaining 85 projects are underway. In addition, the entire $15.1 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Top-Up allocation was committed. Nearly $30 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 48 approved Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up projects, three projects are completed and the remaining 45 projects are underway.

Alberta: The entire $88 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation is now fully committed. Approximately $197 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, 33 projects were announced with a federal contribution of over $60.4 million. Approximately $152.4 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners.   Of 53 regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component projects approved, six projects were completed, and the remaining 47 projects are underway. In addition, the $52 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation was fully committed. Of 38 approved Communities Component Top-Up projects, two projects were completed and 35 projects are underway.

British Columbia: $111 million of the original $136 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation has now been committed, with the remaining $25 million reserved for flood mitigation. Nearly $234 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, 27 projects were announced with a federal commitment of over $64 million. Over $132 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 67 regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component projects approved, three projects were completed and 51 projects are underway. In addition, the entire Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation of $64.4 million was committed. Over $148 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 58 approved Communities Component Top-Up projects, one project was completed and 49 projects are underway.

d. Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) $58.5 Million $46.0 Million $0.0 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and Western Economic Diversification have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

5. Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) PA1 a. Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) $50.1 Million $24.8 Million $30.8 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) will continue to jointly develop, oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Building Canada Fund-Major Infrastructure Component (BCF-MIC) program.

Eight projects were announced, involving a federal contribution of approximately $204.3 million. This includes the $55 million contribution supporting the development of a high-speed broadband network in Eastern Ontario, and the $46.7 million contribution supporting upgrades and new construction at the Duffin Creek Water Pollution Control Plant located in the York Region, Ontario.

b. Building Canada Fund-Communities Component (BCF-CC) $362.0 Million $35.0 Million $56.9 Million

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario (Federal Delivery Ontario) will jointly oversee the implementation of the amended contribution agreements as well as the progress of all federally funded projects.

Ontario: The entire $362 million regular Building Canada Fund-Communities Component allocation has now been fully committed. Over $717 million in commitments has been leveraged from funding partners. In 2009-2010 specifically, two projects were announced with a federal allocation of $12.1 million. Over $24 million in commitments was leveraged from funding partners. Of 291 regular Communities Component projects approved, 48 projects were completed and 243 projects are underway. In addition, the $196 million Building Canada Fund-Communities Component Top-Up allocation was fully committed. Of 182 approved Communities Component Top-Up projects, 18 projects were completed and 153 projects are underway.

c. Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) $64.0 Million $33.0 Million $11.0 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and the Federal Economic Development Agency for Southern Ontario have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

d. Canada Strategic Infrastructure Fund (CSIF) $0.0 Million $0.0 Million $25.7 Million

 

 

6. Canadian Northern Development Agency (CanNor) PA1 a. Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) $9.5 Million $6.3 Million $0.2 Million

 

Infrastructure Canada and the Canadian Northern Development Agency (CanNor) have continued to jointly oversee and administer the contribution agreements for the implementation of projects under the Municipal Rural Infrastructure Fund (MRIF) program.

Total: $3,291.7 Million $643.0 Million $414.1 Million  

18. Comments on Variances: None.

19. Results Achieved by Non-Federal Partners (if applicable): n/a.

20. Contact information: Claude Blanchette, Director General, Program Integration, Tel: (613) 948-9392, E-Mail: claude.blanchette@infc.gc.ca.


  1. The Building Canada Fund was originally allocated $8.8 billion in federal funding.  However, portions of the fund are now managed under different program funding mechanisms.
Top of Page

National Parole Board

Horizontal Initiatives

The National Parole Board (NPB)became involved as a partner in the ongoing implementation of Firearms legislation in 1999-2000. Introduction of the Firearms legislation and related changes to the Criminal Code created longer sentences for offences involving the use of a firearm or an imitation firearm. Longer sentences generate the need for more conditional release reviews which, in turn, increase NPB's program delivery costs (salary and non-salary).

Federal Partner: National Parole Board (NPB)of Canada
Name of Horizontal Initiative: Firearms Name of Lead Department(s): Canada Firearms Center
Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 1995 End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing NPB Funding: $858,000 per year
Description of the Horizontal Initiative: Reduce firearms tragedies, including accidental injuries or death and the criminal use of firearms
Shared Outcome(s): Safe and secure Canada
Governance Structure(s): Roles/responsibilities set out in legislation (e.g. Firearms Act.)

Federal Partners Program Activity Total Allocation Forecasted Spending 2009-10 Actual Spending 2009-10 Planned Results for 2009-10 Achieved Results 2009-10
National Parole Board. Conditional release decisions N/A[1] $858,000 $858,000 Planned spending in 2009-2010 was intended to provide NPB with the capacity to manage workloads related to changes in the Criminal Code which support the Firearms initiative. These changes provided longer sentences for firearms convictions and created the need for more conditional release reviews. Since 1999/00, the Board has completed over 15,000 reviews involving offenders with firearms convictions

The Board will also become involved in the National Anti-Drug Strategy following Royal Assent for legislative proposals calling for introduction of mandatory minimum penalties for serious drug offences. Current plans call for provision of $7.2 million for NPB over four years, including $2.2 million in 2009-10 to manage increased numbers of conditional release reviews as a result of mandatory minimum sentences.

Federal Partner: National Parole Board (NPB)of Canada
Name of Horizontal Initiative: National Anti-Drug Strategy Name of Lead Department(s): Department of Justice
Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2007-08 End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing
Description of the Horizontal Initiative: Provides a focused approach to deliver on priorities aimed at reducing the supply of and demand for illicit drugs, as well as addressing the crime associated with illegal drugs
Shared Outcome(s): Safe and secure Canada
Governance Structure(s): Consisting of an ADM Committee and four Director General working groups

Federal Partner: National Parole Board (NPB)of Canada
Program Activity Names of Programs Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for 2009-10 Expected Results for 2009-10
Conditional Release Decisions Conditional Release Decisions $4.4 M $1.3 M Note [2]
Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability Conditional Release Decisions Openness and Accountability $1.8 M $0.5M Note [3]
Internal Services Internal Services $1.3 M $0.4M Support programs
Total: $7.5 M [1] $2.2 M [1]  


[1] The Board received a permanent increase to its funding base. The increase was incremental, rising from $437,000 in 1999-2000 to $858,000 per year in 2004-2005 and future years, consistent with projected workload growth.

Note [2]: Proposed legislation did not receive Royal Assent in 2009-10 - funding remains frozen. Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the NPB the capacity for effective management of its legislated responsibilities for parole decision-making for offenders in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. NPB will collect information and report on workloads and outcomes of parole for provincial offenders incarcerated as a result of new legislative provisions (e.g., the number and proportion of offenders who successfully complete their parole).

Note [3]: Proposed legislation did not receive Royal Assent in 2009-10 - funding remains frozen. Should the proposed legislation receive Royal Assent this funding will provide the NPB the capacity for provision of information and assistance to victims of crime, observers at hearings and individuals who seek access to decision registry in relation to the requirements of the new legislation. In a similar manner, NPB will report on the extent of involvement of victims, and observers in conditional release processes and the level of satisfaction of these individuals with the information and assistance provided by NPB.

Effective management of both these responsibilities will contribute to public safety and reinforce public confidence in the justice system.

Top of Page

National Research Council Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

  • Genomics R&D Initiative (GRDI)

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Genomics R&D Initiative (GRDI)

Name of Lead Department: National Research Council Canada (NRC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Research and Development (R&D)

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1999

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $234.1 M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Initiative was established to build and maintain genomics research capacity in government and to deliver value-added applications for responding to national priorities and government mandates as well as for building wealth for Canadians.

Shared Outcome: Genomic contributions for enhancing the quality of life for Canadians in terms of health, safety, environment, and social and economic development.

Governance Structure: An interdepartmental Genomics R&D ADM Committee manages and coordinates the Initiative. The Committee ensures that effective priority setting mechanisms are established within departments and that investments are focused and strategic. It also ensures that common management principles are implemented and that horizontal collaborations between organizations are pursued. The Committee is represented by Industry Canada plus each of the Federal Partners: NRC, Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC), Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO), Health Canada (HC), Natural Resources Canada (NRCan), Environment Canada (EC), and Canadian Institutes for Health Research (CIHR). An Interdepartmental Working Group (WG) provides recommendations and advice to the ADM Coordinating Committee regarding strategic priority setting and overall management. It also supports evaluation and reporting. The NRC chairs the Committee and the WG.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-2010
Actual Spending for
2009-2010
Expected Results for
2009-2010
Results Achieved in
2009-2010
National Research Council (NRC) Research and Development Genomics and Health Initiative 71.1 6.0 6.0 See Note 1 See Notes 1.1 and 1.2
Agriculture and Agri-Food Canada (AAFC) Innovation and Renewal Canadian Crop Genomics Initiative 71.1 6.0 6.0 See Note 2 See Note 2.1
Fisheries and Oceans Canada (DFO) Aquaculture Aquatic Biotechnology and Genomics R&D 10.6 0.9 0.9 See Note 3 See Note 3.1
Health Canada (HC) Health Products HC/PHAC Genomics Initiative 46.0 4.0 4.0 See Note 4 See Note 4.1
Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) Natural Resource and Landmass Knowledge for Canadians NRCan-CFS Genomics R&D Initiative 23.0 2.0 2.0 See Note 5 See Notes 5.1, 5.2 and 5.3
Environment Canada (EC) Canadians Adopt Sustainable Consumption and Production Approaches Strategic Applications of Genomics in the Environment 12.0 1.0 1.0 See Note 6 See Note 6.1
Canadian Institutes for Health Research (CIHR) N/A N/A 0.5 N/A N/A See Note 7 N/A
Total 234.1 19.9 19.9    

Notes

1. Commercially-relevant advances in genomics R&D related to human health

1.1 A waveguide-based biosensor array was developed for detecting micro-organisms that cause disease in humans.

1.2 Alethia Biotherapeutics, a Canadian biotechnology company, licensed the rights on 1) NRC's anti-clusterin antibody technology, which reduces cancer growth; and 2) NRC's peptide-based tumour imaging agent.

2. Improvements in crop value of cereals, soybean and canola

2.1 Specific genes were identified for improving 1) cold tolerance, blackleg disease resistance, and oil content of canola; 2) isoflavonoid content, and hence the health benefits, of soybeans; and 3) resistance to rust diseases and to Fusarium Blight in wheat.

3. Genomic knowledge for sustainable management of aquatic resources

3.1 Research milestones were reached on-target in such ongoing projects as development of genome-based monitoring of population genetics of fish and whale species of importance to Canada.

4. Genomic knowledge for the Canadian health regulatory system

4.1 Genes have been identified as potential biomarkers for 1) exposure to radiation to natural sources and to such devices as cellular telephones; and 2) exposure to complex mixtures of chemical carcinogens. Such biomarkers, when validated, will lead to a better understanding of the respective biological mechanisms. This will assist regulatory decision-making.

5. Genomic knowledge for forest generation and protection

5.1 Several potential insect-killing viruses and fungi were discovered for use as bio-control agents pending further investigation of their effects.

5.2 Genes related to laminated root rot disease in Douglas Fir were characterized in both the tree and in the fungus that causes the disease.

5.3 Molecular markers were identified in 11,599 candidate genes involved in wood growth, wood quality, and defence against insect pests.

6. Genomic applications for environmental regulation and enforcement

6.1 Tools and approaches were developed for assessing risk of such priority substances as personal care products and pharmaceuticals.

7. CIHR received a single allocation in 1999-2000 to assist in creation of Genome Canada Secretariat. There are no expected results.

Comments on Variances: No variance was reported.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Gary Fudge, P. Eng.
Director, Life Sciences Horizontal Initiatives
National Research Council
613-949-0542


Top of Page

Natural Resources Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Natural Resource Projects

Name of Lead Department(s): Natural Resources Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Safety, Security and Stewardship – Natural Resource and Landmass Knowledge and Systems

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: October 1, 2007

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2012

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $150 million over 5 years

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

To respond to the recent growth in the number of major resource projects and move forward on commitments to create a more accountable, predictable and timely regulatory review process, the Government has allocated $150 million over five years to establish the Major Projects Management Office (MPMO) within Natural Resources Canada (NRCan) and to increase the scientific and technical capacity of key regulatory departments and agencies.

The MPMO has been created to provide a single point of entry into the federal regulatory system for all stakeholders, to provide overarching management of the federal regulatory process for major natural resource projects and to lead collaborative research and policy analysis on short-, medium- and longer-term initiatives to further improve the performance of the regulatory system. New capacity funding provided through this initiative will ensure key regulatory departments and agencies are positioned to respond to the recent growth in the number of new major resource projects and will better enable departments to meet their legal responsibilities for Aboriginal Crown consultation associated with their regulatory decisions relative to major resource projects.

This will provide the oversight and capacity needed to address the issues affecting the performance of the federal regulatory system. In short, it will lay the foundation for a more predictable and accountable regulatory system that will improve the competitiveness of Canada's resource industries while ensuring careful consideration of environmental standards and technical requirements.

Shared Outcome(s):

Among the more tangible improvements resulting from this initiative will be the timeliness and predictability of the regulatory process. The environmental review and permitting of major resource projects is targeted to be reduced from upwards of four years to an average of about two years.

Other important outcomes from this proposal include:

  • a more accountable, predictable and timely regulatory review process that will facilitate investment and planning decisions and improve the competitiveness of Canada's resources industries;
  • high quality assessments of the environmental and social effects of resource development so that federal decisions in relation to projects safeguard the environment and promote sustainability; and
  • Aboriginal consultation responsibilities will be fulfilled in a more consistent, adequate and meaningful manner.

Governance Structure(s):

The Cabinet Directive on Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Resource Projects has established a new governance framework for federal government departments and agencies to facilitate the effective, coordinated, and concurrent discharge of their statutory duties, functions and obligations related to the regulation of major resource projects. It encourages federal government departments to work together to identify areas where the consistency, efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory system can be improved and to develop and implement system improvements. These activities are intended to improve the accountability, transparency, timeliness and predictability of the federal regulatory system for major natural resource projects.

The Minister of Natural Resources is the lead Minister for the Initiative. In collaboration with his counterparts in other regulatory departments, the Minister of Natural Resources will report biannually to Cabinet on progress made towards achieving the objectives of the initiative, and will report annually to Parliament and the public through NRCan's annual reporting requirements.

A Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee has been created to serve as the governance body for the implementation of the initiative. This Committee will provide direction for the resolution of project-specific issues and oversee the application of the Cabinet Directive. Membership on this committee includes the Deputy Minister of NRCan(Chair), the Deputy Minister of Fisheries and Oceans Canada, the Deputy Minister of the Environment, the Deputy Minister of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, the Deputy Minister of Transport, the Associate Deputy Minister of Industry, the President of the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency, the President of the Canadian Nuclear Safety Commission and the Chair of the National Energy Board.

The MPMO has been established to provide overarching management of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects. It will achieve this by working with the federal regulatory departments / agencies to identify areas where the consistency, efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory process can be improved and work with these departments and agencies to implement change. The MPMO will also provide support to the Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee, through the provision of data, analysis and other information.

To ensure effective communication with federal regulatory departments on key issues and to facilitate collaboration and cooperation, interdepartmental working groups have been established at the ADM, DG and working levels.

($ millions)
Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Natural Resources Canada
Natural Resource and Landmass Knowledge and Systems a. Major Projects Management Office $13,000,000 $4,737,000 $4,666,874

Lead the development and implementation of a consistent, whole of government approach to Aboriginal consultations;

Ensure the environmental assessment and regulatory review processes for major resource projects are integrated and well coordinated through the development of Project Agreements;

Increase the transparency and accountability of the federal regulatory review process through increased oversight and regular monitoring, tracking and reporting on progress against commitments in Project Agreements; and

Identify and implement process improvements to continue to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects.

Following its second full year of operations, the MPMO is now overseeing the federal regulatory review process for more than 50 major natural resource projects representing approximately $100 billion in potential new capital investment.

To ensure a more effective and efficient project review process, the MPMO has introduced a number of important improvements, including:

  • Guidelines have been developed to improve process clarity, promote early engagement between project proponents, Aboriginal groups and regulators, and ensure a coordinated federal approach throughout the entire review process;
  • Service standards have been established, including target time lines for each major project review, reflected in interdepartmental project agreements provided to project proponents, and made available to the public (e.g., 2-year average target);
  • A new whole-of-government approach to Aboriginal consultation was successfully applied in the Groundbirch and Keystone XL pipeline projects
  • Performance of federal reviews for projects under the MPMO initiative is being publicly tracked and monitored to ensure greater transparency and accountability.

NRCan/MPMO also chaired monthly meetings of the Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee and supporting ADM and DG Committees to ensure timely resolution of project related issues and to advance new policies, procedures and analysis to further improve the performance of the federal regulatory system for major resource projects;

In addition, the MPMO has been leading federal efforts to identify opportunities to fundamentally improve environmental assessment and regulatory permitting processes as well as related Aboriginal consultation activities.  As a key first step, Budget 2010:

  • introduced targeted changes to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act that will improve the delivery of environmental assessments in Canada, allowing assessments to start sooner, reduce delays and duplication, and result in better assessments overall. 
  • announced the establishment of Participant Funding Programs for the CNSC and the NEB to support more timely and meaningful engagement of all Canadians in the public hearing processes.

As co-chair of the federal / provincial Regulatory Performance Improvement Working Group, the MPMO also worked in close collaboration with provincial governments to identify opportunities to improve the integration of federal and provincial processes. 

In collaboration with federal partners, pilot projects, such as the Line Creek Coal and Northwest Transmission Line delegation agreements with BC, were also implemented to improve integration with provincial regimes and the overall efficiency and effectiveness of project reviews.

Worked in collaboration with the Canadian Northern Economic Development Agency for the successful creation and establishment of the Northern Projects Management Office.

 

Total NRCan $13,000,000 $4,737,000 $4,666,874    
Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency
Environmental Assessment Support   $33,824,000 $8,400,000 $6,172,528

Support a whole-of-government approach to addressing strategic and project-specific environmental assessment issues, including supporting implementation of the major resource projects initiative;

Manage the federal environmental assessment process and related Aboriginal consultation activities for most major resource projects; and

Develop and deliver training and guidance in support of the initiative

Worked in collaboration with other organizations involved in the MPMO initiative to strengthen coordination of EAs federally (such as the coordination of federal participation in review panels), to integrate EA into the federal regulatory process more effectively and, in support of a ‘one-window” approach, to integrate Aboriginal consultation in EA process for major resource projects.

Led the federal environmental assessment process for major natural resource projects (with the exception of CNSC and NEB screening and comprehensive studies), and coordinated aboriginal engagement and consultation activities with the EA of these projects as mandated under the Cabinet Directive on Improving the Performance of the Regulatory System for Major Resource Projects and its Memorandum of Understanding.

Completed an Agency tracking and reporting tool (Project Repository) to improve the pre-EA and EA phases of the regulatory process. Implemented in July 2009 with additional improvements made in October 2009.

Delivery of internal training and guidance in support of matters relevant to the MPMO initiative to Agency staff (existing and new) in headquarters and in 6 regional offices including the EA Project Management course, the Engaging and Consulting Aboriginal Groups course, the maintenance of EA procedures and e-Guide for major resource projects.

Delivery, on a pilot basis, of adapted EA Project Management and Engaging and Consulting Aboriginal Groups courses to other federal organizations involved in the MPMO initiative.

Training on EA procedures and e-Guide for major resource projects also provided to all departments during fall 2009 workshops.

Supported MPMO-led initiatives aimed at working with stakeholders to identify opportunity to improve the regulatory system. (Fall workshop on the Draft Whole-of Government Strategy for Regulatory Improvement)

 

Environmental Assessment Development   $3,497,000 $874,000 $1,058,953

Support the implementation of this horizontal initiative focused on achieving improvements in the process, capacity, and associated Aboriginal consultations with respect to major resource projects;

Contribute to the ongoing development of policies, procedures and guidance materials for enhancing coordination and collaboration on high-quality, timely and predictable environmental assessment within the regulatory approval process; and

Contribute to the development of policies and procedures in support of the integration of Aboriginal Crown consultations in the environmental assessment and regulatory approval process.

Developed jointly with other organizations involved in the MPMO initiative procedural documents and templates to improve process clarity, promote early engagement between project proponents and regulators, and ensure a coordinated federal approach throughout the entire review process.

Established jointly with other organizations involved in the MPMO initiative policies and guidance materials for enhancing coordination and collaboration on high-quality, timely and predictable environmental assessment within the regulatory approval process, such as procedural guidance on comprehensive studies and multijurisdictional screenings (July 2009), and guidance on the timing of the posting of the Notice of Commencement for major resource projects (December 2009).

Ongoing development, jointly with other organizations involved in the MPMO initiative of new policies, processes, procedures and guidance materials on the integration of Aboriginal Crown consultations in the environmental assessment and regulatory approval process, such as a draft policy framework to guide the activities of the Agency as Crown Consultation Coordinator for major resource projects.

Internal Support   $10,004,000 $2,426,000 $2,798,232 Core support services are provided to support program delivery

Key national staffing processes completed.

New staff successfully integrated into the organization.

Accommodation required was completed.

Provided infrastructure support for Program Delivery.

Total CEAA $47,325,000 $11,700,000 $10,029,714    
Environment Canada
Biodiversity is conserved and protected Wildlife program $2,352,116 $466,159 $328,881

The efficiency and effectiveness of the Canadian Wildlife Service's regulatory role in major resource projects is improved; and

Guidance is developed to support Canadian Wildlife Service involvement in the EA process for major resource projects.

Draft policies related to the issuance of permits under the Species at Risk Act, the Canada Wildlife Act and the Migratory Birds Convention Act are under development.

Developed draft guidance documents to facilitate the incorporation of wildlife considerations in federal environmental assessment processes for major resource projects.
Water is clean, safe and secure Aquatic ecosystems are conserved and protected $614,683 $123,841 $133,429 EC's responsibilities associated with the International River Improvements Act are supported by standard operating procedures and policies for licensing.

EC’s responsibilities in the EA process associated with the International River Improvements Act (IRIA) for major natural resource projects are supported by guidance, processes and issues reviews, providing comments on hydrology, water quantity and water management.

The review of administrative procedures under the IRIA was undertaken and new regulations were drafted for departmental review. 

A preliminary review of water modelling tools was performed to gauge applicability for reviews of IRIA and MPMO projects.

Canadians adopt approaches that ensure the sustainable use and management of natural capital and working landscapes Environmental assessment and ecological monitoring $4,533,659 $868,975 $456,800

Environment Canada's participation in the Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee and associated governance structure is supported;

Departmental EA processes are streamlined to ensure efficiency and effectiveness of the MPMOregulatory process for major resource projects;

Regional offices are supported in the delivery of streamlining priorities for major resource projects; and

Environment Canada's participation in the regulatory improvement initiative for major resource projects is well coordinated.

MPMO’s governance structure is supported through participation in the Major Projects Deputy Minister’s Committee and associated committees and working groups.

Departmental EA processes were streamlined, meeting established timelines and incorporating lessons learned from previous EA experience through workshops, post-project evaluations and contributing to operational policy statements.

Regional offices received dedicated support in the delivery of streamlining priorities for major resource projects through National Program liaison activities and coordination.

EC’s participation in the regulatory improvement initiative for major resources projects is well coordinated through the dedicated National Program liaison function, with defined responsibilities and regular updating on progress associated with the initiative and project agreements.

EC contributed to the interdepartmental impact analysis of Supreme Court decisions and supported related guidance on compliance

Risks to Canadians, their health and their environment posed by toxic and other harmful substances are reduced Risk management/ Risk mitigation and implementation $2,723,837 $562,122 $590,299

ECprovides input into the federal EA process for major resource projects through the provision of expertise;

Environment Canada's regulatory decisions related to Ocean Disposal permitting are timely; and

Environment Canada's involvement in the regulatory process for major resource projects is supported by guidance.

EC provided expert advice on major projects regarding disposal at sea, energy-related projects, mining projects and Metal Mining Effluent Regulations (MMER) for tailings impoundment areas.

Ocean Disposal permits were assessed within the 120 day service standard and requirements to shorten overall time required to process a permit were examined.

EC’s involvement in the regulatory process for major resource projects is supported by triage systems and Regulatory Impact Analysis development work for regulatory amendments for the MMER.

Processing time for MMER amendments were reduced by 60% since 2006.
Relations with other governments and partners are effectively managed in support of environmental priorities Inter-governmental and stakeholder relations $596,818 $122,302 $91,961

Regular, timely, and strategic advice is provided on consultation and engaging Aboriginal groups throughout the regulatory process for major resource projects; and,

Environment Canada's participation on the Crown Oversight Committee and associated working groups on Aboriginal consultation is supported.

Worked with MPMO on the development of a Crown record management system.

Provided advice and support on public participation and aboriginal consultations relating to major natural resource projects.

Developed a departmental public participation and aboriginal consultation policy.

Ensured Environment Canada participation on various aboriginal consultation working groups.
Strategic management support enables the department to meet its objectives Legal services $650,739 $141,844 $162,100 Timely legal advice and support on delivery of national EAprogram involvement in major resource projects is provided. Supported delivery of national EA Program by providing timely legal advice and support in areas including court challenges and specific project EA.
Internal Services Core Support Services $1,028,148 $214,757 $251,180 Core support services are provided to support program delivery. Core support services are provided to support program delivery.
Total EC $12,500,000 $2,500,000 $2,014,650    
Fisheries and Oceans Canada
Habitat Management Habitat Management $34,041,800 $6,808,360 $6,296,195

Participation in the governance mechanism, e.g., Major Projects Deputy Ministers' Committee and supporting governance structures; and

Provision of DFO technical capacity in the areas of the Fisheries Act, Species at Risk Act (SARA), Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) and Aboriginal consultation activities relative to DFO's regulatory decisions associated with major resource projects identified under this initiative.

Participated in the governance mechanism, i.e., Major Projects Deputy Ministers’ Committee and other supporting governance structures;

Provided continuing advice and  input to the operationalization of the Initiative;

Provided DFO input to analyses of legislative/regulatory and policy issues associated with the federal regulatory system and development of the Strategic Framework and subsequent initiatives arising from that Framework;

Participated in the development of numerous Project Agreements; and

Provided DFO technical capacity in the areas of the Fisheries Act, Species at Risk Act (SARA), Canadian Environmental Assessment Act (CEAA) and Aboriginal consultation activities relative to DFO's regulatory decisions associated with major resource projects identified under this initiative.

Legal Services Legal Services $958,200 $191,640 $83,508 Provision of Legal Services support to DFO to operationalize the initiative and relative to the Fisheries Act, CEAA, SARA and Aboriginal consultation issues associated with major resource projects identified under the initiative.

Provided legal advice and support of DFO’s participation in the governance mechanism, i.e., Major Projects Deputy Ministers’ Committee and other supporting governance structures.

Provided legal advice and support of DFO’s input to MPMO to operationalize the initiatives.

Provided legal advice and support of DFO’s input to MPMO analyses of legislative/regulatory issues and development of Strategic Framework and subsequent initiatives arising from that Framework.

Provided legal advice and support of various DFO work products including departmental guidance and procedures.

Provided legal advice and support to DFO departmental officials through monthly MPMO meetings.

Provided legal advice and support in of DFO’s participation in the development of numerous Project Agreements.

Weekly participation in the MPMO Legal Services Working Group and some half-day meetings.

Total DFO $35,000,000 $7,000,000 $6,379,703    
Indian and Northern Affairs Canada
Northern Land and Resources Northern Affairs Organization $6,600,000 $1,320,000 $1,473,657

Enhance capacity of the INAC NWT Regional Office to enable them to better meet their environmental assessment, Aboriginal consultation and regulatory responsibilities; and

Provide funding support to regulatory boards in the NWTto allow them to better meet their aboriginal consultation, regulatory permitting and environmental assessment responsibilities with respect to major resource projects.

For each of six environmental assessments, led INAC participation and technical input, and contributed to Crown consultation assessment and planning.

Inspection Reporting and Risk Assessment (IRRA) system was rolled out in April of 2009 which included three additional updates to enhance the system.

Developed collaborative policy frameworks through the continued work of the NT Region’s Consultation Advisory Group, the publication of a communications brochure aimed at informing industry and the public about s.35 Consultation and Provided support on most urgent consultation files.

Participation in national initiatives, work with treaty negotiation tables, and the establishment of a central records filing system for use nationally and regionally.

Funding provided was used towards participation in six different land and water Working Groups as well as establishing an electronic Public Registry for regulatory applications and approval processes.  Some environmental assessment boards used resources to develop a strategic and business plan, operating guides and regulatory procedures documents.  

Responsible Federal Stewardship Lands and Economic Development – Environmental Management $3,400,000 $680,000 $256,343

Enhance the capacity of INACregional offices to enable them to better meet their environmental assessment, Aboriginal consultation and regulatory responsibilities; and

Provide funding support to First Nations communities to build capacity to better equip them to coordinate and to participate in major resource development projects

HQ provided regions with FTE/0&M capacity funding (Saskatchewan, Alberta and Ontario) to support participate on project teams.

HQ and Regions reviewed and provided input on all MPMO Project Agreements. 

HQ and Regions reviewed Project Descriptions and provided input on Environmental Impact Statements in which the department was a Responsible Authority.

HQ participated in the regulatory improvements initiatives and managed / supported the MPMO program.

$270K in G&C was in a frozen allotment, pending the adoption by TBS of INAC’s RMAF/RBAF. These funds were declared surplus due to the inability to utilize the funds so late in the fiscal year when the funding was finally released.

Total INAC $10,000,000 $2,000,000 $1,730,000    
Transport Canada
Transportation Safety and Security   $3,365,555 $864,421  

To participate in the various governance mechanisms for the MPMO;

TC (headquarters and regional staff) to participate in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMOoffice; and

TC to participate in projects in the MPMOprocess.

 

TC participated in various governance mechanisms established for the MPMO initiative, or that are aiding the MPMO initiative including the Director General, Assistant Deputy Minister and Deputy Minister Committees, and the Environmental Assessment Project Committee [EAPC]);

TC (headquarters and regional staff) participated in interdepartmental working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes, and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO initiative; and,

TC maintained a headquarters MPMO committee in order to ensure that new MPMO processes are applied internally in as efficient a manner as possible and that advice to the Associate Deputy Minister is provided in a timely and coordinated manner.

Transportation Policy Development and Infrastructure Programs   $1,813,090 $448,991 Note: Actual spending transferred from this Program Activity Area to the Sustainable Transportation Development and the Environment program. TCto develop procedures for and participate in consultation with Aboriginal groups TC has created an Aboriginal Consultation Unit in both HQ and in the regions to assist in implementing Aboriginal consultation for MPMO projects.  TC has also developed Interim Aboriginal Consultation and Accommodation Guidelines, tools and training materials.  Finally, TC liaises with the MPMO and other government departments in developing a whole-of-government approach for Aboriginal Consultation.
Sustainable Transportation Development and the Environment   $5,413,592 $1,341,515  

To participate in the various governance mechanisms for the MPMO;

TC(headquarters and regional staff) to participate in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO office;

TCto work on departmental processes to ensure new MPMO processes are applied in an efficient manner internally; and,

TCto participate in projects in the MPMO process.

TC participated in various governance mechanisms established for the MPMO initiative, or that are aiding the MPMO initiative including the Director General, Assistant Deputy Minister and Deputy Minister Committees, and the Environmental Assessment Project Committee [EAPC]);

TC (headquarters and regional staff) participated in working groups to assist with the creation and approval of key documents, processes and tracking systems required to operationalize the MPMO initiative;

TC maintained a headquarters MPMO committee in order to ensure new MPMO processes are applied internally in as efficient a manner as possible, and that advice to be provided to the Associate Deputy Minister is provided in a timely and coordinated manner;

TC HQ held monthly teleconferences with regional staff to ensure smooth implementation of the initiative; and,

Funding received was used in order to increase capacity for technical review of environmental assessments (EAs) and other key aspects of carrying out EAs for major resource projects.

Internal Services   $3,407,763 845,073  

TCto hire lawyers to increase capacity to deal with legal issues associated with the regulatory process across the country; and

To support corporate involvement.

TC has engaged their legal services staff for review of various MPMO documents; and,

Legal services staff applied a portfolio approach to deal with legal issues associated with the regulatory process across the country.
Total TC $14,000,000 $3,500,000      
Total $131,825,000 $31,200,000      

* Totals do not equal the total allocation under the initiative (i.e.; $150 million over five years) due to changes that have occurred in departmental Program Activity Architectures since the beginning of the initiative

** Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency: $1,400,000 of the planned spending was reprofiled to the next fiscal year resulting in a small surplus of $270K in 2009-10. 

Comments on Variances:

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

Contact information:

Mr. Philip Jennings
Assistant Deputy Minister
Major Projects Management Office
Natural Resources Canada
155 Queen Street, 2nd Floor
Ottawa, ON K1A 0E4


Top of Page

Public Health Agency of Canada

Horizontal Initiatives

  1. Federal Initiative (FI) to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada
  2. Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative (CHVI)
  3. Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Federal Initiative (FI) to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: January 13, 2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $72.6M ongoing.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The FI to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada is the Government of Canada’s response to HIV/AIDS in Canada. The initiative strengthens domestic action on HIV and AIDS, builds a coordinated Government of Canada approach and supports the global health response to HIV/AIDS. It focuses on prevention and access to diagnosis, care, treatment and support for those populations most affected by HIV and AIDS in Canada—people living with HIV and AIDS, gay men, Aboriginal peoples, people who use injection drugs, people in prison, youth, women, and people from countries where HIV is endemic. The FI also supports and strengthens existing multi-sectoral partnerships to address the determinants of health. It supports collaborative efforts to address factors which can increase the transmission and acquisition of HIV and it also addresses co-infection issues with other infectious diseases (e.g., hepatitis C and tuberculosis) from the perspective of disease progression and morbidity in people living with HIV/AIDS. Gender-based analysis and human rights analysis are fundamental to the approach. People living with and vulnerable to HIV/AIDS are active partners in shaping policies and practices affecting their lives.

Shared Outcome(s)*:

First level outcomes:

  • Increased knowledge and awareness of the nature of HIV and AIDS and ways to address the disease;
  • Increased individual and organizational capacity;
  • Increased Canadian engagement and leadership in the global context; and
  • Enhanced engagement and collaboration on approaches to address HIV and AIDS.

Second level outcomes:

  • Reduced stigma, discrimination, and other barriers;
  • Improved access to more effective prevention, care, treatment and support;
  • Internationally informed federal response; and
  • Increased coherence of the federal response.

Ultimate outcomes:

  • Prevent the acquisition and transmission of new infections;
  • Improved quality of life for those at risk and living with HIV and AIDS;
  • Contribute to the global effort to reduce the spread of HIV and AIDS and mitigate its impact; and
  • Contribute to the strategic outcomes of partner departments.

*Shared Outcomes have been refined in response to a June 2009 link Federal Initiative (FI) to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada Implementation Evaluation Report, which recommended strengthening of the FIs performance measurement framework.

Governance Structure(s): The Responsibility Centre Committee (RCC) is the governance body for the Federal Initiative to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada (FI). It comprises representatives from the nine responsibility centres that receive funding through the FI. Led by PHAC, the RCC promotes policy and program coherence among the participating departments and agencies, and ensures that evaluation and reporting requirements are met.

link PHAC is the federal lead for issues relating to HIV/AIDS in Canada and is responsible for overall coordination, national and regional programs, policy development, surveillance and laboratory science, communications, social marketing, reporting, and evaluation.

link Health Canada (HC) supports community-based HIV/AIDS education, capacity-building, and prevention for First Nations on-reserve and some Inuit communities; and provides leadership on international health policy and program issues. As the Government of Canada’s agency for health research, the link Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) sets priorities for and administers the extramural research program.

link Public Safety Canada provides health services, including services related to the prevention, diagnosis, care and treatment of HIV/AIDS, to offenders sentenced to imprisonment for two years or more.

($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from start to end date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Variance for 2009-10 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results (ER) for
2009-10
Results Achieved (RA) in
2009-10
Public Health Agency of Canada Infectious Disease Prevention and Control a. HIV/AIDS Ongoing $28.0 $23.5 $4.5 link ER 1.1
link ER 1.2
link ER 1.3
link ER 1.4
link RA 1.1
link RA 1.2
link RA 1.3
link RA 1.4
b. AIDS Community Action Program Ongoing $14.4 $14.7 ($0.3) link ER 2.1
link ER 2.2
link ER 2.3
link RA 2.1
link RA 2.2
link RA 2.3
Total Ongoing $42.4 $38.2 link $4.2    
Health Canada First Nations Inuit Health Programming and Services   a. First Nations in-reserve and Inuit Community Health Ongoing $4.0 $4.0 $0.0 link ER 3.1
link ER 3.2
link ER 3.3
link ER 3.4
link ER 3.5
link ER 3.6
link ER 3.7
link RA 3.1
link RA 3.2
link RA 3.3
link RA 3.4
link RA 3.5
link RA 3.6
link RA 3.7
International Health Affairs b. Global Engagement Ongoing $1.4 $0.8 $0.6 link ER 4.1
link ER 4.2
link ER 4.3
link RA 4.1
link RA 4.2
link RA 4.3
Total Ongoing $5.4 $4.8 link $0.6    
Canadian Institutes of Health Research   HIV and AIDS Research Projects and Personnel Support a. HIV/AIDS Research Projects and Personnel Support Ongoing $20.6 $21.6 ($1.0) link ER 5.1
link ER 5.2
link ER 5.3
link ER 5.4
link ER 5.5
link ER 5.6
link ER 5.7
link RA 5.1
link RA 5.2
link RA 5.3
link RA 5.4
link RA 5.5
link RA 5.6
link RA 5.7
Total Ongoing $20.6 $21.6 link ($1.0)    
Correctional Services Canada Custody

Community Supervision
a. Institutional Health Services Public Health Services Ongoing $4.2 $4.2 $0.0 link ER 6.1
link ER 6.2
link ER 6.3
link ER 6.4
link ER 6.5
link ER 6.6
link ER 6.7
link ER 6.8
link ER 6.9
link RA 6.1
link RA 6.2
link RA 6.3
link RA 6.4
link RA 6.5
link RA 6.6
link RA 6.7
link RA 6.8
link RA 6.9
Total Ongoing $4.2 $4.2 $0.0    
Horizontal Initiative Total N/A $72.6 $68.8 $3.8    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

Partner: Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 1.1: Increased knowledge and awareness of:

  • HIV and risk behaviour;
  • Evidence-based population-specific approaches; and
  • Emerging issues and gaps of vulnerable populations.

RA 1.1: Knowledge of the factors that contribute to the spread of HIV infection was advanced through augmented HIV and risk behaviour surveillance programs. HIV/AIDS sentinel surveillance programs continue to be established and implemented among at-risk populations, in order to develop targeted studies to address questions and gaps arising from case-reporting surveillance, and to provide statistical support for HIV/AIDS modelling efforts to assess the hidden epidemic and produce national HIV estimates.

Targeted epidemiological studies were developed and enhanced, including: I-Track (national enhanced surveillance systems that focus on people who inject drugs, e.g., Intravenous Drug Users (IDU)); M-Track (national enhanced surveillance systems that focus on gay, bisexual and other men who have sex with other men (MSM)); A-Track (focused on Aboriginal peoples); E-Track (focused on persons who originate from countries where HIV is endemic); and P-Track (focused on persons with HIV infection). Work with P/Ts to enhance HIV surveillance and reporting continued.

Memoranda of agreement were developed to support the province-based work of Field Surveillance Officers and the tracking of HIV strain and drug resistance in Canada.
 
The National HIV and Retrovirology Laboratory (NHRL) provides highly specialized diagnostic services for provincial, national and international stakeholders, and manages a range of laboratory quality assurance and monitoring programs for patient care and treatment. The NHRL recently became accredited to the ISO 15189 standard (Medical Laboratories - Particular Requirements for Quality and Competence) and is currently the first and only Canadian lab to be accredited to this standard.

HIV co-infection and risk factor surveillance, epidemiology and research services were also provided. Federal partners work closely to ensure an integrated approach to surveillance and research and to provide data, analysis and interpretation to inform and support prevention, policy and programming activities. In concert with health, education and other inter-sectoral partners, the FI promotes the physical and psychosocial well being of Canadians through sexual health promotion activities. Such activities include the: development of national guidelines; publication of national consensus statements and policy recommendations; development of targeted research studies; and coordination of the dissemination and exchange of information, increasing knowledge and awareness in order to prevent and control HIV and associated co-infections.

Nineteen projects were funded under the National Non-Reserve First Nations, Inuit and Métis Communities HIV/AIDS projects Fund, and contributed to increased knowledge and awareness for both Aboriginal population and their service providers. As a result, service providers were better equipped to deal with HIV/AIDS related aboriginal emerging issues, sexual health prevention and harm reduction initiatives in a culturally appropriate manner.

The National HIV/AIDS Knowledge Exchange Fund supported the Canadian AIDS Treatment Information Exchange (CATIE) as the knowledge exchange broker to strengthen responses of front-line organizations involved in the delivery of prevention, diagnosis, care, treatment, and support to people living with and at risk of HIV/AIDS by incorporating an active and continuous exchange of HIV/AIDS-related knowledge.

The Population-Specific HIV/AIDS Status Report– People from countries where HIV is Endemic–Black people of African and Caribbean descent living in Canada was released. The report can be found at: link http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/aids-sida/publication/ps-pd/africacaribbe/index-eng.php. The Population-Specific HIV/AIDS Status Report– Aboriginal Peoples was completed and approved and will be released in fall 2010.

ER 1.2: Enhanced multi-sectoral engagement and alignment.

RA 1.2 In response to the recommendations from the January 2009 implementation evaluation of the FI to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada, a horizontal performance measurement framework and a tool to implement the framework was developed. Horizontal management and collaboration was strengthened for the governance body for the FI and among the four federal partners through joint priority setting and increased information sharing.

In 2009, a review of current and emerging needs for advice and coordination in support of the FI was conducted. The Summary Report of Findings and Conclusions for the Review of Advisory and Coordination Mechanisms under the Federal Initiative confirmed the value of coordination and advisory mechanisms, and highlighted the need for both structural and process changes in the current advisory and coordination bodies. Work with committee members and stakeholders is on-going in order to respond to the report recommendations.

The Federal/Provincial/Territorial Advisory Committee on AIDS (F/P/T AIDS) and the Sexually Transmitted and Blood Borne Infections Issue Group (STBBI Issue Group) established a joint work plan solidifying their commitment to increase efficiencies and effectiveness through collaborative action, identifying and acting upon issues of common interest while respecting the focus and mandate of their respective committee.

ER 1.3: Increased individual and organizational capacity to:

  • Use population-specific diagnosis and prevention approaches; and
  • Contribute to global health security.

RA 1.3: PHAC contributed toward global efforts to mitigate the spread of HIV/AIDS, through the provision of technical expertise abroad, including technical support for bilateral and multilateral projects in the global response to HIV/AIDS. Technical expertise was provided through the Pan American Health Association (PAHO) for the development of HIV strain and drug-resistance surveillance in Latin America and the Caribbean region. Technical expertise was also provided through United Nations AIDS (UNAIDS) and the World Health Organization (WHO) for the more effective utilization of surveillance data using modelling software to estimate HIV incidence.

ER 1.4: Increased integration of public health and community-based activities.

RA 1.4: The National Aboriginal Council on HIV and AIDS hosted a symposium on various aspects of HIV and hepatitis C (HCV) co-infection called Getting It Together during the 5th National Aboriginal Hepatitis C Conference held February 2010. Aboriginal people including a family physician, an executive director of a community-based agency and a researcher delivered the presentations focused on issues of HIV and co-infection among Aboriginal peoples, HCV treatment, harm reduction, and int

ER 2.1: Increased knowledge and awareness of specific strategies to reach priority populations. Issues of co-infection with hepatitis C, tuberculosis and sexually transmitted infections explored.

RA 2.1: The AIDS Community Action Program (ACAP) contributed to increased knowledge and awareness of specific strategies to reach priority populations; it also addressed issues of co-infections with hepatitis C, tuberculosis (TB) and sexually transmitted infections (STIs). ACAP reaches many vulnerable populations that are at risk for HIV and AIDS and also for hepatitis C, TB and STIs. In 2009-10, there were 16 ACAP-funded projects co-funded by the Hepatitis C Prevention, Support and Research Program. In addition to co-funding, of the 131 ACAP projects that were funded in 2009-10, it has been estimated that 63 address issues of co-infection. For example, ACAP funded many gay men HIV-prevention projects that also include STI prevention; it also funded projects that included outreach and prevention work for sex trade workers and drug users.

The ACAP Evaluation Report 2007-09 was completed in the spring of 2009-10 and will be released in fall of 2010. The report increased knowledge of how the program can better reach vulnerable populations including Aboriginal people, people from countries where HIV/AIDS is endemic, immigrants and refugees, and MSM. The report also provides data to support realigning ACAP within the broader context of sexually transmitted and blood-borne infections, with an integrated approach to funding to address hepatitis C, HIV and links to actions on health determinants that also address other sexually transmitted infections.

ER 2.2: Increased individual and organizational capacity.

RA 2.2: Through funding provided to community-based organizations, PHAC’s FI transfer payments improved access to more effective HIV/AIDS prevention, diagnosis, care, treatment and support for eight key populations most affected by HIV and AIDS in Canada—gay men, people who use injection drugs, Aboriginal peoples, inmates, youth at risk, women, people from countries where HIV is endemic, and people living with HIV and AIDS. In 2009-10, PHAC’s National Transfer Payment Funds supported 29 projects, for a total of $9.6M in grants and contributions. PHAC’s Regional Transfer Payment Funds, through the ACAP, supported 47 time-limited and 84 operational projects across Canada, for a total of $12.1M. An evaluation report summarizing AIDS Community Action Program 2007-09 was finalized and will be released in the fall of 2010.

ER 2.3: Increased awareness of the social and economic factors that create barriers for people at risk and those living with HIV/AIDS.

RA 2.3: The Government of Canada Assistant Deputy Minister Committee on HIV/AIDS hosted the first Interdepartmental Policy Forum on the Determinants of Health and HIV/AIDS gathering 14 federal government departments and agencies representing health and non-health sectors to: forge linkages and a shared understanding of synergies across federal mandates; target populations and priorities; and identify common barriers to horizontal collaboration and strategies to overcome them. Consensus was reached to build an all-of-government approach to promote health and well-being for all Canadians by collaborating to address the broader social and economic determinants of health.

Horizontal partnerships between PHAC and other federal government departments actively seek to reduce vulnerability to HIV and AIDS, including the Horizontal Pilot Project for Aboriginal Homeless People Living with HIV/AIDS completed in 2009. The partnership between PHAC, Human Resources and Social Development Canada and the Nine Circles Community Health Centre in Winnipeg, Manitoba supported this project goal aimed to improve the health outcomes for Aboriginal persons living with HIV and AIDS and prevent them from becoming homeless. Results and lessons learned from this project informed the development of three additional horizontal projects.

ACAP projects were involved in a number of initiatives to increase awareness of the social and economic factors that create barriers for people at risk and those living with HIV/AIDS. In 2009-10, approximately 52 ACAP projects had an objective to address stigma or discrimination. For example, many ACAP projects addressed homophobia and public attitudes towards people living with HIV and AIDS. ACAP projects also hold community events such as AIDS walks and candle-light vigils to raise awareness of the disease and its impacts.

Provinces and territories, through their involvement in the F/P/T Advisory Committee on AIDS, facilitated coordination and convergence of policy across jurisdictions to better address the societal and health system factors that inhibit the ability to promote resiliency and reduce vulnerability to communicable diseases.

Partner: Health Canada

ER 3.1: Increased community-based research and surveillance.

RA 3.1: Research and surveillance-related activities supported by the Regions often involved active First Nations community participation. For instance, community health nurses in the Atlantic region collected quality data on HIV, blood borne pathogens and sexually transmitted infection (STI) cases through Teleform reports. The Quebec Region funded a survey on sexual behaviour, attitudes and knowledge related to STIs among First Nations youth and adults in ten communities. A community-based participatory research project, through a partnership agreement between participating Ontario First Nations communities and the University of Toronto, gathered STI data and conducted focus-group sessions on STI risks in order to improve existing sexual health services.

ER 3.2: Increased awareness of the need for HIV testing.

RA 3.2: As part of the joint Health Canada and PHAC Youth Messaging Initiative, the Canadian Aboriginal AIDS Network (CAAN) undertook a social marketing campaign based on youth-generated messages that include the promotion of HIV testing among their peers. The messages created by CAAN’s National Aboriginal Youth Council on HIV/AIDS for their peers in the form of posters and postcards will be distributed to community organizations, youth groups, and schools on reserve.

In the Regions, efforts were directed towards increasing access to testing, with special attention to pre- and post-counselling and confidentiality, as well as raising awareness of the risk factors that would call for HIV testing. These efforts have been supported either through contribution agreements with Regional Aboriginal Organizations or by ensuring that ongoing training is provided to health-care workers in Aboriginal communities.

ER 3.3: Increased access to prevention education, care and support networks, and supportive environments.

RA 3.3: One of Health Canada’s main national partners in the area of HIV and AIDS is the Canadian Aboriginal AIDS Network (CAAN). CAAN members include Aboriginal People Living with HIV/AIDS who share their story to put a human face to this epidemic as a first step to engendering compassion, acceptance and support, especially for those who remain silent. CAAN’s contribution agreement with the Government of Canada produced resources such as the strategic document link Take Me to Your Leader, which is a strategy for reaching elected and non-elected Aboriginal Leaders on HIV/AIDS issues and recommends directions on how to address HIV and AIDS-related priorities and gaps faced by Aboriginal populations.

Another national partner is the Assembly of First Nations (AFN), which is implementing leadership engagement initiatives to address stigma and discrimination. In December 2009, AFN’s National Chief declared: “Most of all, leaders have a clear duty to break the stigma that continues to plague HIV and AIDS. We must take steps to heal divisions within our communities and embrace all members especially those needing our concern and our care.” He also called on First Nations leaders to pass a resolution in their respective communities to protect the rights of members living with HIV and AIDS and their families. AFN prepared an HIV and AIDS awareness kit, Leadership in Action: A Community Response to HIV and AIDS, as well as awareness-raising material such as postcards, posters, and videos, as part of its overall strategy to create a supportive environment.

Regional Coordinators have been working with Regional Aboriginal Organizations and/or Aboriginal communities to make available educational resources, for youth and for the community in general, and to reduce stigma and discrimination. Among prevention/awareness activities are public announcements, community prevention workshops, presentations at schools and health fairs, and training sessions for community members, including youth peer-educators.

ER 3.4: Increased collaboration among partners to achieve a coordinated and integrated response.

RA 3.4: At the national level, new partnerships have been established with the Canadian Institutes of Health Research to build research capacity among community-based researchers and with Health Canada’s National Native Alcohol and Drug Addiction Program to engage in joint skill-building activities for front-line workers.

Regional-level collaboration with respective provinces, Aboriginal organizations, and local community representatives is maintained and strengthened through networks, engagement in multi-sector committees/working-group meetings, and pooling of resources. As a result, the HIV/AIDS program leveraged its resources for a greater impact on the communities.

ER 3.5: Cooperation among communities and First Nations Inuit and Health Branch regional health care providers.

RA 3.5: Cooperation amongst Regional Offices and Tribal Councils is ongoing. Among newly established cooperative arrangements is the one between the Saskatchewan Region and the Northern Inter-Tribal Health Authority.

ER 3.6: Contribution to the global response to HIV among indigenous people.

RA 3.6: The Health Canada First Nations and Inuit Health Branch (FNIHB) provided support towards the International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and Indigenous Peoples, held in Ottawa, Canada, October 21-23, 2009. This Dialogue, which was hosted by Health Canada’s International Affairs Directorate in partnership with PHAC, offered an opportunity for key stakeholders to come together to discuss the impact of HIV and AIDS on indigenous peoples and to explore a way forward in terms of research, policy and programme development.

ER 3.7: Increased access to evidence-based HIV interventions.

RA 3.7: The British Columbia (BC) Regional Office supported the BC Centre for Disease Control’s Chee Mamuk Program in developing the link Guide to Wise Practices for HIV/AIDS Education and Prevention Programs, which is based on success stories that revealed what worked best in the communities. This key resource can be shared to inspire other communities.

As an additional example, the Chee Mamuk Program project - Around the Kitchen Table was aimed at empowering Aboriginal women to reinstate their traditional role and start their own peer support groups on HIV/AIDS and healthy sexuality in their communities. Informal sessions offered by local facilitators led participants to engage more in self-care practices and to share their new knowledge with others. Participants also gained a deeper understanding of the human side of the illness and were inspired with ideas of how to better support HIV-positive people in their communities; and reported decreased stigma related to HIV in their communities.

ER 4.1: Increased participation in multilateral and international bodies.

RA 4.1: Outcomes were shared from the March 2009 International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and disability at a WHO/UNAIDS international meeting in Geneva in April 2009. Health Portfolio advice was provided at the June UNAIDS Programme Coordinating Board (PCB) meeting in Geneva, to inform health-related agenda items. The department served on the UNAIDS core working group to organize the thematic session on migration and HIV/AIDS.

In 2009-10, eleven Canadian organizations received a total of $0.4M in grant funding to implement HIV/AIDS initiatives under the International Health Grants Program. Those projects facilitated the creation of partnerships and the sharing of resources and best practices to improve awareness, prevention and treatment of HIV/AIDS.

ER 4.2: Strengthened support to developing country health sector responses to HIV by global partners.

RA 4.2: Support was provided to South American and Oceania countries on policy and programme directions relating to HIV/AIDS and indigenous peoples via participation in the International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and Indigenous Peoples in October 2009. Hosted by Health Canada with support from UNAIDS and PHAC, participants included UNAIDS, PAHO and the UN Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues. Best practices were discussed by participants in the policy dialogue.

As follow-up to the March 2009 International Policy Dialogue on HIV/AIDS and disability, the Department provided support towards the development and implementation of an international survey to determine the global needs for strengthening communication and collaborative policy development activities between disability and HIV/AIDS networks. Regional and national organizations from Africa representing people with disabilities and people living with HIV/AIDS were included in the survey.

Support was also provided in the development of an international resource kit for lawyers handling criminal cases related to HIV non-disclosure. The kit assisted legal professionals to better handle such cases by providing the latest scientific developments or other research that would be useful in arguing these cases.

ER 4.3: Policy coherence across the federal government’s global activities.

RA 4.3: Policy coherence on global HIV and AIDS issues was achieved in a number of ways. The Consultative Group on Global HIV and AIDS Issues, which is made up of Government of Canada federal departments working on global HIV and AIDS issues, and Canadian NGOs, met twice in 2009-10. The meeting agendas allowed for participating federal departments to share strategic policy information on HIV and AIDS activities and directions. As well, the Federal Secretariat, an interdepartmental committee made up of all Government of Canada departments engaged in the 2010 International AIDS Conference, was launched. It met twice in 2009-10 to begin to develop coordinated engagement and policy positions to inform the Government in the International AIDS Conference set for July 2010 in Vienna, Austria. For example, a policy paper was produced outlining the Government of Canada strategic engagement in the conference.

Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research

ER 5.1: Funding HIV/AIDS socio-behavioural, biomedical, clinical, clinical trials infrastructure and community-based research.

RA 5.1: On behalf of the FI, the Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) invested a total of $20.4M in HIV/AIDS research. This amount includes funding for the CIHR Canadian HIV Trials Network (CTN) and funding for the CIHR HIV/AIDS Community-Based Research (CBR) Program grants and awards.

In total, including both the Federal Initiative funding and additional CIHR funding, CIHR supported approximately 277 grants, 200 awards, and 14 Canada Research Chairs for a total investment of $41.7M in HIV/AIDS research in 2009-10.

CIHR-supported HIV and AIDS researchers made significant achievements in addressing the HIV and AIDS epidemic both in Canada and globally. For example, a CIHR-funded researcher was one of eight recipients honoured with the first ever CIHR-CMAJ (Canadian Medical Association Journal) Top Canadian Achievements in Health Research Awards. The award is in recognition of individuals who had the biggest impact on the health of Canadians and people around the world. The winners, selected by a peer review panel, were announced in 2009 and included CIHR-supported researcher who demonstrated the effectiveness of male circumcision in reducing the transmission of HIV in Africa.

In 2009, following the development of a strategic funding opportunity in 2007 and a competitive application process in 2008, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative commenced funding for two CIHR Centres for Research Development in HIV/AIDS. This investment represents a new strategy for supporting health services and population-health HIV and AIDS research, which is anticipated to have significant effects on how this research is conducted in the future in Canada.

Overall CIHR-funded individuals and groups are involved in a wide variety of research activities supporting the Federal Initiative areas of interest such as determinants of health, prevention, improved health services, knowledge exchange and global collaboration.

ER 5.2: Development of a knowledge translation and partnership strategy.

RA 5.2: The translation of HIV/AIDS research results into action was promoted as part of a knowledge translation (KT) strategy which included: integrated KT requirements in team grants; direct funding support for knowledge synthesis grants; knowledge to action grants; meeting, planning and dissemination grants; end of grant KT funding; travel grants; and partnerships for health system improvement grants. The two newly-created CIHR Centres for Research Development in HIV/AIDS also engaged in the development of novel integrated KT strategies.

In addition to supporting knowledge translation activities, the HIV/AIDS Research Initiative is developing effective partnerships and enduring relationships that are resulting in new partnership opportunities all the time. For example, the successful Family Front and Centre community forum was co-hosted by the Ontario HIV Treatment Network and The Teresa Group in partnership with the U.S. National Institute of Mental Health and the CIHR Institute of Infection and Immunity (HIV/AIDS Research Initiative) as a satellite of the American Psychological Association’s 2009 convention. Included in the audience were academics, researchers, service providers, policy makers, community members, and people living with HIV.

The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative continues to support many innovative partnerships including the Positive Spaces, Healthy Places study which involved many partners and was a catalyst for developing local, national and international partnerships leading to better housing and other supports for people living with HIV. This work was recognized in a CIHR publication, Healthier Together: The Canadian Partnership Casebook, highlighting innovative partnerships.

ER 5.3: Responsive funding mechanisms.

RA 5.3: The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative continues to ensure its programs are well designed and meeting the needs of the HIV/AIDS research community through on-going consultation, notably through the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Advisory Committee and the Community-Based Research Steering Committee. The four meetings of these committees in 2009-10 involved many stakeholders from different sectors who provided advice on the investment of funds and future directions.

The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative initiated additional consultative processes to guide the development of new funding programs. In particular, a Working Group involving researchers, community-based organizations and clinicians was created to help address the identified priority research area of co-infection and co-morbidities in HIV and AIDS. The Working Group provided advice on the process by which CIHR will seek comprehensive input from a wide range of stakeholders on this important topic.

The Initiative also followed up on a major evaluation of the CIHR HIV/AIDS Community-Based Research (CBR) Program which was undertaken in 2008-09 to ensure the program was meeting its stated objectives. Overall, the evaluation concluded that the program was helping communities and academia respond to the HIV and AIDS, building research capacity at the community level and in academic circles. At the same time, a number of specific recommendations were proposed to improve the program. Based on the recommendations received, the Institute of Infection and Immunity developed an implementation plan in 2009, which is now in its final stage of completion.

ER 5.4: Funding of and participating in HIV and AIDS conferences and workshops.

RA 5.4: Conferences and workshops are a valuable means to share information and to engage stakeholders from multiple sectors in addressing important issues in HIV/AIDS. In 2009-10, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative provided funding for 15 conferences and workshops. It also participated in events to share information on our programs and foster participation in HIV and AIDS research.

Examples of events that the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative contributed to include:

  • Family Front and Centre was a single day community forum exploring the impact of HIV on children and youth and the roles family can play in responding to and preventing infection. Nearly 200 people from across Canada and the United States attended the event in Toronto in August 2009.
  • A Learning Session on Citizen Engagement and Community-Based Research to the CIHR community, which was conducted by the CIHR HIV/AIDS Community-Based Research team, in partnership with the CIHR Partnerships and Community Engagement Branch.
  • Several sessions at the Ontario HIV Treatment Network Conference in 2009 were presented by the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative.
  • A session aimed a building capacity of research trainees and new investigators at the 2009 Canadian Association for HIV Research Conference supported and contributed to by the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative.

Recognizing the importance of open dialogue and exchange, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative held a Café Scientifique in November 2009 in partnership with the Ontario HIV Treatment Network and the Mental Health Commission of Canada. This event, open to the public, addressed the on-going need to reduce HIV/AIDS related stigma and discrimination affecting priority populations and to improve attitudes and behaviours towards HIV/AIDS and people living with the disease. Researchers and members of the public joined in discussions about early influences on the development of vulnerability to HIV in gay men.

ER 5.5: New research funding opportunities for scientists in strategic areas of HIV/AIDS research.

RA 5.5: In order to further support high quality HIV research and knowledge translation activities, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative launched the following funding opportunities: Operating Grants: Priority Announcements, Catalyst Grants, Meetings, Planning and Dissemination Grants, Knowledge to Action Grants, Partnerships for Health System Improvement Grants and Knowledge Synthesis Grants.

In the area of Community-Based Research, Catalyst and Operating Grant funding opportunities were launched in 2009-10.

ER 5.6: Increased capacity building initiatives for researchers.

RA 5.6: The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative is fostering the next generation of HIV and AIDS researchers by providing a range of capacity-building funding opportunities including: priority announcement funding for New Investigator, Fellowship and Doctoral Research awards across all areas of HIV research; and master’s and doctoral awards specifically targeted to both the Aboriginal and General streams of the Community-Based Research Program.

ER 5.7: Implementation of CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative Strategic Plan 2008-13.

RA 5.7: The CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative is two years into its current Strategic Plan and grants and awards are being funded in all six identified strategic priority areas.

The priority area of Issues of co-infection and co-morbidity in HIV/AIDS was identified as the next priority area to be further addressed through targeted funding opportunities. In 2009, a Working Group dedicated to this topic was created and, working with the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Advisory Committee, has explored options to advance the priority area. A broad national consultation involving a range of stakeholders and partners was recommended. This consultation process will culminate in 2010 with a Roundtable session involving a group of experts who will provide advice to CIHR on new research funding programs and partnerships.

In 2009-10, as part of the partnership with PHAC, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative contributed to Population-Specific Status Reports, by providing information confirming CIHR-funded research grants and awards that are addressing issues in the target populations.

In addition, the CIHR HIV/AIDS Research Initiative continued to collaborate with PHAC and the other federal partners, to further strengthen coordination by participating in numerous activities, including committees and the on-going development of a cohesive strategy and mechanism for FI reporting.

Partner: Correctional Services Canada

ER 6.1: Augmented surveillance and data collection.

RA 6.1: Surveillance and data collection was augmented through:

  • Revision and promulgation of tuberculosis screening forms;
  • Implementation of national immunization surveillance for hepatitis A/B, tetanus, pneumococcal, and influenza;
  • Revision of routine analysis of surveillance data for HIV/HCV medical history (previous testing/treatment uptake) among new admissions; and
  • Revision of routine analysis of surveillance data for HIV and HCV seroconversions.

ER 6.2: Analysis of the inmate survey on risk behaviours.

RA 6.2: Work continued to analyze main research questions from the inmate survey with a view to better understanding risk behaviours in order to enhance public health policies and programs, e.g., health education, access to harm reduction measures such as condoms, dental dams and bleach.

ER 6.3: Expanded health promotion and education initiatives.

RA 6.3: Expanded health promotion and education initiatives included:

  • Peer Education Course (PEC) was revised and piloted;
  • Reception Awareness Program (RAP) was revised and focus tested in two institutions; and
  • The format of Choosing Health in Prisons program (CHIPS) was revised from a classroom-based program to a monthly awareness campaign format. Each month, resource packages including presentations, word searches and other educational materials were prepared on a different health theme. Themes for 2009-10 included HIV/AIDS, H1N1/seasonal influenza, sexual health, heart and stroke awareness and tuberculosis.

ER 6.4: Increased information sharing on best practices within the F/P/T/ Heads of Corrections Working Group on Health.

RA 6.4: The F/P/T Working Group had two face-to-face meetings in 2009-10 and several conference calls to share information and best practices on correctional health issues. Pandemic planning was a major focus during 2009-10.

ER 6.5: Increased co-ordination of discharge planning for federal offenders with ongoing infectious disease needs.

RA 6.5: Infectious disease discharge planning was implemented with a focus on:

  • Improving consistency–regular meetings and conference calls held with regional discharge planners to identify challenges and best practices; and
  • Development of national partnerships/contacts–discussions held with stakeholders including HIV/AIDS groups.

ER 6.6: Increased support and learning for correctional health care professionals.

RA 6.6: A Request for Proposal was prepared and posted for the development of five days of nursing training on infectious diseases. The contractor will be selected from the submissions received and work will begin in May 2010.

ER 6.7: Enhanced harm reduction programs and measures.

RA 6.7: Correctional Services Canada continued to implement its harm reduction strategy. Focus was on enhancing health promotion programs to reinforce harm reduction messages as well as sharing health promotion materials with and among P/T partners. Partnerships developed with various stakeholders to share and enhance harm reduction strategies, i.e., Ottawa public health stakeholders.

ER 6.8: Implementation of an infectious disease strategy for women offenders.

RA 6.8: The implementation of an Infectious Disease Strategy for Women continued. A Women’s Health Kit was designed and manufactured with link CORCAN for implementation in 2010-11. A multi-sector women’s health working group was established to strategize and develop collaborative approaches to address health issues facing the women offender population.

ER 6.9: Development of culturally appropriate health programs and services for Aboriginal offenders in federal correctional institutions.

RA 6.9: An Aboriginal health strategy was approved and a two-year national action plan was drafted.

Comments on Variances:

PHAC: The $4.2M variance in spending is the result of internal reallocations and delays in the approval of National Specific Population HIV/AIDS Initiatives and other initiatives, such as social marketing, caused by the Agency’s redirecting its focus to address the containment of the H1N1 outbreak, an unexpected public health priority.

Health Canada: Due to implementation and operational challenges, including the backfilling of staff, Actual Spending was $0.6M lower than Planned Spending of $1.4M.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research: Funds not used in CHVI initiatives by CIHR were used to support ongoing FI supported HIV/AIDS research efforts, resulting in an additional $1.1M spent on the FI.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Major non-governmental stakeholders are considered full partners in the Federal Initiative to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada. Their role is to engage and collaborate with all levels of government, communities, other non-governmental organizations, professional groups, institutions and the private sector to enhance the Federal Initiative to Address HIV/AIDS in Canada’s progress on all outcomes identified above.

Contact information:
Dr. Howard Njoo
Director General
130 Colonnade Road
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0K9
Tel: 613-948-6799 
Howard.Njoo@phac-aspc.gc.ca

 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative (CHVI)

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Infectious Disease Prevention and Control

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: February 20, 2007

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 2013

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $111M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The CHVI, Canada’s contribution to the Global HIV Vaccine Enterprise, is a collaborative undertaking between the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation to contribute to the global effort to develop a safe, effective, affordable and globally accessible HIV vaccine. This collaboration builds on the Government of Canada’s commitment to a comprehensive, long-term approach to address prevention technologies. Participating federal departments and agencies are the link Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA), link PHAC, link Industry Canada (IC), link Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR), and link Health Canada (HC). The CHVI’s overall objectives are to: strengthen HIV vaccine discovery and social research capacity; strengthen clinical trial capacity and networks, particularly in low and middle income countries (LMICs); increase pilot scale manufacturing capacity for HIV vaccine clinical trial lots; strengthen policy and regulatory approaches for HIV vaccines and promote the community and social aspects of HIV vaccine research and delivery; and ensure horizontal collaboration within the CHVI and with domestic and international stakeholders.

Shared Outcome(s):

Immediate (Short-Term) Outcomes:

  • Increased and improved collaboration and networking;
  • Enhanced knowledge base;
  • Increased readiness and capacity in Canada and LMICs; and
  • Completion of the application process concerning pilot scale clinical trial lot production.

Intermediate Outcomes:

  • Strengthened contribution to global efforts to accelerate the development of safe, effective, affordable, and globally accessible HIV vaccines.

Long-Term Outcomes:

  • The Canadian HIV Vaccine Initiative contributes to the global efforts to reduce the spread of HIV/AIDS particularly in LMICs.

Governance Structure(s):

The Minister of Health, in consultation with the Minister of Industry and the Minister of International Cooperation, will be the lead for the CHVI for the purposes of overall coordination. Communications for the CHVI will be handled jointly. In support of the Ministers, coordination for the Government of Canada is provided by an Interdepartmental Steering Committee consisting of representatives from the participating federal departments and agencies. The Interdepartmental Steering Committee is responsible for providing strategic directions and priorities, and reviewing progress. Multi-stakeholder engagement, involving governments, the private sector, international stakeholders, people living with HIV/AIDS, researchers and Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs) and other relevant stakeholders, have been, and will continue to be established to inform the CHVI. The role of participating departments and agencies involved in the CHVI are:

  • link PHAC contributes its public health scientific, policy and program expertise and provides secretariat support for the CHVI.
  • link HC applies its wider range of expertise, including vaccine related policy, regulations and protocols; facilitates collaborative networks of specialists with a particular focus on the community and social dimensions of vaccine research, development and delivery; and enhances international collaborations.
  • link CIHR provides scientific leadership and strategic guidance through its linkages to the Canadian research community, as well as brings critical expertise in peer review mechanisms and related professional support services to identify and fund eligible HIV vaccines projects.
  • link IC applies industry specific knowledge and experience to provide linkages to the Canadian and International vaccine industry, as well as assist with industry-related issues, including the appropriate engagement of potential private sector collaborators.
  • link CIDA provides effective linkages to international development efforts and ensures consistency with Canada’s international commitments. Moreover, CIDA will provide strategic guidance to ensure that the goals of the CHVI promote the development and delivery of HIV vaccines that benefit the needs of the highly endemic HIV/AIDS countries in the developing world.
($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Variance for 2009-10 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved (RA) in 2009-10
Public Health Agency of Canada Infectious Disease Prevention and Control a. Public Health Contributions Program $27.0 $10.7 $2.4 link $8.3 link ER 1.1
link ER 1.2
link ER 1.3
link ER 1.4
link RA 1.1
link RA 1.2
link RA 1.3
link RA 1.4
Health Canada International Health Affairs a. Grants to eligible non-profit international organizations in support of their projects or programs on health $1.0 $0.2 $0.0 link $0.2 link ER 2.1 link RA 2.1
Industry Canada Industry Sector – Science and Technology and Innovation a. N/A $13.0 $3.2 $0.0 link $3.2 link ER 3.1
link ER 3.2
link RA 3.1
link RA 3.2
Canadian International Development Agency Institutions – Enhanced capacity and effectiveness of Multilateral institutions and Canadian/ International organizations in achieving development goals a. International Development Assistance Program $60.0 $6.2 $1.2 link $5.0 link ER 4.1
link ER 4.2
link ER 4.3
link ER 4.4
link RA 4.1
link RA 4.2
link RA 4.3
link RA 4.4
Canadian Institutes of Health Research HIV/AIDS Research Initiative – Program Activity Architecture Code: 12300 a. HIV/AIDS
Research Initiative
$10.0 $1.3 $0.9 link $0.4 link ER 5.1
link ER 5.2
link RA 5.1
link RA 5.2
Total $111 .0 $21.6 $4.5 $17.1    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

Partner: Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 1.1: Completed open and transparent selection process for a not for profit corporation (NPC) to build and operate a pilot-scale clinical trial lots manufacturing facility.

RA 1.1: The selection process was completed. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria.

ER 1.2: Negotiation and finalization of a contribution agreement with the successful NPC.

RA 1.2: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the Government of Canada announced in February 2010 that they would not move forward with the manufacturing facility given a shift in landscape which demonstrated that there was sufficient manufacturing capacity. Subsequently, in July 2010, the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation announced the renewal of the CHVI, with the establishment of the Research and Development Alliance as its cornerstone.

ER. 1.3: New Community Initiatives Fund implemented (in partnership with HC).

RA 1.3: Requests for Proposals completed. Five community initiative projects were put in place to address community and social aspects of HIV vaccine research and delivery.

ER 1.4: Evaluation completed.

RA 1.4: The CHVI Formative Evaluation is in the final stages of completion.

Partner: Health Canada

ER 2.1: New Community Initiatives Fund implemented in partnership with PHAC.

RA 2.1: Requests for Proposals completed in partnership with PHAC.

Partner: Industry Canada

ER 3.1: Support provided to a PHAC-led open and transparent selection process for a NPC to build and operate a pilot- scale, clinical trial lots manufacturing facility.

RA 3.1: The selection process was completed. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria.

ER 3.2: Support provided on the negotiation and finalization of a contribution agreement with the successful NPC.

RA 3.2: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the Government of Canada announced in February 2010 that they would not move forward with the manufacturing facility given a shift in landscape which demonstrated that there was sufficient manufacturing capacity. Subsequently, in July 2010, the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation announced the renewal of the CHVI, with the establishment of the Research and Development Alliance as its cornerstone.

Partner: Canadian International Development Agency

ER 4.1: Under the discovery and social research component, and in collaboration with CIHR, successfully completed the letter of intent and development grant stages of the Team Grant program to support collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers.

RA 4.1: The Large Team Grant funding opportunity was developed and the transfer agreement between CIDA and CIHR was finalized. The Large Team Grant funding opportunity will be launched in 2010-11.

ER 4.2: Establishment of a program to support teams of Canadian and LMICs researchers and research institutions to strengthen their capacity to conduct high-quality clinical trials of HIV vaccine and other related prevention technologies.

RA 4.2: The letter of intent review for the Clinical Trial Capacity Building and Networks program component was completed. Development of full proposals in process.

ER 4.3: Activities supported to improve regulatory capacity in LMICs, especially those where clinical trials are planned or ongoing.

RA 4.3: A grant was awarded to the World Health Organization to support regulatory capacity building in LMICs.

ER 4.4: Support provided to a PHAC-led open and transparent selection process for a NPC to build and operate a pilot scale clinical trial lots manufacturing facility.

RA 4.4: The selection process was completed. None of the applicants were found to be successful in meeting pre-established criteria.

ER 4.5: Support provided on the negotiation and finalization of a contribution agreement with the successful NPC.

RA 4.5: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the Government of Canada announced in February 2010 that they would not move forward with the manufacturing facility given a shift in landscape which demonstrated that there was sufficient manufacturing capacity. Subsequently, in July 2010, the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation announced the renewal of the CHVI, with the establishment of the Research and Development Alliance as its cornerstone.

Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research

ER 5.1: Canadian researchers, working either independently or in small teams, supported through operating grant and Catalyst grant programs.

RA 5.1: Three catalyst grants were awarded to Canadian researchers to support novel activities that represent a first step towards the pursuit of more comprehensive funding opportunities (e.g., operating grants and team grants) and which will ultimately contribute to international efforts in HIV vaccine development. Funding also continued for five previously awarded operating grants across Canada. Five Emerging Team Grant applicants were successful in receiving start up funds that will allow them to design full proposals outlining how their team of Canadian investigators will contribute important knowledge to the global search for HIV vaccines. Full funding for two teams will begin in summer 2010.

ER 5.2: Under the discovery and social research component, and in collaboration with CIDA, successfully completed the letter of intent and development grant stages of the Team Grant program to support collaborative teams of Canadian and LMIC researchers.

RA 5.2: The Large Team Grant funding opportunity was developed and the transfer agreement between CIDA and CIHR was finalized. The Large Team Grant funding opportunity will be launched in 2010-11.

Comments on Variances:

Public Health Agency of Canada: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the Government of Canada announced in February 2010 that they would not move forward with the manufacturing facility given a shift in landscape which demonstrated that there was sufficient manufacturing capacity. Subsequently, in July 2010, the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation announced the renewal of the CHVI, with the establishment of the Research and Development Alliance as its cornerstone.

Health Canada: In 2009-10, a Request for Proposals (RFP) was held for CHVI projects under the Community Initiatives Fund, which is funded through the International Health Grants Program. The RFP did not produce sufficient proposals to proceed and so funds for 2009-10 were deferred to future years.

Industry Canada: The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and the Government of Canada announced in February 2010 that they would not move forward with the manufacturing facility given a shift in landscape which demonstrated that there was sufficient manufacturing capacity. Subsequently, in July 2010, the Government of Canada and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation announced the renewal of the CHVI, with the establishment of the Research and Development Alliance as its cornerstone.

Canadian International Development Agency: The variance is largely a result in delays to the launch of the Clinical Trials component resulting in less funds being requested from the International Development Research Center (IDRC), the executing agency. In addition, the Large Team grants have not yet been launched, and as a result there has been no spending under the Discovery and Social Research program component.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research: The variance is a result of less than an expected number of catalyst grants being funded. In addition, the Large Team grants have not yet been launched, and as a result there has been no spending under the Discovery and Social Research program component.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Non-governmental stakeholders, including research institutions and not-for-profit community organizations; are integral to the success of the CHVI. Their role is to engage and collaborate with participating departments and agencies, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation and other funders to contribute to CHVI objectives and to a significant Canadian contribution towards the Global HIV Vaccine Enterprise.

Contact information:
Steven Sternthal
Director
200 Eglantine Driveway
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0K9
(613) 952-5120
Steven.Sternthal@phac-aspc.gc.ca

 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza

Name of Lead Department(s): Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC)

Lead Department Program Activities:

  • Infectious Disease Prevention and Control
  • Emergency Preparedness and Response

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Late 2006

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $422M for Health Portfolio and $195M for Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA) for 2006-07 to 2010-11. Note that CFIA’s Avian and Pandemic Influenza funding was reduced due to Strategic Review but this had no impact on the H1N1 response. Planned Spending figures for 2009-10 in the table below reflect these reductions; however, the preceding $195M total funding allocation does not.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Canada is facing two major, inter-related animal and public health threats: the potential spread of avian influenza virus (H5N1) to wild birds and domestic fowl in Canada and the potential for a human-adapted strain to arise, resulting in human-to-human transmission, potentially triggering a human influenza pandemic. A coordinated and comprehensive plan to address both avian and pandemic influenza is required.

In 2006 the Health Portfolio received $422M over five years to improve preparedness for avian and pandemic influenza. The bulk of the initiatives are ongoing. Initiatives are being launched in the areas of vaccines and antivirals, surge capacity, prevention and early warning, emergency preparedness, critical science and regulation, risk communication, and inter-jurisdictional collaboration. Efforts will also be undertaken to fill gaps in on-reserve planning and preparedness and enhance federal capacity to deal with an on-reserve pandemic.

Under the umbrella of Preparing for Emergencies, in 2006 CFIA obtained $195M to be spent over five years to enhance Canada’s state of Avian Influenza (AI) preparedness. Canada’s Avian Influenza Working Group was established in 2006 to update policies, protocols, operating procedures, and systems to enhance Canada’s state of preparedness—through collaborations and partnership— in five pillars of strategies and processes for prevention and early warning, emergency preparedness, emergency response, recovery and communications.

Since inception of the horizontal initiative, the partners, which include Health Canada (HC), CFIA, Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) and PHAC have been working collaboratively at a governance level on the Avian and Pandemic Influenza Horizontal Initiative. As a result of the pandemic H1N1 in April 2009, the horizontal governance model was set aside and will be resurrected in fall 2010.

Shared Outcome(s): These initiatives will allow the federal government to strengthen Canada’s capacity to prevent and respond to the immediate animal health and economic impacts of avian influenza while increasing preparedness for a potential pandemic.

Greater protection for Canadians will come about with improved vaccines and antivirals, improved emergency preparedness, and increased surge capacity to better address peak periods, as well as through critical scientific and regulatory processes in the area. There will be enhanced on-reserve planning and preparedness and improved federal capacity to deal with an on-reserve pandemic.

Response speed and understanding will be enhanced through prevention and early warning measures, risk communication and inter-jurisdictional collaboration.

Governance Structure(s): In January 2008, PHAC and link Health Canada finalized The Avian and Pandemic Influenza Preparedness Interdepartmental/Agency Governance Agreement. The primary scope of the Agreement is the management of specific horizontal issues and/or initiatives stemming from the $1B for avian and pandemic influenza preparedness emanating from Budget 2006. Ministerial accountability is not altered by this agreement and departments and agencies maintain their responsibilities to manage their mandated areas and the funds entrusted to them.

The agreement is supported by a structure that falls within the auspices of the Deputy Minister’s Committee on Avian and Pandemic Influenza Planning (CAPIP). The implementation of the agreement is led by the Avian and Pandemic Influenza Assistant Deputy Ministers Governance (API ADM Governance) Committee focusing on the implementation of the initiatives funded through Budget 2006.

The API ADM Governance Committee provides strategic direction and oversight monitoring. It authorizes and facilitates overview reporting to the TBS. Members of this committee ensure support for the pursued initiatives in their departments/agencies. The API ADM Governance Committee keeps the Committee of ADMs under the CAPIP process informed of its activities through cross membership.

An Avian and Pandemic Influenza Operations Directors General (APIO DG) Committee supports the API ADM Governance Committee, makes recommendations to it and oversees the coordination of the exercise. The APIO DG committee keeps the DG Steering Committee under the CAPIP process informed of its activities through cross membership. The APIO DG Committee is chaired by PHAC and CFIA and its members include director general-level representatives from HC and CIHR and chairs of established working groups.

Working groups are established for areas that cross departmental and agency activity. Working groups report to the API ADM Governance Committee through the APIO DG Committee.

PHAC provides secretariat support for the API ADM Governance and APIO DG Committees.

($M)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Variance for 2009-10 (from planned to actual expenditure) Expected Results for 2009-10 Results Achieved (RA) in 2009-10
Public Health Agency of Canada Infectious Disease Prevention and Control a. Vaccine readiness and clinical trials Ongoing $15.9 $0.7 $15.2 link ER 1.1
link ER 1.2
link RA 1.1
link RA 1.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control b. Rapid vaccine development and testing Ongoing $1.7 $1.6 $0.1 link ER 2.1 link RA 2.1
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control c. Contribution to National Antiviral Stockpile Ongoing $7.4 $0.3 $7.1 link ER 3.1 link RA 3.1
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control d. Capacity for pandemic preparedness Ongoing $4.8 $23.1 ($18.3) link ER 4.1
link ER 4.2
link RA 4.1
link RA 4.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control e. Surveillance Ongoing $8.2 $4.3 $3.9 link ER 5.1 link RA 5.1
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control f. Emergency human resources Ongoing $0.4 $0.4 $0.0 link ER 6.1 link RA 6.1
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control g. Winnipeg lab and space optimization Ongoing $7.2 $3.3 $3.9 link ER 7.1
link ER 7.2
link RA 7.1
link RA 7.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control h. Strengthening the public health lab network Ongoing $1.2 $0.9 $0.3 link ER 8.1 link RA 8.1
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control i. Influenza research network Ongoing $2.2 $0.6 $1.6 link ER 9.1
link ER 9.2
link RA 9.1
link RA 9.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control j. Pandemic influenza risk assessment and modelling Ongoing $0.8 $0.6 $0.2 link ER 10.1
link ER 10.2
link RA 10.1
link RA 10.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control k. Performance and evaluation Ongoing $0.6 $0.5 $0.1 link ER 11.1
link ER 11.2
link ER 11.3
link ER 11.4
link RA 11.1
link RA 11.2
link RA 11.3
link RA 11.4
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control l. Pandemic influenza risk communications strategy Ongoing $1.8 $2.2 ($0.4) link ER 12.1
link ER 12.2
link RA 12.1
link RA 12.2
Infectious Disease Prevention and Control m. Skilled national public health workforce Ongoing $6.0 $3.2 $2.8 link ER 13.1
link ER 13.2
link ER 13.3
link ER 13.4
link ER 13.5
link RA 13.1
link RA 13.2
link RA 13.3
link RA 13.4
link RA 13.5
Emergency Preparedness and Response a. Emergency preparedness Ongoing $6.6 $5.9 $0.7 link ER 14.1
link ER 14.2
link ER 14.3
link ER 14.4
link ER 14.5
link ER 14.6
link RA 14.1
link RA 14.2
link RA 14.3
link RA 14.4
link RA 14.5
link RA 14.6
Total N/A $64.8 $47.6 link $17.2    
Health Canada Access to safe and effective health products and food and information for healthy choices a. Regulatory activities related to pandemic influenza vaccine Ongoing $1.5 $1.5 $0.0 link ER 15.1 link RA 15.1
Access to safe and effective health products and food and information for healthy choices b. Resources for review and approval of antiviral drug submissions for treatment of pandemic influenza Ongoing $0.3 $0.3 $0.0 link ER 16.1 link RA 16.1
Access to safe and effective health products and food and information for healthy choices c. Establishment of a crisis risk management unit for monitoring and post market assessment of therapeutic products Ongoing $0.4 $0.4 $0.0 link ER 17.1 link RA 17.1
Better health outcomes and reduction of health inequalities between First Nations and Inuit and other Canadians a. FN/I surge capacity $1.5
(2007-08 to 2009-10)
$0.4 $0.4 $0.0 link ER 18.1 link RA 18.1
Better health outcomes and reduction of health inequalities between First Nations and Inuit and other Canadians b. Strengthening federal public health capacity Ongoing $0.7 $0.7 $0.0 link ER 19.1
link ER 19.2
link ER 19.3
link RA 19.1
link RA 19.2
link RA 19.3
Better health outcomes and reduction of health inequalities between First Nations and Inuit and other Canadians
 
c. First Nations and Inuit emergency preparedness, planning, training and integration Ongoing $0.4 $0.4 $0.0 link ER 20.1 link RA 20.1
Reduced health and environmental risks from products and substances, and healthy sustainable and working environments a. Public health emergency preparedness and response on conveyances Ongoing $0.3 $0.4 ($0.1) link ER 21.1
link ER 21.2
link ER 21.3
link ER 21.4
link RA 21.1
link RA 21.2
link RA 21.3
link RA 21.4
Total N/A $4.0 $4.1 ($0.1)    
Canadian Institutes of Health Research Pandemic Preparedness Strategic Research Initiative a. Influenza research priorities $38.2 (2006-07 to 2010-11) $10.7 $13.0 ($2.3) link ER 22.1
link ER 22.2
link ER 22.3
link ER 22.4
link RA 22.1
link RA 22.2
link RA 22.3
link RA 22.4
Total $38.2 (2006-07 to 2010-11) $10.7 $13.0 link ($2.3)    
Canadian Food Inspection Agency Disease Prevention and Control a. Enhanced enforcement measures Ongoing $1.5 $2.3 ($0.8) link ER 23.1 link RA 23.1
Disease Prevention and Control b. Avian biosecurity on farms Ongoing $2.7 $0.9 $1.8 link ER 24.1 link RA 24.1
Disease Prevention and Control c. Real property requirements Ongoing $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 link ER 25.1 link RA 25.1
Disease Prevention and Control d. Domestic and wildlife surveillance Ongoing $3.1 $ 2.1 $1.0 link ER 26.1 link RA 26.1
Disease Prevention and Control e. Strengthened economic and regulatory framework Ongoing $0.9 $0.1 $0.8 link ER 27.1 link RA 27.1
Disease Prevention and Control f. Performance evaluation Ongoing $1.1 $1.0 $0.1 link ER 28.1 link RA 28.1
Disease Prevention and Control g. Risk communications Ongoing $1.6 $0.0 $1.6 link ER 29.1 link RA 29.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response a. Field training Ongoing $1.1 $0.1 $1.0 link ER 30.1
link ER 30.2
link RA 30.1
link RA 30.2
Emergency Preparedness and Response b. AI enhanced management capacity Ongoing $1.0 $2.1 ($1.1) link ER 31.1 link RA 31.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response c. Updated emergency response plans Ongoing $2.0 $0.9 $1.1 link ER 32.1 link RA 32.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response d. Risk assessment and modelling Ongoing $2.1 $0.3 $1.8 link ER 33.1 link RA 33.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response e. AI Research Ongoing $1.5 $0.9 $0.6 link ER 34.1
link ER 34.2
link ER 34.3
link RA 34.1
link RA 34.2
link RA 34.3
Emergency Preparedness and Response f. International collaboration Ongoing $1.6 $0.3 $1.3 link ER 35.1 link RA 35.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response g. Animal vaccine bank Ongoing $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 link ER 36.1 link RA 36.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response h. Access to antivirals Ongoing $0.1 $0.0 $0.1 link ER 37.1 link RA 37.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response i. Specialized equipment Ongoing $0.0 $0.2 ($0.2) link ER 38.1 link RA 38.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response j. Laboratory surge capacity and capability Ongoing $3.8 $2.5 $1.3 link ER 39.1 link RA 39.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response k. Field surge capacity Ongoing $1.0 $1.9 ($0.9) link ER 40.1 link RA 40.1
Emergency Preparedness and Response l. National veterinary reserve Ongoing $0.9 $1.4 ($0.5) link ER 41.1 link RA  41.1
Total Ongoing $26.0 $17.0 link $9.0    
Horizontal Initiative Total N/A $105.5 $81.7 $23.8    

Expected Results (ER)/Results Achieved (RA):

Partner: Public Health Agency of Canada

ER 1.1: Clinical trials of a pre-pandemic vaccine undertaken and the relevance of individual trials to Canada’s needs assessed.

RA 1.1: A clinical trial was conducted through a contract with ID Biomedical Corporation (GlaxoSmithKline Biologicals or GSK) to assess an accelerated two-dose immunization schedule for a pre-pandemic (H5N1) vaccine. The final report of the clinical trials was provided to PHAC in 2009-10. The results of the clinical trials were also included in GSK’s rolling submission to Health Canada seeking authorization of the H1N1 vaccine. The clinical trials contributed to the timely authorization of an effective vaccine in response to the H1N1 pandemic.

ER 1.2: Pandemic capacity for vaccine adverse event surveillance and effectiveness monitoring improved.

RA 1.2: Vaccine adverse event surveillance was improved through a high degree of collaboration with P/Ts and messaging to health care providers such that there was a five-fold increase in reporting of adverse events and an improvement in timeliness of reporting compared to previous years.

ER 2.1: Progress on the development of different clinical grade commercial H5N1 influenza vaccines.

RA 2.1: ID Biomedical Corporation has conducted clinical trials on different H5N1 virus strains and has produced a commercial H5N1 vaccine that is intended for government stockpiling purposes. Authorization of the vaccine has not yet been obtained in Canada as the authorization process was superseded by the need to review and authorize a suitable H1N1 vaccine in response to the pandemic. Under the vaccine contract, Canada has purchased a GSK-held stockpile of H5N1 vaccine components; the H5N1 antigen and AS03 adjuvant which could be packaged together and delivered to Canada if needed in response to an H5N1 pandemic and pending final vaccine authorization from Health Canada.

ER 3.1: Reduced gap between the outbreak of a pandemic and the availability of a pandemic vaccine.

RA 3.1: The efforts by ID Biomedical Corporation in developing a pre-pandemic H5N1 vaccine, including the clinical trial funded by the Government of Canada, contributed to the knowledge base allowing for rapid development of an H1N1 vaccine. Significant information on the pre-pandemic vaccine was compiled and submitted by GSK to Health Canada for use in approval of the H1N1 vaccine. The availability of this data on the pre-pandemic vaccine contributed leading to a timely authorization of the H1N1 vaccine, greatly reducing the time between the development of a suitable pandemic vaccine and the availability for use of that vaccine.

ER 4.1: Minister and senior administrators informed on range of avian and pandemic influenza issues.

RA 4.1: During the H1N1 pandemic, daily briefings took place among the Minister of Health, the Chief Public Health Officer and the Deputy Minister of Health, to ensure that information was shared on a regular basis.

A Federal, Provincial and Territorial (F/P/T) Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on roles and responsibilities was created for pandemic planning which the Minister of Health approved prior to implementation.

Prior to the H1N1 pandemic the Minister of Health and her staff were briefed on pandemic preparedness issues including the acquisition of H5N1 vaccine and the influenza fill line capacity.

A formal H1N1 Business Cycle was implemented through which the Minister’s office, the Health Portfolio Executive Group, Senior Government Officials and the Chief Public Health Officer were briefed on H1N1 related issues.

ER 4.2: Improved capacity from increase use of the regional communication systems established over the past three years.

RA 4.2: Improved regional capacity enabled effective communications response between the federal government and P/T partners. This was done through the following mechanisms:

  • Regular teleconference meetings (varying from daily to monthly, as required);
  • Information sharing on common issues; and
  • Annual face-to-face meeting to provide in-depth focus on common issues.

ER 5.1: Improved capacity and timeliness in identifying and reporting on human cases of avian flu and pandemic health care incidents of potential interest.

RA 5.1: The Canadian Network of Public Health Intelligence (CNPHI) Alert module through the Canadian Integrated Outbreak Surveillance Centre (CIOSC) has been used regularly for reporting any unusual events related to H5N1 or novel influenza to F/P/T and local public health partners. In fact, CIOSC was used extensively in the four days preceding the announcement of the emergence of pandemic H1N1 virus in Mexico.

The Global Public Health Intelligence Network (GPHIN) was used to analyse informal and formal sources of information for early detection and reporting of any unusual events related to pandemic influenza, H5N1 and respiratory events of unknown etiology.

ER 6.1: Updated Human Resources Emergency Response Plan.

RA 6.1: In June 2009 after the first wave of H1N1 had ebbed, the Human Resources Directorate updated the Agency’s resourcing plan. The resulting outcome was the PHAC Emergency Operations Resourcing Implementation Plan 2009-10 (PEORIP). While the purpose of the Health Portfolio Emergency Response Plan serves as a guide on how to coordinate the planning of actions and the response to events and emergencies for the Health Portfolio managers/respondents in meeting mandated responsibilities, the PEORIP concentrates on enabling the required rapid response from a human talent acquisition, mobilization and management perspective.

The PEORIP resulted in outcomes that included:

  • The identification of anticipated resourcing requirements, for both health emergencies and mass gathering events;
  • Resource identification and mobilization for the combined Incident Management Structure (IMS), used specifically for H1N1 and the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games;
  • Emergency measures staffing authorities for the events;
  • Procedures for staffing these events and emergencies;
  • Sources for the acquisition of human talent;
  • Monitoring of resourcing/staffing;
  • Application of the terms and conditions of employment and other labour relations aspects;
  • Employee support (such as training, employee assistance program); and
  • A human resources (HR) communications strategy/plan.

The PEORIP was reviewed following the H1N1 second wave and the Vancouver 2010 Olympics, and consequently an HR Model for Emergency Preparedness and Response is currently under development, for expected implementation in 2010-11.

ER 7.1: Design for the renovations of the new lab completed. Planned renovations of the JC Wilt Laboratory completed.

RA 7.1: The JC Wilt laboratory schematic design has been completed by Smith Carter Architects. Phase One of demolition includes removal of obsolete equipment such as partitions, ceiling and flooring tiles, and salvation of equipment that can be refurbished and reused was completed. Phase Two, including modification of exterior walls, will be done by a construction firm upon contract award to realize cost savings.

ER 7.2: Canada’s laboratory research and response capacity increased.

RA 7.2: Response capacity was increased during the H1N1 pandemic through the following initiatives:

  • Antiviral Resistance Testing Kits were developed and distributed to Public Health Laboratories (PHLs);
  • Reagent back-up stockpiling for P/T laboratories was put in place; and
  • Modelling of influenza surge capacity of two public health labs, in British Columbia and Alberta. This tool provided enabled the labs to make informed decisions to improve testing capacity.

Space in the National Microbiology Laboratory (NML) for laboratory research and response capacity has been increased with the move of shipping/receiving and storage functions to the off-site location. Following this move, the vacant space underwent renovations to provide additional research and research support capacity for program storage and the freezer room. As a result of these renovations, space was created to relocate the medial preparation area into the new NML expansion space to increase the space of the Contaminant Level (CL) 2 laboratory.

ER 8.1: Federal laboratory liaison technicians in provinces and territories (P/Ts) are trained, equipped and put in place to contribute to improved communications between provincial and territorial labs and the NML and strengthen national laboratory capacity. Components of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan (CPIP) Annex C are in operation.

RA 8.1: Laboratory Liaison Technical Officers (LLTOs) have been placed in seven of the 10 provincial public health laboratories. The LLTOs proved to be an essential asset during the response to H1N1 pandemic. Response to H1N1 pandemic validated Annex C: Pandemic Influenza Laboratory Guidelines of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan. The response also led to the following initiatives that were completed during 2009-10;

  • A Laboratory Best Practice Document, which was created specifically for H1N1 pandemic within a public health laboratory;
  • An assessment of 2009 Lessons Learned as a result H1N1 pandemic; and
  • A Laboratory Capacity Assessment. During the first wave of H1N1 pandemic, the public health labs were assessed with respect to capacity to respond to influenza. One of the key points from this assessment was that labs were able to maintain testing by restricting or cancelling other services.

ER 9.1: A research agenda responds to the needs of avian and pandemic influenza preparedness.

RA 9.1: As of April 1, 2010, the PHAC Centre for Immunization and Infectious Respiratory Diseases assumed responsibility for maintaining PHAC’s research agenda related to avian and pandemic influenza. The current research agenda classifies each research project based on the following themes: Antivirals; Biology of the Virus and Host; Clinical Care; Diagnostic Testing; Disease Severity; Ethics; Infection Prevention and Control; Information Technology and Training; Modelling/Predicting/Planning; Public Opinion Research; Surveillance; Transmission; Vaccines; and Zoonosis/Human-Animal Health.

ER 9.2: Research resources granted under the Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza Treasury Board decision are optimally allocated.

RA 9.2: The PHAC/CIHR Influenza Response Network (PCIRN) was created as a result of the partnership between PHAC and CIHR.

Original funding of $10.8M over three years was announced June 5, 2009. An additional $2.7M over three years was announced August 27, 2009 to accelerate planning and to have procedures in place to evaluate the H1N1 vaccine within the context of the declared pandemic.

This network involved five theme groups and three support groups: Rapid Vaccine Trials; Rapid Program Implementation; Vaccine Coverage; Vaccine Safety; Vaccine Effectiveness; Laboratory Support; Information Technology Support; and Curriculum and Knowledge Translation.

PCIRN research will focus rapid testing for safety and effectiveness of the H1N1 vaccine in high risk populations - Aboriginal children and adults, adults with chronic illness, infants six to 35 months old and adults diagnosed with HIV.

Influenza Research Priorities was a joint initiative with Canadian Institutes of Health Research that became the Pandemic Preparedness Strategic Research Initiative (PPSRI). PHAC contributed $5.15M in grants from 2008-09 through 2010-11. This has funded over 100 pandemic related research projects including such areas as:

  • Proteomics and genomics of influenza infected cells;
  • Willingness of health care workers to report to work during a pandemic; and
  • The assessment of pharmacy-based immunization in rural communities.

ER 10.1: Predictive and assessment models used for pandemic preparedness developed and established.

RA 10.1: Vaccine modelling was conducted for vaccine prioritization and aided in decision-making around sequencing of vaccine administration during the 2009 Immunization Campaign.

ER 10.2: More potential learners in university and college settings trained as mathematical modellers in order to expand the ranks of the profession.

RA 10.2: The Agency conducted 10 training sessions in formal university and college settings to strengthen public health technical expertise and competencies both within PHAC as well as in the broader F/P/T fora. This focus on professional development will result in more timely detection and more effective management of a range of disease outbreaks (including those related to avian and/or pandemic influenza) and contribute to reducing the extent of illness and death in the event of a pandemic.

ER 11.1: Evaluation Plan for avian and pandemic influenza preparedness implemented.

RA 11.1: A performance measurement framework and evaluation plan was implemented to collect baseline information for an evaluation in 2010-11.

ER 11.2: Components of the performance measurement framework in place at the responsibility centre level. 

RA 11.2: All Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza Responsibility Centres were engaged in defining and appropriating performance indicators and in providing performance measurement information.

ER 11.3: Data collection facilitated using a Web-based system. 

RA 11.3: A common Web-based data collection system was prepared, finalized and piloted with users, but has been suspended due to unforeseen technical problems with data outputs. An interim electronic data-gathering system was implemented and used.  It is not expected that a Web-based system will be employed in the near future.

ER 11.4: Performance monitoring and measurement data and evidence used for management and reporting.

RA 11.4: Performance monitoring and measurement data and evidence was gathered in the final quarter of the 2009-10 fiscal year and will be used for management, reporting and evaluation purposes in 2010-11. The data collected addresses outputs and outcomes achieved or not in support of training, policy and procedures, clinical trials, planning and frameworks, partnerships, resource capacity building, communications / information development and dissemination for the Initiative.

ER 12.1: Contributed to the strategy for a three-year pan-Canadian social marketing campaign on influenza and infection prevention to be launched fall 2009.

RA 12.1:  A multi-jurisdictional infection prevention behaviours campaign, the Citizen Readiness Marketing Campaign (CRC), was planned, highlights include:

  • Development of messages frames;
  • Creation of an inventory of all messages and marketing activities for each jurisdiction;
  • Launch of F/P/T collaboration; and
  • Creation of link www.fightflu.ca.

However, with the emergence of H1N1, the CRC was revised to:

  • Add infection prevention measures awareness tactics from May - August 2009 (wave 1); and
  • Action marketing campaign phases 1-4 from September 2009 - March 2010 with F/P/Ts, in line with the CRC strategy.

ER 12.2: Communications Operational Plan developed to support Annex K: Communications, of The Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan for the Health Sector.

RA 12.2: The Communications Operational Plan was developed to support Annex K: Communications, of The Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan, which can be found at: link http://www.phac-aspc.gc.ca/cpip-pclcpi/ann-k-eng.php#tphp.

The operational plan helped facilitate:

  • The establishment of relevant protocols to ensure F/P/T collaboration and cooperation;
  • A coordinated approach to Pan-Canadian Pandemic Communications; and
  • The development of appropriate revised message frames, communications strategies and actions to ensure that pandemic communications supported the successful goals of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan.

ER 13.1: Completion of MOUs with selected placement sites across the country that will host Public Health Officers (PHOs). More PHOs in place. 

RA 13.1: Four MOUs for the placement of PHOs in public health organizations across Canada are completed and signed. These MOUs are with Eastern Health Authority in St. John’s, Newfoundland, the Nova Scotia Department of Health Promotion and Protection in Halifax, the Prince Edward Island Department of Health and Social Services in Charlottetown and the Northwest Territories Department of Health and Social Services in Yellowknife. A further 14 Letters of Agreement (LOA) with placement sites are ready for signature. One letter of agreement is required for each PHO placement site. Currently, 26 are targeted for staffing by the end of fiscal 2010/2011. The recent changes in the CPHS , particularly the requirement for PHOs to do two-year rotations, have caused delays in agreements with placement sites and necessitated the use of the LOA. These LOA are an interim measure to PHAC umbrella agreements that will be used in the future for as many PHAC field services staff in each province as possible.

Despite unanticipated internal and external challenges encountered in the overall staffing process, the effort to complete the placement of all 26 PHOs by the end of 2010-11 is underway with three collective staffing actions completed and a total of 50 successful candidates across three classification levels. Nine additional Letters of Offer were in process or signed by April 30, 2010. Eight other candidates have been matched to positions for a total of 23. As of March 31, 2010, six PHOs had been hired and are placed in various sites across Canada. The staffing processes for the remaining PHO positions are at various stages of completion.

ER 13.2: More CPHS Regional Coordinators in place across Canada.

RA 13.2: Six CPHS Regional Coordinators are hired and currently operational in the PHAC Regional Offices in British Columbia/Yukon Territory; Alberta/Northwest Territories; Saskatchewan/Manitoba; Ontario/Nunavut; and Quebec and Atlantic regions.

ER 13.3: Training modules developed and delivered to those in the field. 

RA 13.3: Twenty-three training modules were developed for presentation at the first annual Field Service Training Institute in May 2009. However, due to the H1N1 pandemic and associated requests for field services assistance, the training was postponed to May 2010. All 10 PHOs in place at that time were in attendance for the full five days of the event and took advantage of the selection of courses offered and of the opportunity to network with other PHAC field staff.

ER 13.4: Competency profiles for Public Health Officers developed.

RA 13.4: Work Descriptions and Statements of Merit Criteria have been developed for the 26 PHO positions.

ER 13.5: More public health students are recruited for project placements in public health organizations.

RA 13.5: During fiscal 2009-10, Canadian Public Health Service worked with two Research Affiliate Program (RAP) students and placed six co-op graduate students, all in sites across the North. Six additional co-op students and one RAP student were recruited for project placements in Northern public health organizations during summer 2010 to work on a wide variety of public-health projects. Placement sites are solicited through contact with Northern public health stakeholders, and students are recruited through established co-op and RAP processes. While there were plans to hire the same or greater numbers of students for the winter 2010-2011 term, budget constraints are such that further employment offers are on hold. Students were placed in non-PHAC, non-federal government locations, similar to the PHO placements, but only across the three northern territories which are the focus of the CPHS student- placement efforts.

ER 14.1: A variety of components capable of responding to an avian or pandemic influenza outbreak in place.

RA. 14.1: The Agency trained 800 health care professionals in public health emergency preparedness and response including Chemical, Biological and Radio Nuclear response. Three hundred federal employees were trained to respond to a public health emergency. PHAC’s National Emergency Stockpile System (NESS) added a number of significant assets to its inventory as part of its on-going modernization strategy and the response to the H1N1 influenza outbreak in spring 2009. For example, over 400 ventilators, including those with paediatric capabilities were added.

ER 14.2: Laboratories capable of working with certified influenza strains.

RA 14.2: Each province has a minimum of one laboratory capable of working with influenza strains. Laboratories working with H1N1 pandemic samples must be certified at CL2; laboratories working with H1N1 pandemic viral cultures must be certified at CL2 plus; 23 labs are currently participating in the NML’s influenza virus proficiency testing programs; and 20 labs are currently participating in the NML’s influenza polymerase chain reaction (PCR) proficiency panel.

ER 14.3: Further integrated quarantine stations with traditional services at the three major Canadian maritime ports.

RA 14.3: Maritime Quarantine Stations at Montreal and Halifax Ports are fully integrated with traditional Quarantine Services. Establishing and resourcing these three marine Quarantine Stations contribute to emergency preparedness and emergency response surge capacity at airports and other points of entry.

ER 14.4: The National Emergency Stockpile System (NESS) and the Emergency Operations Centre are maintained in state of readiness.

RA14.4: In order to maintain readiness, PHAC acquired additional warehouse space to store and manage pandemic supplies, including additional antivirals procured during H1N1. The NESS continues to ensure the ability to respond 24/7 as it maintains an on-call schedule.

NESS warehouses and distribution depots are secured in accordance with the TBS Operational Security Standard on Physical Security, RCMP guidelines, and additional measures identified through site security design and Threat and Risk Assessments.

ER 14.5: Plans in place with provincial and territorial departments and NGOs that will be responding to outbreaks.

RA 14.5: During the H1N1 outbreak, 44 guidance documents were created, in collaboration with P/Ts and NGOs for use by the provinces and territories across Canada, under the following headings: Clinical Guidelines; H1N1 Flu Virus Vaccine; Infection Prevention and Control; Treatment and Clinical Care; Remote and Isolated Communities; Continuing Medical Education; Laboratories; Public and Event Organizers; Schools; Day Cares; Post-Secondary Institutions and Camps; Surveillance; and Managing H1N1 Flu Virus in Various Settings.

The Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan is an F/P/T evergreen document which provides the foundation for pandemic planning in Canada. The following four annexes were updated in 2009-10:

  • Annex B: Influenza Pandemic Planning Considerations in On Reserve First Nations Communities — Updated: June 2009;
  • Annex E: The Use of Antiviral Drugs during a Pandemic — Updated: October 2009;
  • Annex I: Guidelines for the Management of Mass Fatalities During an Influenza Pandemic — Updated: April 2009; and
  • Annex P: Pandemic Influenza Psychosocial Annex — New: June 2009.

ER 14.6: Increased efficiency and effectiveness of regional resources placed to facilitate the flow of information between the federal, provincial and territorial (F/P/T) levels.

RA 14.6: Efficient and effective information flow between F/P/T jurisdictions and with NGOs was achieved with the implementation of the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan during the H1N1 pandemic. This plan contains mechanisms for collaboration and coordinated outbreak response. The execution of this plan was facilitated by:

  • The H1N1 Special Advisory Committee (SAC) (an F/P/T body) which reported to the Public Health Network Council and the Deputy Minister of Health;
  • The Pandemic Coordinating Committee which report to the SAC; and
  • An F/P/T Communication Network that carefully worked out a coordinated communications strategy during H1N1.

The Incident Management Structure (IMS) structure was also set up to help coordinate the pandemic response within the-Agency, between federal departments and P/Ts. In addition, the Multi-lateral Information Sharing Agreement (MLISA) is an initiative currently underway to complete a pan-Canadian public health information system to facilitate the timely sharing of information in preparing for and responding to public health emergencies.

Partner: Health Canada

ER 15.1: Establish WHO lab requirements for release of vaccine lots to international markets.

RA 15.1: Health Canada (HC) participated in a variety of activities to prepare for and respond to H1N1 influenza in Canada. Health Canada participated in the World Health Organization’s (WHO) Networks of Influenza Vaccine Regulatory and Public Health Authorities to facilitate response to H1N1 pandemic and was part of the trilateral Health Canada/European Medicines Agency/United States Food and Drug Administration group established to help respond to H1N1 pandemic. Clinical development and pharmacovigilance sub-groups were also established to help coordinate a harmonized approach to vaccine regulation and information-sharing. Five Standard Operating Procedures were updated for the lot release testing of the H1N1 vaccine and planning was undertaken for contingencies such as analytical reagents not being available, or a genetic shift in the H1N1 virus resulting in the development and verification of alternative assays to be used in emergency situations. Health Canada also developed the first technique in the world capable of quantifying the neuraminidase (NA) component of influenza (the N in H1N1), the NA slot blot immunoassay. Health Canada scientists applied a wide range of analytical techniques to Canadian H1N1 vaccine samples to provide additional information in order to assist the regulatory decision makers. Health Canada prepared for a possible fall pandemic with a revised contingency planning and coordination with international regulatory agencies as well as risk assessments and planning for both the seasonal flu vaccine and the pandemic flu vaccine.

Laboratory infrastructure was retrofitted to accommodate the volume of pandemic lots. The Laboratory Information Management System infrastructure was also adapted to handle the pandemic vaccine lot data. Information Technology backup contingency plans were also drafted.

On October 21, 2009, the H1N1 pandemic vaccine was authorized under an interim order respecting the sale of the vaccine. Health Canada reviewed simplified Periodic Safety Update Reports from the vaccine manufacturer and collaborated with the PHAC to investigate any adverse events of special interest. The program continues to monitor post-market commitments for the H1N1 vaccine, including submission of data from ongoing clinical trials and enhanced monitoring of the stability of the vaccine to confirm its shelf-life.
  
Lot release testing/evaluation for the pandemic vaccine for Canada and for international markets was performed as part of WHO’s Pre-Qualification Programme. An investigation was initiated in response to a higher than normal incidence of anaphylaxis observed with one particular lot of pandemic vaccine. Extensive testing was performed by the biologics program scientists to determine whether a quality issue could have contributed to a higher rate of anaphylaxis. Independent investigations were also conducted by GlaxoSmithKline Incorporated and PHAC. The investigation was concluded on March 19, 2010. Further to Health Canada analysis, no correlation could be found between the vaccine lots in question and a higher rate of anaphylaxis. These findings were shared with PHAC, the public and provinces and territories.

ER 16.1: Establish review procedures for antivirals submissions, before and during pandemic occurrence.

RA 16.1: An interim order was issued for the sale of antivirals for children under one year of age in a pandemic situation. This enabled PHAC to publish in collaboration with the provinces and territories a clinical treatment guidance document.  This interim order has now expired.

Also developed during the H1N1 pandemic was an amendment providing guidance on disinfectant efficacy claims related to H1N1.

During the H1N1 pandemic, the draft Expedited Pandemic Influenza Drug Review was used and, based on the H1N1 experience, revisions were made to the protocol. Final approval and implementation of the protocol is on target for 2010-11.

HC received and conducted expedited reviews on four influenza-antiviral submissions and authorized the products for use in the Canadian market.

Staff continued to be involved in various working groups across the Health Portfolio to provide regulatory/clinical expertise, to contribute to the national flu drugs stockpile management strategies, and to collaborate on the planning of and execution of pandemic emergency exercises.

ER 17.1: Establish post-market risk management and communication of safety issues related to the use of antivirals and vaccines.

RA 17.1: The Crisis Management Unit was established and staffed. Oversight and coordination activities were conducted for post-market surveillance and risk management of antiviral drugs and other therapeutic health products used for the prevention or treatment of pandemic influenza. Additionally, significant progress was made with the HC Business Continuity Plan (BCP). Ongoing communication regarding safety of antivirals and vaccines occurred with PHAC and other partners.

ER 18.1: Implement pandemic and infection control education and training initiatives.

RA 18.1: First Nations and Inuit Health Regions continued to develop educational materials (e.g., posters, pandemic preparedness templates, modules, and manuals). There was an increase in delivery of educational sessions on infection prevention and control, self-care measures, surveillance, and pandemic planning and testing for First Nations which also included testing mass immunization plans.

Furthermore, First Nations communities across the country have been supported in the development and testing of pandemic plans. In response to H1N1, an F/P/T Remote and Isolated Communities Task Group, co-chaired by the HC’s First Nations and Inuit Health Branch, generated several guidance documents which address the unique circumstances of remote and isolated communities. The Task Group included several National Aboriginal Organizations; Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC); and provincial and territorial representation.  

ER 19.1: Collaborate with PHAC, Public Safety Canada (PSC), and Indian and Northern Affairs Canada (INAC) for planning and response. Work on surveillance needs with PHAC.

RA 19.1: Relationships have been established with other federal departments (e.g., PHAC and INAC); national and regional Aboriginal organizations; and provinces to ensure a comprehensive and coordinated response to public health emergencies, including an influenza pandemic, in on-reserve First Nations communities.

The First Nations and Inuit Health Branch participated in several task groups of the Pandemic Coordination Committee to ensure that guidance reflected First Nations circumstances.

The federal ministers for HC and INAC, with the Assembly of First Nations National Chief signed a communications protocol that affirms the government’s partnership with the Assembly of First Nations. A major focus of the protocol is the joint development of culturally appropriate communication products for First Nations communities.

ER 19.2: Enhance support for First Nations communities.

RA 19.2: An updated version of a First Nations annex to the Canadian Pandemic Influenza Plan was released.

Significant efforts were made during the H1N1 response to engage National and Regional Aboriginal Organizations, and First Nations communities. For example, regular teleconferences were held to share information.

Health Canada provided support to communities in the development and strengthening of their pandemic plans and response efforts. For example, communicable disease emergency nurse coordinators delivered a number of training sessions to communities.  Furthermore, nurse coordinators developed and distributed a number of tools and templates to support developing and testing pandemic plans.

ER 19.3: Develop and maintain links with Emergency Preparedness and Response (EPR) program staff nationally and regionally and with provinces and territories.

RA 19.3: The First Nations and Inuit Health Branch has developed and maintained links with Health Canada’s Regions and Programs Branch, PHAC and INAC. For example, a joint action plan was developed with INAC’s emergency management program. The First Nations and Inuit Health Branch has also developed and implemented a three year (2008-11) trilateral pandemic work plan with the Assembly of First Nations and PHAC.

Communicable disease emergency nurse coordinators are employed in all First Nations and Inuit health regional offices. Regional plans were activated and tested as a result of H1N1. Based on the H1N1 experience, these plans are currently being updated.

There was excellent collaboration and seamless work between most regional First Nations and Inuit Health regional offices and their provincial counterparts. The successful rollout of the vaccine and prepositioning of antivirals in remote and isolated communities are examples of this collaboration.

ER 20.1: Continued support for testing and revision of community pandemic plans.

RA 20.1: In response to H1N1, on-reserve First Nations communities have been engaged in influenza pandemic planning, but at differing levels.

A reported 98 percent of all First Nation communities across Canada have a community pandemic plan and over 86 percent of communities have tested elements of these plans.

Several Regional Aboriginal Organizations, provinces and other federal departments have been engaged in the development and testing of community pandemic plans.

ER 21.1: Enhance training in quarantine and EPR as per training needs assessment to ensure ongoing readiness for response to a pandemic outbreak on conveyances or with ancillary services.

RA 21.1: Several training sessions were held (marine training, Incident Command System or ICS, and designation training) to enhance knowledge of EPR response activities and enhance knowledge of roles and responsibilities. Two employees attended ICS training levels 100-300.

ER 21.2: Develop and test surge capacity for response to effectively reduce possibility of serious illness or death in the event of a pandemic.

RA 21.2: Hosted three scenario-based training sessions in three regional locations to test response plans; and participated in exercises Silver and Gold to ensure an active role during the 2010 Olympics from an EPR conveyances perspective.

Continued to enhance partnership with PHAC to ensure cohesiveness of response capacity. Joint training sessions were hosted (i.e., marine training) and attended by both Health Canada Environmental Health Officers and PHAC Quarantine Officers. As well, bi-monthly teleconference meetings were held with PHAC counterparts.

ER 21.3: Program evaluation and third-party audit of EPR Conveyances Program.

RA 21.3: Participated in Program Management Framework (PMF) document developed in consultation with other Preparedness for Avian Influenza and Pandemic Influenza Responsibility Centres. Data was provided for 2006-10. The PMF process is providing an evaluation tool.

ER 21.4: Continue ongoing program delivery and adjust to address findings.

RA 21.4: Health Canada hosted training exercises, developed Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs), monitored quarantine calls at points of entry and participated in working groups.

It should be noted that Health Canada’s surge capacity was severely reduced due to the loss of the Environmental Health Officers in the Emergency Preparedness and Occupational Health Directorate (formerly the Workplace Health and Public Safety Programme) program. Reassessment of alternative surge capacity enhancement options will be conducted in 2010-11.

Partner: Canadian Institutes of Health Research

ER 22.1: Peer review and fund research projects.

RA 22.1: The following applications were funded in 2009-10:

  • PHAC-CIHR Influenza Research Network;
  • Two pandemic team leader grants (Phase II);
  • Ten catalyst grants– pandemic preparedness;
  • Five catalyst grants– pandemic outbreak research response; and
  • Two bridge grants.

In total, $12.9M in strategic funds was managed by the Pandemic Preparedness Strategic Research Initiative (PPSRI) in 2009-10.

ER 22.2: Develop and launch requests for research applications, as needed.

RA 22.2: Following the first H1N1 outbreak in March/April 2009, the pandemic preparedness outbreak research response catalyst grants were developed, launched and funded by the PPSRI to rapidly respond to this new specific threat.

ER 22.3: Review progress on funded projects and research outcomes. Facilitate uptake of research results and consult on future research needs through reporting and meetings of researchers, stakeholders and decision makers.

RA 22.3: Progress reports were collected from funded principal investigators in May, December of 2009 and January of 2009-10, and used to prepare the March 2010 PPSRI Report on activities and outcomes.

The Canadian Pandemic Preparedness Meeting: H1N1 Research Response was held in July 2009, and brought together 185 researchers and knowledge users from 75 organizations. This meeting not only served to communicate research results to the community but to facilitate networking between investigators.

ER 22.4: Chair Research Working Group of Avian and Pandemic Influenza Operations Directors General (APIO DG) Committee.

RA 22.4: No APIO DG meetings were held in 2009-10.

Partner: Canadian Food Inspection Agency

ER 23.1: Increased capacity to support enhanced screening procedures for live birds or poultry products at Canada’s ports of entry with a view to mitigating the risk of future avian influenza outbreaks in Canada.

RA 23.1: CFIA implemented a border look-out on avian influenza (AI) with the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) to target marine shipments potentially containing AI related commodities and to deliver the Be Aware and Declare campaign for travellers where CBSA reports on the number of birds intercepted by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (CFIA).

ER 24.1: Implementation of the National Standards for Avian Biosecurity, continuation of public education, communications and outreach programs and development of a governance framework surrounding the standards.

RA 24.1: The National On Farm Avian Biosecurity Standard outcomes have been incorporated into provincial biosecurity implementation and incentive programming for both provincial and federal outreach communication campaigns, and are disseminated through poultry industry sector magazines and national associations. The implementation of the Biosecurity Standard is voluntary; implementation is assisted by provincial biosecurity programming and private sector support through incorporation of the outcomes into existing frameworks such as the On Farm Food Safety Program.

ER 25.1: No planned expenditures as investments realized in previous fiscal years.

RA 25.1: Not applicable.

ER 26.1: Enhanced/integrated Canadian surveillance system, supported by a robust systems platform and the analysis and interpretation of the data collected to allow more timely identification of potential outbreaks, and a more timely response to avian influenza situations.

RA 26.1: CIHR continued with the second year of the Canadian Notifiable Avian Influenza Surveillance System (CanNAISS), providing an AI surveillance system for domestic birds that meets international trade requirements (European Union). In total, 382 commercial poultry flocks were sampled across Canada from September 2009 to March 2010.

ER 27.1: Strengthened capacity for increased regulatory review including analysis of the current legislative and regulatory framework.

RA 27.1: CFIA continued work on strengthening capacity for analysis of the legislative/regulatory framework.

ER 28.1: Management and evaluation of CFIA’s AI activities, including ongoing performance measurement to monitor results and a formative evaluation. The evaluation will assess the AI Initiative’s design, delivery, and management. In addition, it will assess the likelihood of it achieving its objectives, as well as the adequacy of its performance measurement and reporting strategy.

RA 28.1: A formative evaluation of CFIA’s Avian Influenza/Pandemic Influenza Preparedness Initiative was completed in March 2010. The evaluation determined that the Initiative was implemented mostly as planned and greatly enhanced CFIA’s capacity to respond to all animal health emergencies. It also identified opportunities to enhance overall coordination, performance monitoring and financial reporting.

ER 29.1: National on-farm biosecurity information sessions and maintenance of Bird Health Basics outreach campaign. Continued implementation of the Be Aware and Declare international border biosecurity outreach campaign. Ongoing media monitoring and training and risk communications related to AI prevention, preparedness and response activities.

RA 29.1: Face-to-face interactions continued with key stakeholders in 2009-10 as part of a broader animal health awareness campaign. These interactions were at public venues such as agricultural fairs as well as targeted venues such as national industry association conferences and meetings. The Be Aware and Declare international outreach campaign continued and included public service announcements on more than 20 airlines. There was also enhanced collaboration with the provinces in providing producers with biosecurity information and guidance. Media monitoring and risk communications related to AI prevention, preparedness and response activities also continued.

ER 30.1: Continued training that will contribute to a skilled and experienced workforce ready to respond to an AI outbreak.

RA 30.1: CFIA increased capacity on training issues by delivering multiple training sessions for Incident Command System (ICS), equipment monitoring and use, venipuncture, Transportation of Dangerous Goods and First Assessment and Sampling Team training. Furthermore, CFIA completed a poultry epidemiological and sampling exercise in the Western Area to evaluate the field staff’s equipment and methodology as well as the national protocols and training delivered.

ER 30.2: Continued development of training materials (instructor-led and e-learning) in support of emergency response procedures and plans and of trainers in support of end-user training.

RA 30.2: CFIA continued development of training materials included fit testing training and the design, development of drills to practice response activities.

ER 31.1: Updated electronic capture of the field-level efforts of outbreak management and reporting for AI and other foreign animal diseases.

RA 31.1: The Canadian Emergency Management Response System (CEMRS) application has recently been updated to the extent possible in order to enhance its functionality in capturing and querying the emergency response data provided by the field. There are ongoing efforts towards the design, development and implementation of a new application to replace CEMRS, the Disease Investigation and Response Management System (DIRMS), with a different basic design and a much larger scope and functions set.

ER 32.1: Continued development and updating of emergency response procedures and plans.

RA 32.1: CFIA completed after action reports for exercises and responses. The National Disease Control Expert Working Groups continued the development and/or the revision and updating of disease response protocols for all aspects for the detection, containment and eradication of incursions of highly pathogenic avian influenza.

ER 33.1: Continued development of avian influenza disease modelling to better understand the spread of AI and the effectiveness of disease control measures. 

RA 33.1: A critical literature review which identifies modelling approaches and modelling parameters used for modelling the spread of influenza in animal and human populations was commenced. A total of 315 articles passed all the screening steps of the critical review and data was extracted from 32 of the 315 articles. This critical review will be completed in summer 2010.

ER 34.1: Investments in an improved federal capacity for mathematical modelling, statistical analysis, and operations research on avian influenza issues will allow a better understanding of the spread of influenza and the effectiveness of disease control measures. These investments will allow more timely and evidence-based decision making on avian influenza responses, thus helping to reducing the risk of transmission to humans and the mitigating economic and production losses.

RA 34.1: Through the assessment of the ability of the North American Animal Disease Spread Model (NAADSM) to model zoonotic diseases (i.e., H1N1) and the creation of a conceptual framework to link human and animal disease spread models, an initial conceptual framework to link humans and animal disease spread models using NAADSM and EpiFlex has been developed. The main differences and similarities between these two software platforms have been outlined. Further work is required to develop the required epidemiological parameters and computer codes needed to link these programs. This will be completed during 2010.

ER 34.2: Identification of the research gaps related to AI and development, with partners, of effective tools and knowledge to facilitate decision making and policy development.

RA 34.2: CFIA continued to apply the rapid detection and identification techniques for avian influenza virus (AIV) instituting rapid sequencing techniques and planning for pyro-sequencing. CFIA participated in the USA/Mexico/Canada research forum which included AIV research prioritization and review. CFIA continued improvement to polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) tools for the 2009 AIV outbreak and distributed updated tests to the Canadian Animal Health Surveillance Network (CAHSN).

ER 34.3: Research projects in the areas of humane euthanasia and effective disposal methodologies to support the need for mass depopulation and disposal of animals.

RA 34.3: The National Humane Destruction Working Group continued the development and revision of procedures for whole barn gassing, barn sealing and venting, non-commercial flocks, monitoring, legislation and modified atmosphere container for the humane destruction of avian species. Research was also conducted with the University of Guelph on the use of carbon dioxide and other gas mixtures for the humane destruction of poultry, turkeys, ducks and geese.

ER 35.1: Participation in international forums as opportunities are identified to contribute to the global effort related to avian and pandemic influenza.

RA 35.1: The CFIA continues to be active internationally. For example, CFIA assisted in the preparation for the Canadian delegation attending the Seventh International Ministerial Conference on Animal and Pandemic Influenza, Hanoi, April 2010.

ER 36.1: No planned expenditures as investments realized in previous fiscal years.

RA 36.1: Not applicable.

ER 37.1: Maintenance of access protocols and bank of antivirals to provide appropriate protection to federal employees, ensuring a more timely and effective response to an avian influenza situation and better protection of Canadians.

RA 37.1: The CFIA continued to maintain the antiviral stockpile.

ER 38.1: No planned expenditures as investments realized in previous fiscal years.

RA 38.1: Not applicable.

ER 39.1: Increased coordination capacity with the creation of an integrated lab network across the country (federal, provincial and university labs). This network will allow for rapid testing, detection and reporting of AI.

RA 39.1: CFIA continued to improve the diagnostic capacity of CAHSN in the face of the pandemic H1N1 2009 outbreak. On-site training was provided to 11 labs where 22 new analysts were trained in six assays. Previously certified analysts were re-trained in AI virus PCR assays as it concerns protocol changes and were newly trained in avian paramyxovirus (APMV) PCR. CFIA also created, produced and quality controlled PCR and ELISA panels, recombinant PC controls and ELISA controls for six assays.  

Due to the established AIV laboratory network CFIA was able to establish SIV Matrix RRT-PCR assay for use in network labs quickly during the start of the outbreak. Pandemic H1N1 2009 SIV Matrix RRT-PCR protocol and primer/probe sequences were also distributed nationally and internationally. In addition, CFIA distributed ISO/IEC and internal audit training material to CAHSN labs (e.g., CDs and Web-based applications) and distributed National Centre for Foreign Animal Disease (NCFAD) standard operating procedures. The syndromic surveillance application was completed and is a novel system allowing the development of indicators for real time detection of diseases based upon laboratory submissions. The Influenza application for swine was programmed on a database built for emergency response and demonstrated the ability of the system to quickly build efficient tools in an emergency situation.

ER 40.1: Refinement and enhancement of a viable response plan, including HR capacity and equipment.

RA 40.1: The following results were achieved against this expected result:

  • Increased ability to respond through multiple training initiatives;
  • Purchase of additional AI response equipment (e.g., manifolds and hoses for delivery of CO2 for whole barn gas flooding);
  • Maintenance of the national stockpile inventory giving ready-access to necessary equipment and supplies within hours of a declared emergency;
  • Continued development of an Ontario Area Skills Inventory to track employee’s disease response experiences and related skills; and
  • Continued development of a human resources skills inventory database which will provide a centralized information source to identify appropriately trained individuals to respond in an emergency.

ER 41.1: Continued training of a reserve of professional veterinarians to enhance surge capacity, expertise and rapid response capability for animal disease control efforts.

RA 41.1: Continued to work with the Canadian Veterinary Medical Association on the development of the Canadian Veterinary Reserve to increase specialized capacity in the event of a large scale emergency. The number of reservists trained in 2009-10 was 46, bringing the total trained to 206.

Comments on Variances:

Public Health Agency Canada: The variance of $17.2M from Planned Spending is related mainly to funding reallocated to subsequent years for the JC Wilt Laboratory construction project, delays in spending for the installation of a vaccine fill-line, transfers to CIHR, strategic review reductions, and funding that lapsed due to delays in activities resulting from the H1N1 flu outbreak.

Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR): Planned Spending was $10.7M, but following the H1N1 outbreak, CIHR launched some unexpected funding opportunities for H1N1 pandemic specific projects, which increased spending to $13.0M. 

Canadian Food Inspection Agency: In 2009-10, CFIA reallocated resources from Avian Influenza to other Agency priorities, such as operating costs associated with laboratories and additional inspection-related activities. This reallocation was done without affecting the 2009-10 Avian Influenza deliverables and results.

 
Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): Non Governmental Stakeholders (including provincial and territorial governments,) are integral to the planning and implementation of the Preparedness for Avian and Pandemic Influenza horizontal initiative. Collaboration and partnership mechanisms include the Pan Canadian Public Health Network and its supporting F/P/T technical expert groups.

Contact information:
Dr. John Spika
Director General
130 Colonnade Road
Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 0K9
(613) 954-1612
John.Spika@phac.aspc.gc.ca

Top of Page

Public Safety Canada

Horizontal Initiative


(in $ dollars)
Integrated Market Enforcement Teams (IMET) Program

Name of Lead Department and its Program Activity: Public Safety Canada, Law Enforcement

Start Date: 2003-04
End Date: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding allocation (start to end date): $304,299,000 from 2003-04 through 2012-13 (includes the employee benefits plan and PWGSC accommodation costs), $ 40,000,000 per year ongoing.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative: The objective of the IMET program is to effectively enforce the law against serious criminal capital market fraud offences in Canada. To achieve this objective, IMET is mandated to investigate serious Criminal Code capital market fraud offences that are of regional or national significance and threaten investor confidence or economic stability in Canada.

Shared Outcome: Improved Canadian and international investor confidence in the integrity of Canada’s capital markets.

Governance Structure: The IMET Executive Council, composed of senior officials from the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (co-chair), Finance (co-chair), the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions, Justice and Public Safety Canada provides strategic oversight for the IMET program.

Federal Partner

Federal Partner Program Activity

Name of Programs for Federal Partners

Total Allocation
(Start to End Date)

Planned Spending for
2009-10

Actual Spending for
2009-10*

1. Public Safety Canada

Law Enforcement

IMET

FY 2003-04 to
FY 2007-08:
$1,125,000

FY 2008-09 to
FY 2012-13:
$1,703,290

Total $2,828,290

$340,658

$340,658

Internal Services

 

FY 2008-09 to
FY 2012-13: $590,660

$318,132

$318,132

Total

$3,418,950

$658,790

$658,790

2. Justice Canada[1]

1. Justice, Policies, Laws and Programs

IMET Reserve Fund Program

FY 2008-09 to FY 2012-13:
$10,780,000

$2,405,156

$186,190

2. Services to Government

IMET Program

FY 2008-09 to  FY 2012-13:
$840,000

$168,822

$162,263

3. Internal Services

 

FY 2008-09 to  FY 2012-13:
$110,000

$22,685

$22,685

Total:

$11,730,000

$2,596,663

$ 371,138

3. Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions[2]

Regulatory offences and economic crime prosecution program

IMET

FY 2008-09 to FY 2012-13:  $29,226,685

$5,853,337

$3,726,547

4. Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Federal and International Operations

IMET

FY 2003-04 to FY 2007-08:
$74,000,000

FY 2008-09 to FY 2012-13:
$154,584,010

Total:

$30,718,817

$22,514,025

 

$228,584,010

5. Finance Canada

Economic and Fiscal Policy Framework

Financial Sector Policy

FY 2008-09 to FY 2012-13:
$872,040

$172,393

$172,393

TOTAL:

$304,299,000

$40,000,000

$27,442,893

(from 2003-04 through 2012-13)

 

[1] All amounts include PWGSC accommodation costs totalling $27K for 2009-10 planned and actual spending. The Department of Justice received for FY 2003-04 to 2007-08 a total funding of $26.67M (including accommodation) and there was an additional transfer of $3.75M to ODPP for the FY 2007-08 following the creation of this organization.

[2] Prior to the establishment of the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions (ODPP) in 2006, funding for this program activity was allocated to Justice Canada's Federal Prosecution Service.

Federal Partner

Federal Partner

Expected Results for 2009-10

Results Achieved in 2009-10

Public Safety Canada

Fulfillment of Public Safety Canada's IMET program management responsibilities, including coordinating reporting, evaluations, policy development and research.

Expected results achieved. In particular:

  • PS launched and conducted a full program evaluation in accordance with Treasury Board Secretariat guidelines.
  • PS  coordinated the commission of an expert study to help inform the setting of benchmarks against which the timeliness of IMET investigations and prosecutions can be measured.
  • PS  fully participated in IMET Executive Council and the IMET working group.

Justice Canada
(Justice, Policies, Laws and Programs)

Facilitate provincial prosecutions in defraying exceptional expenses incurred following IMET investigations.

Uptake of the IMET Reserve Fund

Justice Canada
(Services to Government)

  • Assist IMET personnel in the preparation of all outgoing mutual legal assistance (MLA) requests.
  • Liaise with IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices.
  • Provide advice to IMET personnel who require information and legal advice relating to MLA.
  • Review and approve all outgoing MLA requests to ensure that the requests comply with the applicable treaty and disclose a sufficient basis for seeking the requested evidence from the requested state.
  • Transmit IMET’s outgoing MLA requests to the central authority of the requested state.
  • Follow-up with IMET personnel and foreign central authorities to ensure that the MLA request is executed in accordance with the treaty and the terms of the request.
  • Review all incoming IMET MLA requests to ensure that they meet the relevant treaty and Canadian legal requirements.
  • Prepare monthly updates for IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices on the status of their outgoing MLA requests.
  • Participate in quarterly meetings with IMET headquarters and PPSC to review the status of ongoing IMET cases and to discuss the status of MLA requests related to those cases and the potential need for future MLA requests in those cases.
  • Provide MLA training to IMET personnel.
  • Assisted IMET personnel in the preparation of all outgoing MLA requests.
  • Liaised regularly with IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices.
  • Provided legal advice and assistance in the area of MLA to IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices (Montreal, Toronto, Calgary and Vancouver) with respect to current and potential MLA requests.
  • Reviewed and approved IMET MLA requests.
  • Transmitted IMET’s outgoing MLA requests to the central authority of the requested state.
  • Followed-up with IMET personnel and foreign central authorities to ensure that all IMET MLA requests were executed in accordance with the treaty and the terms of the request.
  • Assisted in the gathering of evidence of all outgoing MLA requests in relation to eight IMET investigations.
  • Reviewed all incoming IMET MLA requests to ensure that they met the relevant treaty and Canadian legal requirements.
  • Prepared monthly IMET MLA status reports that were provided to IMET headquarters and IMET regional offices.
  • Met quarterly with IMET headquarters and PPSC and provided legal advice in the areas of current and potential MLA requests.
  • provided MLA training to IMET personnel.

Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions

Provision of pre-charged legal advice and litigation support, as well as prosecution of fraud offences under the Criminal Code in response to the workload generated by the IMETs.

  • ODPP counsel provided 13,580 hours of pre- and post-charge legal advice and support during 2009-10. (This represents 72.7% of hours recorded against all IMET-related activities.)
  • ODPP counsel acted as co-counsel in two IMET prosecutions. In one case, the province subsequently decided to assume on its own. 
  • As well, the ODPP IMET reserve fund was accessed to retain an agent to prosecute a case, with staff counsel assisting the agent.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

  • Comprehensive Program Evaluation
  • Maintain investor confidence
  • Implementation of LePan Report   Recommendations
  • Program Evaluation finalized
  • Maintain investor confidence
  • LePan implementation
  • Creation of the Senior Group of Officials on  Capital Market Enforcement

Finance Canada

Finance Canada is to:

  • provide strategic direction to the IMET program that reflects the Government of Canada’s broader capital markets agenda; and,
  • play a leadership role in engaging external stakeholders in efforts to enhance program performance.

As Co-Chair of the IMET Executive Council and Working Group, Finance Canada provided oversight and strategic direction to the IMET program.  Finance Canada participated in the second meeting of the Senior Officials Group on Capital Markets Enforcement, which is a forum that brings together senior enforcement officials to exchange information and examine opportunities to better coordinate Canada’s enforcement activities.


Comments on Variances

Justice Canada: Due to the complexity and length of investigations, and due to the limited number of cases that have proceeded to trial, the Reserve Fund was not accessed to its full capacity.

Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions:  The under expenditure is due to lower than anticipated prosecutorial workloads at the federal level.

Electronic Links:

http://www.rcmp-grc.gc.ca/imet-eipmf/index-eng.htm
http://canada.justice.gc.ca/eng/pi/pb-dgp/fund-fina/imet-ipmf.html

Contact Information:

Barry MacKillop
Director General
Law Enforcement and Border Strategies
Public Safety Canada
 (613) 991-4281

Note: This table will be posted on both the Secretariat’s main DPR website and the Horizontal Initiatives Database website.

Top of Page

Public Works and Government Services Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project

Name of Lead Department(s): PWGSC

Lead Department Program Activity: Specialized Programs & Services

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: May 12, 2004

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):
$282 million for PWGSC Cost share with the Province of Nova Scotia. (The Province of Nova Scotia’s share is up to $120 million for a total project cost of $402 million.) Costs outside of the cost share are: PWGSC federal lead oversight $25.8 million, Environment Canada $7.6 million and Health Canada $5.5 million.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):
This initiative is a Federal - Provincial Cost Share to remediate the Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens sites situated on federally and provincially owned lands in the heart of Sydney, Nova Scotia. These sites were contaminated as a result of a century of manufacturing steel. The project is in support of the federal governments' sustainable development initiative, recognizing the environmental, social and economic dimensions of the Sydney area. The project will have long term benefits for all Canadians. When remediation is complete, Nova Scotia will take ownership of the lands. Any remaining contaminants will be managed and monitored by the Province of Nova Scotia in accordance with the Memorandum of Agreement. The provincial agency’s website can be found at: http://www.tarpondscleanup.ca. The project was subject to the federal environmental assessment process under a joint panel review pursuant to the Canadian Environmental Assessment Act. The website for the Canadian Environmental Assessment Agency is: http://www.ceaa-acee.gc.ca/050/viewer_e.cfm?cear_id=8989#Documents

Shared Outcome(s):
The targeted results to be achieved by the partners will result in long term environmental, economic, and social benefits for Nova Scotians, First Nations Communities and all Canadians. Downtown Sydney will have new land to be developed, which will aid in the rejuvenation of the economically depressed area.

Governance Structure(s):

  1. Memorandum to Cabinet dated April 2004 defined Public Works and Government Services Canada (PWGSC) as the federal lead for the project.
  2. Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) between Canada and the Province of Nova Scotia was signed on May 12, 2004.
  3. The Interim Cost Share Agreement with the province, signed on October 20, 2004, provided for interim governance and funding and for undertaking preventative works and preliminary works as set out in the MOA.
  4. The Sydney Tar Ponds Agency (STPA) was set up by the province to manage and implement the project.  Its operating charter was established on August 18, 2004.
  5. An Independent Engineer was jointly appointed in October 2005, to monitor and confirm the engineering and financial integrity of the project as work progresses. 
  6. A Project Management Committee (PMC), which includes senior representatives from both the federal and provincial governments, oversees all aspects of the project. 
  7. A PMC Secretariat assists the PMC with day to day administration of the agreements.
  8. An Operations Advisory Committee supports the PMC by coordinating all operational activities required for implementation and successful completion of the work activities.
  9. An Environmental Management Committee supports the PMC by coordinating the federal and provincial provision of advice to the proponent and the PMC on issues related to Environmental Management of the Project.
  10. A Community Liaison Committee is composed of representatives of the community and serves as a sounding board for the STPA activities, project progress and planned work.
  11. A Protocol Agreement was established October 28, 2005, allowing for meaningful economic participation of First Nations communities.  Set asides were established for competition among Canadian First nations businesses. 
  12. Results-based Management and Accountability Framework and Risk-based Audit Frameworks were established. 
  13. The Final Cost Share Agreement was signed on September 27, 2007, incorporating Environmental Assessment panel recommendations, reaffirming funding commitments and further delineating the governance structure for the final seven years of the remediation project to its completion in 2014.
  14. On March 18, 2009, a MOA was signed between Canada and Nova Scotia to share expertise and coordinate relevant regulatory process.
($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation
(2004-2014)
Planned Spending for
2009-2010 as per RPP
Actual Spending for
2009-2010
1. PWGSC Operating PA 1
Federal lead
a. Specialized Programs & Services -Sydney Tar Ponds & Coke Ovens Remediation Project $25,870,000 $2,342,059 $2,154,938
Cost Share Payment to Province of Nova Scotia: $282,240,000 $39,708,751 $37,208,751
2. ENVIRONMENT
CANADA
PA 1
Provision of advice to PWGSC on technical issues, historical studies and scientific issues related to contaminated sites.
a. N/A $7,640,000 $677,621 $610,668
3. HEALTH CANADA PA 1
Provision of advice to PWGSC on issues related to human health, technical issues and risk assessment.
a. N/A $5,500,000 $285,662 $197,240
Total $321,250,000 $43,014,093 $40,171,597

Planned Results for 2009-2010:

  • Expert and technical advice; and
  • PWGSC’s project team, as federal lead, ensures the project is complying with the project agreements, the efficient and effective use of public funds, application of federal standards and policies, and effective communication with stakeholders, using appropriate oversight and due diligence.

Results Achieved in 2009-2010:
The Project remains on track to meet the approved budget and the Project is moving ahead pursuant to the MOA.

Comments on Variances:
The $2.8M variance in planned and actual expenditures arose due to delays in operations and tendering of major elements that are now on their way to completion.

Results Achieved by Non-federal Partners (if applicable):
The Sydney Tar Ponds Agency, who is implementing the day to day technical aspects of the Project elements in accordance with the agreements signed by the government partners, carried out remediation work for cost shared expenditures in the amount of $62M ($37.2M federal cost share).

Contact information:
Randy Vallis, Director, Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project, 295 Charlotte Street, Sydney, NS B1P 6J9
Tel:  (902) 564-2543  Email:  randy.vallis@pwgsc.gc.ca

Brenda Powell, Chief Business Management, Sydney Tar Ponds and Coke Ovens Remediation Project
Tel:  (902) 368-0359   Email:  brenda.powell@pwgsc.gc.ca

Top of Page

Royal Canadian Mounted Police

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Games Security and Public Safety (GS&PS) for the Vancouver 2010 Olympic and Paralympics Games

Name of Lead Department(s): The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) leads a multi-organizational, Integrated Security Group known as the Vancouver 2010 Integrated Security Unit (V2010 ISU). The Departments and Agencies that form the V2010 ISU are: Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA), Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC), Department of National Defence (DND), Health Canada (HC), Industry Canada (IC), Privy Council Office (PCO), Public Health Agency of Canada (PHAC), Public Safety Canada (PS) and Transport Canada (TC).

Lead Department Program Activity: Protective Policing Services

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2004-2005

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2010-2011

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Approximately $900M

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP) leads a multi-organizational, Integrated Security Group known as the Vancouver 2010 Integrated Security Unit (V2010 ISU), which has had the overall responsibility for coordinating and providing security for the Vancouver 2010 Olympic and Paralympics Games.

The participating departments and agencies worked closely together, using a four-phased approach to major event planning: design and planning; a robust exercise and testing stage leading to a declaration of operational readiness; Games operation; and demobilization/debrief.

The overall goal of the V2010 ISU was to provide a “safe and secure game” for the athletes, officials and visitors. This was accomplished through an integrated security model and in close collaboration with partners, including all levels of government, the Vancouver 2010 Organizing Committee (VANOC) and private corporations.

The total budget for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Games is estimated at $900 million, in which the Province of British Columbia cost-shares a portion through a 2010 Olympic Games and Paralympic Games Security Cost Sharing Memorandum of Agreement.

Shared Outcome(s):

The shared outcomes of partners for common key results are:

a. Safe and Secure Games 1

  • When a safety or security issue did occur, it did not result in a disruption to the Games.

b. Effective Policing in Games Security area and Urban Domain

  • RCMP: Access control was successful in prohibiting the ability of unauthorized vehicles, material and people from entering a designated area.
  • RCMP: The athletes, officials and other accredited individuals were transported successfully between the athlete’s village and all venues in accordance with the plan.
  • RCMP: Traffic patterns and traffic flows in the area on an approach were managed.
  • RCMP: Flow rates were met without compromising security procedures.

c. Effective Land Security

  • DND: Land interdiction operations were successful.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

d. Effective Air Security

  • DND: Air interdiction operations were successful.
  • RCMP: Systems and forces provided effective early warning and detection of aircraft in the Olympic Control Area (OCA) being breached.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

e. Effective Marine Security

  • DND: Maritime interdiction operations were successful.
  • RCMP: Breaches of unauthorized vessels in the exclusion zone (EZ) were dealt with successfully.
  • TC: Level of compliance with policy, regulatory and/or voluntary requirements.

f. Effective Intelligence

  • CSIS: Effective and efficient disclosure of information and intelligence to the Joint Intelligence Group (JIG)
  • DND: Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner.
  • RCMP: Intelligence shared was accurate as possible.
  • TC: Effective information flows between JIG and Transport Canada (TC).

g. Effective Border Integrity

  • CBSA:successfully delivered integrated border services.
  • CBSA: was able to provide an assessment of increased volumes and heightened security in a pre/during/post Olympic Games operational environment to senior management which will help in decision making for future major events.
  • RCMP: Detection and interdiction of illegal entry into Canada between ports of entry were dealt with successfully.
  • RCMP: Response to reports of international or organized crime human trafficking were dealt in an effective and timely manner.

h. Effective Operational Support

  • CSIS: Respected the Service Level Agreement (SLA) that was established with the RCMP in regards to the accreditation program.
  • CSIS: Participated fully in the Exercise program; this validated the flow of information and intelligence, and the roles and responsibilities of CSIS officers who were deployed for the Games.
  • DND: Personnel deployed in a timely manner.
  • DND: Accommodations and/or transportation for the key Canadian Forces (CF) security delivery assets were available and needs were met.
  • IC: Number of security agencies requesting the use of the radio frequency spectrum provided fair access to the radio frequency spectrum; where and when appropriate, provided alternatives to requests that could not be accommodated.
  • IC: Confirmation of advanced planning by demonstrating that each radio frequency assigned to a user was disruption-free or highly unlikely to encounter disruption as a result of a detailed analysis of the proposed system and knowledge of radio frequency environment.
  • IC: Number of incidents of disruption to radio communications systems investigated and resolved in a timely manner.
  • IC: Assignment of highest priority of service granted to security system service requests.
  • PS: All required stakeholders at regional, federal and municipal levels are engaged to support Situational Awareness and response activities.
  • PS: Effective communications between PS, PREOC, and the GOC: vertically between the GOC and the FERP Governance, and horizontally between the GOC and federal/ provincial partners in the activation of an emergency response.
  • RCMP: Background checks were conducted efficiently with the tools available.
  • RCMP: Control measures were in place to ensure compliance to recommendations given by the Accreditation Screening and Verification Team (ASVT).
  • TC: RCMP requirements for staffing Operations Centres were met.
  • TC: Provision of timely and accurate information to ISU and TC Senior Management.

i. Effective Information Technology

  • CSIS: Installed telecommunication technologies to ensure those CSIS Officers who were deployed for the Games, could efficiently and effectively communicate with other CSIS colleagues and colleagues from other departments and agencies.
  • DND: The uninterrupted provision of accurate and relevant information to decision makers.
  • RCMP: Attempts of intrusion at the venues were successfully detected by Perimiter Intrusion Detection System (PIDS).
  • TC: Effective resolution of service calls taken by TC IT support.

Governance Structure(s):

The Games Security and Public Safety group has completed a security Results-based Accountability Framework (RMAF) as required by Treasury Board Secretariat. The RMAF formalizes the federal commitment of the RCMP and its federal partners to be accountable for the implementation of this initiative.

The RMAF describes the roles and responsibilities of Key Federal Departments and Agencies participating in this horizontal initiative, as well as its goals and objectives, its related components, and expected results, and a coordinated performance measurement and evaluation plan.

The Commissioner of the RCMP reports to the Minister of Public Safety Canada. The participating departments/agencies have a working relationship with the RCMP and report to their respective Ministers.

The Deputy Ministers Working Group is chaired by the Coordinator for 2010 Olympics and G8 and G20 Security. This working group is comprised of the respective Security Departments and Agencies participating as members in order to facilitate an integrated federal approach to security.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-2010
Actual Spending for
2009-2010
Expected Results for
2009-2010
Results Achieved in
2009-2010
CBSA PA1

Risk Assessment

$5.311 $0.711 $0.514

a)Safe and Secure and Games

Finalize/implement plans, processes and policies (remove gap between finalize/implement)

Deliver training and perform accreditation screening

Operational readiness

g) Effective Border Integrity

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

CBSA successfully finalized/implemented plans, processes and policies.

CBSA Successfully delivered training and performed accreditation screening.

CBSA successfully declared itself “operationally ready” well in advance of the Games.

CBSA successfully delivered integrated border services.

PA2 Enforcement $1.095 $1.095 $1.350
PA3 Facilitated Border $3.780 $3.780 $3.309
PA4 Conventional Border $2.134 $2.134 $2.002
PA5 Trade $0.184 $0.184 $0.212
PA6 Recourse
  $0.009
PA5 Internal Services $3.296 $3.296 $3.090
  Total $15.800 $11.200 $10.486
CIC PA1 a) Selection and processing of temporary residents

$5.1 Incremental
funding

$2.1 Foregone
revenue 2

$3.7 $3.68

a) Safe and Secure and Games

g) Effective Border Integrity

2009-2010 Results for “Safe and Secure Games” and “Effective Border Integrity” are as follows:

Number of Applications processed = 41, 522
Number of Refusals for OFM/PFM and WKF = 105

CSIS PA1 a) Intelligence Program $11 $8.8 $6.8

a) Safe and Secure and Games

f) Effective Intelligence

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

f) CSIS derived information and intelligence was disclosed to the Joint Intelligence Group in an efficient and effective manner.

h) CSIS was an active member of the RCMP-led Olympic Accreditation Working Group (OAWG).

CSIS contributed to the successful deployment of the RCMP’s Secure Accreditation Management System (SAMS).

CSIS respected the Service Level Agreement (SLA) that was established with the RCMP in regards to the accreditation program.

CSIS developed new, and honed existing, Business Continuity Plans; more so, they were subjected to formal Exercises to confirm their robustness and validity.

CSIS participated fully in the Exercise program; this validated the flow of information and intelligence, and the roles and responsibilities of CSIS officers who were deployed for the Games.

The planning and coordination of CSIS operational support requirements were conducted so as to keep actual expenditures within the allocated budget.

i) CSIS installed telecommunication technologies to ensure those CSIS Officers who were deployed for the Games, could efficiently and effectively communicate with other CSIS colleagues, and colleagues from other departments and agencies.

CSIS confirmed the robustness and validity of its telecommunications and other information technologies via formal Exercises.

PA2 b) Security Screening Program
DND PA1 a) Conduct Operations $231.1 $197 $169.8

a) Safe and Secure and Games

c) Effective Land Security

d) Effective Air security

e) Effective Marine Security

f) Effective Intelligence

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

c) Land interdiction operations successful: There were several encounters within the Olympic Controlled Access Zone (OCAZ) by CF land forces, in company with RCMP officers. All personnel encountered in the OCAZ were escorted out of the OCAZ as quickly as possible. There were no incidents to report and all encounters were in support of the RCMP,

d) Air interdiction operations successful: There were several Targets of Interest (TOIs) designated during the Games. All incidents were successfully resolved. All air patrols were conducted in support of the RCMP

e) Maritime interdiction operations successful: There were no incursions into the maritime Controlled Access Zones. All maritime patrols were conducted in support of the RCMP.

f) Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner: Information and intelligence were shared amongst all security partners in a timely manner.

f) Appropriate information/intelligence shared in a timely manner: Information and intelligence were shared amongst all security partners in a timely manner.

h) Personnel deployed in a timely fashion: Deployment took place in accordance with deployment orders including reception, staging and onward movement (RSOM) and all CF operational needs were met.

h) Accommodations and transportation for the key CF security delivery assets were available and needs were met: Inter-departmental and task-tailored accommodations and transportation arrangements were made through contracts, lease arrangements with the RCMP, BC Ministry of Forestry and Rangers, and DND resources. All operational needs were met with economy of effort and cost savings realized to keep CF expenditures within allocated funding.

i) The uninterrupted provision of accurate and relevant information to decision makers: Daily situational reports were provided to the GOC and the NOC. Liaison officers and inter-departmental communications provided timely information to security partners. Internal communications provided timely briefings to the CDS to maintain situational awareness.

HC PA1 Sustainable Environmental Health $1.196 $1.046 $1.046

a) Safe and Secure and Games

b) Effective policing in Games Security area and Urban Domain

h) Effective Operational Support

h) Effective Operational Support: HC led a multi-departmental team providing RN support to RCMP and to EHOs; provided instrumentation, on-site advice and analysis (lab); RN surveillance informed security activities through real-time detection of radioactive material and rapid distinction between natural, medical and malicious alarms.
IC PA1 Provide access to the radio frequency spectrum $9.8 $6.8 $3.4

a) Safe and Secure and Games

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011;

h) PA1: 2,800 frequencies were authorized for the 2010 Winter Games; all radio frequency requirements of security and public safety organizations were met.

PA2: 84 investigations into reports of radio interference were carried out within accepted service standards; no security and public safety activities at the 2010 Winter Games were jeopardized due to interference to the respective organizations radio communication systems.

PA2 Minimize the impact of interference to radio communications systems
PHAC PA1 Emergency Preparedness and Response
$0.9 $.660 $4.4

a) Safe and Secure and Games

f) Effective Intelligence

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

f, h, i): Microbiological Emergency Response Team (MERT).

As part of the National CBRN team, MERT provided on-site rapid diagnostic assessment capacity for any bio-threat agents and/or exhibits collected by RCMP/DND and were ready to provide reference service support to BCCDC during the Games.

National Emergency Stockpile System (NESS)

The NESS pre-positioned supplies in both Vancouver and Whistler. Pre-positioned equipment included CBRN supplies.

Surveillance:

PHAC participated in 2010 Inter-Regional Surveillance Teleconference calls, provided local and provincial health partners with GPHIN and GIS products, and mobilized epidemiological support staff to Vancouver and Whistler.

Training:

Training on Emergency Operations Centre Response Structure and Emergency Preparedness and Response was provided to nearly 400 portfolio personnel in the regions and in Ottawa.

PS PA1

Emergency Management and National Security

$1.2 $.300 N/A *

a) Safe and Secure and Games

h) Effective Operational Support

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

h) Coordinated federal family through ADM-EMC V2010 Sub-Committee meetings, convened daily throughout duration of Games.

Linkages across all levels of government were maintained to ensure timely information flow through daily ADM-EMC meetings as well as Regional Operations Liaison Officer presence in the Government Operations Centre, the Integrated Security Unit, the PREOC and the TCC throughout the Games.

  Communications

$.634

* Funds reallocated
from EMNS $.343

* Funds reallocated from
Communications $.291

 

Led communications coordination on safety and security of the 2010 Winter Games through the 2010 Government Partners Public Affairs Group (GPPAG) Security and Public Safety . The GPPAG provided unprecedented coordination of partners from federal, provincial and municipal governments as well as crown corporations and private industry with a primary or supporting role in security and public safety.

Facilitated coordination and Public Safety Canada Communications set up the 2010 Government Partners Public Affairs Centre (GPPAC) in Vancouver during the Games. Public affairs partners from the Province of British Columbia , Integrated Security Unit, Canada Border Services Agency, DND, Canadian Heritage, Department of Foreign Affairs and the Vancouver Organizing Committee for the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Winter Games (VANOC) were co-located with PS Canada staff.

  Law Enforcement and Policing     $.277 h) Effective Operational Support;

h) Policy support and advice to the RCMP on security-related issues resulting from the implementation of the security operational plan.

Research project examining the impact of the 2010 Olympic and Paralympic Vancouver Games on the prevalence of human trafficking in Canada, particularly in the lower mainland of British Columbia.

Co-lead, with the Province of British Columbia, the disposal of assets procured for the Games by the RCMP-led Integrated Security Unit.

RCMP PA1 Protective Policing Services $558 $465.6 $430.5

a) Safe and Secure and Games

b) Effective policing in Games Security Area and Urban Domain

d) Effective Air security

e) Effective Marine Security

f) Effective Intelligence

g) Effective Border Integrity

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011

b) The ISU developed and successfully executed policing in the Games security area and Urban Domain in the following:

Vehicle Access and Parking Permits (VAPP) allowed approved vehicles to access to the Olympic venues;

Master Delivery Schedule permitted scheduled deliveries to be made to venues within a specified period of time;

Remote Vehicle Screening Sites (RVSS), located away from Olympic facilities, where “dirty” vehicles, goods, and materials were screened and confirmed “clean”;

Material Transfer Areas (MTA) screened all materials intended for entry into secure areas, focusing on goods and materials and not on the delivery vehicle or driver;

Vehicle Screening Areas (VSA) were located at venues and used to screen vehicles, their occupants and cargo;

Pedestrian Screening Areas (PSA) were used to screen people and personal articles for prohibited and illegal or dangerous material;

The Vendor Certification Program (VCP) was an Olympic program whereby sponsors and official suppliers were certified to self-inspect, screen and seal goods prior to delivery at an Olympic venue; and

The Perimeter Intrusion Detection System (PIDS) was designed to supply temporary electronic security detection for the perimeters of venues.

The “In-Transit” Security Plan provided safe and secure transportation for Olympic athletes, team officials and other designated personnel travelling on the VANOC – Transport Athlete (TA) system.

d) The air security was successful in the following:

Established the Federal Aviation Steering Committee (FASC) to provide senior stakeholder oversight and guidance to the Federal Aviation Technical Working Group (FATWG);

Established the FATWG, which was responsible for the development of aviation safety and security plans to address airspace design, air management, and air traffic enhancement for the Olympic and Paralympic Games;

Established a Registration and Flight Authorization (R&FA) program to perform security checks on flight crew and authorized flight access to the Olympic Controlled Airspace (OCA); and

Established the concept and operations for an Air Services Operations Coordination Centre (ASOCC), a Games-time interagency-staffed organization which enhanced the effectiveness of both air security and overall security operations in the Olympic Theatre.

In summary:

43 days of airspace control measures;

90,000+ aircraft movements recorded;

17,795 aircraft authorized/ released by ISU; and

7,495 aircraft screened through temporary facilities.

6 Air incursions (minor violations of the restrictions)

e). The Marine Security was successful in the following:

Established the Federal Marine Working Technical Group (FMTWG) to develop and assist in the creation of an overall marine and surface safety and security plan for 2010;

Established the concept and operations for an Olympic Marine Operations Centre which was a Games-time interagency-staffed organization whose coordinated actions enhanced the effectiveness of Marine security;

Established a Marine Exercise Working Group (MEWG) that focussed on planning exercise requirements for specific Olympic venue security including regional, national, international and multi-jurisdictional considerations in the development of a comprehensive marine exercise plan; and

Employed a Community Relations Group team member to work with marine stakeholders on an ongoing basis and provided regular marine updates to the public and some interest groups, via briefings and public notices, which clearly ensured our security requirements were well communicated and accepted.

During the operational period there were 23 boats (multiple agencies) on the water and 400 vessels were stopped and/or checked.

f) The JIG was successful in developing reliable and useful intelligence in a timely manner to keep all areas of the ISU and other partner agencies informed of all events and threats relating to the security of the Games.

The Financial Intelligence Investigative Team (FIIT) was established to monitor venue contracting and construction. This was well publicized which is believed to be one of the factors contributing to the lack of evidence of organized crime pertaining to venue construction.

The creation of the Liaison Management Team to cultivate and maintain relationships with domestic and international agencies was able to provide timely and accurate intelligence.

Integration of both the CF and CSIS LO’s and utilization of the Sensitive Information Handling Unit (SIHU) within the JIG was paramount to the timely exchange of intelligence.

g) The overarching priority for Border Integrity during the Olympic period (2010-02-07 to 2010-03-24) was successful in augmenting Olympic Security by focusing on areas of high risk within the Border Integrity areas of responsibility – especially the border. There were no reports or intelligence that indicated any instances of human trafficking, and although there were reports of Border incursions specific to border jumpers there was no information that suggested an Olympic nexus. The actual numbers although up slightly were consistent with the previous year while the apprehension rate increased.

h) The operational support was successful in the following:

The Accreditation, Screening and Validation Team (ASVT) successfully met the challenges of providing Security Background Checks (SBC) for more than 200,000 people.

The establishment of the Olympic Accreditation Working Group (OAWG) encouraged and facilitated discussions between Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS), Canadian Border Services Agency (CBSA), Citizenship and Immigration Canada (CIC) and Heritage Canada.

The development of the Secure Accreditation Management System (SAMS) provided a secure means of conducting an SBC and provided a legacy capability for the RCMP in future major events.

By the end of the Games, the ASVT had conducted approximately 205,000 SBC on volunteers, security services, work force and Olympic family using SAMS.

The provision of effective operational support throughout the Games period is tied directly to the extensive exercise program that was developed. This allowed for the clear definition of the roles and responsibilities of all the staff in the various command and operations centres located throughout the theatre of operations.

i) The RCMP/ISU delivered effective information technology support through the development of systems by the CIO, most notably EMS and SAMS, by Technical Operations in the form of the SAP, and through the acquisition of off-the-shelf products (Common Operating Picture) and the service contract for PIDS. All systems performed exceptionally well; however, the ISU did have a well-defined Service Level Agreement and a back-up site if the main command centre failed.

TC PA1 A safe transportation system

$8.3
Nav Canada
additional ask
of $24.7 for
contribution:

2008-2009-$6.6

2009-2010-$17.9

2010-2011-$0. 250

*numbers were
re-profiled
as per TB
decision
record 834526

$5.6
Nav Canada
$17.9
$4.9 (includes EBP
and accommodation)
Nav Canada $15.9

a) Safe and Secure and Games

c) Effective Land Security

d) Effective Air Security

e) Effective Marine Security

f) Effective Intelligence

h) Effective Operational Support

i) Effective Information Technology

a) Will be reported in the DPR 2010-2011;

c, d, e) A very high level of compliance in all modes was experienced during the Games. Any non-compliance was minor and was easily resolved with no impact on the security or safety of the Games:
-113 TDG companies registered;
-706 DG vehicles licensed;
-780 DG drivers licensed;
-215 rail site visits;
-2443 kilometres of rail track inspected;
-7500 aircraft screened/searched;
- 68 vessels inspected;
- 316 marine facilities inspected;
- 43 days restricted airspace with only 3 minor alleged incursions

f) No issues reported affecting the flow of information between JIG and TC

h) Operations and Coordination Centres were staffed with embedded personnel as required.

Timely and accurate information flowed between TC and ISU.

i) IT service calls were resolved in a timely manner.

Total $869.196M $709.606M $651.823M    

DND/CF was able to provide a wide range of unique military capabilities in support of the RCMP to ensure the safety and security of the Games. DND/CF provided support without using any initially identified contingency funding. The Department was able to achieve significant cost reductions and savings due mainly to a review of its concept of support, active contract management and the establishment of financial controls.

CSIS: Actual expenditures were lower than projected resource requirements for the following primary reasons: the number of accreditation requests were substantially lower than projected (i.e., salaries), travel and accommodation costs were lower than projected; and the costs associated with required upgrades to critical facilities were lower than projected.

IC: Expenditures were lower than projected for the following reasons: travel and accommodation costs were considerably lower than projected; there were savings in network systems support and professional services; and a contingency reserve of $1.7 million in capital was not required.

RCMP: The security budget for the RCMP of $492.5M was supplemented by the Olympic Federal Contingency in the amount of $65.5M for a total security budget $558M.

TC: Actual costs at Nav Canada were higher and/or lower than planned resulting in a variance. There was also a reduction in the level of some services provided (determined as not required) resulting in lower labour costs.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

Inspector Jane MacLatchy,
Federal Security Coordinator, Vancouver 2010
Protective Policing, Major Events
Royal Canadian Mounted Police
(613) 949-2120


 

Name of Horizontal Initiative: Investments to Combat the Criminal Use of Firearms (ICCUF)

Name of Lead Department: Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP)

Lead Department Program Activity: Canadian Firearms Program

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: May 2004

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Originally $49.9 million over 5 years, now extended indefinitely 3.

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The overall aim of the ICCUF is to improve the national collection, analysis and sharing of firearms-related intelligence and information. Funding is distributed within the RCMP to the Canadian Firearms Program (CFP), Criminal Intelligence (CI) and the Criminal Intelligence Service Canada (CISC). The initiative also provides funds to the Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) and Public Safety Canada (PSC).

The ICCUF directly supports the Government’s objective to tackle violent crime (especially firearms-related offences in relation to organized crime and street gangs), as outlined in the 2008 Speech from the Throne.

Shared Outcome(s): Enhanced RCMP and CBSA capacity to gather, analyze and share criminal intelligence in order to improve individual investigations, and to increase knowledge of the extent and patterns of smuggling and trafficking of firearms used in crime. These will support the development of an intelligence-led national enforcement strategy.

Governance Structure(s): A Joint Management Team (JMT) coordinates ICCUF efforts. Partners will be heavily involved in JMT meetings.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-2010
Actual Spending for
2009-2010
Expected Results for
2009-2010
Results Achieved in
2009-2010
Public Safety Canada Policing and Law Enforcement ICCUF Ongoing $275K $268K Independent police advice to the Minister on firearms and crime; and, support research on the relationship between crime guns, street gangs, youth and organized crime. Provided ongoing policy advice to the Minister. Convened an evaluation preparatory workshop. Developed methodology for summative evaluation of the initiative.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Canadian Firearms Program ICCUF Ongoing $8.215M $8.106M Reduce the impact of organized crime through continued support to law enforcement agencies by providing specialized assistance to effectively investigate, gather evidence and share criminal intelligence to successfully prosecute individuals involved in the illegal movement and criminal use of firearms. Preliminary use of the Public Agents Firearms reporting data as an analytical tool to enhance firearms investigations. Increased training and support in relation to firearms investigations. Increase of 6,646 Records to the Firearms Reference Table database.
Criminal Intelligence Directorate ICCUF Ongoing $1.12M $867K Criminal intelligence has played an important role in supporting front-line policing by providing actionable intelligence. Their efforts have identified and led to the arrest of suspects involved in firearms crimes.
Canada Border Services Agency Intelligence and Targeting Operations Directorate ICCUF Ongoing $1.33M $1.437M Valuable criminal intelligence shared in support of firearms crime investigations.

Seizure of 458 non-restricted, restricted and prohibited firearms at the various Ports of Entry across Canada in the year 2009.

Development of intelligence on individuals and businesses suspected of being involved in the cross border movement of illicit firearms.

Provision of intelligence support to Canadian law enforcement agencies in matters relating to the trafficking of firearms.

Total Ongoing $10.94M $10.678M    

Comments on Variances: CI has carried two vacancies for fiscal year 2009-2010. Efforts are being made to fill these positions forthwith. CBSA: The difference between the funding received and funds spent can be attributed to an increase in salary dollars reported by the regions, and was funded internally by the CBSA.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information:

C/Supt. Geoffrey Francis,
Director, Firearms Investigative and Enforcement Services Directorate
RCMP Canadian Firearms Program
1450 Meyerside Drive, Suite 415
Mississauga, Ontario L5T 2N5
Office: 905-795-5205
Email: Geoffrey.Francis@rcmp-grc.gc.ca


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Integrated Border Enforcement Teams (IBETs)

Name of Lead Department: Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP)

Lead Department Program Activity: Federal and International Operations (FIO)

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 1, 2009

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2010

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date):

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement):

The mandate of Integrated Border Enforcement Teams (IBETs) is to enhance the integrity of the border between Canada and the United States by identifying, investigating, and interdicting persons and organizations that pose a threat to national security or are engaged in other criminal activity.

Shared Outcome(s):

Enhanced border security and improved international relationships along the shared border by effective information-sharing between Canadian and US law enforcement agencies and collaborative intelligence-led investigations. In April of 2009 senior members of all five IBET core agencies as well as key partners from the Governments of Canada and the United States met to develop the IBET Strategic Vision. The Framework for achieving this vision by 2015 was created. The Strategic Vision would see fully integrated and co-located teams strategically located along the US and Canadian border. The teams will have dedicated funding and personnel that conduct joint enforcement operations on both sides of the border based on joint threat/risk assessments. IBET will operate within a common governance model and continuum with appropriate Canada/US legislation. The IBET Strategic Vision will transform border control through enhanced and integrated operations, technology and infrastructure, and will ultimately improve our ability to identify and interdict threats to the security of the border.

Governance Structure(s):

Providing program oversight and direction, the International Joint Management Team (IJMT) is composed of senior officials from the five core agencies: RCMP, CBSA, Department of Homeland Security (US Customs Border Protection/Border Patrol, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement, US Coast Guard). Regional Joint Management Teams (JMT) for each of the 15 IBET regions provide joint decision making and direction to the IBET program at a local level. The National Coordination Team (NCT) is comprised of representatives of the five core partners at the Headquarters level and provides policy direction for the participating agencies and the program as well as facilitating the objectives of the Smart Border Accord and the IBET mandate.

($ dollars)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-2010
Actual Spending for
2009-2010
Expected Results for
2009-2010
Results Achieved in
2009-2010

RCMP

CBSA

Federal and International Operations (FIO) Integrated Border Enforcement Team 206,930,021 30,446,854 27,557,442

1. Reduce the exploitation of our borders by terrorist and organized crime groups.

2. Ensure timely identification of threats, vulnerabilities and emerging trends.

3. Continuously improve border enforcement technology.

4. Increase understanding of border issues.

5. Ensure an integrated, layered border management approach.

 
Total 206,930,021 30,446,854 27,557,442    

Results Achieved in 2009-2010:

Advancements in technology have provided IBETs with situational awareness including analytical, intelligence and predictive abilities which enhanced response to border incursions and effective planning of border enforcement operations. This was demonstrated during the course of V2010 Operations when fully integrated, sensor, video and radar systems were deployed along the B.C. - Washington State border. IBETs continue to seek innovative technological solutions for border security. IBETs actively engage border communities through awareness and outreach activities, seeking their collaboration on law enforcement issues to ensure a balanced approach to border security. Additionally, effective information sharing has enhanced the ability of IBETs to better identify, assess and interdict threats to public safety and national security.

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable):

The IBET core partners include US Customs Border Protection/Border Patrol, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement, and the US Coast Guard, all part of the Department of Homeland Security. The IBET program contributes significantly to their objective to enhance border integrity between Canada and the United States by identifying, investigating, and interdicting persons and organizations that pose a threat to national security or are engaged in other organized criminal activity. These agencies are committed to the IBET program to achieve the Smart Border Accord Plan goal to ensure the: 1. secure flow of people; 2. the secure flow of goods; 3. secure infrastructure; and 4. the coordination and information sharing in the enforcement of these objectives.

Contact information:

Supt. Warren Coons, Director, IBET

Top of Page

Transport Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: ecotransport Strategy

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada (TC)

Lead Department Program Activity: Clean Air from Transportation

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2007-2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: 2010-2011*
(*ecomobility and Marine Shore Power programs were extended to 2011-2012)

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $461.6 million*
(*As of 2012, total allocation will be $463 million due to a $1.4 million allocation for a one-year extension of the ecomobility ($1.1 million) and Marine Shore Power programs ($0.3))

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The ecotransport Strategy involves a series of initiatives designed to reduce the amount of fuel consumed, improve transportation efficiency and introduce cleaner transportation technologies. Launched as part of the Government’s Clean Air Agenda Clean Transportation Theme, this strategy features the ecomobility program; the ecotechnology for Vehicles Program; the ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles Program (Natural Resources Canada); and the ecofreight programs : Freight Technology Demonstration Fund, Freight Technology Incentives, ecofreight Partnership, National Harmonisation for the Trucking Industry and Natural Resources Canada’s ecoenergy for Fleet Program.

The ecoauto Rebate Program and the Environment Canada’s (EC’s) Vehicle Scrappage program were introduced separately but are complementary to the programs for personal vehicles.

For more information on the ecotransport Strategy programs, consult the web site.

For detailed results for 2009-2010, please refer to Clean Air Agenda, Clean Transportation Theme results in Environment Canada’s Departmental Performance Report 2009-2010 Horizontal Initiative table on the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat web site.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Under the ecotransport Strategy, each of the three departments implicated (TC, NRCan and EC) will manage their respective programs in accordance with defined governance structures for the individual programs concerned. Each program is subject to a Results-based Management Accountability Framework (RMAF), which includes committee structures, risk management strategies, and provisions for performance measurement, information management, auditing, evaluation and reporting. In addition, a broader Horizontal Management Accountability and Reporting Framework (HMARF) for the Clean Air Agenda was developed and encompasses, among others, all regulatory and program initiatives for clean transportation, including those of the ecotransport Strategy. The HMARF includes governance structures; financial, measurement, risks and information management strategies; and lines of reporting. TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation a) ecomobility $9.300 $2.803 $2.778

Feasibility studies, municipal tools and resources for implementing Transportation demand management (TDM), pilot TDM projects, training materials and learning workshops; and

Reduce GHG emissions and reduced air pollutants due to modal shifts towards public transportation, higher occupancy of personal vehicles, and active transportation – all of which are less emissions intensive travel choices.

For detailed results for 2009-2010, please refer to Clean Air Agenda, Clean Transportation Theme results in Environment Canada’s Departmental Performance Report 2009-2010 Horizontal Initiative table on the Treasury Board of Canada Secretariat web site.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation b) ecotechnology for Vehicles $14.100 $5.512 $3.281

Evaluate and showcase near and long term advanced technologies in the Canadian vehicle market, including more efficient and cleaner gasoline and diesel engines, electric, solar, hydrogen fuel cells, biodiesel etc, as well as individual advanced technology components; and

Reduce emissions of GHGs and air pollutants as advanced technologies gain market penetration over time.

NRCan 2.1 – Clean Energy c) ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles $21.0 $5.950 $5.530

Provide information to consumers on fuel consumption and decision-making tools such as vehicle labels, guides and information, and undertake partnerships, to encourage more fuel efficient buying, driving and maintenance practices;

Administer the GHG Memorandum of Understanding with the vehicle industry; and

Reduce fuel consumption with associated reductions in GHG emissions. Air pollutant emissions will also be reduced.

NRCan 2.1 – Clean Energy d) ecoenergy for Fleets $22.0 $6.030 $5.335

Provide training to professional drivers representing the heavy truck, transit, intercity motor-coach, school bus, urban light and medium vehicle drivers and off-road machinery including mining, construction and farm tractors;

Expect fleets to take actions to reduce fuel use/emissions;

Expect truck stops to participate in annual idle-free truck stop campaigns; and

Expect reductions in fuel consumption with associated reductions in GHG emissions. Air pollutant emissions will also be reduced.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation e) Freight Technology Demonstration Fund $9.300 $3.718 $1.039

Support technology demonstrations across all transportation modes and stimulate technology take-up in the four freight modes according to the modal distribution of the projects; and

Reduce emissions of GHGs and air pollutants as advanced technologies gain market penetration over time.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation f) Freight Technology Incentives Program $9.350 $4.110 $2.205

Provide cost-shared funding to companies and non-profit organizations in freight transportation to help them to purchase and install proven emission-reducing technologies; and

Reduce in emissions of GHGs and air pollutants as advanced technologies gain market penetration over time.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation g) ecofreight Partnerships $6.550 $1.860 $1.072

Build and maintain partnerships within the transportation sector to reduce emissions from freight transportation through fast and flexible voluntary actions that can support the regulatory framework; and

Support agreements with industry in all freight modes.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation h) National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry $5.400 $2.153 $0.545 Environmental benefits are reflected in the anticipated technology take-up from activities under the Freight Technology Demonstration Fund and the Freight Technology Incentive Program.
TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation i) Marine Shore Power

$6.000

*Includes
$0.3 million
allocated to
2011-2012
due to
program
extension

$1.406 $0.758

Demonstrate the use of shore-based power for marine vessels in Canadian ports to reduce air pollution from idling ship engines in some of Canada’s largest urban centres; and

Reduce air pollutants in the downtown areas of major port cities.

TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation j) ecoauto Rebate Program

$264.000

includes
$11.3 million
for Service
Canada
operational
requirements

$2.243

includes
$300,000
for Service
Canada
operational
requirements

$1.204

Provide consumer rebates to encourage the purchase of fuel-efficient vehicles;

Coupled with a Green Levy to discourage the purchase of fuel-inefficient vehicles (administered by Finance Canada and Canada Revenue Agency); and

Reduce fuel consumption, commensurate with GHG emission reductions.

EC 3.3.1 – Air Priorities Program k) Scrappage $92.0 $34.758 $28.528 National program over four years, intended to promote the accelerated scrappage of older vehicles.
TC 2.1 – Clean Air from Transportation l) Analytical and Policy Support $4.000 $1.194 $0.709 Provision of the analytical and policy expertise necessary to support and further develop research, policies and programs related to the federal priorities of sustainable transportation, clean air and climate change.

a) ecomobility

The ecomobility program is an initiative that works with municipalities to help cut urban-passenger transportation emissions by encouraging Canadians to choose public transit or other sustainable transportation options. Working with cities across Canada, this initiative will help develop programs, services and products that improve sustainable transportation options in urban areas. This program was extended by one year to 2012.

b) ecotechnology for Vehicles

The ecotechnology for Vehicles Program includes in-depth testing and showcasing of advanced technologies for vehicles in order to raise awareness and foster important new partnerships with the automotive industry and encourage the introduction of a broader range of environmental technologies in Canada.

c) ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles

The ecoenergy for Personal Vehicles Program delivered by Natural Resources Canada, provides fuel consumption information and decision-making tools to encourage consumers to purchase fuel-efficient vehicles that are currently available in the market.

d) ecoenergy for Fleets

The ecoenergy for Fleets program aims to reduce fuel use and emissions in commercial and institutional fleets via training, sharing of best practices, anti-idling campaigns, technical analysis to look for potential improvements and other technology opportunities.

e) Freight Technology Demonstration Fund

The Freight Technology Demonstration Fund provides cost-shared funding of industry demonstrations to test and measure new freight transportation technologies in real-world conditions.

f) Freight Technology Incentives Programs

The Freight Technology Incentive Programs provides cost-shared funding to help freight industry recipients to purchase and install proven emission-reducing technologies.

g) ecofreight Partnership Program

The ecofreight Partnership Program builds national and international partnerships and networks with the freight industry to reduce transportation emissions.

h) National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry

The National Harmonization Initiative for the Trucking Industry identifies regulatory barriers and solutions in collaboration with provinces and territories, so that the Canadian trucking industry can embrace emissions-reducing technologies.

i) Marine Shore Power

The Marine Shore Power Program, extended by one year to 2012, demonstrates the installation and use of shore-based power for marine vessels in Canadian ports to reduce emissions.

j) ecoauto Rebate Program

The ecoauto Rebate Program, which ended in March 2009, provided performance-based rebates to consumers who purchased eligible fuel-efficient vehicles. To be eligible for a grant, vehicles must have been purchased by December 31, 2008, and applications received by March 31, 2009. Applications received before March 31, 2009, but not yet processed by that date, were processed early in fiscal year 2009-2010 under the 2008-2009 fiscal authority.

k) Environment Canada’s Scrappage Program

Environment Canada’s Scrappage Program is a national program that promotes the accelerated scrappage of older vehicles to reduce emissions.

l) Analytical and Policy Support

Analytical and Policy support provides the analytical and policy expertise necessary to support and further develop research, policies and programs related to the federal priorities of sustainable transportation, clean air and climate change.



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Marine Security

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Marine Security

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Budget 2001

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: Ongoing

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): Not Applicable

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): Marine Security is a horizontal initiative that is linked to the Government’s key priority of "A Safe and Secure Canada". Its aim is to improve the security of Canada’s marine domain, including territorial waters, inland waterways, and at Canadian ports. Elements of this initiative include:

  • Increased domain awareness, surveillance and tracking of marine traffic;
  • Improved co-ordination and cooperation on marine security, including the development of Marine Security Operations Centres (MSOCs);
  • Security clearance program for marine sector employees;
  • Implementing new detection equipment in Canadian ports to monitor containers;
  • Additional resources for emergency and law enforcement response capacity in the marine domain; and
  • International initiatives, which will ensure that Canada will meet current international standards and obligations, including those being developed by the International Maritime Organization (IMO).

Shared Outcome(s): The following are planned shared outcomes and activities in marine security.

Key areas include:

  • Domain awareness – Canada’s surveillance and awareness efforts within marine areas;
  • Responsiveness – Enforcement efforts in cooperation with all relevant police forces and security agencies;
  • Safeguarding – Efforts to enhance the physical security of marine infrastructure of other critical infrastructure in or around marine areas; and
  • Collaboration – Efforts in support of all other activities to ensure that the various federal and provincial departments, agencies and police forces and other groups with a responsibility for marine security.

Immediate Outcomes:

  • Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;
  • Increased on-water presence;
  • Enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities;
  • Increased capability to respond to marine threats;
  • Increased stakeholder awareness and understanding;
  • Increased stakeholder ability to meet marine security requirements; and
  • Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security.

Intermediate Outcomes:

  • Effective domain awareness;
  • Rapid and effective response to marine threats and incidents;
  • Security-conscious culture among stakeholders;
  • Stakeholder compliance with security regulations; and,
  • Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

Ultimate Outcomes:

  • An effective and efficient marine security system;
  • High public confidence in Canada’s marine security system; and
  • A marine security system that facilitates the efficient and legitimate flow of people and goods.

Strategic Outcome:

  • A marine system that contributes to the security, safety and prosperity of Canadians and of our allies.

Governance Structure(s): The Government of Canada created the Interdepartmental Marine Security Working Group (IMSWG), chaired by Transport Canada, to identify and coordinate federal actions in support of Canada’s objectives with regard to public security and anti-terrorism in the marine domain, as well as its international marine security obligations. Under the guidance of the IMSWG, key departments are responsible for the following:

Transport Canada (TC)

Leads the Government’s initiatives in marine security enhancements, including:

  • Policy coordination;
  • Chairing the IMSWG;
  • Regulatory development in support of marine security initiatives;
  • Marine Security Oversight and Enforcement Program;
  • Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program;
  • Marine Security Contribution Program; and
  • Participation in the Marine Security Operations Centres.

Department of Fisheries and Oceans and Canadian Coast Guard (DFO and CCG)

Contributor to the enhancement of the level of domain awareness within the Canadian Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ) through increased surveillance activities and the implementation of shore-based automatic identification system (AIS) infrastructure and the development of a long-range vessel tracking capability. As well, increased its level of on-water capability for providing platform support to respond to marine security incidents. Also participates in the Marine Security Operations Centres.

Public Safety Canada (PS)

Public Safety Canada (PS) is Canada’s lead department for public safety. PS coordinates efforts with portfolio agencies, federal partners, other levels of government (including international allies) and stakeholders in building national policies and programs dealing with national security, emergency management, law enforcement, corrections, crime prevention and border integrity. This includes, for example, the development and implementation of marine-based counter-terrorism exercises.

Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA)

CBSA’s mandate is to manage the nation’s borders at ports of entry by administering and enforcing the domestic laws that govern trade and travel, as well as international agreements and conventions. The work of the CBSA includes identifying and interdicting high-risk individuals and goods, working with law enforcement agencies to maintain border integrity and engaging in enforcement activities, which include seizure of goods, arrests, detentions, investigations, hearings and removals.

Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP)

The RCMP is responsible for enforcing federal statutes, leading national security and organized crime investigations across Canada both on land and waterside and for maintaining border integrity between ports of entry.

Department of National Defence (DND)

Contributes to enhanced domain awareness of the strategic high-traffic coastal area. Leads the Marine Security Operations Centres (MSOCs) on the coasts and participates in the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence Seaway MSOC. Working with partner departments and agencies to improve interdepartmental tactical operations. Leads the IMIC3 project (approved Jan 10) which will improve tactical communications between the various departmental/agencies vessels at sea.

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Transport Canada Marine Security a) Marine Security Coordination Fund $16.2 $2.0 $2.0

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security;

Enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities;

Security-conscious culture among stakeholders; and

Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

Funding was provided for the following projects, which achieved beyond the expected results:

National Maritime Surveillance Coordination Protocol;

Inter-Agency Harbour Security Coordination Project;

Feasibility Study for an Integrated Marine Security Enforcement Facility;

Operational Tool Kit Project;

Secure Tactical Communications; and

Pleasure Craft Licence Database.

b) Oversight and Enforcement $54.07 $11.553 $13.8

Enhanced security procedures at ports, marine facilities and Canadian Vessels;

Increased stakeholder awareness and understanding;

Stakeholder compliance with security regulations; and

Security-conscious culture among stakeholders.

The Domestic Ferries Security Regulations were promulgated and came into effect in time for the Vancouver 2010 Winter Olympics.

Significant progress was made on revising the Marine Transportation Security Regulations.

Nationally, over 835 Port or Facility security inspections were carried out, as well as 1,258 vessel inspections for security (domestic and foreign). More than 250 marine facility and vessel certifications (including domestic ferry vessels and facilities) were also issued in 2009-2010.

Significant support and coordination was offered during the Vancouver 2010 Winter Olympics. This included developing a Marine Security Concept of Operations and Contingency Plan, as well as carrying out more than 300 periodic inspections of ports, facilities and vessels in the Pacific Region.

A risk-based security assessment program was developed and implemented. In partnership with key federal partners, the Marine Event Response Protocol was also developed and implemented to respond and manage significant marine events through an integrated and coordinated Government of Canada approach.

Several Marine Security Operations Bulletins and Marine Security Operations Policies were issued to provide awareness to stakeholders, regional inspectors and other government departments.

c) Marine Security Policy and Interdepartmental Coordination $5.0 $1.0 $0.7

Enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities;

Security-conscious culture among stakeholders;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security; and

Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

A Maritime Commerce Resumption (MCR) Pilot Exercise was held in Vancouver, and a Regional Maritime Commerce Resumption Plan developed for British Columbia.

Significant progress was made on the development of a Marine Security Strategy, a Maritime Domain Awareness Strategy, and a Waterside Security Report and Action Plan.

A Small Vessel and Facility Security Strategy and Outreach Program was completed.

Agreement in principle was reached on a Memorandum of Understanding between Transport Canada and the Canada-Newfoundland and Labrador Offshore Petroleum Board on the security of offshore installations.

This program participated in marine security capacity building projects in the Caribbean and Latin America with the OAS.

d) Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program $11.8 $2.0 $1.2

Increased stakeholder awareness and understanding;

Enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities; and

Stakeholder compliance with security regulations.

All ports captured under the MTSCP are fully compliant.

To date, more than 12,000 port workers have been processed across Canada under this program.

Guidance tools for existing inspection forms were developed to assist inspectors in their day-to-day compliance and enforcement duties.

e) Marine Security Contribution Program $115.0 $12.5 $12.4

Increased ability to meet marine security requirements;

Enhanced security measures at ports and marine facilities;

Security-conscious culture among stakeholders; and

Stakeholder compliance with security regulations.

Marine Security Contribution Program’s fifth and final year. Out of the $12.5 million allocated for planned spending, the program disbursed $11.8 million (95%) in eligible funds to 297 recipients for security enhancements such as:

  • Surveillance equipment
  • Dockside and perimeter security
  • Command, control and communications equipment, and
  • Security training.

The variance between planned and actual spending is due to the difference between projected costs and eligible costs submitted by recipients.An evaluation of the MSCP is expected to be completed in 2011-2012.

f) Great Lakes/St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (design team) New
funding
$1.9 $0.3

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security;

Effective domain awareness; and

Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

Implementing the Great Lakes Marine Security Operations Centre (MSOC) began successfully.

Interim Operating Capability is expected in Fall 2010. The MSOC will further enhance Canada’s ability to detect, assess and support a response to any threat to marine security.

Staffing for the Great Lakes Marine Security Operations Centre (MSOC) was somewhat delayed due to the lengthy process required to recruit personnel for this specialized security field.

Department of Fisheries and Oceans Safe and Accessible Waterways a) Increased On-Water Patrols

$10.0

(annually
and
ongoing)

$ 10.0 $10.0

Increased on-water presence; and

Effective domain awareness.

101% - percentage of total number of fleet operational days delivered versus planned.
b) Automatic Identification System and Long Range Identification and Tracking $32.5 $12.0 $5.605

Increased volume of vessel traffic data;

Increased awareness; and

Effective domain awareness.

An AIS interim installation has been completed and system is tracking vessels. Full National implementation will be completed in 2010-11.

Full national implementation of the LRIT system was completed.

c) Great Lakes/ St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre

$ 3.0

(annual
and
ongoing)

$3.0 $1.54

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security;

Effective domain awareness; and

Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces and municipalities.

Reliability of CCG maritime vessel traffic information for usage at Marine Security Operations Centres (Proportion of year information is fully available)

  • Target: 99.7%
  • 99.4%

Majority of breakdown time was due to service provider access problems. These will be monitored in the future.

d) Marine Security Enforcement Teams $18.0 $5.0 $5.185

Increased on-water presence;

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased capability to respond to marine threats;

Effective domain awareness; and

Rapid and effective response to marine threats and incidents.

Supported enforcement agencies during the 2010 Olympics and Paralympics in Vancouver. Ships were equipped with Secure Tactical Radios that enhanced services. In addition, an extra boat and 3 ships were provided by CCG.

CCG seagoing personnel tasked to support the 2010 games attended Police Defensive Tactics and Law Enforcement Familiarization Training.

Provided staff to the DFO regional response centre, the Olympics Maritime Security Operations Centre; Maritime Security Operations Centre (West); and,

Implemented a 24/7 Fisheries and Oceans Co-ordinated Olympic Support Centre in HQ.

Supported ad hoc law enforcement requests in all areas of Canadian waters.

97.7% planned operational days were delivered.

e) Construction of Mid-Shore Patrol Vessels $100.9 $4.6 $8.6

CCG will procure MSPV vessels;

RCMP will report on the enforcement results of the MSET program.

Contract has been awarded for the MSPVs. MSET vessels will come into service by 2011; all vessels will be delivered by 2013.
Sustainable Fisheries and Aquaculture f) Increased Surveillance Flights

$ 7.0

(annually
and
ongoing)

$7.0 $7.0

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment; and

Effective domain awareness.

New contract awarded June 8, 2009 with existing supplier. C&P provided aerial surveillance coverage during Olympic period. All operations were successful. C&P flew approximately 5,500 hrs in fiscal year 2009-2010.
Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) Risk Assessment a) Radiation Detection Equipment Initiative

$ 5.42

(annually
and
ongoing)
(over
5 years)

$5.42 $0.28 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. 34 Radiation Portals were installed at CBSA marine ports and marine facilities. 1,100 Personal Radiation Devices (PRD) have also been procured to detect radio isotopes in the marine mode. Increased cooperation and collaboration between the CBSA and industry partners. Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities.
Enforcement $5.11
Total       $5.39    
Risk Assessment b) Passenger and Crew Screening Initiative

$ 7.22

(annually
and
ongoing)

 

$7.224 $3.37 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. Screened 100% of all vessels entering Canadian waters. Boarded selected vessels identified as high-risk.
Enforcement $0.24
Facilitated Border $0.12
Conventional Border $3.47
Total       $7.20    
Enforcement c) Cruise Ship Inspections

$4.65

(annually
and
ongoing)

$4.65 $0.41 Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities. Increased security measures at ports and marine facilities.Screened 100% of all vessels entering Canadian waters.Boarded selected vessels identified as high-risk.
Conventional Border $4.22
Internal Services $0.13
Total  

 

  $4.76    
Public Safety National Exercise Division a) Marine-Based Counter-terrorism Exercises (sometimes referred to as scenario based training)

$0.2
ongoing

$1.0
to date

$0.2 $0.2 Improved understanding of roles and responsibilities; contribution to the development of robust interdepartmental procedures and thereby enhanced interdepartmental coordination for Port Domain Awareness and Emergency / Consequence Management.

Hosted the following planning conferences:

Initial Planning Conference - April 2009

  • Define Objectives
  • Identify participants

Mid Planning conference – June 2009

  • Write Scenario
  • Develop Master Sequence Events List
  • Develop Handbooks and other related material

Final Planning Conference – September 2009

  • Review all material
  • Finalize documents
  • Conduct Training Sessions

Conduct full-scale exercise – October 2009.

Policing and Law Enforcement b) Great Lakes / St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (Design Team) $1.6 $0.308 $0.132

Overall policy coordination for the implementation and direction of the permanent Great Lakes / St. Lawrence Marine Security Operations Centre.

Improved domain awareness in the Great Lakes / St. Lawrence Seaway region by implementation of a permanent facility.

Participated in GL MSOC National Representatives working group and provided overall policy coordination and support in developing the GL MSOC CONOPS and the GL MSOC legal analysis.

Participated in Maritime Domain Awareness working group and provided policy support towards developing a Treasury Board Submission on establishing a GL MSOC permanent facility.

Department of National Defence Generate and Sustain Integrated Forces – Generate and Sustain Forces Capable of Maritime Effects – Operational Units a) Coastal Marine Security Operations Centres $165.0 $22.45 $9.8

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security; and

Effective domain awareness.

Interim Operating Capability for the Coastal MSOCs achieved in October 2009.

Final Operating Capability Vision adopted.

MSOC Statement of Operational Requirements adopted.

A National Vessel Targeting Matrix was implemented by Transport Canada.

In partnership with CCG, Transport Canada developed Long Range Identification and Tracking (LRIT) processes and Standard Operating.

b) Interdepartmental Maritime Integrated Command Control and Communication

$ 10.0

+7,000,000
recurring
O&M
yearly
commencing
2013

$0.135

(for
definition
phase)

$ 0.069

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security; and

Project Approval 11 Jan. 2010 ($34.2M).

Project approved Jan 10. Working with partner departments and agencies to improve interdepartmental tactical operations. Leads the IMIC3 project which will improve tactical communications between the various departmental/agencies vessels at sea.
Conduct Operations – Domestic and Continental Operations – Conduct Ongoing Operations and Services to Canadians c) Increased On-Water Presence/ Coordination (Marlant and JTF(P))

$5.0

Annual
recurring
amount

$5.0 $5.0

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased on-water presence; and

Improved domain awareness.

Provided additional sea-time to MARCOM resources which added to maritime surveillance in Canada’s coastal approaches.
Royal Canadian Mounted Police Marine Security a) National Ports Project $8.403 $1.029 Included
in the
actuals
for 6 (b).
See below.
Safeguarding.

The NPET teams have established very strong relationships with core partners such as CBSA and other law enforcement agencies.

Between the Ports of Halifax, Montreal, Hamilton and Vancouver teams, over 4000 files have been opened in 2009-2010 ranging from assistance to other units/agencies to organized crime investigations.

b) National Port Enforcement Teams (NPET) (2003) $22.350 $4.44 $5.229

NPET are integrated, intelligence-led, and conduct federal-statute investigations applicable to Canadian ports; and

The enforcement objective is to prevent, detect and interdict organized criminal activity, contraband, and people who may pose a threat to the safety and security of Canada and other countries.

The NPET teams have established a very strong relationship with core partners such as CBSA and other law enforcement agencies.

Between the Ports of Halifax, Montreal, Hamilton and Vancouver teams, over 4000 files have been opened in 2009-2010 ranging from assistance to other units/agencies to organized crime investigations.

c) Marine Security Emergency Response Team Training (2003) $3.920 $0.56 $0.344

Increased capability to respond to marine threats; and

Rapid and effective response to marine threats and incidents.

The ERT Marine Intervention training course is delivered on a regular basis with emphasis placed on proficiency and safety while operating in a marine environment.

Support is being provided to the MS ERT teams by continually researching and improving on equipment necessary to conduct safe and efficient operations.

d) Marine Security Emergency Response Teams

Re-profiled funding carried forward to 2007-2008

$32.7

 

$0

$5.63

 

$0

$4.223

Increased capability to respond to marine threats; and

Rapid and effective response to marine threats and incidents.

The MS ERT teams have completed over 85 training sessions during the past fiscal year.

A recruiting program is in place to identify suitable candidates to ensure HR sustainability.

All teams were involved in training exercises prior to the V2010 and were also deployed during the Olympics.

The MS ERT teams have also been involved in several high risks operations and assisted other units as well as other agencies.

In cooperation with the St.Lawrence Seaway Management (Corporation de gestion de la voie maritime du St.Laurent), MS ERT has put in place an emergency plan in the Quebec region.

Forensic Identification e) Marine Transportation Clearance Program $2.160 $0.18 $0.139 Improved security measures at ports and marine facilities. Significant amount of fingerprints submissions from Transport Canada were processed.
Marine Security f) Great Lakes/St. Lawrence Seaway Marine Security Operations Centre (2005 -2008) (2008-2013)

$31.461

Note:
Interim
funding
ended
March 31,
2008.
Permanent
funding
has been
approved
as of
fall
2008-2009

$ 2.491 $2.538

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased cooperation between government departments and agencies involved with marine security;

Effective domain awareness; and

Increased collaboration: internationally, industry partners, multilateral organizations, provinces, and municipalities.

The MSOC collection plan implementation and the increase involvement of core partners and other law enforcement agencies within the Great Lakes/St.Lawrence Seaway is contributing to obtaining a better marine domain awareness picture within the MSOC areas.

Threat & risk assessment was completed.

The use of the MSOC mobile radar has significantly increased. Substantive units and other law enforcement agencies requested the use of the radar to assist them during joint operations including operations involving U.S. partners.

g) National Waterside Security Coordination Team (2005) $4.805 $0.839 $0.673

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment; and

Effective domain awareness.

The 2009 phase II waterside review has been completed and will be forwarded to IMSWG in the very near future.

Partnerships are paramount to the success of the coordination team therefore the RCMP enlisted the expertise of one law enforcement partner and is in the process of enlisting two more.

h) Marine Security Enforcement Teams (2005)

$28.422

(recurring)

$ 7.432 $4.776

Increased on-water presence;

Increased surveillance and awareness of marine security environment;

Increased capability to respond to marine security threats;

Effective domain awareness; and

Rapid and effective response to marine threats.

All members of the MSET team were deployed in a marine capacity to the Olympics. Their duties ranged from liaison officer onboard DND ships, tactical vessel operators with MS ERT, vessel operators or in the Olympic Marine Operations Centre.

MSET participates in MS ERT training on a regular basis.

The MSET teams contribute in populating the marine domain awareness by providing MSOC with information gathered during their patrols.

MSET has been utilized during several joint operations (both national and international). The partnership with U.S. agencies is particularly strong in the Windsor/Sarnia corridor as well as in the Thousand Island area.

MSET assisted RCMP Cornwall Detachment and CBSA during the High profile controversial relocation of the CBSA POE.

Total $202.07 $30.933 $30.4    

Comments on Variances:

Transport Canada

  1. Planned spending matched actual expenditures – the Coordination Fund was fully subscribed in 2009-2010.
  2. Due to pressures related to critical marine security projects including Emergency Management and Commerce Resumption, Transport Canada’s Executive Committee reallocated $1.4 million to cover these initiatives.
  3. Small surplus was used to offset pressures in 1b. Oversight and Enforcement area.
  4. Small surplus was used to offset pressures in 1b. Oversight and Enforcement area.
  5. The variance between planned Contribution funding of $12.5 million and actual disbursements of $11.5 million is due to the difference between projected costs and eligible costs submitted by recipients. It should be noted that the Program was not granted any administrative funding for either 2008-2009 or 2009-2010 – these costs were reallocated from within Transport Canada as pressure funding, for a total of $12.4 million.
  6. Legal costs related to the Marine Transportation Security Clearance Program were less than originally anticipated.

DFO/CCG

  1. Additional Fleet Operations – N/A.
  2. AIS & LRIT – Delays with Contractor delivery of Software caused the 2009-2010 budget variance.
  3. Great Lakes/St-Lawrence Seaway MSOC – $1.46 million was carried forward from 2009-2010 to 2010-2011. Staffing is just ramping up and therefore all funds were not expended.
  4. Great Lakes/St-Lawrence Seaway MSET – $972K was spent less than anticipated due to changes in availability and type of vessel from original plan.
  5. Acquisition of Great Lakes/St-Lawrence Seaway Mid-shore Patrol Vessels (MSPV) – An additional $4 million was spent more than planned as the project was accelerated in 2009-2010. The current TEC of the 9 MSPV is $227 million. The cost per vessel has been augmented to $25.22 million ($227 million/9). The cost increase was communicated in the Aide Memoire to the Cabinet. TC DPR should reflect the updated budget for the 4 security vessels, which is $100.9 million. The total planned spending for 2009-2010 was $10.3 million excluding carry-forward and $4.6 million is towards the 4 security vessels. The actual spending is higher than planned figure due to acceleration of the project. Information related to MSPV in TC's RPP 2010-2011 had not been updated to reflect the $25.22 million per vessel, therefore there will be inconsistency between their DPR 2009-2010 and RPP 2010-2011.
  6. Enhanced Conservation and Protection Aerial Surveillance Flights – N/A.

Public Safety

Note: Actuals for 6 a) and 6 b) have been combined.

Contact information: Fulvio Fracassi, Director General, Marine Security, Transport Canada, 613-991-4173, fulvio.fracassi@tc.gc.ca



Name of Horizontal Initiative: Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative

Name of Lead Department(s): Transport Canada

Lead Department Program Activity: Gateways and Corridors

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: October 19, 2006

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $1.01 billion

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): The Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative (APGCI) is intended to strengthen Canada’s competitive position in global commerce. It is an integrated package of investment and policy measures to advance the capacity and efficiency of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor into North America. It reflects the Government of Canada’s undertaking to work in partnership with provincial governments, private sector leaders, and other stakeholders to further develop and exploit the geographic advantages and transportation system of Canada’s West Coast. The initiative seeks to establish Canada’s Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor as the best transportation network facilitating global supply chains between North America and Asia.

Shared Outcome(s): The following are planned shared outcomes and activities for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

Key areas include:

  • Gateway capacity: Strategic infrastructure investments and network improvements;
  • Competitiveness: Increase Canada’s share of Asia-Pacific commerce to North America;
  • Efficiency and reliability: Improve goods movement throughout supply chains;
  • Security and border efficiency: Establish a secure and efficient transportation network linking Canadian and North American markets; and
  • Integrative policy frameworks and regulations that address new approaches to governance.

Ultimate Outcome:

  • Boost Canada’s commerce with the Asia-Pacific region;
  • Increase the Gateway’s share of North American-bound container imports from Asia;
  • Improve the efficiency and reliability of the Gateway for Canadian and North American exports; and
  • Ensure travel routes are safe, open to through traffic and minimize environmental impacts.

Governance Structure(s): The Minister for the Asia-Pacific Gateway is the champion for this initiative, with support in this effort provided by Transport Canada. The Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities is accountable for the management of resources in the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund. These two ministers are jointly responsible for the APGCI.

The APGCI is a horizontal initiative and its development and implementation involve a number of key federal departments/agencies. While each is ultimately accountable for its own programs/activities and associated resources from the APGCI Transportation Infrastructure Fund, the implicated federal departments/agencies are also responsible for contributing to the overarching objectives of the APGCI. All federal partners are accountable for the day-to-day management of their respective component of the APGCI. Furthermore, each department-agency is expected to provide regular updates to the two lead ministers, via a Director General level Interdepartmental Steering Committee on the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative.

An overall Horizontal Performance Framework was prepared in collaboration with all the departments/agencies involved in the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative. This framework will provide a sound, coordinated and ongoing performance measurement and evaluation strategy to assess the overall process in implementing the APGCI. Partner departments and their role in the initiative are as follows:

Transport Canada

Transport Canada (TC), as the lead department, reports to the Minister for the Asia-Pacific Gateway and to the Minister of Transport, Infrastructure and Communities. TC’s Policy Group is responsible for the on-going coordination, management, integration and strategic development and implementation of the APGCI overall. Other federal departments and agencies, the four western provinces and stakeholders from the private sector are consulted and involved in building consensus on decisions related to the APGCI.

TC is also responsible for the management of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Transportation Infrastructure Fund (TIF), whose primary objective is to address capacity challenges facing the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor. The projects funded under TIF will enhance the competitiveness, efficiency and capacity of Canada’s multi-modal transportation network and will be focused specifically on the movement of international commerce between the Asia-Pacific region and North America.

While transportation infrastructure is at its core, the APGCI also focuses on interconnected issues that impact on the further development and exploitation of the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor. In the development of long-term strategic directions for this initiative, TC is engaged in a number of non-infrastructure/competitiveness measures, including:

  • Policy renewal agenda to examine policy issues that directly impact the efficiency of the transportation infrastructure that defines the Gateway and Corridor, or its exploitation;
  • Security review to assess issues related specifically to the Gateway’s reputation and performance;
  • Roundtable events across western provinces and an international conference to advance understanding of the long-term challenges and opportunities of the gateway by tapping into Canadian and international academic expertise;
  • The integration of the three major ports in British Columbia Lower Mainland to improve efficiency and capacity;
  • Support for the establishment of the Lower Mainland Trucking Forum to reach recommendations, on a consensus basis, on methods for improving the efficiency of trucking operations at Vancouver ports; and
  • Studies directly related to the Gateway operations and efficiency, to better understand and improve the multi-modal infrastructure network and increase the productivity of the full supply chain.

Foreign Affairs and International Trade

The Department of Foreign Affairs and International Trade (DFAIT) Pacific Gateway International Marketing Group is responsible for the ongoing development and implementation of an international marketing strategy in coordination with all stakeholders. The objective is to promote greater use of the Gateway as the Asia-Pacific travel and supply chain route of choice for North American and Asia-Pacific importers, exporters, investors and transportation companies.

This strategy, developed in consultation with stakeholders, includes targeted communication products, outgoing and incoming missions, and showcasing the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor’s advantages at key trade, investment and technology shows, conferences and seminars in Canada, Asia-Pacific, Europe and North America.

Key DFAIT missions abroad are actively engaged in advancing Canada as the gateway and corridor of choice through dialogue with transportation companies, producers, and exporters and/or importers in each of their respective regions to showcase the strengths of the Canadian transportation network. These missions encourage investment and technology transfer, play an advocacy role on key APGCI issues such as security and border efficiency, provide intelligence back to Canada to support policy development and help determine what messages resonate in their markets.

DFAIT has established a core group of Trade Commissioners from Asia-Pacific and North American missions who understand the gateway and the opportunities it presents for Canada's economy and are, thereby, able to support the government's objective of establishing Canada as the gateway and corridor of choice between North America and Asia.

Canada Border Services Agency

Canada Border Services Agency (CBSA) is responsible for the implementation of a marine container inspection operation located at the Port of Prince Rupert. The marine container inspection operation allows CBSA to develop operations to ensure containers arriving from other countries are properly inspected by means of effective processes and state-of-the art technology. CBSA’s marine container inspection operation plays a vital and strategic role, integrated within the overall APGCI.

Parks Canada Agency

Parks Canada is responsible for the maintenance and recapitalization of highways that pass through national parks, including the Trans-Canada Highway (TCH). The TCH is a major pan-Canadian highway that connects the West Coast and its Asia-Pacific linkages to the rest of Canada, especially markets in the western provinces.

Parks Canada has twinned a 10 km section of the congested TCH through the Banff National Park of Canada that will result in improved capacity and efficiency. The funding provided by the APGCI has helped to ensure the timely completion of this section of highway upgrading and hence support the Initiative’s objective of improving the movement of goods through the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor.

Western Economic Diversification Canada

Western Economic Diversification Canada (WD) was responsible for a business opportunities and awareness-raising initiative entitled "Seizing the Gateway Opportunity: Western Canada and the Asia-Pacific Challenge", and for funding dredging work on the Fraser River to maintain a competitive shipping channel.

As part of "Seizing the Gateway Opportunity", WD supported: research on successful gateway economies and how best to capitalize on the long-term value-added economic opportunities presented by the rise of the Asia-Pacific market; case studies of successful Canadian SMEs in the Asia-Pacific market; a Canadian presence at the China International Fair for Investment and Trade; a study tour of Western Canadian innovation capabilities by Trade Commissioners from Canadian Posts in Asia-Pacific; and an assessment of community level needs in Saskatchewan and Manitoba for doing business in and with Asia.

WD provided a $4 million grant over two years to the Fraser River Port Authority to support dredging activities on the Fraser River shipping channel. This funding provided the Fraser River Port Authority with the capacity to maintain its existing business and position itself to attract new business, thereby taking advantage of the Asia-Pacific Gateway opportunities. This temporary measure enabled the port to accommodate increasingly large shipping vessels, until a long-term solution is developed to provide for self-sustaining access to port facilities.

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada

Human Resources and Skills Development Canada (HRSDC) is responsible for the Asia-Pacific Gateway Skills Table. Modeled on the Sector Council Program, the Skills Table was established in March 2008 to help address the skills and labour pressure issues in the Asia-Pacific Gateway.

Through the APGCI, HRSDC was provided $3 million over 4 years to fund projects prioritized by the Skills Table. HRSDC is providing an additional $2 million to support the establishment and operation of the Skills Table (total federal investment is $5 million).

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Transport Canada Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Initiative Transportation Infrastructure Fund $900.15 $224.61 $75.54 Advancement of key strategic APGCI multi-modal infrastructure projects with public and private sector partners.

Announced 2 South Shore Trade Area projects.

Signed 6 contribution agreements.

4 new projects entered the construction phase.

5 projects were completed.

Coordination, Management $6.50 $1.30 $1.33 Continued interdepartmental coordination and management of the APGCI. Coordinated and integrated policy within TC and across federal departments through the internal and interdepartmental steering committees.
Fast Track Process $2.30 $0.00 $0.00 N/A (completed in 2007-2008) N/A (completed in 2007-2008)
Competitiveness Investment $12.65 $5.52 $2.63

Identification of opportunities to attract value-added activities and investments in sectors complementary to the Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor.

Deepened international partnerships.

Launched Public Engagement program.

Launched pilot projects to promote the use of Canada’s foreign trade zone-type programs.

Harmonized tariff regulations for international maritime containers.

Hosted industry workshop on improving air cargo competitiveness.

Strengthened relations with China through multiple ministerial missions, the signing of an MoU and Action Plan, and a logistics industry exchange program.

Expanded international outreach to Singapore, Malaysia and Vietnam.

Concluded air transport agreements with South Korea and Japan to benefit travelers and shippers.

Launched a call for proposals for the Public Engagement Program.

Developed transportation system performance indicators and conducted research on system capacity.

Consulted industry on improving system efficiency and reliability.

Foreign Affairs and International Trade International Commerce - managing and delivering commerce services and advice to Canadian business Marketing the APGCI $7.00 $2.00 $1.70 Increased awareness and use of the APGCI among the Asian and North American stakeholders.

Coordinated 3 business-to-business roadshows to North Asia and the U.S. and presence at 4 international industry events.

Implemented an advertising campaign, including placements in 15 key international transportation and logistics publications.

Facilitated 7 incoming APGCI media missions from Asia and the U.S. leading to articles in 158 publications and on one television station.

Completed supply chains studies on Chicago, Memphis and Chinese brands exporting to North America and a survey on U.S. perceptions of North American ports.

Canada Border Services Agency

Risk Assessment

Enforcement

Conventional Border

Internal Services

Marine Container Inspection Operation at Port of Prince Rupert $28.00 $5.00 $7.82 Completed implementation of the Marine Container Inspection Program.

Port of Prince Rupert container inspection activities are fully operational.

Developed partnerships with various stakeholders to reinforce supply chain security.

Continued refinement of the CBSA operations to ensure effective and efficient delivery of all CBSA programs.

Parks Canada Throughway management Banff Trans Canada Highway Twinning $37.00 $5.00 $4.40 Completed twinning of three kilometres of the Banff Trans Canada Highway. Project complete with the exception of final claims, clean up etc. that will take place in 2010-2011.
Western Economic Diversification Business development and entrepreneurship Seizing the Gateway opportunity $0.40 $0.00 $0.00 N/A (completed in 2007-2008) N/A (completed in 2007-2008)
Dredging the Fraser River $4.00 $0.00 $0.00 N/A (completed in 2007-2008) N/A (completed in 2007-2008)
Human Resources and Skills Development Canada Asia-Pacific Gateway and Corridor Skills Table Skills and Labour Pressure $3.00 $0.94 $0.76 Several projects designed to address skills pressures in Gateway sectors will be launched.

BC Security Labour Market Roundtable was completed and produced a report.

4 other projects were underway, including the delivery of several human resource planning workshops and workplace training courses.

Total $1,001.00 $244.37 $94.18    

Comments on Variance: Transport Canada – APCGI Transportation Infrastructure Fund: Market and economic conditions caused construction costs to be lower than anticipated, thus resulting in lower than expected bids on tenders. In addition, regulatory compliance, delays in property acquisition, design changes and restrictions also contributed to project delays.

Results to be achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): N/A

Contact information: Paul Sandhar-Cruz, Director, Pacific Gateway Coordination, 613-949-0654


Top of Page

Western Economic Diversification Canada

Horizontal Initiatives


Name of Horizontal Initiative: Western Economic Partnership Agreements (WEPAs)

Name of Lead Department(s): Western Economic Diversification

Lead Department Program Activity: Community Economic Planning, Development and Adjustment; Business Development and Entrepreneurship; and Innovation

Start Date of the Horizontal Initiative: April 17, 2008

End Date of the Horizontal Initiative: March 31, 2014

Total Federal Funding Allocation (start to end date): $100 million

Description of the Horizontal Initiative (including funding agreement): WEPAs are four-year, $50 million cost shared agreements between the federal government and each of the four western provinces to promote shared economic development priorities. Approvals may be made up until March 31, 2012, although expenditures on approved WEPA projects may continue until September 2013.

Shared Outcome(s): Greater federal-provincial cooperation towards realizing the economic and regional development potential of the West by helping to create innovative, entrepreneurial and sustainable communities.

Governance Structure(s): Joint Federal Provincial Management Committees

($ millions)
Federal Partners Federal Partner Program Activity (PA) Names of Programs for Federal Partners Total Allocation (from Start to End Date) Planned Spending for
2009-10
Actual Spending for
2009-10
Expected Results for
2009-10
Results Achieved in
2009-10
Western Economic Diversification PA1 - Community Economic Planning, Development and Adjustment Western Diversification Program $10.0M $5.1M $0.4M Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every $1 spent $4.33*
PA2 - Business Development and Entrepreneurship Western Diversification Program $45.0M $7.8M $4.1M Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every $1 spent $4.33*
PA3 - Innovation Western Diversification Program $45.0M $8.1M $14.0M Leveraging (from all sources) of $1.21 for every $1 spent $4.33*
Total $100.0M $21.0M $18.5M    

Comments on Variances: *Leverage at the time of approval, for all projects on approved and proceeding during 2009-10.

Results achieved by non-federal partners (if applicable): The Provincial governments of BC, AB, SK and MB contributed towards the mutually agreed upon priorities of each of the four WEPAs.  Federal Priority areas include Technology Commercialization, and Business Productivity and Competitiveness.  Projects were also approved/ funded in support of Provincial government priority areas such as: Community and Regional Development and Diversification, and Economic Development through Tourism opportunities.

Contact information:

Myka Pappas-Beckers, Program Analyst
(780) 495-8259
Myka.Pappas_Beckers@wd-deo.gc.ca